Full text of "Annual Report Of The Archaeological Survey Of India 1926-27"

See other formats

annual, report

OF THE

ARCHAEOLOGICAL SURV

OF INDIA

1926-27

EDITED BY

SIR JOHN MARSHALL, Kt., C.LE., Litt. D., F.S'.A., Hon. A.R.r.BA.,

Director Cenerol oj Ajchsolosy in India

CALCUTTA : GOTEBN-MENT OE INDIA
CENTEAL PUBLICATION BEANCS
1930 ,

Price PSk, 26' or 4:0s: 6d.

'^Government oS India PuWications are obtainable Erom the Government o£ India
Central Publication Branch, 3, Government Place, West, Calcutta, and from
the following Agents : —

EUROPE.

Ofpioe or THE HIGH C03i3frSSIOj&fER 3?OK INDIA,

IimiA House, AiiDWYOh, LONDON, W.O. 2.

And at all Booksellers.

INDIA AND CEYLON:

Provincial Book Dop6ts.

Madras : — Superintendent, Government Press, Mount Road, Mndms.

Bombay : — ^Manager, Government Book Depot, Chami Road Gardens, Queens Road, Bombay.

Sind : — ^Library attached to the Office of the Commissioner in Sind, Karachi.

Bengal : — Bengal Secretariat Book Dep6t, Writers* Buildings, Room No. 1, Ground Floor, Calcutta.

United Provinces or Aora and Oudh : — Superintendent of Government Press, United Provinces of Agra and Oudh, Alla-
habad.

Punjab : — Superintendent, Government Printing, Punjab, Lahore.

Burma : — Superintendent, Government Printing, Burma, Rangoon.

Central Pro^hnces and Beras Superintendent, Government Printing, Central Provinces, Nagpur.

Assam : — Superintendent, Assam Secretariat Press, Shillong.

BniAR AND Orissa : — Superintendent, Government Printing, Bihar and Orissa, P. 0. Gulzarbagh, Patna.

CooRO : — Office of the Chief Commissioner of Goorg, Bangalore.

North-West Frontier Province ; — Manager, Government Printing and Stationery, Pesliawar.

Thacker Spink & Co., Calcutta and Simla.

W. Xevman & Co., Ltd., Calcutta.

S. Iv. Lahiri & Co., Calcutta.

The Indian School Supply Depot, 300, Bow Bazar Street,
Calcutta.

Buttcrv orth & Co. (India), Ltd., Calcutta.

M. C. Sarcar & Sons, 15 , College Square, Calcutta.

Standard Literature Company, Limited, Calcutta.

Association Press, Calcutta.

Chukervertty, Cbatterjee & Co., Ltd., 13, College Square,
Calcutta.

The Book Company, Calcutta.

James ^liirray & Co., 12, Government Place, Calcutta. (For
Jleteorological Publications only.)

Ray Clioudhury & Co., 08-5, Asutosh ^lukerji Road, Calcutta.
Scientific Publishing Co., 9, Taltolla Lane, Calcutta.

Chatterjee & Co., 204, Cornwallis Street, Calcutta.

Standard Law Book Society, 8*2, Hastings Street, Calcutta.
The Hindu Library, 3, ICandalal Jilullick Lane, Calcutta.
Kamala Book Dep6t, Ltd., 16, College Square, Calcutta..

Bengal Flying Club, Dum Dum Cantt., on Aviation.

Kali Charan & Co., Municipal Market, Calcutta.

B. C. Basak, Esq., Proprietor, Albert Library', Dacca.

Mitra Brothers, Rftjahahi.

Higginbothams, iladras.

Rochousc and Sons, Madras.

G. A. Nateson & Co., Publishers, George Town, Madras.
Thcosophical Publishinc.HouRe, Adyar, Madras. 1

P. Varadachary & Co., Madras.

S. Murthy & Co., Madras.

City Book Co., Madras.

Bright & Co., Trivaudnira.

The Booklover’s Resort, Tnilcad, Trivandrum, South India.

E. M. Gopalalmshna Koue, Puduraandnpam, Jladura.

•Centr.al Book Depot, Madura.

Vijapur & Co., Vizagapatam.

Thacker & Co., Ltd,, Bombay.

D. B. Taraporevala Sons & Co., Bombay.

Sunder Pandnrang, Bomb.ay.

Ram Chandra Govind & Sons, Kalbadevi Road, Bombay.

N. M. Tripathi & Co., Booivsellers, Princess Street, Knlbadcvi
Road, BombaJ^

New and Secondhand Bookshop, Kalbadevi Road, Bombay.
Mrs. Radliabai Atmaram Sagoon, Kalbadevi Road. Bombay.
J. M. Pandia & Co., Boinbny.

GatuMI Co ., Bombay.

A. H. Wheclor & Co., Allahab.ad, Calcutta and Bombay.

S. Govind & Co., Sandhurst Road, (Argaum, Bombay.
Bombay Book Depot, Girgaon, Bombay.

Bennett Coleman & Co., Ltd., The Times of Indian Press,
Bombay.

Proprietor, New Katabkliana, Poona.

The Manager, Oriental Book Supplying Agency, 15 Shukra-
war. Poona City.

Rama Krishna Bros., Opposite Vishrambag, Poona Citv
S. P. Bookstall, 21, Budhwar, Poona.

Llangaldas & Sons, Boolcsellcrs and Publishers, Bha<»a Talao
Surat. ® '

The Standard Book and SLationery Co., 32-33, Arbab Road
Peshawar. '

R. B. Uraadikar & Co., The Bharat Book Depot Dharwn
Tlio Students’ Own Book Dep6t, Dharwar. ^

Shri Shankar Knmataka Pustaka Bhandara, Malamudc
Dharwar.

TJie English Bookstall, Karachi.

The Standard Bookstall, Quetta.

U. P. Malhotra & Co., Quotta,

J. Ray & Sons, 43 K. & L,, Edwardes Road, Rawalpindi,
Mutree and Lahore. *

The Standard Book Dep6t, Lahore, Nainital, Mussoorie,

• Dnlhousie, Ambala Cantonment and Delhi.

N. B. Mathur, Snpdt., Nazir Kanun Hind Press, Allahabad.
The North India Christinn Tract and Book Society, 18,
Clivc Rond, Allahabad.

Ram Dayal Agarwnla, 184, Katra, Allahabad.

Ram Narain Lnl, Katra, AJJababad.

The Indian Army Book Depot, Dayalbagh, Agra.

Narayan & Co., Sleston Road, Cawnpur.

Tlio Indian Army Bool: DepCt, Julinndur City, Daryaganj,
Delhi.

Manager, Newal ICishoro Press, Lucknow.

The tipper India Publishing House, Ltd,, Literature Palace,
Amuddaula Pari:, Lucknow. *

R«i Sahib M. Gnlab Singh & Sons, !Miffid*LAm Press, Lahore
ftnd, Allahabad,

Rama Krishna & Sons, Booksellerfi, Anarkali, Lahore.

Puri Brothers, Booksellers and Publishers, Kntcheri Road,
Lnhorc.

The TiJak School Bookshop, Lahore.

The Standard Bookstall, Lahore.

The Proprietor, Punjab Sanslcrit Book Dep6t, Saidmitha
Street, Lahore.

The Insurance Publicitj’' Co., Ltd., Lahore.

The Punjab Religious Book Society, Lahore.

Tlie Commercial Book Co., Lahore.

The Universit}’ Book Agency, Kachari Road, Lahore.

Manager of the Imperial Book DepGt, 63, Chandney Chawk
Street, Delhi.

Fono Book Agency, Now Delhi.

Oxford Book and Stationery Company, Delhi, Lahore, Simla,
Meerut and Calcutta.

Supdt., American Baptist Mission Press, Rangoon.

Tho Modem Publishing House, Ltd., 30, Phayre Street,
Rangoon.

Burma Book Club, Ltd., Rangoon.

Manager, The “ Hitavacln,” Nngpnr.

Bhisoy Brothers, Booksellers and Stationers, Sitabaldi,
Nagpur.

S. C. Talnkdar, Proprietor, Students & Co., Cooch Behar,

The Jfanager, Ceyioti Observer, Colombo.

The Manager, The Indian Book Shop, Benares Cit 5 %

Nand Kishore & Bros., Chowk, Benares City.

TJic SriviUiputtiir Co-operative Trading Union, Ltd., Srivilli-
pullur (S. I. R.).

Rngliuiiam Prosad & Sons, Patna City.

The Students’ Emporium, Patna,

K. h\ Mathur & Bros., Guzri, Patna City.

ICarnala Book Store, Bankipore, Patna.

G. Ranerjea and Bros., Ranchi.

Dandckar Brothers, Indore City.

Pn^litakalaya Sahayak Sahakari, Ltd., Baroda.

M. C. Kothari, Raipura Road, Baroda.

The Hyderabad Book Depot, Chaderghat, Hyderabad
(Deccan).

Thakiir & Co., Amraoti.

S. Krishnaswarai & Co., Teppakulam P. 0., Trichinopolv
Fort.

The Standard Bookstall, Karachi, Quetta, Delhi, Murree and
Rawalpmdi.

■The Karachi Book DepoL Elphinstone Street, Camp, Karachi.

f l\( ^ AoE.vriN Pjir,N5TTNEr — Sfeimattlgr, Jerusalem.

National College Teachers* Union Book Depot, Trichinopol^
Superintendent, Bangalore Press, Lake View, Mysore Roac
Bangalore City.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION I.— OONSERVATIOK —

Northern Circle (MuhammadaE and British iSIonuments) —
United Provinces —

Agra

Sikandra ,

Eathpur Sikri

Easnipui ........

Jagner

Meerut

Tappal . .

Aligarh

Jaunpui

Mehnagar

Chunar

Allahabad

Lucknow

Shahabad

Kalpi

^ Mau Rashidabad

Etawah

Majhera

Rai Bareli

Gardens

Delhi Province—

Delhi

Gardens

Northern Circle (Hindu and Buddhist Monuments) —
Punjab —

Masrur ’ .

United Provinces—

Sarnath

Easia ■ • . . ... . . .

Saheth

Garhwa ........

Erontiee Circle (Muhammadan and British flionuments) —
Punjab —

Dakhni

Nurmahal

Lahore Fort

Gardens

North-IVest Frontier Province

Page.

■SECTION L — Conservation— coji/d.

Wesi'ern Circle — , ,

Bombay Presidency with Sind —

Bijapur ..,.-..•••••22

Naregal 22

Na'viaspnr-Tom ......22

Ahmednagar '23

Tisgaon 23

Bhamburda . . 23

Jogesvari 23

Sarnal .... ......... 23

Nanaghat 23

Karla 23

Elephanta 23

Bassein ........ . . > 23

Shaa'war Wada .... . .... 24

Raigadh . . ' 24

Ahinedabad . 24

Viramgam 24

Dholka .24

Mahmudabad ' . . .24

Champanei-Pavagadh 24

Rohri ,24

Tatta 24

'Central Circle —

Bihar and Orissa —

Nalanda 25

Baigir 23

Palamau 30

Mon^yr 31

Eohtasgarh 31

Cuttack ............. 33

Bhuvaneswar 33

Jaipur 84

■Central Provinces and Berar —

Burhanpur ............. 34

Khimlasa .35

Balapur 35

Chanda 36

Chikalda 36

. Eatehkhelda . . . . , • .38

Arang -.■..■.,. 39

Oarha ... . . 39

Amnor ' . . ....... 39

Page.

rSEOTION I.— Consbbvahon— con«^.

Easterh Cirole—

Bengal—

Eampal

Dacca

Paharpur

Assam —

‘ Badarpur

Nigriting 43

Tezpur . . 43

Dah Parbatiya . 44

‘Southern Cxecm —

Madras Presidency —

Masniipatam 44

Mababalipuram

Pulioat 44

Attirala ^

Danayatankottai 44

•Cochin ^

Bappanad

Jamalabad ,......•■••••44

Tranquebar ^

Talikondapuram . . . • 45

Gingee

Dindigul 45

■ 45

Ejishnagiri . • ■ . 45

Anjengo

Porto Novo 45

Tuticoiin 45

Negapatsm 45

.45

Jangnda 45

Page, .

SECTION I.— CoNSEBVATION— COJlcZ^.

Soexhekn Cibcle — contd,

Madras Presidency— conid.

Jaggayyapeta . , 46-

Amaravati 45-

Guntapalle 46

Ghantasala 46

Cooig —

Mercara 45-

MuUur 45

Beema Circle—

Hmairza 46 ■

Mandalay 45

Pagan 46-

Eainggyi 4 r

Sagaing 47

Shwebo

Pegu 47

Old Prome 47

Kajpotaka and Central India—

Ajmer , 47'

Indian States—

Bhopal—

SanoM

Baisen ,48-

Bhojpur

Chhatarpnr —

Khajuraho

^^eguan 49

Dhar —

Mandu 49

SECTION II.— Exploration and Eesearoh —

The Indus Culture, by Sir John Marshall

Western Circle—

Sind—

Mohenjo-daro by Eai Bahadur Daya Earn Sahni, M.A 60'

Mohenjo-daro “ L ” Area, by Mr. Ernest Mackay, M.A,, E.S.A 89-

Northern Circle (Hindu and Buddhist Monuments)—

Punjab —

Harappa, by Mr. Madho Samp Vats, M.A 97

Pattan Munara, by Mr. Madho Samp Vats, W. A jpg

Taxila, by Sir John Marshall .110

Some monuments in the Punjab and North-West Erontier Province, by Mr. H,

Maxgrsaves J 20

PAaE.

-SECTION 11. — Exploration and Kese arch— confd.

Central Circle —

Bihar and Orissa —

Nalanda, by Mr. J. A.- Page, A.R.I.BA 127

Bulandibagh, by Mr. J. A. Page, A.R.LB.A 135

Eastern Circle—

Bengal—

Paharpni, by Mi. K. N. Dikahit, MA. 140

• Southern Circle—

Madras Presidency-

Trial Excavations at .AIluiu. Gummadidunni and Nagaijunikonda, by Mr. Mu-

hammad Hamid Kuraishi, B.A 150

Burma Circle—

Excavations at Pagan, by Mons. Chas. Duioiselle, M.A. . , . . 161

Excavations at Hmawza, by Mons. Chas. Dnroiselle, M.A 171

Excavations at Kalagangon, by Mons. Chas. Duioiselle, M.A 182

Mounds on the hills of the west of Old Prome, by Mons. Chas. Duioiselle, M.A. . 182

Other mounds in the old city, by Mons. Chas. Duioiselle, M.A 183

-'SECTION HI.— Epigraphy —

Sanskrit Epigraphy —

Decipherment of inscriptions .... 184

Collection of Kanarese inscriptions in the Bombay Presidency . . . .191

Tours of the Government Epigraphist for India 193

Publications 193

Progress in the publication of South Indian Inscriptions (Texts) . . . .197

Miscellaneous Epigraphical Work —

Frontier Circle 198

Eastern Circle 199

Burma Circle 200

Southern Circle . . ' 202

Indian Museum 205

Lucknow Museum ........... 205

Ajmer Museum 205

Moslem Epigraphy 207

.'.SECTION IV.— Museums—

Indian Museum, Calcutta 208

Delhi Fort Museum 213

Taxila Museum 216

Peshawar Museum 215

Samath Museum 218

Nalanda Museum 218

.Eajpntana Museum, Ajmer 219

Museums in Burma 219

SECTION V.— Officers on Special Duit— -
Sir Aurel Stein’s \7ork .

Mr. F. H. Andrews’s work

Page.,

. 221

. 226 ^

SECTION VI. — ^Archeological Chemist —

JLr. Mohd. Sana UUak’s work .

227-

SECTION Vn. — Tebashee Teove —

Noethebn Circle, Agea —

Delhi

Northern Cirole, Lahore—

Punjab

Western Circle—

Bombay Presidency
Central Circle—

Bihar and Orissa

Eastern Circle-
Bengal

Southern Circle—

Madras Presidency

229'

229

229-

230 '

231.

231

SECTION VIII.— Miscellaneous Notes—

Two unpublished Oandhara reliefs, by Mr. H. Hargreaves 232 •

A gold coin of Samudragupta of the " Battle-axe type,” by Pandit Madho Sarup

Vats, M.A 233-

Mediaeval Saiva sculptures from Jagatsukh and Jagesvara, by Pandit Madho Sarup

Vats, M.A. . . . ■ .234

Some temples at the village of Toka, Ahmednagar District, by Mr. 6. C. Chandra 236'

Contravention of the Ancient Monuments Preservation Act in the United Pro-
vinces, by Khan Sahib Maulvi Zafar Hasan, B.A 237 '

SECTION IS.— Departmental Eoottne Notes—

Ancient Monuments Preservation Act and Lishnq of Monuments —

United Provinces 239-

Punjab 239

Delhi 240'

Nortb-West Frontier Province 240 ■

Bombay Presidency and Sind 240 '

Bihar and Orissa 240

Central Provinces and Berar • 240 ■

Bengal 241

Madras 242

Burma 242'

Publications 242

Photographs-

Director-General 243'

Northern Circle, Agra 243

Northern Cirole, Lahore 243-

vii

. Page.

SECTION IX.— Depaetmental Koutine Notes— conir?.

Peotogeaphs— CO«?(?.

frontier Circle 243

Western Circle 244

Central Circle 244

Eastern Circle 244

Southern Circle 244

Burma Circle 244

Aiohaeological Section of the Indian Museum 244

Drawings—

Director-General 245

Northern Circle, Agra 245

Northern Circle, Lahore 246

Erontier Circle 246

Western Circle 245

Central Circle 246

Eastern Circle ... 246

Southern Circle . 246

Burma Circle . . • 246

Personnel . . ... 246

APPENDIX.

Additions to Departmental Libraries . . 249

LIST OF PLATES.

I.— (a) Fathpur Sikri, city wall near Agra gate, showing the portion collapsed,,
hefore conservation.

(6) Fathpur Sikri, city wall near Agra gate, after conservation,

(d) Jagner Fort, bhaksi (or dungeon) recently discovered.

(e) Mosque at Kotla Firoz Shah, basement storey, before conservation.

(/) Mosque at Kotla Firoz Shah, basement storey, after conservation.

II. — (a) Sarnath : North retaining wall of the fore-court of the main shrine, after
conservation.

(6) Garhwa : Shrines 3, 4 and 5, after conservation.

III, — (o) Lahore Fort : Back of Building No. 34 with modern verandah.

(6) Lahore Fort ; Building No. 34, after removal of verandah,

(d) Lahore Fort ; Building No. 38, after removal of verandah.

IV, — (o) Lahore Fort; Shish Mahal showing interior glass decoration.

(b) Bijapur : Entrance to the platform of Gol Gumbaz, after conservation,

(d) Naregal : Naganath temple, view from sonth-west corner.

V. — (a) Bhamburda : Circular monolithic Nandi pavilion, after preliminary con-

servation.

(6) Bhamburda : Steps and entrance to the caves.

(o) Jogesvari ; Sculptured panel over the fourth door to the main cave.

(d) Kaigir : Jarasandh-ka-baithak, after repair.

VI, — (a) Nalanda : Stupa Site 3. South-east comer tower of 5th stupa before

flurther escavation to reveal eas front of stupa ; from south-east.

(b) Nalanda : Stupa Site 3. South-east comer tower of 5th stupa as further

excavated, showing both comer towers and ruins of connecting fa 5 ade ;
from south-east.

excavated and before conservation ; from north-east.

(d) Nalanda : Stupa Site 3 ; north stairs up to berms of 5tb and 6th stupas

after conservatiop ; from north-east.

YII. — (a) Nalanda : Stupa Site 3 ; south-east corner tower, showing ruined fajade of
5th stupa and of 4th stupa inside it, with the hearting of the 6tli stupa
supported on concrete lintels ; from south-east.

(6) Nalanda : Stupa Site 3 ; stair of 5th stupa ; exterior of stepped side-wall
showing decorative treatment with empanelled figures of Buddha and
Bodhisattva ; from east.

monastery showing underpinning in progress with inner brick-hearting
in position ; from south-west. (The stepped side-wall of stair is an
incorrect repair by the Public 'Works Department some years ago.)

(d) Nalanda : Monastery Site No. 1. Main entrance ; after completion oi

underpinning with a facing of rough concrete to represent the original
debris, and reconstruction of original stair treads and side-walls.

2 a

'^11—conii.

(e) Nalanda : Monastery Site No. 1. Main west entrance excavated to Deva-
pala level, showing back wall of later monastery supported on concrete-
faced underpinning to represent original ddbris found beneath it , from
west.

(/) Eohtasgarh : Main west fagade of Man Singh’s Palace ; from north-west
(The high building in the centre is the Darbar Hall).

Vin. — (o) Nalanda : Monastery Site No. 1. South verandah as excavated to “ Deva-
pala ” level and before repair ; from west.

(6) Nalanda: Monastery Site No. 1. South verandah after repair, showing
later wall above supported on its original alignment with remforoed
concrete lintels, and cell doorways of “ Devapala ” monastery below
as repaired ; from west.

(c) Nalanda ^ Stupa Site 3 ; showing little corner tower of tth stupa inside
large corner tower of 6th stupa ; from north.

(i) Nalanda ; Stupa Site 3 ; stair of 6th stupa ; stucco image of Avalokitesvara
on side wall of stair.

IX. — (a) Paharput ; General view of long wall at north-west angle, before conser-
vation.

(5) Paharpur : General view of excavated temple from north-west, after con-

servation.

(i) Paharpur : General view of first terrace verandah at north-west corner
after conservation.

X.— Mohenjo-daio : Hr. Area,

XL— (o) Mohenjo-daro ; Hr. Area, Section B ; General view of excavations.

(6) Mohenjo-daro : Hr. Area, Section B ; House No. IK, from west.

XII. — (o) Mohenjo-daro : Hr. Area, Section B ; Two silver vases showing traces of

cotton cloth in which they were wrapped ; from House No. VIII.

(6) Mohenjo-daro : Hr. Area, Section B ; gold, silver, faience, and other beads,
from House No. VIII.

(d) The same as (c) ; Side view.

XIII, — (a) Mohenjo-daro : Hr. Area. Collection of stone rings in House No. V.

(6) Mohenjo-daro ; Hr. Area. Chute and vaulted drain which carried ofi
water, from House No. XVIII.

2HV. — (o) Mohenjo-daro : Hr. Area. Stone rings, round caps, a square capital
and a linga-shaped cone, from House No. V.

(6) Mohenjo-daro : Hr. Area. House No. XVI.

(d) Mohenjo-daro : Hr. Area. House No. XLIX, showing two privies and

baths.

XV. — Mohenjo-daro : Plan of L. Area.

Mohenjo-daro : L. Area. General view of the mound, showing the north-
ern end of columned wall.

(&) Mohenjo-daro : L, Area. View of Street 40, from the north.

XVH.— (o) Mohenjo-daro : L. Area, showing Section 32 of columned hall, from north-
west.

(6) Mohenjo-daro : L. Area, showing Section 26 of columned hall, from north-
east.

XVHI. — Mohenjo-daro : Objects from L. Area.

Plate

XIX. — Molienjo-dato : Statuary from L. Area.

XX. — (a) Harappa ; mound P. Panoramio view of tlie eastern and western series of

parallel walls from west.

(6) Harappa ; mound F. Panoramic view of the eastern and western series of
parallel walls from north.

XXI. — (o) Harappa ; seals and sealings of steatite, faience, and terracotta.

(6) Harappa ; tiny seals and sealings of steatite and faience, from earlier strata.
XXn. — ^Harappa. Closed copper Jar No. 277 and its contents.

XXIII. — (o) Seals from Harappa.

(b) Coin of Samudia Gupta in the Lahore Jlusemn.

(o) Harappa : A woman kneading flour.

(d) Copper cart from Harappa.

(e) Harappa : Painted trough containing tortoise shell and small vessels.

(/) Vessels with flat bottoms, in situ. 2nd stratum at Harappa.

XXIV. — (a) Sirkap : View of block FB from north-east.

(6) Sirkap : View of blocks 6 and H from north-east.

XXV. — Sirkap : Plan of block H.

XXVI. — Figs. 1 — IS. Terracotta head and gold and silver ornaments from Sirkap.
XXVn. — Figs. 1 — 10. Silver utensils from Sirkap.

XXV III. — ^Figs. 1 — 13. Miscellaneous terracotta, copper and stone objects from Sirkap.
XXIX. — (a) Inscribed rook, Shahdaur, Agror Valley.

(6) Inscription B, Shahdaur.

(o) Shahjahan Baoli, Mehm, Rohtak District.

XXX.— (o) Patalipntra : Before excavation, 1926-27 ; ^m north.

(5) Patalipntra: After excavation, 8ho^ving Mauryan palisade below and

later Gupta walls above ; from north.

(d) Patalipntra : Mauryan palisade, west to east, as further excavated.
XXXI,— Patalipntra : a. Lead ear ornament ; b. and c. Pair of bone bangles ; d-

Head of terracotta Serpent-goddess ; e. Lead anklet ; /. Inscribed pot ;
g. Portion of soapstone matrix (Gupta) ; h. Metal hand-mirror ; i. Ins-
cribed glass seal ; J. Drain, showing wooden floor jointed with iron
strips ; and k. Terracotta figurine in the round, with earlobe expander
in right ear.

XXXn. — (a) Paharpur : Stone sculpture representing Balarama killing Dhanukasura.

(6) Paharpur : Stone sculpture showing Krishna uprooting the two Arjuna

trees.

(d) Paharpur : Stone image of Agni.

XXXIII. — (a) Paharpur : Stone sculpture showing Krishna and Balarama killing Chanura
and Mushtika.

(6) Paharpur : Stone sculpture representing the offering of poison to Siva,

(d) and (e) Paharpur : Selected terracotta plaques.

; XXXrV.— (a) Paharpur : Stone sculpture representing monkey carrying loads of stone.

(6) Paharpur ; Terracotta plaque representing flute players.

(d) Bahawalpur State : Pattan Munara. View from south-west.

XXXV. — (o) Gummadidurru : General view of the main stupa from north-east.

(b) Gummadidurru : Relief No. 1, Main Stupa.

xii

Plate XXXVI. — (o) GnminadiduTru : Belief No. 11, Main Stupa.

(b) Gummadiduiru : Belief No. 14, Main Stupa.

(d) Gummadidutru : Belief No. 22, Main Stupa.

„ XXXVII. — (a) Nagarjunikonda : Site No. 1, stowing broken pillars on west side of stupa..

(5) Nagarjunikonda : Site No. 1, stowing wteel-staped foundation of stupa.

(d) Belie ckamber, Ktin-Ba’s Mound, Hmawza.

„ XXXVIII. — (a) Gummadidurru : Hollow gold bead necklace found in an earthen pot.

(b) Pagan ; Hlaingste temple, showing part of basement wall on west face.

(d) Hmawza ; Stone slab covering relic chamber, Khin-Ba’s mound.

„ XXXIX. — (a) and (6) Terracotta votive tablet from relic chamber of the Stwesandaw

Pagoda, Pagan.

(d) Terracotta votive tablet from Pagan.

(fi) Terracotta votive tablet from relic chamber of the Stwesandaw Pagoda,.
Pagan.

(/) Bronze image of Bodhisattva from relic chamber of the Stwesandaw Pagoda,.
Pagan.

(g) and (Ii) Pagan : A bronze lotus.

„ XL. — (a) Hmawza ; Khirt-Ba’s Mound. A terracotta plaque.

(b) Hmawza : Khin -Ba’s Mound. A terracotta plaque with a lotus plant.

(d) Hmawza : Khin-Ba’s Mound. A terracotta plaque showing a Jatak

scene.

(e) Hmawza : Khin-Ba’s Slound. A silver lotus found in the relic chamber.

(/) Hmawza : Khin-Ba’s Mound. A square silver stupa with Buddha figures
in repousse found in the relic chamber.

„ XLI. — (a) Hmawza : Khin-Ba’s Mound. A gold image of Buddha found in the-

relic chamber.

(b) Hmawza : Khin-Ba’s Mound. A silver Dvarapala found in the relic cham-

ber.

(d) Hmawza : Khin-Ba’s Mound. Images of Buddha of gold, silver and lead,.

found in the relic chamber.

(e) Hmawza : Khin-Ba’s Mound. A silver image of Buddha found in the reho-

chamber.

XLII. — Hmawza : Khin-Ba’s Moimd : a, b and c. Terracotta votive tablets ; d.

Casket -with smaller silver casket inside, containing gold finger rin(»s,
some set -^-ith precious stones ; e and /, Symbolical coins ; g and 7i, GMd'
manuscript ; i. Silver casket.

„ XLin. — (a) Tara, from Guneri, Bihar.

(6) Uma-Mabesvara, from Bihar.

Id) Man-lion incarnation of Vishnu, from Bengal.

(e) Garuda capital, from Bengal.
if) "Woman at toilet, from Puri, Orissa.

(g) Seated Vi.shnu -with two arms, probably from Konarak, Orissa.

Platk

))

XIH

XLIV.—i— -7. Coins.

8, A votive stupa from Tibet.

9. Brass utensils from Faridpur, Bengal.

XLV.— a, b, c and d. Scenes from the Shahnama,

XLVI. — (a) Portrait of Farrukhfal.

(6) An illustration from Mukhtamama.

■ (c) Dohad Dist. ; Panch Mahals : Images of Garuda and a Jain Pandit,

Saradat Sidharai.

(d) Govardhana-dhara Krishna, from a Muhammadan cemetery at Arra, Ben-
ares City.

XLVII. — (a) Portrait of Eaja Hindu Eao.

(6) Darbar of Akbar Shah II.

(o) Silk embroidered carpet.

(d) and (el Gold enamelled Pendant, obverse and reverse.

XLVin. — (o) Inscribed secular relief of the Gandhara School, Peshawar Museum.

(6) Unidentified Graco-Buddhist relief, Peshawar Museum.

INTRODUCTION.

In the introduction to the first Annual Eeport that, as head of the then
newly constituted ArchBeological Department, I published in 1902, I endea-
voured to explain what the aim of my Department would be in regard to the
rival claims of conservation, exploration and research, and epigraphy. Each
of these subjects, I said, was to be regarded as co-equal with the others ; each
to have a recognised place in the official programme and as full a share as
possible of any funds that might be available. This was the counsel of perfec-
tion at which we were then aiming and which we have kept steadily in
view for the last 25 years. It must be confessed, however, that up to the
present it has been little more than a counsel of perfection ; for in practice
the surns allotted to archaeology have been so pitifully small and the claims
of conservation so many and so insistent, that it has not been possible to devote
more than ten per cent, of our funds to the exploration of buried remains. As
a ■ fact, the amount spent annually under this head during the last quarter
of a century has never reached as much as a lakh and has generally been
about one fifth of that sum. Such a meagre provision divided among all the
Provinces of India and Burma has, needless to say, been woefully inadequate.
At the same time it has been out of the question to augment it at the expense
of the standing monuments of the country, whose safety is admittedly of
paramount importance, and there has been nothing for it, therefore, but to
wait patiently in the hope that more liberal provision would one day be ob-
tainable. Thanlvs, in the main, to the widespread interest awakened bj- the
recent discoveries at Mohenjo-daro and Harappa, this hope has at last been
fulfilled, and, as a provisional measure, a sum of two and a half lakhs per
annum has now been allotted for exploration ; and, in order to provide the staff
required for the new campaign, sanction has also been accorded to the creation
of several extra posts (to be paid for out of the new allotment), viz., for three
Assistant Superintendents and one Deputy Director General for Exploration.
The immediate results of this more liberal policy are set forth in the pages of
this report* and were graphically illustrated at an exhibition of our last season's
finds, or rather of representative specimens of the minor and portable objects
among them, which the Department held in Simla in September, 1927. Out-
standing among these discoveries from an archseological point of view were
those made at Mohenjo-daro, Harappa, Nal and various other sites of the Chal-
colithic Age in Northern Baluchistan, all of which help to throw further light
on the newly revealed civilization of the Indus as well as on the affinities
existing between it and the already known cultures of the same age in Sistan,
Transcaspia, Persia and Mesopotamia. Besides the provisional accounts of
these explorations furnished by the several officers responsible for them, namely
by Sic Aurel Stein, Mr. H. Hargreaves, Bai Bahadur Daya Bam Sahni, Mr. E.

* Vide pp. 61 — 183 iofra.

XVI

Mackay and Mr. M. S. Vats, I have thouglit it well to include in this report a
summary of the general conclusions at which we have arrived regarding the
character and extent of the Indus civilization,, so as to give the reader a more
comprehensive, albeit a very sketchy, idea of the problems in front of us, since
some time must necessarily elapse before the special volumes relating to these
excavations, which are now m course of preparation, can be issued to the
public.

Besides enabling us to embark on a wider and more systematic campaign
among these pre-historic remains in the west, the increased grant has also made
it possible to extend the scope of our work among the later historic sites
throughout India and Burma and to unearth a wealth of archseological trea-
sures, which have more than amply repaid Government for its expenditure.
From the excavations at Taxila has come a unique hoard of silver plate and
gold and silver jewellery of the Scytho-Parthian age, the value of which is
greatty enhanced by the fact that all the pieces were found together in one spot
and that a number of them bear short records in Kharoshthi giving the name
of their ovmer and the value of the pieces. In Bihar, the mediaeval Buddhist
monasteries of Halanda have yielded a singularly beautiful collection of bronze
and copper images as well as many other instructive objects, and in the same
neighbourhood a number of new and interesting facts have been revealed
concerning the construction of the wooden fortifications of Pataliputra, the
capital of the Mauryan empire. At Paharpur in Bengal, the colossal temple
of the Early Medieval period, which has now been completely exposed, proves
to be not only the oldest and largest of the monuments in that part of India
but to be decorated -wfith a- surprisingly lavish array of sculptures, partly
Buddhist and partly Brahmanical in character, which, like the recent finds
made at Halanda, bear witness to the influence which the latter religion was
exerting on Buddhism during the Medieeval Ages. In the Madras Presidency,
two important groups of Buddhist buildings of the 2nd-Srd Century A. D-
have been partly unearthed at Gummadidurru and Nagarjunikonda and among
other things found to comprise a fine series of reliefs belonging to the Amaravati
School — the most attractive of all the Schools of early Indian sculpture —
as Avell as several records of exceptional historic interest. Lastly, at Old Prome
(Srikshetra) in Burma, the imtouched relic chamber of a Buddhist stupa of
the Cth or 7th century A.D. proved a veritable wonderhouse of votive ofierings,
among the luedle}^ of objects found in it being several stupas of silver or silver
gilt (one bearing inscriptions in mixed Pjm and Pali), more than three score
images of gold and silver, a manuscript of gold leaves engraved with extracts
from the Pali scriptures, finger rings, ear oriraments, miniature boats, terra-
cotta reliefs and coins of various denominations, besides a variety of beads and
precious or semi-precious stones.

The astonishingly rich harvest of antiquities thus reclaimed from the
. ground during the past year gives prominence to a question that is lilcely to be
of paramount importance to tlie future of archamlogical exploration .in India.
I refer to the question of whether non-oflicial agencies, Indian or foreign, are

XVll

^0 be 'allowed or not to oo-operate with. Goverliment in the task of excavation,
and if so, wbetber Government is to take power by legislation to control their
operations. At present the position is this ; — In the Ancient Monuments’ Pre-
servation Act there is a Section (20) which empowers Local Governments to
restrict or regulate excavations, but only for the purpose of protecting or
preserving an ancient monument. In other words, it enables them to control
-operations, such as those of mining or quarrying, which are likely to be a
menace to the safety of a standing monument, but it does not permit them to
interfere with excavations undertaken for purposes of archeological research.
Provided, therefore, that the safety of a standing monument is not imperilled,
the owner of an ancient site may excavate it and dispose of his finds in whatever
■^Ya,y he pleases, the only restrictions on him being those imposed by the pro-
visions of the Treasure Trove Act of 1878. In order to remedy this defect
in the Ancient Monuments’ Act and to enable Government to exercise adequate
supervision over the operations of private excavators, I have recently proposed
the adoption of two amendments to this Act ; the first designed to extend the

•definition of “ ancient monuments ” so as to include sites where remains of

antiquities are buried or are believed to be buried; and the second to empower
-the Governor General m Council to make rules for the control of archaeological
■excavations as well as for the disposal of the finds. The rules which I have
recommended for adoption in India, are generally similar to those that have
"been tried for many j^ears past in Egypt, Palestine and Mesopotamia and
foimd to work eminently well in those countries. They prescribe the conditions
on which permits to dig will be granted and the manner in which antiquities
discovered by the concessionaires will be disposed of. The rules relating to
the latter subject are of special interest. Their purpose is to ensure that such
objects as are of national importance, shall be reserved for the State : and that
the remainder shall be equally divided between the finder and the State. By
“ objects of national importance ” are meant those objects which, in view of

their imique or rare character, or in virtue of their historic, religious or other

associations, may rightly be regarded as national heir-looms. Among such
objects would be classed, for example, the edict pillars of Asoka, historic statues >
•cult images or sculptures pertaining to standing monuments, which there are
obviously strong reasons for retaining in the country of their origin. On the
other hand, they would not include such objects as arms, utensils, implements
or personal ornaments, unless these happened to be invested with a unique
value for India.

bfow, it is by no means unlikely that the rules proposed above may give
rise to some controversy ; for it is impossible to blink the fact that there is a
considerable weight of opinion m this country which is opposed to the granting
of concessions in any shape or form to outside agencies. Those who hold tbig
-opinion contend that whatever antiquities are imearthed in India belong by
an indefeasible right to the country, and ought, to be retained in the national
Museums : and that, if private individuals or societies desire to excavate, thev
must do so on condition that they receive no share whatever of the spoils.

xvm

Were tlie sites awaiting excavation in this country less numerous than they are,,
or were there any hope at all of India herself being able to undertake and com-
plete the task of excavating them, this eminently patriotic view would be logical -
enough and would have much to commend it. As things are, however, there-
is not the remotest possibility of India being able to achieve this single-handed,
and, unless extraneous help is enlisted, we shall merely lose a valuable means -
of developing our national collections of antiquities and of advancing the cause
of historical and antiquarian research.

Few people probably realise the limitless opportunities that this country-
offers for exploration. It is no exaggeration to say that in no other part of the-
globe are there to be found such crowds of ancient sites compressed into an-
area of equal extent. Turn, where one will, to the jungles or the hills, to the-
desert or the sown, their number is legion. Let us take Baluchistan as an
example. In our efforts to follow^ up the Indus culture westward we have-
recently been carrying out a rapid and necessarily superficial survey of a.
number of hitherto unexplored sites in the north and south of that country.
As a result of these reconnaissances, which were conducted with characteristic
energy by Sir Aurel Stein, we have added more than 80 sites to our already
existing list, the majority of which are referable to the Chalcolithic Age. Some-
cf these sites are relatively small, and their excavation may take no more than-
a few months ; others are extensive burial grounds or cover the remains of large-
towns, and, Hke Mohenjo-daro and Harappa, each of them will take many
decades to explore. At present, the Archaeological Department has neither
money nor staff to spare for this work in Baluchistan, but even assuming
that we could equip an expedition for this particular area at a cost of, say, half
a lakh a year, there is enough work there to last us for the' next thousand years.
At first sight, this may perhaps seem an extravagant estimate; but consider, -
for a mcment, what the excavation of these ancient sites implies. Many of
them consist of the ruins of city on city, often five or six deep, and descending.
40 or so feet below the surface of the mound. Scientific excavation must
necessarily be done methodically and thoroughly, stratum by stratum ; and on-
such sites, every couple of acres that are cleared to their full depth involve,
in the difficult conditions as to labour and climate prevailing in Baluchistan,,
a whole season’s work. Thus, if a site is no more than 200 acres in extent,
it is likely to take a century to explore.

What is true of Baluchistan, is equally true of the rest of the Indian.
Empire. In every Province there are hundreds of buried sites — I do not
suppose that a quarter of them are even known to us yet — where one has only-
to delve in order to discover remains of antiquarian value. Some are of the
prehistoric, others of the historic period, some are Hindu, others Buddhist
or Jain and others Muslim. But each and all of them may yield materials of
the greatest interest ; and taken collectively they constitute a mine of almost
inexhaustible wealth for archaeology. So far, however, as the Archaeological
Department is concerned, it is unlikely that it will he in a position to excavale-
more than a mere fraction of the whole in the course of the next hundred years,.

XIX

:and meauwiiile there are many of these sites that must inevitably be destroyed
by increasing irrigation and other causes.

Jlow, I do not suggest that it would be worth-while for the Al-ohceological
Department to attempt the exhaustive excavation of all these ancient sites.
In my view, it certainly would not. For, even if the large sums of money
required for this task could be foimd, the expenditure would only be justihed
up to a certain point. I do maintain, however, that with such a limitless field
before us, it is wholly to the advantage of India to encourage outside agencies,
whether Indian or foreign, to participate in the task of exploration, while at
the same time taking every precaution to safeguard the interests of science.
And lest it be supposed that the offer of a share of the finds to a concessionaire
is superfluoirs, that, in other words, private excavators may be expected to
come forward without any such inducement, it may be stated that experience
in other coimtries has shown that not only is some such inducement indispens-
able, but that, unless the rule relating to it is administered in a liberal spirit,
private excavators will quickly withdraw their help. The reason for this is
that the majority of such excavators are dependent for their funds on public
•subscriptions, and, unless there is a tangible return to show to their subscribers,
they cannot hope to go on securing the requisite financial support. Should
no offer, therefore, be made of a share in the spoils, it may confidently be
predicted that the promises of private co-operation in this work which we have
■already received, will fail to materialize.

In Mesopotamia, Egj'pt and in the Near East generally the benefits of
non-official help in the task of excavation have been strikingly demonstrated
in the rich collections that have accrued through its means to the State
Museums and in the powerful stimulus that it has imparted to oriental studies—
partly due to the presence of numerous Western savants collaborating together
on the spot, partly to the world-wide interest in the subject which the collec-
tions of antiquities brought together in the Museums of Europe and America
have been mainly responsible for creating. Were it not for these collections,
the remarkable progress made in Egyptian, Babylonian, Assyrian and Pales-
tinian studies would have been impossible. My hope is that, with the adoption
■of a like system in regard to private excavations in India, the same good results

may foUow.

Au additional argument in favour of permitting outside museums to
•acquire in this manner representative collections of Indian antiquities, is that
the trade in these antiquities, which for some time past has been steadily
increasing, is Hkely thereby to be substantially reduced. For, so long as these
museums ’are prohibited from procuring antiquities by authorised excavation,
so long wiU they continue to purchase them from dealers, and so long will
clandestine digging be resorted to by the latter, to the inevitable detriment of
the sites excavated and the irretrievable loss of scientific data.

JOHN MAESHALL.

SECTION I.— CONSERVATION.

UNITED PROVINCES: MUHAMMADAN AND BRITISH

MONUMENTS.

By liJian Sahib Mattlvi Zafar Hasan.

TN pursuance of the scheme introduced in the year 1925 and discussed in last
year’s report, the conservation and maintenance of central monuments in
the United Provinces of Agra and Oudh was carried out departmentally with
the exception of the installation of an engine and pumping plant at Sikandea —
a work which demanded special mechanical knowledge. The estimate for this
work originally amounted to Rs. 20,230 but was subsequently raised to Rs. 25,393
including the agency charges, which were increased from 19 to 24 p. c. The
revised estimate was sanctioned by the Director General, who agreed to pay
the balance of Rs. 5 , 165 , but in January 1927 the Public Works Department
expressed their inability to execute the work before the end of the financial
year, and suggested the withdrawal of the allotment. At the instance of the
Indian Stores Department, who were consulted in the matter, it has now been
decided to place the contract in the hands of Messrs. Worthington Simpson
and Co. of Calcutta, whose tender for the supply and erection of the pumping
plant, with an engine of 32 B. H. P., amounted to Rs. 15 , 391 . Taking into
account the freight, and other petty expenses, the total cost of the work is
not expected' to be more than Rs. 16,000 and it is hoped that it will be com-
pleted by October, 1927 . On their demand a sum of Rs. 1,400 had to be
paid to the Public Works Department for framing an estimate and calling for
tenders, and this was the only expenditure incurred on the work during the
year rmder notice.

On conservation works generally in the United Provinces the total amount
expended during the year was Rs. 1 , 47 , 673 , of which a sum of Rs. 51,184 was
spent on special repairs, Rs. 49,205 on annual repairs and maintenance, and
the balance of Rs. 47,284 on the upkeep of archseological gardens. Conse-
quent on the greater part of the grant for special repairs being set apart for
the installation of an engine and pumping plant at Sikandra, only a few works
of a special nature could be undertaken. Most important of them was the
conservation of Itimadu-d-Daula’s tomb at Agra. This undertaking, which is
to cost in all Rs. 46 , 616 , has been in progress since the yeai 1925 - 26 . During
the year under notice a sum of Rs. 9,000 was originally allotted for it. Subse-

COKSERVATION — ^tJNITED PROVINCES.

quently, however, supplementary grants of Es. 10,000 and Ks. 5,000 were
made in the month of Eehruary 1927, and thanhs to the energetic and efficient
supervision of Babu Murari Lai Arora, work to the full amount of the allotment
of Es. 24,000 was completed before the end of the financial year, the chief
items executed being the paving of the floor of the south and the river side
pavilions and the restoration of the causeways and water channels on the
north, south and west. In the course of these operations a tank was brought
to light in front of the river side pavilion (Pi. I, c.) which appears to have
served as a reservoir to feed the tanlcs in the ground storey of the river side
pavilion.

Minor works carried out at the tomb of Itimadu-d-Daula rmder the head
of aimual repairs were the restoration of the roof of the gatisala, which fell
down during the rains, and the provision of teak wood doors of Mughal design
for the compartments on either side of the entrance gate. The fractured

marble jamb of the west arch of the shrine was also repaired, and the missing
cMajja slabs of the south-east cliliatri were replaced bj'' new ones.

At the Aora Fort the paving of the courtyard of the Akbaki Mahal
was continued and an area 124' by 22' was finished during the year under

notice. Similarly the cliahutra, in front of the Hindu temple, was paved

with stone flags. The missing cJiJiajja stones of the cJihairis at the south-east
and south-west corners of the Moti Masjid were replaced by new ones, while
the decayed facing stones and dasas on the south of the same building and
in the northern court of the Jahangiei Mahal were renewed. Extensive
underpinning and pointing were done to the wall enclosing the Diwan-i-Am

compound on the west, and the site of the Salimgarh was cleared of debris
and made tidy.

At the Taj Mahal, the chief measures of conservation were the replace-
ment of missing cldiajjas and decayed facing stones, jalis and brackets at the
cldiatris to the north of the Jawab and the Mosque, the entrance gate and
the ddlans of the forecourt. Repairs were also carried out to the attached
Khawaspura building now used as a nursery, where some five decayed stone
pillars were replaced by new ones. The work entailed a heavy expenditure
on scaffolding for propping up the superstructure.

At the Fathpubi mosque at Agra, the northern compartment was paved
mth stone slabs in the form of miisallas similar to the original ones. The
dilapidated arch of the Phhlel Katra gateway was rebuilt, while the roof
of the Dakhni gate was made watertight by relaying it with lime concrete.
At the Rauza Diwanji Begaai mosque, the undermined walls were under-
pinned and the modern 'kacliclia huts standing near it were removed and the
site made tidy. At the tojib op Fiboz Khan, the missing cliliajja slabs
round the main dome were replaced by new ones, while the holes in the com-
pound wall were filled up with laJcIiauri bricks in lime.

At the Raai Bagh in the same locality a few stone jali panels were supplied
-to the windows in the southern baradari and the broken shell plaster on the
pillars was restored. The portion of the railing damaged by picnic parties

CONSERVATION — UNITED PROVINCES.

was repaired, and new wooden doors were fixed to tlie nortliern entrance of
the gaumla. Repairs were also effected to the neighbouring buildings, viz.,
the Chini-IvA-Rauza, Kala Gusibad and Zohra Bagh Kiosk on the river side,
where a considerable amount of pointing and underpinning had to be done.
At Humaydn’s MOSQUE at Kachhpura the floor of the central compartment
was relaid with lime concrete. This building is in a dilapidated state, and
proposals for special repairs to it are now under consideration.

At the Roman Catholic Cemetery at Agra, a portion of the compound
wall, which was out of plumb, was dismantled and rebuilt. At the same time
some of -the graves were replastered and their fallen head-stones reset. The
old gates of the city, viz., the Delhi gate, the Pul Changa Modi and the
Kans gate also received attention, and necessary repairs such as filling up
holes and open joints in' the walls, making good broken plaster, etc., were
carried out to them. At the Dhakri-ka-Mahal stone steps were provided
to give access to the building.

The chief work executed at Sikandra was the consolidation and levelling
of the forecourt of the tomb of the Emperor Alchar. A space in front of the
main entrance had been metalled last year in connection with the project of
laying out this area, but it proved too small for the parking of vehicles, which
assemble there in great numbers during the cold weather rush of visitors.
Consequently a supplementary estimate was framed for the extension of the
metalled space and this estimate also included the removal of the imsightly
moimds of earth inside the walled enclosure of the tomb. Diving to a reduc-
tion in rates and judicious supervision, the work was completed at a cost of
Rs. 4,571 against an estimate of Rs. 5,609 and the saving of Rs. 1,038 was
surrendered.

A start was also made with the task of laying a stone floor in the arcades
surrounding the main shrine of Alcbar’s tomb. An estimate for the project
amounting to Rs, 19,500 had been prepared and sanctioned in the previous
year, but for want of funds no provision for it could be made in the conserva-
tion budget. Towards the end of the year, however, a sum of Rs. 3,000
became available, and was utilised in purchasing stone to be made use of next
year. Another useful work undertaken at Alcbar’s tomb was the repair of
the southern end of the ruined causeway on the north, where the dislodged
paving stones were reset, and the flight of steps, cascade and tank on the east
side were rebuilt. At the entrance gateivay of the tomb the two missing
Icanguras were reconstructed, and a pair of teak wood doors of Mughal pattern
was fixed to one of the doorways on the ground floor.

At Mariam’s tomb five decayed brackets together with the clihajja slabs
supported by them were replaced by new ones, while at the Kanch Mahal
the floor of the compartment at the south-east corner was relaid with lime
concrete. Other buildings, which received attention in this neighbourhood,
were the Gdru-ka-Tal, Iteari Khan’s tomb and mosque, and the tomb of
Sadiq Khan and Salabat Khan, where necessary measures were undertaken
to preserve and keep them neat and tidy.

5 a

CONSERVATION — UNITED PROVINCES.

The works carried out at Fathpub Sikri were again in the nature of
annual repairs, the most important of them being the rebuilding of a section
of the city wall which suddenly fell down near the Agra gate (PI. I, a and 6).
Improvements were also effected to the Rang IVIahal, the reputed birth-place
of the Emperor Jahangir, by relaying its courtyard with stone slabs and erect-
ing- a rei&kang -srah against the rained houses to the east of the approach
which has lately been constructed. Similarly, the area adjoining the Buland
Darwaza to the west was tidied up by resetting the old pavement slabs at
the jharna and pitching the sloping plots of hachcha ground with rubble stones
to prevent the growth of jungle. A start was made with the construction
of a paved pathway to the Sajiosa Mahal which lies isolated to the west of
the palace precincts. During the year under review a length of some 250
feet was completed, and the rest will he done next year. Patch repairs were
also effected to the terraced floor of the courtyard of the Camel Stable, and
a pair of teak wood doors of Mughal design -was provided for the so-called
kitchen near Mariam’s house. At Jodh Bai’s palace the roof of certain
compartments to the south was relaid with lime concrete, and their back wall
replastered, while a passage to the hammani in the same block was paved with
stone slabs. At Birbal’s stable a decayed stone pillar with its capital and
brackets was dismantled and replaced by a new one. The work of renewing
the decayed pillars belonging to this building has been in progress for several
years, and there now remain only a few more to be dealt with. Steps were
also taken to remetal the roads inside the archeeological area at Fathpur Sila'i,
and stone ballast was collected, but on account of scarcity of water on the
ridge, the consolidation work had to he postponed until the rains next year.
At Rasulpur, some two miles from Fathpur Silcri, the floor of tha tojib op
Shaikh Ibrahim was relaid with stone slabs. A pair of wooden doors of
Mughal pattern had been fixed to this building in the previous year, and the
recent paving of its floor has greatly improved its appearance.

At the Jagner Fort the clearance of earth and debris, continued from
the preceding year, was brought to completion and the buildings contained
therein were made tidy. The earth and rubbish were thrown down the hill,
while the serviceable stones were stacked for use in future repairs ivithin the
Fort. The clearance operations in the forecourt before the main entrance gate
to the north brought to light a series of imderground cells, locally called a
blialcsi and believed to have been used as dungeons. (PI. I, d.)

A staircase opens at the south-west corner of the dungeon, but it is filled
up vnth debris, and it is not yet possible to say where it leads to. It is pro-
posed to clear this staircase next year and undertake measures for the conser-
vation of the dimgeon.

Necessarj" repairs were carried out to rhe Kos Minars in the Agra and
Muttra districts; namely, to four on the Agra-Fathpui Sikri road, and fourteen
on the Agra-Delhi road. These miliars which take the fo rm of conical pillars
varymg m height from 22 to 33 feet, were set up by the Mughals as mflestones
along the old roads. The distance between them however is not uniform-

CONSERVATION — UNITED PROVINCES.

but varies from 2 miles 3 furlongs to 2 miles 5 furlongs. There is a reference
■to these nvinars in the following passage in the Emperor Jahangir’s diary t —

4j^ls i£jj) G ly ] 4jUil|.)jj)

ii j,* ^ G j] if j,}j ilgjij li 5^1^-) aij iOli)

Jh Oijbj ^ 1 j A_J jl.a, J»u .iLolij j Oi.lb

TransIatioJi.

“ Before this, according to order, trees were planted on both sides (of the
road) from the capital of Agra to the river Attock, .and avenues arranged, and
similarly from Agra to Bengal. Ifow I ordered that from Agra to Lahore

pillars should be erected at every huroli to mark (the distance), and wells
should be dug all along at distances of 3 kurohs, so that the wayfarers might
make their journeys conveniently and comfortably without bearing the trouble
of thirst and heat of the sun.”

At Shah Pir’s tosib at Meerut some bad fractures in the red sandstone
facing of the northern wall were cut out and repaned by the insertion of rect-
angular face stones. A missing carved stone jamb in the arched recess at

the north-west corner of the same building was repaired by a new one, and a
broken brick wall of the graveyard to the south was rebuilt. At Abu Muham-
mad’s TOMB a decayed bracket at the southern entrance was renewed, while
open joints in the plinth towards the east were treated with recessed lime
pointing.

At Tappal, in the Aligarh district, the gateway to the fort was found

to be in a very precarious condition, the roof of the compartments of the ground
storey having entirely collapsed, while the maiu upper roof had most of its
scantlings cracked and broken. An estimate for rebuilding the upper roof
und removing the lower one was framed in the year 1924, but for want of
funds the work could not be undertaken till the year under review, when it
was accomplished at a cost of Bs. 901 against an estimate of Rs. 972. The
gateway is an insignificant structure which once constituted the entrance to
■a mud fortress, now in ruins. It is related that the fortress belonged to the
Begam Samru, to whom the Pargana of Tappal was assigned about the end
of the 18th century. This remarkable woman played an important part in
the history of Delhi during the later Mughal rule. She was the daughter of
•a Muhammadan of the Meerut district and her real name was Zebu-n-Nisa.
At the early age of sis she lost her father and on account of ill-treatment at
the hands of her step-brother had to leave her father’s house with her mother.
In 1767 she attracted the attention of a European adventurer, Walter Rein-
hardt, to whom she .was married. After the death of her husband in 1778
•she succeeded to his jagir at Sardhana, which she managed admirably and
■continued to retain in her possession imtil her death in the year 1836. She
(A) Tuzuhi-Jatiangiri, Persian text, printed at Aligarh in 1804, p. 277.

CONSEEVATIOK — ITNITED TROVINCES. 6

embraced the Roman Catholic faith and in her zeal for her new religion built
a Roman Catholic Church at Sardhana, where she was buried.

Conservation work at Aligarh comprised the annual repairs to the Fort,
namely, the clearance of drains, restoration of the wooden gate and relaying
with lime concrete the floor of one of the magazines. The cost of the work
was met out of the annual contribution made by the Military Department for
the maintenance of the Fort.

The chief undertaking at Jaunpur was the acquisition of shops and Idosks
on the Gomti Bridge. This bridge is the best specimen that exists of an
old Mughal bridge in India. It is dmded into two sections by an island in
mid river, the northern portion consisting of ten arches and the southern of
five. A metalled road passes over it flanked by atone parapets with kiosks
surmounting the piers on either side. A strilcing feature on the island is
a stone lion which occupies a masoniy platform surrounded b}’- a series of
shops on the north, south and east. On the west side of the road, opposite
the lion, is a mosque which is still used for worship. According to inscrip-
tions on the bridge, it was constructed by Munim Khan, Khan-i-Khanan, under
the supervision of Shaikh Kizamu-d-Din, during the reign of the Emperor
Akbar.

In the year 1871 the kiosks and shops were seriously damaged by a flood,
and as the Government was not disposed to repair them, they were trans-
ferred to the Municipal Board at Jaunpur and to certain private individuals
who were to repair and realize rents from them. This arrangement, though
successful in saving the monuments, was not satisfactory. The use of the
Idosks as shops, ndth their imsightly shades and dirty hangings, detracted
much from the picturesqueness of the bridge, and as no improvements were
possible so long as they were in private possession, it was decided to acquire
them. Their value in 1924 was esthnated by the Pubbc Works Department
at Rs. 23,430 but for want of requisite funds and also for the reason that the
Municipal Board, Jaunpur, objected to the valuation, it was not then possible
to acquire them. During the year under review, however, a sum of Rs. 1,700
was allotted for the purchase of 5 kiosks owned by private individuals with
the idea of purchasing these first and acquiring the other kiosks and shops
as funds permitted. Thanlis, however, to the efforts of Khan Bahadur Rhnikh
JIaqbul Husaui, C.I.E-, the Collector of Jaunpur, the Municipal Board agreed
to accept the compensation proposed by the Public Works Department, subject
to the condition that the price of all the shops and kiosks belonging to them
shoidd he paid in a lump sum. This condition was accepted by the Director
General of Archajology who forthwith allotted Rs. 10,000 and agreed to pay
the balance early in the next year.

At the JhiLXjri jrosQXic, which stands in the fields of corn at the out-
skirts of the tovm, the ruined courtyard was cleared of earth and debris, and
a wire fencing erected about the building to demarcate its boundaries and
prevent the neighbouring villagers from using the courfyard for improper pur-
poses. At the same time the old building which adjoins the outer gateway

CONSERVATION — UNITED PROVINCES.

■of the fort \Yas provided with doors in order to utilize it for the office of
the Suh-Overseer stationed at Jaunpur. At the tomb op Shah Firoz a
broken pillar of the wire fencing was rebuilt, and the holes in the walls
■underpinned with lalcJiauri bricks, while at the Atala mosque and the Jam
Masjid the roofs were made watertight by filling up the cracks with cement
mortar.

Certain special repairs were also carried out last year at Daulat’s tomb
at MehnaGjIR, but the estimate for them had been framed long before and

omitted many items which "will have to be taken up iater. During the jmar

under review a flight of steps giving access to the monument was rebuilt, and

patches on the terrace where water could percolate through, were relaid with

lime concrete. The basement chambers also are still in need of attention,

and it is proposed to repair them gradually out of the annual repair grant.

At Iptikhar Khan’s tomb at Chunar the ominous crack which appeared some
time ago at the south-west corner of its entrance gate, was filled np, and a
few missing chhajja slabs of the balcony were replaced -by new ones. At

Benares a portion of the floor of Aurangzeb’s mosque, also known as Dharara
Masjid, was relaid ivith stone pavement, and the finial of its southern dome
set right. The repairs to the tomb of Lal Khan in the same locality were
also taken in hand. It was cleared and made tidy and a stone jali screeii
was fixed to one of its openiugs. A few other openuigs closed with kacJicJia
infillin as require the same treatment, which is to be undertaken next year.
At All-AHABad -the roof of the tombs op Khusro and his mother were made
watertight, 'and sal wood doors of Mughal pattern were fixed to the upper

storey of the southern gateway to the Khusro Bagh, to make it suitable for
the office of the Conservation Assistant.

At Lucknow a gang of four bankaiis was successfully employed to visit
the archaiological buildings in rotation and keep them neat and tidy. At
the Nadan Mahal the ruined compound wall to the east was rebuilt ivith
lakhauri bricks to keep out cattle, and the two decayed stone brackets at the
neighbouring building, Icnown as Chahar Khajiba, were replaced with new
ones. At the Residency two pairs of wooden gates, of a suitable design,
were provided for the entrance to the compound m order to prevent the ingress
of stray cattle, and the walls of the ruined buildings at the same spot were
treated with lime pointing. Repairs were also executed to the roofs of the
At.aw Bagh house and the Sikandar Bagh buildings, where the decayed sal
wood scantlings were renewed and the broken patches above were relaid vdth
lime concrete and made watertight. In the central hall of the Aiam Bagh
house two wooden beams were found cracked, but as their replacement would
have involved a considerable expense they were strutted with tie rods.

The conservation of the tome op Nawab Diler Khan at Shahabad
started in the previous year, was completed, the chief item executed during
the year under notice being the dismantling and rebuilding of the shattered
masonry of the western face of the biiildingl At Kalpi, repairs were con-
tinued to the Chaurasi Gumbad, where the cracks in the fragmentary central

CONSERVATION — ^UNITED PEO\TNCES.

dome and in tlie roof and walls of the surrounding compartments were filled
up, and a drain was constructed to carry ofi rain water from the compound.

Among the many other monuments to which petty repairs, such as jungle-
clearance, filling up cracks and open joints, etc., were executed, may be men-
tioned the following : —

(o) The TOMB OF Rashid Khan at IVIatt Eashidabad in the district of
Farrukhabad.

(6) The GATEWAYS OF Ajitmal and Ekdil Sarais in the district of
Etawah.

{( 1 ) Baolt or Bara Kuan at Rai Bareli.

Fifty protection notice boards of the standard design were purchased,
and 41 of these were fixed to monuments at 15 different places. The re-
maining 9 will he put up next year. It is proposed to provide these notice
boards gradually at. all the monuments on the protection list, warning the
public against doing any damage to them.

There are 12 Aechajological gardens in the United Provinces, 8 at
Agra covermg an area of 167 acres, 3 at Lucknow with an area of 68 acres,
and 1 at Allahabad nith an area of 4 acres.

At Agra the Taj garden, which is the most important of its kind in
the Province, was maintained at a very high level, attention being paid not
only to the successive displays of annual flowers but to the systematic renewal
of decorative plants, the relaying of spent lawns, and replanting of the cy-
presses which constitute such a striking feature in the garden. The Khan-i-
Alam Bagh continued its useful function of providing the stock necessary for the
maintenance of all the Archieological gardens at Agra. The lawns at the
Fort gardens also received attention during the year and were extended by taking
in the area to the south of the Moti Masjid. This area it is proposed to
connect up with the water distribution service. A defective engine working
the pumping plant at Itijiadu-d-Dadla’s tomb was replaced by one trans-
ferred from the Taj electric plant, and a plentiful supply of water again en-
sured. At the Ram Bagh the progress recorded in the previous year was
maintained, and the inter-planting was further developed with a view to in-
creasing its income. Attention was also given to the propagation of jasminum
for intensive inter-planting as well as to the systematic replacement of de
cayed mulberry trees. The hedges surrounding the small enclosure at Ceini
ea-Eauza were improved, and the lawns periodically top-dressed. At the
Roman Catholic Cemetery, the belt of casuarina was not proving as successful
as coidd be wished, but on the whole the garden fared very satisfactorily. The
forecourt of Akbar's toaib at Sikandra was laid out with great advantage to
the setting of tliis majestic gateway. Owing to the delay in the installation of
the pumping plant the scheme here suffered a setback, but a temporary alter-
native water supply is being devised, which trill tide over the difficulty till
the permanent plant is in operation. Inside the tomb enclosure the newly

CONSERVATION — DELSI,

planted ornamental trees and shrubberies are doing well, and the extension
of the latter on both sides of the eastern causeway will shortly be taken in
hand.

At Lucknow, the Residency grounds continue to be maintained as effi-
ciently as is possible from the precarious water supply available. The orna-
mental beds, planted last year, proved a great success and the lavms fared well.
The question of improving the water supply by boring the present well and ins-
talling an electric pumping plant is imder consideration, and the work will be
undertaken as soon as definite proposals have been made by the Deputy Direc-
tor of Gardens and funds are available. The enclosure containing the Nadan
Mahal and Ibeahiji Chishti’s tosib is gradually assuming the restful appear-
ance that is so attractive in grounds such as these. The lawns were well
maintained, and, during the coming rains it is proposed to plant additional
vegetation to screen the enclosure walls. The Dilkusha ground was added this
year to the Archaeological gardens at Lucknow, and its lawns, hedges and shrub-
beries were properly developed.

The Archaeological garden at Allahabad comprises the precincts of the
ancient tombs in the Khusru Bagh. This area it is proposed to demarcate
from the rest of the garden. The scheme for its layout has been "sanctioned and
vnll be undertaken next year.

DELHI : MUHAMMADAN AND BRITISH MONUMENTS.

The total expenditure incurred on the conservation and maintenance of
Muhammadan and British Monuments in the Delhi Province amounted to Rs.
1,27,441, out of which Rs. 56,482 were spent on special repairs, Rs. 19,980
on annual repairs and Rs. 50,979 on the maintenance of Archseological gardens.
The programme of conservation at Delhi was a long and varied one. Besides
the annual repairs, which included many works of a structural nature, ten esti-
mates for special repairs were taken in hand. The conservation of Khan-i-
Khanan’s tomb, which had been started in the previous year, was completed.
As stated in last year’s report, the building had been despoiled of its stone fac-
ing in the later Mughal period, the parts that had suffered most being the dome
and lower parts of the walls. This facing it was not proposed to restore, but
the existing stones on the walls were made secure, and where the facing had
gone, the inner core was made good with rubble masonry, bonded to the core and
set back 2" from the face. Owing to the settlement of the building on the north,
the red sandstone lintels of almost all the doorways and windows on the upper
storey had cracked, and these were supported on angle irons or, where possible,
replaced by new ones. The roof was relaid with concrete and the dome made
watertight. The repairs have resulted in a great improvement to the appear-
ance of the building besides giving it a new lease of life.

The conservation of the Arab Saeai and certain monuments in its vic ini ty
was also continued and brought to completion. The items executed during the
year were repairs to the Tomb and Mosque of Afsarwala and the clearance

CONSERVATION — ^DELHI.

of the site adjoining these buildings. A proposal for declaring the whole of
the Sarai enclosure a protected monument and maintaining it is under con-
sideration. Other works, which were commenced in the year 1925-26 and brought -
to completion this year, were the conservation of Bholi Bhatyari-ka-Maeal
and the adjoining bund, and special repairs to a dome at Hauz Khas.

The most extensive undertaking of the year, however, was the acquisi-
tion of houses inside and outside the Begampuei mosque. This mosque was
constructed by Khan-i-Jahan, the Prime hlinister of Firoz Shah, who was also
responsible for some other mosques of a similar type at Delhi, viz., the Khirld
Masjid, the Kalan Masjid in Delhi city and the Kali Masjid or Sanjar Masjid
at the village of Nizamu-d-Din. The Begampuri mosque is entered by a domed
gateway on the east and consists of a spacious courtyard enclosed by a series
of 44 domed compartments on the north, south and east, excluding the north
and south gateways which are no longer iii use. To the west is the prayer
chamber comprising a row of 8 compartments, 3 bays deep, on either side of
the central hall, which is a square chamber, crowned by a big dome and with a
high and massive archway on the east. " The central row of the side compart-
ments in the prayer chamber is also roofed with domes, while the central arch,
which is the 'most prominent feature of the building, is flanked by sloping
buttresses each containing a winding staircase leading to the roof. At present
it is only the central chamber which serves as a mosque, the rest being occupied
by a village with a crowd of squalid houses in, the courtyard and daJans. In
pursuance of a plan for the clearance and maintenance of the building a rough
estimate amounting to Rs. 4,176 for evacuating the householders had been framed
as far back as 1913, but for want of funds no action could be taken until the
present year, when a fresh estimate for Rs. 7,000 was prepared by the Public
Works Department followed by a further detailed estimate for Rs. 18,200,
which was prepared at the instance of the Deputy Commissioner, Delhi, ' and
included also the houses built outside the mosque against its northern wall.
This estimate for Rs. 18,200 was funded before the close of the year, and all
the houses duly acquired, the work of clearance being postponed until next
year.

The conservation of the Lae Bangla was another special work carried out
during the year. The name Lai Bangla is given to an enclosure containing the
tombs of Lai Kunwar, the mother of Shah Alam II, and his daughter, Begam
Jan. The tombs are of red sandstone and are crowned by domes. The work
mainly consisted of site clearance and resetting certain dislodged stones or re-
placing the missing ones.

The Kotl.\ Firoz Shah or the citadel of the city of Firozabad built by Firoz
Shah Tughlaq contains the remains of several ancient buildings, which received
attention during the year. The chief items executed were repairs to the under-
ground apartments of the mosque which had to be cleared of earth and debris
(Plate I, c and f). This mosque has been noticed by various authors who have
been lavish in their praises. Zia-i-Bami says that on Fridays the gathering of
worshippers was such that there was no room either on the lower or upper storey

CONSERVATION — DELHI.

or in the courtyard.* Timur visited > the building and offered there his prayers
and thanksgivings." It is said, too, that the Emperor Eiroz Shah engraved
on the octagonal drum of its dome his well known work, the Fatuliat-i-Firoz
SliaTii, which records his religious and benevolent acts.® The dome, however,
is gone, and all indeed of the mosq^ue that has sur\’ived is the northern gate
and the walls on the north, south and west.

The unsightly structure over the well in the enclosure of Sapdaejang’s
TOMB was dismantled, and in its place was fixed a railing of red sandstone jolt.
As remarked in the last year’s report, the plate glass in the north and south
openings of the Mughal Kooms inside the Delhi Fort was removed to the
main doorways on the east. By this arrangement a more pleasing effect has
been produced and with the help of the electric light installed in 1925-26, the
furniture and curios in the rooms are now displayed to better advantage. This
work was carried out departmentally, as also was the purchase of 25 protection
notice boards, required for various monuments at Delhi. At Humayun's tomb
the task of laying pipe lines for the distribution of the water supply was taken
in hand and is expected to be completed next year.

At the beginning of 1926-27 conservation notes for annual repairs to the
ancient monument at Delhi were drawn up and supplied to the Public Works
Department for their guidance, and it is satisfactory to record that the recom-
mendations made have been given effect to as far as funds permitted. The
chief works executed in this connection were as follows : —

[ а ) Diwan-i-Khass. — The roof, which leaked and caused considerable da-

mage to the ornamented ceiling, was repaired and made water-
tight. A broken marble lintel in one of the riverside windows
was replaced by a new one, and the loose marble slabs of the
floor were reset.

(б) Kashmiri Gate. — The broken battlements were rebuilt, and the holes

and open joints in the walls were filled up and treated with recessed
pointing.

replaced by new ones, while the roof was relaid with lime concrete
and the broken merlons over the parapet were rebuilt.

(d) Purana Qila. — At Sher Shah’s mosque the floor of the prayer chamber

and of the gallery in the thickness of the back wall was relaid
with lime concrete and the roof was made watertight. The small
mosque near the Bara gate was repaired, while the Humayun
gate was cleared of earth and debris and made tidy.

(e) Humayun’s tomb. — The enclosure wall was rebuilt at two places and

the compartments at the first floor level under the terrace were
cleaned of earth and rubbish. A few of the broken and sunken
slabs on the terrace were reset.

* Tarikh-i-Firoz SftaSi, by Ziauddin Barm, Persian Toit. paio 562.

» Zafar Nama, by Sharfuddin AU Yazdi, Persian Text, page 187,

• » TaHkTi-i-Finsht<!, Persian Te.rt. part I, p. 150.

6 A

CONSERVATION — DELHI.

(f) Chilla Nizamuddin. — The site was cleared of earth and dthris, and
the opening giving access to it from Humayun’s tomb was pro-
vided vdth iron grated doors.

{( j ) Sabz Buej. — ^hlud plaster was removed from the walls inside, and the
walls themselves were underpinned and treated vdth pointing.
The broken plaster was edged oS, while the steps giving access to
the cliahutra were rebuilt.

Qi ) Lodi Group. — ^At Muhamisiad Shah satstd’s tomb the stone jam of
the doorway to the staircase was repaired, while the opening at
the top was provided with a wire-netted door to keep out birds.
Some of the pillars of the elihatris on the roof were oUt of plumb,
and these were set right. At the Bara Gumbad and Shish Gum-
bad the unsightly masonry jambs flanking the wire-netted doors
were dismantled and replaced by wooden frames.

(t) Tomb of Sapdarjang. — The walls and piers of arches to the north of
the entrance gate were underpinned and treated ndth recessed point-
ing, and the courtyard of the mosque, which forms the roof of the
chamber containing the fountain, was made watertight.

(j) Qutb enclosure. — The missing red sandstone posts of the fencing

surrounding the lawns opposite the Dak Bungalow, were replaced
by new ones, and the dilapidated graves repaired. At the Qutb
mosque the parapet of the eastern and northern dalans was made
watertight, and the floor of the north-east and south-east elihatris
relaid with lime concrete.

(k) Sultan Ghari’s tomb.— Mention was made in the last year’s report

of the desecration of the graves at this tomb. They were reS',
tored this year to their former state, and necessary repairs were
effected to the building. The marble pilasters to the north and
south of the central milirab in the prayer chamber were out of
plumb and had to be dismantled and rebuilt, and in like manner
the dislodged stones in the arched opening immediately to the
north of the central milirab were reset. The roof was made
watertight, and the floor of the dalans and of the open court-
yard was repaired.

Tlianks to the New Capital Water Supply the condition of the Archseolo-
gical gardens at Delhi remained satisfactory throughout the year, and withstood
the heats of summer without loss. No additions or alterations were made in
the Delhi Fort garden, which, under hlr. Long, maintained its customary high
standard. The grounds of Kotla Firoz Shah and the Purana Qila were also
kept neat and tidy. The garden at Humayun’s tomb m'll be susceptible of
considerable improvement when the new pipe lines have been laid. In the
Safdarjaug garden the northern approach was levelled and grassed. Similar
treatment is required for the southern and western approaches, and they will
he taken in hand as soon as funds are available. The gardens at Hauz Khas

CONSERVATION — UNITED PROVINCES.

and the Qutb are unfortunately not connected with the New Capital "Water
Supply, but in spite of this they were maintained efficiently, and their lawns and
shrubs kept in a flourishing state throughout the year.

^ PUNJAB : HINDU AND BUDDHIST MONUMENTS.

* By Mr. M. S, Vats.

During the year 1926-27, a sum of Bs. 39,610, inclusive of agency charges,
was provided by the Government of India for the conservation and maintenance
of Hindu and Buddhist Monuments in the Punjab. Out of this, Es. 37,693 were
placed at the disposal of the Secretary to the Punjab Government, Public Works
Department, Buildings and Eoads and Hydro-Electric Branches, for the fol-
lowing works, vir., special repairs to the rock-cut temples at Masrur (Es. 1,482),
fixing of notice boards to monuments in the Kangra district (Es. 401), acqui.
sition of land at Katas (Es. 666), construction of the Archaeological Museum
(Es. 32,011), and raising pump level for water supply at Taxila (Es. 669), and
for annual repairs to monuments in the Punjab (Es. 2,464). Es. 1,617 were
placed at the disposal of the Home Department, Punjab Government, for main-
tenance of the Police guard at Taxila and Es. 200 at the disposal of the Superin-
tendent, Hindu and Buddhist Monuments, Northern Circle, for notice boards.
Agency charges having been reduced to 18 per cent, ‘a sum of Es. 279 was with-
drawn from the Public Works Department, as well as a saving of Es. 7,107.
These amounts were added to the Archajological reserve, so that the net grant
stood at Es. 32,124.

At Masrur the only items of special repair were the provision to the prin-
cipal shrine of a substantial wooden doorway of a typical Hindu pattern and the
completion of the remaining portion of the fencing on the south side. These
works have now been completed at a cost of Es. 1,325.

UNITED PROVINCES ; HINDU AND BUDDHIST MONUMENTS.

For the conservation and maintenance of the central Hindu and Buddhist
Monuments in the United Provinces a sum of Es. 26,875 was allotted againrst the
last year’s grant of Es. 21,686. Out of this, Es. 19,042 were placed at the
disposal of the Superintendent, Archseological Survey, Muhammadan and British
Monuments, Northern Circle, for special repairs to monuments in the Garhwa
fort (Es. 8,381), Buddhist remains at Kasia (Es. 4,737), and Saheth (Es, 1,636),
purchase and erection of notice boards (Es. 1,850), and annual repairs to Hindu
and Buddhist Monuments in the United Provinces (Es. 2,438). The balance
of Es. 6,833 was allotted to the Superintendent, Archajological Survey, Hindu
and Buddhist Monuments, Northern Circle, for the following works at Sainath :
namely, conservation of Buddhist remains (Es. 1,500), construction of tv'o go-
downs (Es. 3,446), of a surface drain tO'-west of the museum compound (Es. 522),
of an iron gateway at the northern exit (Es. 447), and for annual repairs to
the museum (Es. 918). The Superintendent, Archseological Survey. Muhamma-
dan and British Monuments, Northern Circle, reported a saving of Es. 1,823

CONSERVATIOIs — ^tTSITED PROVINCES.

whicl: was witHdrawn, but an additional sum of Es. 1,380 was provided for the
conservation of the Buddhist ruins at Sarnath, after which the revised allotment
stood at Rs. 25,432 and was fully utilized. A brief summary of the conser-
vation works carried out in the United Provinces is given below: —

Sarnath. — Bricks of special sizes having been procured last year? Rai
Bahadur Daya Ram Sahni recommended certain measures of repairs to the Bud-
dhist ruins at Sarnath, for which an estimate amounting to Rs. 4,341 was sanc-
tioned by the Director General. But as Rs. 2,880 only were available during
the year under report, repairs were confined to the Kushana or early Gupta
monasteries II and lY, to the mediseval Dharmachalcra-jinavihara of Queen
Kumaradevi, and to the north and south retaining walls of ' the fore-court of the
main shrine.

The western range of cells of monastery No. II has been repaired to a height
of about 5', that is, up to the existing height of the back wall in its best preserved
section. Doorwa 3 ='s to two of the cells in this monastery already existed and
similar ones have now been provided to four cells on the west side. The plinth
of the verandah wall has also been repaired.

Of the partially excavated monastery No. IV, two cells on the north and
two on the east were standing to a height of about 4'. The others, along vdth
the back wall, have now been raised to the same height and doorways provided
as in tlie better preserved cells.

The foundation of the inner wall on the north side of the courtyard of the
Dharmachakra-jinavihara, which > for want of bricks had been repaired only to
a height of C", was raised to about l'-6", while the core of the inner walls bn the
east and south was repaired up to the existing height at the south-east corner.
Repairs have also been carried out to the outer and party walls of the foundation
cells on the south and east sides. The facing of this monastery being of carved
bricks, only the core was repaired as recommended.

Lastly, the retaining walls to north and south of the fore-court of the maiii
shrine, which survived for lengths of 46 and 26 feet only at their eastern extre-
mity, have now been restored for the missing lengths of 105 and 120 feet, res-
pectively. This is a much needed improvement, as it null prevent the banks
of earth behind the missing portions subsiding into the fore-court, and at the
same time vrill help to restore it more closely to its original appearance (Plate
II, a). All repairs were carried out in mud mortar except the three topmost
courses, which were laid in hme, and the top was dressed with 9" of screened
earth to induce the grovi;h of turf.

As foreshadowed in last year’s report, a godomi consisting of two rooms
connected by an open archway for the storage of surplus antiquities has been cons-
structed behind the southern gallery of the east wing of the Sarnath Museum.
The godown has been pro^dded with stone shelves for antiquities, the design, ex-
cept for the clerestory windows, being similar to that of the existing godown.
An iron gateway has also been erected at the northern exit of the museum and
the iron drain pipe (diameter 9") below it, which was too small, has been replaced
by a masonry drain covered with stone flags. A surface dram to the west of the

COSrSBRVATION — VmTED PEOTINCES.

museum has been constructed to connect with the road culvert near the south-
west corner of the compound. This obviates the danger of rain water pond-
ing and flooding the lawns, which have lately been re-grassed. 1,700 cubic feet
of murrain was again provided out of the annual repair grant and the leakage
of cJihajjas made good by the use of Pabco Leakstop.

EIasia. — The south and west sides of monastery D at Kasia were repaired
in 1924-25, and the cells on the other two sides have now been repaired after
removal of the lime plaster from the tops of walls. The verandah wall on the
east, which was in a very dilapidated condition, 'was dismantled and re-built,
mostly with the same material, except at its northern end, where the lower
portion exhibits irregular brickbats on both sides. The parapet of the later
well in the courtyard has been repaired and secured by an earthen ramp.

Adjoining monastery D, on the south side, is monastery L, which has the
usual chambers on four sides and a well in the centre. After the excavations of
1906-07, doorways and wall ends in this monastery were strengthened by step-
ped buttresses. These have now ‘been removed, jungle cleared, walls repaired
wherever necessary, and their tops dressed with clean earth everywhere except
on the north which still remains to be' attended to.

In MONASTERY 0, the greater part of the south side, and part of the east
also has been rebuilt on old foundations, the walls of the courtyard have been
raised by about a foot and jungle cleared. Certain minor measures calculated
to improve this monastic area are still necessary and will be carried out as soon
as practicable.

A sum of Es. 18,447 was contributed for the restoration of the Parikirvana
Stupa and the Matha Kuar temple at Kasia by Messrs U Po Kyu, K.S.M.,
Eetired Additional District Magistrate, Henzada, and D Po Hlamg, T. P. S,,
Honorary Magistrate, Kyangin, Henzada. Detailed plans and estimates for
these works were sanctioned by the Director General of Archseology in India.
As, however, bricks of a special size had to be manufactured and burnt at the
site, building work could not be started tiU the middle of January, 1927, and is
not expected to be completed before the end of July, 1927. An account of this
project, therefore, will be reserved for next year’s report.

At Saheth, the site of the Jetavana-vihara of Sravasti, special repairs
were carried out in accordance, with a conservation note drawn up in 1918.

The cells of the monastery round temple No. I were excavated in confor-
mity \vith the ground plan published in the Annual Rejiort for 1910-11, Plate
II, and the walls were repaired to a height of about 2' with original bricks, the
tops being then dressed with 9" of clean earth. The inner courtyard has been
levelled with a gentle gradient towards the east, so as to be drained by the large
channel in the north-east corner. The village path, which ran through the
monastery, has also been diverted and, except on the north, the area around has
been dressed for 15 feet. These measures have had the effect of materially
improving the appearance of this large monastery (Plate II, c).

The recommendations regarding monasteries G and P have not been satis-
factorily carried out, but fortunately the defects can easily be remedied. The

CONSERVATION — UNITED PROVINCES. 16

two oblong .cbambers ivbicb flanked the ruined flight of steps on the south have
been repaired contrary to the instructions in the conservation notes, and the
size of the drainage channel which runs through the south-east corner of the
monastery is only 6"x9" as against 12"xl2" provided for in the estimate. The
necessity for digging a hacliclia soak tank to absorb rain water can be obviated by
the deepening of an existing channel through which rain water can be diverted
into the dry lake on the north-east. But before advantage can be taken of this,
the open space in front of monasteries G and F must be properly sloped and
dressed.

With the conservation of shrines 2, 3, 4 and the Trimurti temple alongside
the south wall of the rampart, special repair works to monuments in the Fort
OF Gabhwa, which have been in progress for the last two years, have now been
completed, the total cost being Es. 20,855, Wherever possible, old materials
have been utilised in the repairs. Shrines 2 and 3 have been left unroofed but
drained, while No. 4 and the Trimurti temple have been roofed with flat slabs
9' long and 8" thick and terraced over with 6" of lime concrete. Their,
roofs, like the roof of the Sur 3 ’’a temple, have been provided with drain
spouts.

The Trimurti temple was supported in- front on two pillars and two pilas-
ters of which one pilaster on the west, together with the lintel over the last
inter-columniation on this side, was missing, while the corresponding lintel on the
east was broken and supported on another pillar brought from the site. Fart
of the old inner cornice, which was recovered, has been utilised for the west wall,
and one new pilaster and two lintels have been provided. The floor has been
relaid (Plate II, b). On the whole the work has been satisfactorily executed,
though at places lime appears to have been mixed with cement contrary to speci-
fication, some fissures have been left ungrouted and the bed of the cornice has
been levelled bj^ filling in with lime instead of with stone chips. Although work
is supposed to have been finished, the dressing on the south side has been very
superficial!}^ done ; stones in front of shrine No. 3 are tying in disorder, while
the jungle over the tanks and along the north and east sides of the rampart Myalls
remains uncleared. The eastern and northern portion of the fort area which is
covered with debris also needs attention. The Superintendent, Muhammadan
and British hlonuments. Northern Circle, has been requested to rectify these
defects.

Fifty NOTICE BOARDS of standard design were purchased, of which thirty-
five were fixed to Hindu and Buddhist Monuments in the United Provinces and
the rest reserved for next year.

Out of the .VNNUAL REPAIR GRANT jungle clearance was effected at several
temples in the Harairpur district. Wire fencing at the hlakarbai temple was
repaired and a few dislodged stones of the wicket gate were reset. In the
fort at Talbehat, jimgle was cleared, pitching repaired and murrain spread on
footpaths. The spires of the Eadha BaUabh and Gomnda Deo temples were
made water-tight, some floor slabs and a missing stone bracket of the cliliajja
in the former were replaced, while in the Goviud Deo temple, decayed stone-

CONSEEVATION — ^PUNJAB .

mouldings of the plinth were made good and a teak-wood door of Hindu pattern
provided to the eastern chapel.

PUNJAB : MUHAMMADAN AND BRITISH MONUMENTS.

By Ml'. M. Bargreaves.

The total expenditure on the conservation of the Muhammadan and British
Monuments in the Punjab was Es. 78,977, of which Es. 14,641 were expended
departmentally and Es. 64,336 by the Public Works Department. The most
important works carried out by the Public Works Department were the
completion of the Tube Well and the construction of an Overhead Service Re-
servoir in Lahore Fort for the supply of water to the garden and fountains,
for the restoration of which the preliminary operations are now in hand. Other
special works were the provision of fencing around the Jahaz Kothi at Hissar,
the removal of the Cross from the dome of Axarkam’s Tosib and substitution
of an appropriate finial in its place, and special repairs to certain remains along
the old Badshahi highway, namely the serais at Dakhxi and NuR Mahal and
Kos Mestars in the Jullundur District.

Of the monumental remains on the Mughal road from Delhi to Attock four
serais, five baolis, two bridges and sixty five Kos Minars still exist and are
maintained by the Central Government. As might be anticipated, the Kos
Minars are most numerous and generally better preserved in proportion as they
are nearer to the capital. The best of the Mughal Serais in the Punjab is that
at Dakhni, some twenty miles south-east of Jullundur. The outer wall is
complete and the two magnificent gateways with tile mosaic are in excellent pre-
servation. On either side of the gateways are fifteen dalans fronted by arched
verandahs, and similar structures are found on the northern and southern sides.
The corner rooms are larger, having a bastion which must originally have been
surmormted by a chhatri. In the centre of the northern and southern walls
large double-storied buildings with three arched openings replace the gateways
of the eastern and western sides. A small three domed mosque with
' court-yard and entrance gateway is situated in the south-west quarter of the
enclosure. Some ruined foundations east of the mosque may mark a former
Immmam.

Special repairs have been carried out to the battlements, walls, roofs and
dalans and to the mosque, the openings of which have been fitted with iron
gratings and doors and netting to keep out bats and birds. The interior of
the Serai has been cleared of jungle and debris, and paths have been made in
front of the dalans as well as from the gateways and connecting the north
and south sides.

The KasM work of the gateways is in no way inferior to the similar work in
the Lahore Fort, and green, white, yellow, orange, turquoise, indigo and purple
oive great variety to the ornament. It is to be regretted that on accoimt of
its remote situation this monument is so little known and so rarely visited, for
it is one of the most interesting of the Mughal remains in. the Punjab.

CONSERVATION— PUNJAB.

About 13 miles east of Dakhni Serai is tbe Serai op Nuemahal.^ Al-
though the whole serai is a protected monument, it is only the red sandstone
gateway -vvith its curiously stiff representations of horses, elephants, and other
animals which can be in any way adequately protected, as the rest of the build-
ings are occupied by various departments. The recent special repairs have done
something to improve the gateway, but students have greatly disfigured the in-
side chambers by inscriptions.

The works carried out departmentally at the Fort op Lahore, in addition
to the annual repairs of the walls and historic buildings, were the demobtion of
the old Fives Court just inside the Hathi Gate, the modern bridge over the ele-
phant steps, servants’ houses on the north and east of the Jiammam, the verandah
of building No. 34, and modern additions to the buildings on the east and west
of Jahangir’s quadrangle, the further excavation of the garden areas between
the ancient causeways and the restoration of a stretch of the causeway on the
north side, which appeared to have been destroyed by the Sikhs. The existing
remains of the former dalana around the courtyard south of the Diwan-i-Amm
were traced by excavation, and in the outer defences much clearance and level-
ling was done and a number of chambers opened at the base of the palace wall
on the north. A large mound of debris, the accumulation of the excavations of
the previous year, was also removed from the Fort.

The removal of the Fives Court has revealed the existence of more arcades
in the upper part of the north wall and steps giving access thereto, while the
demolition of the modern verandah of Building No. 34 has disclosed four
very beautiful marble screens (Plate III a, and b.). It must be confessed
that these British additions were erected with needless brutality, for a little
adjustment of the brackets for the wall plate would have rendered unnecessary

the breaking of both sides of the upper edge of the main screen. The

removal of modern verandahs and fillings in Jahangir’s quadrangle is now
almost completed. The original red sandstone pillars are generally in good
order. The appearance of Building No. 38, on the west side of the Courtyard,
before and after these operations is shown, in (Plate III c. and d.). One of the
weakest lilughal constnictions was the flat arch roof, of which so many examples'
occur in the Fort. In small chambers and where the roof was carried ' by
four strong walls they are generally secure, but in larger rooms and particularly
where a wall is replaced by columns they hove almost invariably fallen or are
so cracked that heavy brick piers are necessary to support them. The

restoration of these roofs will be one of the principal works in the conservation

of the buildings of Jahangir’s quadrsingle.

On the. 18th October, 1920, a Viceregal Darbar was held in the Diwan-i-Ajim,
Lahore Fort, probably the first Imperial Darbar held there since the time of the
Emperor Aurangzeb. In connection with the Darbar special repairs were un-
dertaken including the conservation of the plastered plinth of the platform, the
provision of temporary steps at the ends of the hall proper, the restoration of a
missing marble ra ilin g of the jharo l-g and colour washing the outer face of the

> 0 . s. II. voi. xrr. pp. cs.os.

CONSERVATION — ^PUNJAB.

superstructure, in order to bring it into harmony \Yith the red sandstone pillars.
From the existing traces of the interesting sandstone railing round the platform
in front of the Diwan-i-Amm it is certain that originally access was fiom the
sides, the Emperor himself approaching the hall from behind the jharoJia. For
the purposes of the darbar it was, however, necessary to provide temporary
steps in the centre of the south face of the platform.

It is quoted on the authority of Mulla ibdul Hamid, Lahori, the court
chronicler, that the Emperor Shah Jahan ordered that “ a hall of forty pillars
be erected in front of the jharoka of the Daulat-khana-i-khass-o-Amm ^ and
the Diwan-i-Amm is frequently referred to as a hall of forty columns. But
though the emperor may have so directed, it should be noted that actually
the Diwan-i-Amm does not contain forty, but forty-eight pillars and twelve

pilasters.

“A hall of forty pillars” might, of course, be merely a colloquialism for a
many-pillared haU, but something like authority for this number forty has been
given by the reproduction of an old Sikh plan of Lahore Fort, which erroneously
shows thirty pillars and ten pilasters." A correct plan of the Diwan-i-Ainm
showing the arrangement of the columns and pilasters is, however, given in the
Annual Report of the Arehccological Survey for 1909-10, Fig. 1, p. 34.

On the evacuation of the Fort by the Military Authorities in 1923 it was
handed over by the Government of India to the Punjab Government. Part
of the area inside the Fort, ivith the buildings therein, was subsequently
transferred by the Punjab Government to the Archeeological Department, it
being the intention of the Local Government to retain the rest of the Fort
area for its own purposes. The discoveries made by the Archeeological
Department in its excavations and demolitions in 1925-26 having .sho^vn
the Fort to be of greater arcbjeological interest than had been at first
supposed, the Punjab Government has now agreed to make over the whole
of the area inside the Fort, save a small portion at the south-west occupied by
modern buildings, to the ArchaBological Department on certain conditions, uith
a view to its restoration and lay out on the lines of the Fort at Delhi. Among
the conditions are the maintenance by the Archaeological Department of a
small museum inside the Fort to contain exhibits connected with the Fort, and
acquiescence in a proposal of the Local Government to demolish part of^ the
modern south wall and to replace it by a series of terraces connected by flights
of steps in order to demihtarize the Fort.

These terms having been accepted, it will now be possible to restore by
shrubberies the outUne of the lost dalans of the great courtyard which lay to the
south of the Diwan-i-Amm and to give an appropriate lay-out to the court-
yard itself. At present, the former British barracks and their appurtenances
front the Diwan-i-Amm and are occupied by the Punjab Hydro-Electric De-
partment. These are likely to be evacuated next year, when tlieir demolition
and the laying out of the courtyard may be taken in hand.

‘Cf.

A. S. 1. 1902-03, p. 200 ; A. S. 1. 1909-10, p. 34 ; Tile Mosaias of the Lahore Fort, p. 21.
s' 1. 1902-03. Plate XXXIII ; The Tile Ilosaki of the Lahore Fort, Plate 11.

7 A

CONSERVATION — PUNJAB.

The limits of this courtyard and the existing ancient remains have recently-
been traced by excavation, but the exact form of the old gateways on the
south and east is not clear, while the foundations of the western entrance must
have been destroyed when the modem ramp was made in British times. .

The best preserved portion of the Mughal palace in the Lahore Bort is
the Muthamman Buej, and the most striking building in this area is the Shish
Mahall, or Palace of Mirrors, which receives its name from the mosaic of glass
laid in gypsum which decorates its roof and walls (Plate IV, a). This decoration
belongs to two epochs, the ceiling, in excellent taste, being original Mughal work.
Of the ornamentation of the walls, which is typical Sikh work. Dr. Vogel, in
his scholarly description of the Lahore Port writes, “ The wall decoration, on
the contrary, is decidedlj’’ vulgar and the introduction of fragments of blue and
white china bears testimony to a childish taste.”' Eight specimens of this blue
and white ornament occur high up in four of the large panels of the main hall,
four on the walls of the arched opening leading to the small room to the north,
four in the similar arch on the north side of this small room, and one on its western
wall. That these seventeen pieces of blue and white ornament should have
been taken for fragments of blue china is not surprising, since all assume the form
of vases of various shapes, the colouring is precisely that of blue china, and they
are at a height which renders it difficult to recognize detail. A chance remark
by a keen-sighted visitor on the very Indian appearance of a small domed pavi-
lion on one of these vases led to a detailed examination, when it was discovered
that these fragments were not china but paintings on Indian paper, placed bet-
ween glass. As the glass of one example was broken, it was possible to examine-
the painting which had apparently been done in indigo, with water as medium.
Glass was an absolute necessity for the preservation of the painting as the colour
rubs off like a dry powder with the lightest touch. Landscapes, a hunting
scene, a combat between mounted w'arriors, a fort, pavihons, prancing horses,
rivers, boats of various kinds, a deer, a demon face and trees — all appear in mini-
ature in these paintings, as well as conventional decorative designs.

That these were intended to simulate blue china is certain, for though all
the achitectural details, trees, landscapes, boats, etc., are Indian, their colouring
and arrangement particularly the rivers cutting diagonally across the vases,
are undoubtedly copied from Chinese art. "While it appears that this form of
painting did not achieve popularity (at least no other specimens have yet been
traced), the success of the artist in counterfeiting the appearance of blue china
must be aclcnowledged, for it has taken nearly a century to detect the true nature
of these fragments.

Contemporar}' wall paintings in blue, but more conventional in design and in
poor condition, also occur in the lowest panels in the Shish Mahall and adjoin-
ing rooms.

The bedding out in the Mughal parterres of the second terrace at the
Shalamar Garden was most successful in the autmnn and spring, and was much
admired on the o ccasion of the garden party given there in October, 192G, on the

’ Vcfcu TSt J/o'oies ojthe Lahore Tort, Calcutta, J920, p. 25.

CONSERVATION — PUNJAB.

occasion of the visit of His Excellency the Viceroy to Lahore. New roses have
been planted in the rose garden and funds have now been provided for the plant-
ing of shrubberies in the lowest terrace. The Chiraghan Mela, which is held
every spring in this garden and which entails the erection of stalls and cooking
places along the sides of the brick paths, is a cause of great anxiety to the Garden
Superintendent, who thinks it would be much to the advantage of the gardens
if this fair could be held elsewhere.

The Gardens at Shahdara have been well maintained and the substi-
tution of clerodendron for the former creeper along the plinth of the dalans of the
Serai is a great improvement. On the south of Jahangir’s Tomb the ground has
been prepared for extending the layout of cypress and flower-beds. Garden-
ing at Nur Jahan’s Tomb is rendered difficult by the sJiora which destroys
the lawns and turns the surface of the foot-paths into a white powdery
mass. Macadam footpaths will have to be laid to overcome this constant
efilorescence.

The popularity of The Hazubi Bagh garden is well maintained. School
children and others leave much rubbish on the lawns and it is a constant strug-
gle to keep the garden clean and tidy for thousands of people visit it daily. The
fountains now play there twice a day. On the long brick slope on the west side
clerodendron has been planted and should soon cover its present uupleasing bare-
ness.

NORTH-WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE.

In the North-West Frontier Province Rs. 3,296-8-0 were spent on the con-
servation of monuments, of which sum Es. 2,641-8-0 were expended department-
ally on annual repairs and maintenance.

BOMBAY PRESIDENCY WITH SIND.

By Mr. G. C. Chandra.

Of the sum of Rs. 1,35,241 allotted for conservation in the Western Circle
Es. 29,017 and Rs. 1,06,224 were placed at the disposal of the Archaeological
Superintendent and the Bombay Public Works Department respectively. Out
of these allotments Rs. 7,200 were for grants-in-aid towards the acquisition of
modern houses adjacent to monuments at Ahmedabad and Rs. 26,353 for the
construction of new quarters at Mohenjo-daro required in connection with the ex-
cavations there. The former sum, which was assigned to the Collector of Ah-
medabad, could not be utilised by him before the close of the year and conse-
quently lapsed. In addition to the grant from the Central Government, the
Bombay Government were pleased to allot Rs. 5,940 and Rs. 3,471, respectively,
for special works to be carried out inside the palace of the Peshwas in
Poona City and for the erection of a cliJialri over the samadlii of Sri Sivaji at
Raigadh in the Kolaba District. Moreover, the Mimicipality of Viramgam and
the Sunni Muslim Waqf Committee of Ahmedabad contributed Es. 1,500 and
Rs. 72,000, respectively, towards urgent repairs needed to the stone banks of the

CON'SERVATIOX — BOMBAY PRESIDENCY. 22

Mansar Talao at Viramgam and the acquisition of modern buildings against the
front of the Tomb of Ahmed Shah I and the Jami Masjid, one of the gems of
arcliitectiure at Ahmedabad.

In the Bijapur District, one of the chief centres of conservation in Western
India, no less than twenty special works were undertaken during the j’ear. The
repairs in progress last year at the Don Gumbaz were continued. The plaster-
ing to the soffit of the dome has been completed ; the cracks in the dome have
been attended to ; and the compound wall has been finished udth lime point-
ing. The modern causeway between the outer platform of the Gol Gumbaz
and the Naqqarkhana, over which carriages formerly used to go to the main
platform, has been completely removed (Plate IV, b) and the open joints in
the basement of the ISTaqqarkhana have been lime pointed. Urgent repairs to the
compound wall of the Asar Mahal were taken in hand during the year, and, to
satisfy the pressing needs of the local Muhammadans, the ablution tank in the
centre of the Chhota Asar Masjid, remarkable for its stucco work, was made
watertight and a shallow channel provided around it (Plate IV, c). In the
Mecca Gateway the cracked lintel over the main ' entrance was also supported
b}' a neat frame of iron joists.

At Naregal preliminary repairs to the temple of Naganath situated on the
left hand side of the cart track from Banasankari to Pattadkal, referred to in
last year’s leport, were completed. Two dangerously overhanging lintels were
supported by iron joists. The temple is built up of large stones with fine joints
udthout any mortar (Plate IV, d). The main shrine, square on plan with a
linga in its centre, has a narrow circumambulatory passage with a rectangular
mandajm in front, supported on sis pillars. The ceiling of the viandajpa, divided
into three panels, is adorned with beautifully carved sculptures of Vishnu,
Br.ahma and Mahesvara. In the first panel, Vishnu is seated holding the sdnJcha.
cltalra and padma in three hands, while the fourth or lower right hand rests on
the right laiee in the jnanamiidra pose. Garuda, holding a serpent in his left
hand, is seen fl5'ing at the upper left hand comer, and there are other figures of
musicians, etc. In the second panel, Brahma, seated on a lotus throne, appears
holding the alslimnala and padma in upper right and left hands and a purse-like
object in his lower left ; around are four guardian deities, Indra, Agni, Varuna
and Varna, with their characteristic vehicles, the elephant, ram, crocodile and
buffalo. In the third panel, Mahesvara with his consort Par%'ati is seated on a
running bull surrounded by other figures.

xU Navraspdr-Torvi, the short-lived capital of Ibrahim Adil Sliah II, the
Sanglt Mnhnl was attended to and repairs to its walls were completed, while to
the monuments at Badami, Aihole and Pattadkal increased attention has been
given. The condition of the buildings at the last mentioned place is particular-
!j* unhappy, owing to the many ugly modem structures by which they are obs-
cured. A .^eheme for the acquisition of the latter is now being elaborated by
the Executive Engineer, Bijapur Division. Means of access to the Aihole monu-
ments have been improved by the Bombay Government, but at Pattadkal no
proper road to the temples has yet been made.

23 CONSEEVATION— BOMBAY PRESIDENCY.

In tlie Ahmednagar District, four special works were undertaken during
the year under report. The scheme framed by the Arohjeological Superinten-
dent for providing a road to the water-palace of the Nizamshahi kings at Faria
Bagh, has been approved by the military authorities. The actual work of
planting trees around the tank and on either side of the avenue will be taken up
in consultation with the local military officers. The repairs to the octagonal
platform were started during the year under report ; and modem additions and
infillings under the arches of the tomb near Changiz Khan’s palace at Ahmed-
nagar were removed.

The special repairs to the five isolated gateways at Tisgaon, started
during 1926-26, were completed according to the estimate, but certain new
items which were not included in the previous estimate, have still to be
undertaken.

At Bhajiburda, near Poona City, preliminary measures were undertaken
with a view to improve the unsightly appearance of the famous Brahmanical
Caves. These measures included the provision of a compound wall with a self-
closing iron gate ; the erection of two dry stone retaining walls on either side of
the steps leading down to the courtyard ; and the clearance of earth from around
the Nandi Pavilion to expose its plinth (PI. V, figs., a and h). The remark-
able circular monolithic pavilion in the centre of the courtyard is a unique spe-
cimen of Brahmanical Cave architecture, and is probably older than the Caves at
Jogesvari (COO-700 A.D.).

Repairs to the Brahmanical Caves at Jogesvari or Amboli, begun last year,
were continued throughout the year. The removal of debris from the open court
yard to the east of the main cave disclosed two broken lions on either side of the
third door from the east. Light is now freely admitted to the main cave and the
panels over the fourth entrance to the main pillared hall are clearly visible (PI. V,
fig. c). Dry stone walls were provided along the entrance to the west, and
shallow channels were cut in the rock to prevent water flowing over the facade
to the south and west sides.

At Sarnal, repairs to the Galtesvara Mahadeva temple were continued
during the year. The outside pillars of the mandapa were set plumb with their
old capitals and lintels. Unfortunately, all the stones for covering the roof
could not be recovered from the heaps of debris and so the work had to be post-
poned till next year. At Nanaghat, an iron-railing was provided in front of the
row of water cisterns to the right side of the inscribed cave and other minor
items of work were completed. At Karla, in the Poona District, fur-ther clear-
ance of earth and debris from the cave area was continued during the year, and
the beds of the water channels on top of the hill, through which water was
percolating, were made watertight by stone and lime concreting. Steps were
taken to provide a low compound wall in front of the caves.

At Blephanta, the task of altering the Custodian’s quarters was started
during the year. To prevent leakage of water through the cracks in the main
cave two channels were cut on the top of the hill and walls were erected on the
top for diverting the rain water. In the Fort at Bassein, in the Thana District,

CONSERVATION — BOMBAY PRESIDENCY. 24

the Avork of removing the Avild growth of lantana bushes around the ancient
Portuguese remains Avas continued.

The allotment sanctioned liy the Bombay Government for the palace of the
PeshAvas at the Shanavar Wada Avas usefully spent in repairing the plinth of the
main building as Avell as in supplying missing stone coverings over the long drain
running beneath the pavement of the passage from the south side of the palace
to the Ganesh danoaza. At Raigadh, in the Kolaba District, the Avork of re-
pairing the ancient retaining Avail in front of the arcaded 'dalans Avhich Avas
started last year, Avas finished and the Avhole area outside the temple of Siva on
the hill-fort was made level.

In the Ahmedabad District four special works Avere undertaken during the
year. The modern buttresses, built uselessly some years ago against the front
wall of Ahmadshah’s Masjid at Ahmedabad, Avere removed and paths and lawns
were laid out in the compound. The Raipur gate in the city wall of Alimeda-
bad was also attended to, its fallen walls and missing terraced roof being repair-
ed.

Around the Mansar Tank at Viramgam extensive repairs to the ancient
walls of the bank were started. In repairing the walls several stones belong-
ing to the long series of small temples were recovered and laid aside for future
use in the work of repair. Repairs to the cracks in one of the two existing
domes of Bahlol Khan Qazi’s Masjid at Dholka were taken in hand, but it
became apparent that the whole of the concrete covering would have to be re-
novated, and the work was, therefore, temporarily suspended.

The repairs to the Bhajiaria 'Well at Mahmudabad, started some years
before, were brought to a finish Avith the proAUsion of Avire fencing and the ac-
quisition of a small area of land close to the monument.

At Ohawpaner-Pavagadh, in the Ranch Mahals District, progress was made
with the special repairs to several of the monuments. Portions of the wall out-
side to the north and east of the Jami Masjid, where the facing masonry was
missing, were repaired Avith old stones supplemented by new ones, where neces-
sary. One arch of the Godhra gateway leading to the citadel at Champaner,
which was very badly out of plumb, was taken down and rebuilt after repair-
ing the jambs. Some bulging masonry in the bastion to the right of the main
gate was reset in lime and the joints pointed Avith cement. Repairs to Gabel
Shah’s Well and the Ek-minar-ki-Masjid at this place, which were in progress
last year, were finished according to the estimates.

Attention was also given to a small Masjid attached to the Satyan-jo-than
AT Rohri in the Sakkar District of Sind, where thorough repairs to the high
platform of the tombs had been carried out preAnously. The work consisted
of underpinning the walls of the Masjid with old bricks, fillctting the edges of
existing plastering and pointing the open joints Tvith cliiroli lime mortar.

Conservation work in the group of Muhammadan monuments at Tatta
(Tliatta) in the Karachi District, which had been stopped on account of certain
mistakes made by the agency Department, were resumed during the year. TTr-
gent repairs, such as filling in the cracks in the domes and providing brick

COKSEEVATIOK' — ^BlHAE AND ORISSA.

masonry for the open gaps, were carried out to a domed stkuctdbe near Amir
Khalil Khan’s tomb, and to the tombs of Mieza Jani Beg and Kawab Isa
Kman. further works at this group of monuments must await the revision of
the original estimates suggested by the Executive Engineer.

BIHAR AND ORISSA.

By Ml'. J. A. Page.

In the Central Circle, a sum of Es. 40,397 (exclusive of agency charges) was
spent on the conservation of ancient monuments during the year under review.
Of this sum Rs. 18,933 were spent in the Bihar and Orissa Province, where
Rs. 15,444 ^ went to Special Repairs (non-recurring charges) and Es. 3,489 to
Annual Repairs and Maintenance (recurring charges) ; and the residue of Rs.
21,464“ in the Central Provinces, where Special Repairs accounted for Rs. 13,268
and Annual Repairs for Rs. 8,196.

The final grants for the two provinces were Es. 21,742^ and Rs. 21,916 ^ le-
spectively, and the sums that were allowed to lapse unutilized were thus Rs. 2,809
and Es. 452.

Apart from the operations at Kalanda, in Bihar, which were carried out by
the Archseologioal Superintendent direct, all conservation work in the Central
Circle was done through the agency of the Public AYorks Departments, an addi-
tional charge of Rs. 23 per cent, in the Bihar and Orissa Province and 30 per cent,
in the Central Provinces on the estimated cost of the work being paid by the
Archaeological Department for this service.

On the conservation of the excavated remains at Nalanda a sum of Rs. 7,199
was spent against an allotment of Rs. 7,200 in all.®

A brief description of the Kalanda site and its distinctive features is given under
“ Exploration ”, and need not be repeated here.

Monastery No. i.— The conservation of this monastery, which has been in
progress for several years, was continued, and was the principal work under-
taken in the year under report.

The south verandah had been excavated in the previous year down to the
“ Devapala ” level in conformity with the scheme to expose the earlier levels
over the southern haU of the monastery and the later levels over the northern.
As mentioned in the last report, the later wall .along this verandah was found
built directly on the badly shattered remains of the earlier wall, which inclined
at a precarious angle into the verandah. This shattered earlier wall has now
been removed and rebuilt, and the high later wall that it supported has been

' Indndea Es. 7,199 spent by tUo Arcbicological Superintendent direct on Nalanda and Es. 2,205 spent on providing
an eleotricat installation in his office.

■ Includes Es. 985 spent by the Arcbicological Superintendent on the purohnso of enamelled iron notice boards for pro-
tected monumenta in the C. P.

» Exclusive of agency charges @23 per cent, payable to the P. W. D. These amounted to Es. 2,007 on a sum of Es. 11,334.

‘ Exclusive of agency charges @30 percent, payable to the P. W. D. These amounted to Es. 6,117 on a sum of Es. 20,389.
The corresponding original grants vforo Es. 19,648 and Es. 23,266.

» Tho original allotment was Rs. 6,000 and this was subsequently increased.

CONSERVATION — BIHAR AND ORISSA.

carried on a continuous series of reinforced concrete lintels, themselves carried
on rail-iron cantilevers let into the new wall below. This expedient has per-
mitted the old alignment of the later wall, which comes some 12 inches in front
of the earlier one below it, to be maintained in the repair {Plate '\TII, a. and h)-
The series of lintels have been inserted imder the actual remains of the old later
wall above, and the varying heights of the lintels mark the extent to which the
earlier wall here survived ; thus, while the lower parts of the earlier cell doorways
have been exposed and repaired, the full height of the doorways at this level is
nowhere indicated in this repair.

The low cell walls of the uppermost level along this south verandah have
also been repaired in accordance with the features in evidence in the old work ;
and the exposed top has been made watertight with concrete, on which a rough
hearting of brick-in-mud has been laid with a top-dressing of earth to
encourage the growth of grass and so induce a more natural appearance of
ruin.

The back wall of the verandah on the west side of the monasterj' has been
similarly underpinned and repaired, and the overhanging wall-face of the later
structure above it has been supported on a further series of concrete lintels and
rail cantilevers in the same manner as the south verandah wall described above.
In certain of the cells along the west verandah the dangerously inclining walls
of the lower levels, on which the later walls had been erected, had to be very
carefully removed and rebuilt plumb to support the later walls above them.

In some cases, where the old structure was too dangerously shattered to
be underpinned, the whole wall between the adjoining cells has been dismantled
and re-built, the indications of subsequent structures that it contained being
carefully repeated in the new work.

As mentioned in the previous report, the inner wall of the main west en-
trance gateway has been removed over the southern half to permit of access to
the lower west verandah ; and over the northern half the upper, later, struc-
ture of the gate is being preserved.

This involved the imderpinning of the upper half of the gate, and in the
year under review this work has been carried out. The underpinning has been
done with a solid core of brick inside and, with a view to rendering these very
complicated remains as intelligible as possible to the 'vusitor, this brick under-
pinning Las been faced with concrete carefully bonded to it and brought to a
rough surface to represent the, original debris fmmd beneath the later w’alls.
With an underpinning wholly of brick, it would be easy to confuse the old work
with the modern stnictural expedients that have had to be introduced to support
it, particularly after the new work had weathered in the course of a few years ;
but, with a concrete face to represent ddbris, this possible confusion is avoided
(PI. TII c).

The wide external stair that was subsequently built over the earlier en-
trance hall of this monastery to afford access to the higher levels from the lower
ground outside, had been excavated some years hack, when the groimd about
the foot of the .stair was cut away down to the earliest pavement outside the

OONSEEVATION — BIHAR AND OEISSA.

monasteries, the height between this pavement and the foot of the stair being
about 10 feet.

In the year under report this great projecting stair was underpinned down
to the earliest pavement on the south and west sides ; and, here again, to
render the sequence of the structures more intelligible, the inner core of brick
underpinning was faced with a rough concrete securely bonded to it, the con-
crete face representing the debris that was originally found beneath the stair
(PI. VII, 0 and d).

The stepped side- walls of this stair as repaired by the Public Works De-
partment several years ago had been wrongly built up to repeat the smaller rise
and tread of the actual steps instead of each offset maintaining a rise and tread
equivalent to three such steps, as has been found elsewhere about the site.
This has been corrected in the repair carried out this year, when the missing
concrete treads and risers of the stair were also replaced with new concrete to
match what remained of the old (PI. VII, c and d).

In the monastery courtyard, the remains of a little shrine that were found
on the chabutra projecting from the south wall (described under “Exploration ”)
were carefully built up breast high, and the little image-pedestal it contained
along the east wall was repaired. The three separate concrete pavements that
had been recovered under the floor of the entrance porch were made good,
each over one-third of the floor space, so that a portion of each is open to view.
The two earliest pavements finished at the edge of the chabutra with a simple
rounded nosing, but the third had a concrete parapet similar to that of the veran-
dahs of the monasteries generally, and these features have been reproduced in the
repair.

The old brick pavement of the earliest level of occupation in this court-
yard was found in a very broken and uneven state, which caused the ram water
to lie in large puddles aU over the court. This has now been remedied by tak-
ing up the old broken pavement over the whole of the courtyard and relaying it
to an even fall with new bricks of the same size and in the same arrangement as
the old ones ; so that the rain water in this deep excavation is now carried away
outside the monastery through the original drain at this early level in the K.-E-
corner of the courtyard. From the point of view of picturesqueness one would
have preferred perhaps to keep the old uneven pavement, but structural neces-
sities were against it, and these must be deferred to when it comes to a choice
between the two.

Monastery Site No. 4 . — The ruined cells of the uppermost level of occupation
(the fourth in sequence of time) on the south side of this monastery have been
built up some 3 to 4 feet above their floor level, and the little bed-recesses in
the thickness of the back wall have been carefully repeated in the new work on
the model of a badly broken one found in one of the cells here, which itself was
too shattered to preserve.

The north external wall towards its west end, together with its contiguous
cells, was also repaired where it was broken away, and the old beam -holes that
accommodated the original roof timbers were carefully repeated in the new \TOrk.

8 A

COXSERVATIOX — ^BIHAR A^’D ORISSA.

TJiis is the onl)* indication so far afforded by the remains at Nalanda of the actual
height of the monaster)' rooms, Avhicli is here 11 feet from floor to cfeiling ;
and tlie structure in u’hicli it is preserved belongs to the “ Devapala level of
occupation. The fallen wooden lintels of 5 of the cells at this ISr.-W. comer
])ave been replaced by reinforced concrete ones and the shattered wall above has
been largely rebuilt, the old line of demarcation between the earlier wall and the
later one on top of it being preserved in the repair.

In conformitj' rvith the scheme for exposing the earlier levels over one half
of the monastery and the later levels over the other half, the northern half of
the entrance hall on the west had been excavated down to the earlier levels : and
the southern half, exhibiting the upper levels, has been underpinned with brick,
faced with rough concrete to represent the original debris found beneath the
upper structure. With the same idea, the earth below the upper verandah be-
hind the gate has been supported with a high retaining wall of concrete at the
junction between the higher and lower levels, again to differentiate the old struc-
ture from its modern support and make these remains as self-explanatory as pos-
sible.

The north half of the western verandah and the whole of the northern
verandah in continuation of it having been excavated down to the “ Devapala ”
level, the later wall that had been erected in front of these verandahs, on the
sloping debris of the earlier monasterj', was securely underpinned, the work
being carried out piecemeal and pari passu with the removal of the supjiorting
dfjbris. This ddhris, as with the corresponding feature in Monastery No. 1 ad-
jacent, was largely composed of vitrified masses of roof-concrete, and it indi-
cates clearly the nature of the disaster that befell these buildings.

Monastery Annexe Site No. o. — The repair of the enclosing wall and its at-
tached cells along the east front of this building, which was commenced in the
previous year, was completed ; and a short length of a later wall that had been
erected against it at a higher level towards the south end was dismantled and
rebuilt on a series of reinforced concrete lintels ; this being the most practicable
way of preserving a feature that is of interest onl}* in the evidence it affords of
a subsequent structure having been erected on the ruins of the earlier annexe.

Stupa Site No. 3 . — The N.-W. comer of the seventh and outermost struc-
ture to be built on this one site has been dismantled and rebuilt plumb, tlie pld
original string-courses being repeated in the new w'ork ; for the old walls were
too badly bulged and out of plumb to allow of their being dealt with in any
other way. In the course of dismantling the old bulged wall preliminarj' to its
rebuilding, the ruined half of an earlier votive stupa projecting from the facade
c.ame to light : and this little stupa was found to contain the remains of a still
earlier little stupa inside it. These two little stupas ha%'c been repaired, along
with the wall face, in accordance with the old remains hidden inside it, and the
face of the later little stupa of the two has been cut back a little to reveal that
of the c-irlier one, .so that they both come into view.

The high wide stains that led up from the ground to the upper parts of the
sixth structure here, were built up again where missing, to afford access to the

CONSERVATION — BIHAR AND ORISSA,

top of the stupa mound, whence a comprehensive view of the Nalanda site is
obtained. As stated in the account of this feature under “ Exploration ”, the upper
portion of the stair had been disclosed some years previously, and in the present
year the lower steps were recovered on the removal of the later structure that
had been built above them. With the top and bottom of the stair thus preserved,
the reconstruction of the broken steps in the intervening portion presented no
difficulty ; and, to complete the repair, the stair treads have been laid with con-
crete in conformity with the old work (PI. VI, c and d). '

The stair of the fifth structure, disclosed on the removal of a part of the
sixth, was found almost intact, as I have described in my notes on the excava-
tion of the site. The cracked and loosened parts of the stucco with which the
stair and its stepped side-wall is covered have been carefully made secure, to-
gether with the damaged images in the niches outside (PI. YII b and VIII d).

The east frontage of this fifth stupa broke forward in the centre to form a
kind of projecting bay. The later hearting that had been erected over the ruins
of this stupa we had cut back on to the alignment of the centra] projecting
bay, and the clearance of the recessed wing to the south left this later hearting
projecting beyond the wing some 15 inches. With a view to retaining the cut
face of the hearting on a single alignment, the projecting portion of it was sup-
ported on a couple of concrete lintels (PI. A^II a).

The alternative would have been to cut back still further the later heart-
ing where it projected beyond the earlier stupa, but this would have repeated
the earlier projection in the later hearting and so have tended to confuse the
two ; whereas it was desired to differentiate them as belonging to different
periods,

The several votive stupas that had been exposed around the comer tower
at the N,-E, of this stupa, have also been repaired in brick to match the old work.
As often as not, one half of a stupa would be found intact and the other half
missing, and where this occurred the missing half has been built up again, as
the most satisfactory way of preserving the remainder.

Brick-making operations . — A round lakh of bricks of the large “ Gupta
size ”, needed for the appropriate repair of the remains, were made on the site
during the year at a comprehensive cost of Es. 22 per 1,000. In addition,
40,000 smaller bricks of modern size were made for use in new underpinning
work that has no part in the original structure, such underpinning being further
differentiated from the old structure, where practicable, by facing the modern
brick-work with a rough surfaced concrete.

730 feet run of reinforced concrete lintels 12 inches by 6 inches in section
were also made ; the reinforcement being contrived by embodying in both areas
of the “resistence couple” galvanized iron wire netting, so that the lintels
could be used equally well either side up.

The works done through the agency of the Public Works Department in-
clude the following:—

A further sum of Es. 1,489 was spent in continmng the conservation of the
Rajgir Forts that was commenced two years before against an estimate, as

CONSERVATION — ^BIHAR AND ORISSA.

revised, of Es. 4 , 853 , the current allotuient being Es. 1 , 500 . A number of the
lesser works of this estimate were completed in the previous year, as has been
described in the last report ; and in the year under review the important work
of preserving the old prehistoric walls was commenced. The portions for which
active measures of conservation can be taken are necessarily linnted by _ con-
siderations of cost and the funds at our disposal ; and it is intended to concen-
trate on those portions of the forts that are more easily accessible to visitors
and come most prominently into view, namel}’’, a length of the New Fort im-
mediately north of the Dak Bungalow, the low remains of the north gate of the
Old Fort situated in the defile between the Eatnagiri and Vaibharagiri hills, a
length of wall that zigzags up the sloping hill-side to the east about a mile fur-
ther south along the defile, and the Jarasandh-ka-Baithak, believed to be the “ Pip-
pala Cave ” that sheltered the Buddha himself during his sojourn at Eajgir.
The work done during the year has been mainly confined to the Jarasandh-ka-
Baithak ; the fallen corner at the N.-E. has been built up again with the heavy
old boulders to conform with the character of the original work, and the ter-
race on top has been made watertight by laying the surface with concrete
toned down to blend, with the old weathered structure. A photograph of this
monument taken after the repair appears in (PI. Yd), A brief note on
the history of Eajgir has already been given in the report for the year
1924 - 25 .

At the two old Ohero Forts at Padamau the work of rescuing the old cir-
cumvallations from the jungle was carried on from previous years. The cur-
rent estimate for the work is Es. 4,281 and it supplements a previous estimate
of Es. 3 , 557 . The total expenditure against the current estimate amounts to
Es. 3 , 398 , including- Es. 1,819 spent in the year under report against an allot-
ment of Es. 1 , 827 . The scope of the work has already been explained in the
previous report, and it will suffice to mention here that the works done this
year comprise the repair of the fine old Nagpuri Gate on the south of the New
Fort, where a buttress was erected to support its exposed flank, a ruined bal-
cony was clamped and the remains were made watertight, heavy masses of debris,
moreover, being cleared from the vicinity ; the removal of jrmgle from the Eaja’s
Kachahri inside the fort; the repair of the south-east gate of the Old Fort and
of the little brick mosque inside it, where undermined walls are being built up,
wide cracks filled with concrete, and lealdng wall tops and parapets made
watertight ; and the removal of the great pipal trunks and roots that inter-
twine and penetrate the old encompassing walls. The fight against the jungle
here has been a big one; for the forts are located deep in the Government
Forest Eeserve, and the density of the jungle that had all but obliterated the
old circumvaUations, would be scarcely credible. However, a margin about the
walls has been cleared and will be maintained clear, and these old Mughal forts
can now be circumambulated and thek architectural features seen without diffi-
cnlty. It is hoped to complete the work next year. A brief description of
the Forts and a note on their history have been given in the report for the year
1922 - 23 .

CONSERVATION — BIHAR AND ORISSA.

A sum of Rs. 725 was spent against an estimate of Rs. 733 on rebuilding a
fallen portion of the revetment wall inside and to tie immediate north of the
Bast Gate of the Monghyr Fort, the work being completed. Of the original
gate itself practically nothing remains, the old structure having been dismantled
some 40 years ago to make way for a modem clock-tower of quasi-German de-
sign ; but the old fort is of historical interest and the better preserved portions
of the original work are being conserved. The portions maintained as an an-
cient monument by the Archseological Department are limited to the three
main gates with a short length of the wall flanking them and to the old masonry
bridges over the moat in front ; the modern clock-tower is, of course, excluded.

An interesting feature of the north and south gates is the existence of
carved stones from an early Hindu structure that have been built into the lower
walls. These gateways appear to date from the early Mughal period, when the
fort was repaired by the Emperor Akbar’s Hindu Viceroy, Raja Todar Mall. For
a short account of the history of Monghyr the reader is referred to the report for
the year 1922-23.

An estimate of the cost of conserving the old Fort at Rohtas in the Shaha-
bad District was framed in 1923 on the recommendations of the Archfeological
Department. It provided for the structural repair of Man Singh’s Palace and
Serai, of certain of the old Ghati gates, of the citadel Gate known as the Ghazi
Darwaza, and for minor works at the other monuments on the hill top. The
amount of this estimate was Rs. 30,669 ; but owing to shortness of funds it was
not possible to provide for the work till the present year, when an allotment of
Rs. 5,000^ was made by the Government of India and an equal allotment in ad-
dition by the Bihar and Orissa Government. By then, unfortunately, the dila-
pidation was found to have materially increased and, to make matters worse,
rates had advanced in the interval, rendering the estimate . obsolete. Accord-
ingly, the fort was inspected again and a supplementary conservation note was
compiled detailing the further measures that will now be needed to render the
old remains secure.

The monument that had suffered the most, since the previous conservation
note was written, is the Mahal or Palace (PL VII /), where several of the nu-
merous little oriel-balconies were found to be on the point of collapse, one out-
side the Darbar Hall having in fact already fallen, and strewn the ground
below with fragments. Where necessary, the balconies have been temporarily
supported on rubble piers or wooden props ; and as they are a most attractive
feature of the Palace fagades, indeed are often the making of them architec-
turally, it is proposed to render them all secure and rebuild the fallen one, re-
using the old stones as far as possible. The revision of the estimate on these
lines has just been completed, and, as the cost of the whole work is so large, the
estimate has been split up into two, one embracing the more urgent items and
the other the less urgent, the respective figures being Rs. 20,473 and Rs. 17,219.
The more urgent items comprise the erection of a couple of large buttresses against
the dangerously bulging western fagade of the Darbar Hall, the making water-

' IncludiBg agency cTjaiges.

CONSERVATION — BIHAR AND ORISSA. 32

tight of roofs and jiarapets by relaying them with concrete, closing gaps and
fissures and the lilie, and the preserving of the numerous oriel-balconies either
by replacing broken stones by new ones or clamping across fractures in the old
ones, the fallen balcony being rebuilt. The estimate of less urgent works deals
largely with the internal repairs, where conditions are not aggravated by the
elements and dilapidation in consequence is less progressive.

On the more pressing of the works a sum of Rs. 1,203 was spent in the
year imder report against the Axchaiological Department’s allotment of Rs. 5,000.
A brief account of the Rohtas Rort and its historic associations has been given
in the report for the year 1922-23, which may be supplemented here by a few
further remarks on the Palace Buildings.

The entrance to the Palace is through a great quadrangular enclosure
knoira as the Mahal Serai, containing a large gate in each of its three outer
sides, the gates being connected by a continuous range of arcaded apartments,
in the typical Serai manner, for the use of the retainers and troops on guard. The
fourth side of the great enclosure is formed by the west front of the Palace
proper, which is entered towards the south end through an embellished gate,
the usual Hathi Pol of the period.

An attractive feature of this gate is the two prominent oriel-balconies that
project from the upper part of the fajade, flanldng the central archway, where
the small entrance opening is brought into scale with the gate by being inset in
a larger arched recess. Below the dominating balconies are small niches con-
taining the little stone elephants that give the gate its name. On the inner
facade are inscriptions in Persian and Sanskrit recording the repair of the palace
by Man Singh in 1597 A.D.

Adjoining this Hathi Gate to the north, and, like it, facing on to the Serai
Court below, are what are known as the Eunuch’s Quarters ; and connected with
these on the east rises a two-storeyed building, the Khunt Mahal, so named in
recent times from the exposed pillars of a once-existing jali screen that enclosed
the roof, an indication of its use by the Governor and possibly his ladies.

Contiguous to the Eunuch’s Quarters and on the same Serai frontage is the
Darbar Hall, which doubtless served as Man Singh’s residence. It is an im-
posing piece of architecture, heavily eaved, and of somewhat ponderous propor-
tions, the upper of its two main storeys being conspicuous for the ponderous
brackets and squat piers that dominate the fa 5 ade ; and at the east end of the
roof are accommodated little pavilions that rise for two more storeys and afiord
a fine view of the country around.

The remainder of this Serai frontage is taken up by the lower dalans tha^t
form one side of the court about the Shish Mahal, a simple square building with a
high screening parapet to serve as a second storey open to the sky; this part
of the palace doubtless accommodated the Zanana. An unusual feature
of the Shish Mahal court is that it is not a complete square : it has been en-
croached upon by the Darbar Hall to the extent of one quarter; hut its plan-
ning in this way permits of direct communication between the Darbar Hall and
the Shish. Mahal in the centre, and so facilitated access to the Zenana. Away

CONSEEVATION — BIHAR AHD ORISSA.

to the south of the Hathi Gate lies the Baradari, situated in the S.-W. corner
of the palace enclosure. With its broad flat front pierced by a range of five
columnar bays, its flanking balconies, high parapet-oriel and the graceful
chhatris that rise from the roof, this is perhaps the most pleasing building in
the palace. The interior is distinguished by a high central hall, with entresol
chambers at the ends, and it is possible that the building served as an office. The
only other building of major importance in the Palace is the Phul Mahal, not-
able for its colonnaded verandahs and high basement and the shallow ornament-
al hauz it contains, which lies diagonally opposite the Baradari ; but south of
this, again, there are the one-storeyed Naclighar or dancmg' hall, and a little dakm
adjoining it; and still further south there is the little Hammam or Turkish Bath,
and then the boundary wall that encloses the lesser buildings on this frontage
and squares off the plan.

A further sum of Es. 172, making Rs. 457 in all, was spent in completing
the repair of the Barabati Fort Gateway at Cuttack, against an estimated cost
of Rs. 487, as revised. As stated in the previous report, the work involved the
cutting down, piece by piece, of a great bar tree that grew out of the top of the
gateway, its great roots penetrating and disappearing into the old fabric. This
tree was removed last year; but it still remained to cut away the great roots as
far as possible, cauterise the inaccessible ends in the cracks with scrub eradicator,
fill these cracks and fissures with concrete and generally make the shattered old
structure watertight and secure. An account of the Barabati fort and its one
surviving gateway will be found in the report for 1924-25.

In 1925-26 certain repairs that had been in hand for some 3 years previously
on ten of the temples at Bhuvanesvar were brought to completion, the cost
being met by the Archisological Department as a special case, since the temples
affected — all bub one, the Raja Rani — were no longer “ Protected ” monuments ;
the notification under the Ancient Monuments Preservation Act having been
withdrawn owing to irreconcilable differences of opinion between the Temple
Committee and the Department as to the appropriate manner of preserving
these famous old shrines. These repairs have been described in the previous re-
ports. A small residue of repairs still remained to be done, and as these were
mostly of a structural nature and essential to the safety of the temples concern-
ed, a further estimate of Rs. 806 to meet the cost of them is being funded. A
sum of Rs. 491, against a late allotment of Es. 600, has been spent on these re-
pairs, which embrace the resetting of displaced stones in the Ramesvara Temple,
the underpinning of a ruined little subsidiary shrine in the Ananta Vasudeva
Temple, treating with paraffin wax the decayed stones of the Maitresvara and
Chitrakarini Temple, and lastly the replacement by plain imcarved stones, of
the same buff colour as the original work, of a modern restoration in white
stone done some 26 years ago in the Raja Rani temple. This modern restora-
tion included an elaborately, carved piece of the door architrave, and the effect
of the white patch against the old buff masonry was incongruous : for it had
remained proof against any softening influence of the weather and was as white
as when first inserted. Its modern carving, too, could not bear comparison

CONSERVATION- — BIHAR AND ORISSA.

with the old work, which it was intended to replace ; and in any case modern
car-ping in an old structure such as this is open to serious objection from an
archfeological point of view ; for it is only in the old handiwork that any real
interest lies. The plain new buff stone that will replace the white carving will
obviate this objection and have the further advantage of being far less conspi-
cuous.

An account of the Bhuvanesvar shrines and the local development of the
Indo-Aryan architectural style that they exhibit, has been given in the report for
the year 1922-23.

The monuments under maintenance have mostly been already described in
previous reports. The folloiving, however, may be mentioned here ; —

Four colossal images that are preserved in the compound of the Sub-Divi-
sional Officer’s court at Jaipur in the Cuttack District. They vary in height
from about nine feet to over sixteen. One is a broken Buddhist image, probably
of the Bodhisattva Padmapani, wearing tiara, earrings, necklet, girdle and gar-
ments, and showing signs of a lotus having been held in each hand. The image
is locally known as Kaliyuga. Another is an image of the Hindu goddess
Chamunda, portrayed in a state of extreme emaciation. She is seated on a
prostrate human being in the conventional “ easy posture,” and wears a necklace
of human slculls and ornaments of bones.

A third image is of Indrani, represented as one of the “ Seven Mothers ” of
Hindu mythology. She, too, is she-wn seated in the “ easy posture,” and on her
left thigh she originally held a child; she wears a high pointed crown,, elaborate
ornaments and a sari, and her valiana, the elephant, appears on the pedestal
below her.

The fourth image represents Varahi, the earth goddess who assumed human
form in order to become the -wife of the Boar incarnation of Vishnu. She,
again, is shewn seated in the “ easy posture,” -with the right leg pendant and
resting on a buffalo on the pedestal below. She has three eyes and three rows
of curly hair and she wears ornaments and a san ; her one remaining arm holds
a child on her left thigh.

The Buddhist image is of sandstone and came from the village Santa
Madhal, some 2 miles away ; the three Hindu ones are of chlorite and were
brought from the Mubti Mandapa near by.

CENTRAL PROVINCES AND BERAR.

By Mr. J. A. Page.

The work of refacing with plain ashlar masonry the ruined facades of Nadir
Shah’s Tomb at Burhanpup- against a much revised estimate of Es. 12,538, has
now been finished at a cosl of Es. 12,183, Es. 42 only being spent in the year
under report. All that now remains to be done is the railing of the angle-
inii(a]:l:as from their present height at comice level to the level of the top para-
pet. a distance of some four feet, in conformity -with the original design. This

CONSERVATION— CENTRAL PROVINCES.

will be done against a separate estimate of Rs. 281. A further work here that
it is hoped to take up soon, is the laying out of the walled enclosure about
the tomb as a simple garden, with grass lawns and symmetrically planted trees,
on “ Mughal ” lines. The work of repairing this tomb has been going on since
1916-17, and it is hoped that another year will see the end of it. A descrip-
tion of the repairs carried out here has been given in the many references to
this work to be found in previous reports ; and a note of the architectmal fea-
tures of the monument and on the 15th century Faruqi King who lies buried in
it, is given in the report for 1922-23.

At Shah Nawaz Khan’s Tomb, a mile away, the petty repairs that were in
progress from the previous year and are described in the last report, were com-
pleted at a total cost of Rs. 270 against an estimate, as revised, of that amount.
A further sum of Rs. 90 was spent against an estimate of Rs. 65 in acquiring
a margin of land about the tomb, and space for a pathway between it and the
original entrance gate. Previously the ground here was cultivated right up to
the monument, and to prevent this the land has been acquired.

Reference is made in the last report to the groins that had been con-
structed in the Utaoli river-bed below this tomb with a view to resisting further
erosion of the bank in the monsoon floods. These groins sufiered badly in
the monsoon of 1925. They were afterwards repaired, their projection being
substantially reduced, and they seem to have weathered the 1926 monsoon
much better ; but this is possibly to be attributed to a slight change in the course
of the river-flow that occurred independently of them. Some minor repairs to
them, however, again became necessary, and these were done in the year under
review at a cost of Rs. 663. The total expenditure incurred on these groins
amoimts to Rs. 3,731 against an inclusive estimate of the same figure.

A second estimate has now been sanctioned embodying the further recom-
mendations of the Public Works Department for the protection of the river
bank. This estimate, which comes to Rs. 3,366, provides for the erection of a
high revetment wall of masonry beneath the corner cMatri of the Tomb, to take
the force of the water as it rounds the bend of the river a little higher up. This
expedient should certainly give more direct protection to the eroded river-bank,
and it is hoped that it will prove successful.

A description of this monument, which is one of the best preserved of those
at Burhanpur and very attractive architecturally, has already been given in the
report for the year 1924-26, together wth a note on Nawaz Khan.

In completing the repair of the Early Mughal monuments at Khimlassa, in
the Saugor District, a further sum of Rs. 494 was spent, making a total of Rs.

1 371 against an estimate of that amount. The monuments and the repairs
that have been in hand on them have already been described in the last report,
as also has the Nagina Mahal in the Fort here, the repair of which was carried
to completion during the year, against a separate estimate of Rs. 1,160. Rs.
600 were spent on this monument, making a total expenditure of Rs. 1.155.

Works against an estimate of Rs. 8,700 had been in hand on the Fort at
Balapuk in the Akola District since 1922-23, as previously repoited, and the

COXSERVATIOIf — CENTEAL PROVINCES. 36

only item outstanding against this estimate was the repair of the Baja’s clthatri
here and the replacement of its fallen chJiajja. The chliatri is a pleasing structure
erected on the river bank a short distance from the Bort. It is raised on the
remains of a solid revetment wall high above the river, and takes the form of a
square twelve-columned pavilion with a columnar bay projecting from the centre
of each facade. The chliatri is covered by a group of 5 domes, and is encom-
passed by a wide continuous chhajja : and the light columnar superstructure
contrasting urith the massive base below produces an effect at once graceful and
imposing.

The whole structure is of red sandstone, and as great difficulty has been ex-
perienced in obtaining stone of the same Icind to replace the missing portions of
the chhajja, it has been decided not to restore this feature, but simply to make
watertight the gaps in the masonry that have been left by their fall, so that the
appearance of the monument will remain as it is at present. A sum of Es. 2,000
surrendered on tliis account was reappropriated to fund a new estimate of
Es. 1,936 for raising slightly the new walls that had been built to repair the two
fallen bastions of the Bort, against the previous estimate of Es. 8,700. These
new walls followed the curve of the old bastions and bridged the gap where they
had collapsed ; but vrith a view to economy they were not raised much more
than breast high, the difference in level between the low new walls and the high
ground inside the fort being negotiated by dressing back the earth behind to a
natural .riope and tone pitching it against erosion. (This work has been de-
scribed in the report for 1922-23.)

It has now been fotmd desirable to raise these new walls slightly, to allow
the earth behind them to be raised in turn sufficiently to cover the exposed inner
face of the bastion walls above, while maintaining the same natural slope ; and
hence the utilization of the residue on this work, on which Es. 1,667 were spent
during the year.

A further sum of Es. 5,173, making Es. 8,459 to-date, was spent on con-
tinuing the repair of the Bobt waDs at Chanda, the 15th century city of the
Gonds. The amomit of the estimate is Es. 16,839, and the scope of the re-
pairs has been outlined in the previous report. The current allotment of Es.
5,178 was devoted to the repair of the Bhimba gate and the rebuilding of its
fallen bastion. An important work here, as with all old structures, is the mak-
ing watertight of the roof and wall tops ; for it was primarily the penetration
of rain-water into the interior that brought about the collapse of the bastion.
Waterproofing with a layer of new concrete has been done on the gate itself,
but the current grant was not sufficient to permit of its being completed on the
bastion also. This, however, will he done next year.

An aocount of the Chanda Bort and of the Gonds who fou;ided it, has been
given in the report for the year 1922-23.

On the preservation of the Gawilgaeh Bort at Chikaeda in the Amraoti
District a sum of Es. 1,836 was spent against an estimate of Es. 3,201, the work
being still in progress. The principal items of the estimate concern the fine old
Jami Masjid, which is located in one of the highest parts of this hill-fort and

CONSERVATION — CENTRAL PROVINCES.

is visible for many miles around. The Masjid is a splendid relic of 15th century
Imad Shahi architecture, but it is unfortunately very much ruined ; most of the

back wall has collapsed and with it much of the adjoining roof. The missing

structure is not being replaced, but the mined remains are being secured from
further dilapidation by making the broken ends watertight with concrete in the
interstices and gaps. Such of the rear wall as has survived, inclines outwards
noticeably, and this is being supported with a couple of buttresses.

The south end bay of the arcaded prayer-chamber had been severely disturb-
ed by the movement of the end wall outwards, which resulted iu wide cracks in

the domes and in the arches that support them. The movement of the end wall

had been arrested by the erection of buttresses against it some years preAuously ;
but further support was needed to the displaced voussoirs to forestall a collapse.
Accordingly, these arches are being supported on a pair of tee-irons bent to the
curve of the intrados and carried doum the pier to the base, and the open joints
of the disturbed masonry are being closed with mortar. Gaps left from the
fall of the cMajja along the east front of the mosque are being made watertight
with concrete, and the remains of the one little cliliatri that ornaments the north
end pylon are being saved from further dilapidation. This little chJiatri, with
its projecting eaves, rich brackets and yu/f-iufilled sides, is unique in being the
only one of its kind that has survived among the several monuments in the dis-
trict that were decorated with these features originally ; which makes its preser-
vation all the more important.

In the Chhoti Masjid in the fort, a few missing brackets beneath the cJiJiajja
are being restored, and an accumulation of whitewash is being removed from the
walls to reveal again their old weathered surface.

This little mosque is built much in 'the same style as the large Jami Masjid,
except ■ that the triple arches of the fafade spring from octagonal columns in.
stead of plain square piers, a difference in accord with the smaller scale of the
monument and its more lavish decorative treatment. Subdued to a light arab-
esque relief and restricted to parapet, end pylons and the architrave framing the
fagade, this ornament is a tribute to the taste of the mosque builders. The
original little pylou-c7i7mlrfs have disappeared, but much of the wide chliajja
that shaded the facade between the projecting pylons remained, and, where it was
missing, the chliajja slabs had been replaced. It was to support this clilmjja that
the brackets mentioned above were required.

The so-called Eani Mahal— a plain solid structure with a three arched front,
and a roof of vaulted bays sustained on heavy square piers— is also receiving atten-
tion, the S.-E. corner being underpinned and a large ingrowing root de-
stroyed, and rubble infilling in the arches of the outer side-wall removed.

Certain of the old gates of the fort are also being conserved ; among
them the Delhi Gate, distinguished by its sculptured emblem of the Hindu
Kingdom of Vijayanagar, the “ Garuda-bherunda ” — a fabulous dual-headed bird
said to prey on elephants— which was placed on the gate by Eath-i-ullah Imadu-1-
Mulk, Governor of Berar under the last of the Bahmanis, himself a converted
Brahmin of Vijayanagar.

CONSERVATION — CENTRAL PROVINCES. 38

The special measures needed at this gatewa 7 were the removal of the wide
disfiguring white pointing that had previously been applied to the old weather-
stained masonry, and its replacement by new mortar, recessed from the face of
the stones and toned down to match the old work; the removal of a great
blanket of white plaster that had been spread over the ruined top of one of the
fla nkin g bastions, and the weather-proofing of this feature in a maimer less dis-
tressing to the eye. Conspicuous pointing on the repaired Jcanguras of the Bara
Darwaza had also to be treated in the same way. The fragmentary ruins of the
second gate, as one proceeds into the fort, had to be made secure ; and petty
underpinning repairs and jungle clearance done to a length of better preserved
wall belonging to the inner circumvallations that comes prominently into view
from a turn in the path after this second gate is passed. A descriptive note on
the Gawilgarh Fort and a brief account of its history have been given in the
report for the year 1922-23.

The mosque at Fathekhelda in the Buldana District was also under re-
pair, a sum of Rs. 1,750 against an estimate, as revised, of Es. 1,770 having been
spent on the work, which was completed during the year. The mosque is an
attractive monument of the Imad Sbahi style, with a simple fajade of triple
arches and widely spreading clihajja inset between slender end pylons, which are
capped with ornate little clilialris octagonal in plan, with circular chhajjas and
attenuated little domes. A larger dominating dome rises towards the rear of
the mosque over the central bay containing the milirah ; and the whole structure
is raised on a low podium of steps and flanking side walls. The simplicity of the
fa 9 ade is relieved by a crest of elaborate katiguras and a delicate arabesque decoration
introduced along the parapet ; and this light relief is repeated towards the top of the
eiid-pylons, where it blends the ornate little clihatris into the plain ashlar face below.
The parapet decoration is echoed in the shadow of the wide clihajja, and again more
lightly, along the topmost step of the stylobate, merging the whole fagade
into a quiet harmony. It is true that the dome has no integral relation
to the rest of the design; but the treatment of the fagade is otherwise
exceedingly happy ; and it is indeed fortunate that the monument is so
unusually well preserved. The mosque is contained within an enclosure with
merlon-crested walls and an entrance gate in the east front. Over
the gate is a Persian inscription recording the erection of the mosque in
1581 A.D.

The works done include the waterproofing of the leaking roof and domes
with fine concrete and mortar in the interstices, the replacing of several kanguras
that had previously been restored in plaster by stone ones to match the old work ;
petty masonry repairs to the cliliatris as well as to the kanguras of the enclosure
wall; the edging of broken plaster with mortar to match, and the removal of
conspicuous pointing that was disfiguring the steps of the mosque ; the repair of
cracks in the concrete paving of the enclosure and of two masonry graves within
it : and making up the eroded ground along the north wall outside to drain
away the surface-water. W’ooden doors of simple appropriate design were also
provided to the main entrance, to the opening at the head of the high external

COWSERTATION — CENTRAL PROVINCES.

stair that leads up to the roof of the mosque, and again to the two openings in the
west side of the enclosure wall.

Among the monuments under maintenance the following may be men-
tioned.

1. The ruins of the Jaina Temple known as the Bhani Deul, at Arang in
the Raipur District. The shrine has suffered considerable dilapidation ; all
that remains of it is the sikliara, and of that much of the facing has disappeared
and has been replaced with plain masonry ; what is left has been encircled by an
iron band for its greater security. Ruined as it is, this monument is still of
interest ; it is similar in style to the later temples of the Indo-Aryan group at
Bhuvanesvar in Orissa, and probably dates from about the 12th Century. It
is in the fancharatlii style, the facades being divided into five vertical facets,
which rise from moulded base to crowning amalalca ; and it is most elaborately
ornamented with carved designs and little human figures in relief. The lower
portion of the sikJiara is encompassed by bands of undercut mouldings, which
introduce a horizontal note and stabilize the dominant verticality of the design.

Between these moulded bands are a double range of little human figures,
following the offsets and projections of the facets ; and two little superimposed
niches that elaborate the centre facet in the moulded base are echoed by an-
other little niche above them as the facet ascends the tower, merging vertical and
horizontal in a feature common to both and so harmonising the whole ; an effect
enhanced by the succession of diminutive applied sikJiaras that rise with the side
facets up the tower.

Inside the shrine are three life-size Jaina figures of dark green stone ; and
the domed ceiling with its elaborately ornamented corbel-courses, and centre-
piece supported by four female figures, is of remarkable beauty.

2. The Gond “ keep,” known as the JIadan Mahal, at Garha near Jub-
bulpur. This is a rectangular building, relieved externally by superimposed
“ orders ” of narrow pilasters, and curiously located on the top of a huge round-
ed boulder. It consists of an upper storey supported on a series of small vaults,
with a courtyard attached to it. The “ keep ” is believed to have been erected
by Madan Singh about A.D. 1100 and, though of small architectural pretensions, is
of interest as commemorating the time when Garha was the capital of the Gond
dynasty of Garha Mandla. The building is perched on the top of the low granite
range above the town, and affords a splendid view of the coimtry around.

3. The Tomb or Lal Khan at Amner in the Amraoti district. This is
a square brick building finished in stucco. A tall dome decorated with closely
set fluting rises from an octagonal drum, which intervenes between it and the
square tomb below. Centrally in each of the fagades is a projecting bay, over
which the deeply coved cornice and its parapet rises in a large curve suggestive
of the Bengali whale-back roof ; and at each corner of the tomb stands a square
minaret simulating a chliatri. In each central bay is a pointed-arched recess,
and in front of the one that contains the entrance doorway there is a stone ham.
A stone inscription set in this entrance facade records the building of the tomb,
the liaiiz, and the garden about it, by a Hindu Raja, Kisban Singb, in the service of

COXSEEVATION- — CEXTRAL PEOVIXCES. 40

the Mughal Emperor Aurangzeh, to contain the remains of a Pathan named Lai
Khan, who “ achieved martyrdom at Badnur,” though in what particular cir-
cumstances it does not relate. The tomb dates from the end of the 17th
century and, though architecturally uninspired and disproportionate in its mas-
sing, is nevertheless of interest in the incipient decadence it reflects — a local phase
of the degeneration that begins to affect Indian architecture in Aurangzeb's
reign, and that has become progressively worse ever since.

A further sum of Es. 985 was spent against an allotment of Es. 1,000 on the
purchase of more a'otice boards of enamelled iron to be erected at monuments
in the Central Provinces that have been notified as imotected under the Ancient
Monuments Preservation Act VII of 1904. The notices obtained comprise 10
in English, C5 in Hindi, and 45 in Marathi ; one in the vernacular prevalent
in the locality will be used for each monument, English notices being provided
only where they are likely to be necessarj-. The notices conve}’’ a warning
against damage and defacement under the penal provisions of the Act.

BENGAL AND ASSAM.

By Mr. II. N. Dikshit.

During the year 1926-27 the total expenditure on conservation in Bengal
amounted to Es. 26,029-3-3, of which Es. 13,823-3-3, were spent on special
repairs carried out departmentally and the rest through the agency of the
Public Works Department. The works executed by the Public Works Depart-
ment were in the nature of annual repairs and maintenance, clearance of
jungle, provision of bomidary pillars, fixing of notice boards, etc. The largest
amount spent on special repairs through the Public Works Department was
at the Baba Adam’s mosque at Eampal in Dacca District, where Es. 496 were
spent in providing for a supply of a special size of bricks. It is unfortunate
that more progress could not he made here, notwithstanding that an allotment
of Es, 2,000 had been made for this work. The mosque, which dates from
the lotli century A.D., is one of the oldest mosques in Eastern Bengal and
its importance requires that it should be put in a proper state of repair as
soon as practicable.

A sum of Es. 469 was spent during the year in clearing jungle and trees
from the walls of the Mughal Fort at Kidderpue near Narayanganj, to
enable proper photographs to be taken. The question of keeping this fort
on the list of centrally protected monuments is engaging the attention of the
Department. Es. 357 were spent on repairs to the mosque of Khan Muham-
jLvi) Mirza at Dacca, an interesting momiment of the time of Aurangzeb,
built on a lofty terrace.

Of the expenditure incurred departmentally Es. 2,432 were spent in acquir-
ing land for the proper conservation of the Lalbagh Fort at Dacca. It will
now be possible to take adequate measures for the protection of the fort walls,
which were not formerly accessible at all points owing to the adjacent land
being occupied by private owners.

CONSEEVATION — BENGAL.

At Sabhar in the Dacca District a sum of Es. 1,991-8 was spent on

the conservation of the mounds at Eajasan and Majidpur. The excavations
carried out at these places were referred to in the annual report of the year
1925-26. This year’s operations included measures to preserve the excavated

portion by removing earth from the top of walls and draining off the areas

surrounding the excavated buildings. The outer boundaries of the protected
areas were also demarcated by banks of spoil earth taken from the excavation.

The most important conservation work in this Circle was that of the
Paharptjr Temple, partially excavated in 1925-26. Besides the sum of Es.
9,399-11-3 allotted for conservation proper, the bulk of the amount set apart
for exploration at this site, which amoimted to Es. 18,696, was actually spent
on conservation measures. The operations of 1925-26 had been continued too

late in the season to permit of the execution of proper measures of preservation
before the setting in of the rains and when the monument was visited by the
present Superintendent before the reopening of the work in November, most
of the walls at the level of the basement had fallen or were dangerously out
of plumb. The terracotta plaques which decorated the walls both at the base-
ment and first terrace level were in many places displaced or about to fall.
The arrangements for draining water away from the excavated monument were
very defective and water had lodged in many places quite close to the walls.
Work was commenced at the beginning of November and was ‘continued prac-
tically without any interruption up to the end of the year. Plate IX, a — d
shows the state of the monument before and after repairs and illustrate the
amount of work done, in spite of the many handicaps, that had to be faced
in this out of the way place.

For the effective conservation of this temple at Paharpur, it was neces-
sary to examine the causes that led to its present ruinous condition. The
main destructive force at work was undoubtedly the heavy rainfall of Bengal,
which has a deadly efiect on lofty and exposed buildings. The original height
of the building must have been at least 100 feet, judging from the amoimt
of debris that had slid down the slopes. The main shrine at the top, ante-
chambers and mmdcifas doubtless had roofs, and the water from these was
carried down to the first terrace, whence it was taken down to the basement
level through stone gargoyles, fixed at the mouths of masonry drains. With
the' desertion of the monument, the drainage arrangements broke down, the
masonry drains became choked, and earth and debris falling from the walls of
the upper terraces overwhelmed the lower ones. The upper part of the base-
ment wall has everywhere been more seriously damaged than the lower;
the lowest part imderneath the level of the plaques, is generally in excellent
condition, having been protected by the accumulation of earth aroimd the
monument. The damage to the facing wall is almost entirely due to the lodg-
ing and percolation of water in the core, which consisted of bricks and brick-
bats laid in mud mortar. The method adopted for making the walls water-
tight and thus preventing further damage from the accumulation of water
was as follows. Each of the walls forming the wings of the projecting angles

COKSERVATION — ^BENGAL.

of the temple was dismantled, where it was out of plumb, and the face work
was carefully rebuilt in cement mortar without allowing any mortar to appear
on the surface. No attempt was made to restore the walls to their original
height, but after restoring the plaques and the cornices, the courses of the
walls were raised to such height as their condition justified. The hearting of
the walls was strengthened with bricks in lime and surl'hi mortar, and the gaps
between the level of the verandah on the first terrace and the renewed facing
work were filled with beaten concrete terracing rising in three or more steps to
the desired height. With the interior thus rendered watertight, the tops of
the walls were finished oft' with broken bricks in order to harmonize their
appearance with the rest of the monument.

Much of the work in the basement and first and second terraces consisted
of dismantling and rebuilding of long stretches of bulging walls. The damage
was particularly heavy at the projecting, corners, which were exposed to con-
siderable stress. Photographs of the plaques taken immediately after their
excavation were available on the site, so that there could be no mistake as to
their original position. Places where no plaques were found were of course
left void. The floors of the first terrace verandahs were rammed and dressed
where necessary, and arrangements were made by which all rain water from

above converges towards certain points, where masonry drains in cement have

been constructed through the thickness of the basement walls.

The risk involved in postponing the conservation of exposed structures to
another season was not taken in the excavations of this season. Almost all
the projecting corners of the basement wall on the East, South-East, South-
West and Wc-st sides were taken in hand and repaired, as soon as ever they
were excavated. The walls of the first terrace verandah on the South-West,
and to some extent on the South-East, had to be put in proper order by
dismantling and reflxing the overhanging terracotta plaques and rebuilding
dangerous face work. The images discovered in the lower nart of the base-
ment could not be kept open after the close of the excavations, as the level

at which they were discovered was lower than the water level during the large

part of the wet season. Split-bamboo covers have, therefore, been placed
against the images, preparatory to their being reburied in earth.

Eor facing the masonry of the walls, old imdamaged bricks were specially
sorted out from the ruins and cut to the proper size and rubbed down so as
to admit of very fine jointing. On the other hand, bricks and brickbats of all
sizes were utilized for filling the cores of the walls. As the masons locally
available were quite inadequate in number and not intelligent enough to under-
stand the fine work that was expected of them, more than a dozen masons
had to be imported from Murshidabad and were retained up to the completion
of the work. The mouldings of the comice that ran all along the basement
required especial skill and exhausted a vast number of bricks. In one of the
angle.'' ol rhe north-east sector of the basement an experiment was tried of
erecting a temporary shed of corrugated iron sheets supported on sal wood
pillars to protect the plaques, this being the method recommended by Mr.

CONSERVATION — ^BENGAL.

Banerji, the late Superintendent of the Circle. It is hoped, however, that, if
effective arrangements can be made fox the drainage of the upper terrace and
if the slopes of the basement walls can be rendered watertight and damage
to the facing of the walls above made good, the safety of the plaques will
be sufficiently assured without the need of such expedients. The paucity of
good bricks suitable for facing brick-work is now making itself felt, and expe-
rience has shown, unfortunately, that the quality of bricks available in the
neighbourhood is very unsatisfactory. The reason for this is said to be that
the present day kilns, run on coal fuel, turn out bricks that cannot withstand
the action of salts in the earth as well as the old bricks burnt with wood
fuel, which is not now available in this locahty.

The uneven area around the monument was levelled and dressed to a
width of at least 50 feet on each side and open shallow drains were made
at this distance for carrying off rain water. The quadrangle of low mounds
forming the rampart around the main mound was cut in two places on the
east and south respectively to allow the water accumulated inside the enclosure
to pass through. The mouth of the eastern drain falls into the ' nearest hollow
or hil, by the shortest channel, but the fall is very slight. This part of Bengal
is so uniformly level that great difficulty is experienced in times of inundation,
when flood water may take weeks to subside.

A temporary godown with brick and split bamboo walls and gabled cor-
rugated roof has been built during the year for accommodating the tents,
furniture and tools belonging to the office.

Out of a total of Rs. 6,777-5-0 spent on actual conservation works in
Assam, a sum of Es. 3,241 was spent on repairs classed as “ special ”, and the
rest on annual repairs and maintenance. Notice boards were provided at 6
monuments, viz., the Mounds or Tilas at Tulargram in Cachar and Bhatera
in Sylhet, the caves at Jogighopa near the bank of the Brahmaputra river in
Goalpara District, the Jaysagar temple in Sibsagar District and two other
monuments in Darrang District. The Tort at Badarpur, which is a walled
enclosure, just over a century old, was repaired during the year at a cost of
Rs. 233. The jungle gro^vth within the enclosure and on the walls was up-
rooted and cracks in the walls were made good. At the Sibdole Temple at
Nigeiting, some carved and ornamental stones originally brought from a temple
now destroyed by the change in the course of the Brahmaputra, were built
in the sloped approach to the hill on which the temple is perched. These
were dug out and the better carved stones have now been arranged on either
side of the steps leading to the temple and the uncarved stones relaid in the
stone steps, at a cost of Rs. 611. At the Bamuni Hill near Tezpur, the
dense growth of jungle and grass was removed and a proper approach way
leading to the site of the temple group has been made at a cost of Es. 1,123.
It is now possible to inspect without difficulty the ruins of this imposing group,
and it is hoped that before long the different architectural members, such as
lintels, pillars, door-frames, pediments, etc., will be properly sorted out. An-

10 a

CO^rSERVATION — ASSAM.

other important work near Tezpur in progress during the year was the excava-
tion of the plinth of the Temple at Dah Parbatiya, where Es. 1,027 were
spent. The main work here was the exposition of the walls of the brick
temple of the Ahom period, built on the site of the late Gupta temple of
which the door-frame and stone pillars were discovered a few' years ago (vide
p. 98 ol Anmial Refort for 1924-25).

SOUTHERN CIRCLE.

By Mr. A. II. Longhurst.

From the 1st March, 1926, until the 11th March, 1927, the writer was on
leave and Mr. Muhammad Hamid Xuraishi, Assistant Superintendent, Central
Circle, was appointed to officiate during his absence. A total sum of
Rs. 27,818 was spent on conservation out of the year’s grant of Es. 33,803.
A sum of Rs. 321 was spent on repairs to the Arsenal, Belfry and Powder
Magazine situated in the old fort at Masulipatam in the Kistna district. At
the Seven Pagodas in the Chingleput district, special repairs were
carried out to the basement of the famous Shore Temple at a cost ^of
Rs. 313. This temple is situated within a few yards of the sea and during
the monsoon the waves break right over the base of the building, so that the
break-water built around the basement has to be always kept in a good state
of repair and the joints in the masonry pointed with cement from time to
time. The remaining repairs at the Seven Pagodas consisted in planting trees
to form avenues along the main roads and in the maintenance ol the roads
themselves. Repairs costing Rs. 152 were executed in the old Dutch Cemetery
at PuLiCAT in the same district, where the tombs and compound walls
were patched with plaster and rank vegetation was removed. Extensive repairs
were carried out to the large group of temples, palaces and other monuments
at Hampi in the Bellary district amounting to Es. 2,448. The chief buildings
repaired were the Elephant Stables, Underground Temple, Dannaick’s Palace,
Zenana Buildings, and the Achutaiaya, Pattabhirama, Krishna Vitthala, Raghu-
natha and Jain a temples. The usual repairs to several miles of roads and
pathways were also executed. In the Cuddapah district, annual repairs were
effected to the Parasurama temple at Attirala, Kodandarama temple at VoN-
tishtta, Vaidyanatha temple at Pushpagiri, and the Fort and ancient buildings
at SiDDHAVATTAM. Special repairs, amounting to Rs. 834, were executed to the
three ruined temples at Danayakankottai in the Coimbatore district, and
Rs. 1,790 was expended in providing iron gates, railings and a compound wall
to enclose the historical St. Francis Church at Cochin. In the South Kanara
district, petty repairs were undertaken to the Choutar’s Palace at Mudabidri
the pictm-esque -Jaina Stambha at Bappanad, the Kathali Basti at Barker
and the Hill Fortress at Jamalabad. The old Danish Fort and Gateway at
Tranquebar in the Tanjore district were repaired at a cost of Rs. 134 and
the worlc is still in proeress. Es. 1,799 was spent on repairs to the ancient
Fort at Ranjangudi in the Trichinopoly district. The main items being the

CONSERVATION— SUDRAS.

removal of rank vegetation, patch plaster repairs to the buildings and ram-
parts and the upkeep of the roads and paths. A sum of Rs. 561 was also
spent on repairs to the Valisvara Temple at Valikondapuraji in the same
district. At Gingee, in the South Arcot district, repairs were effected to the
roof of the Venkataramana Temple so as to make the same watertight. The
parapets of the ramparts and around the Pondicherry Gateway were built up
with new brickwork where necessary and the roads throughout the fort were
maintained in good order. The total cost of the work, including the pay of
watchmen, amounted to Rs. 2,067. Annual repairs were undertaken to the
historical forts at Dindigxil in the Madura district, Sankarideug, Namaekal,
Atur, Rayakottai and Krishnagiri in the Salem district, and the old East
India Company’s fort at Aatjengo. Petty repairs were also effected to the old
Portuguese Church at Porto Novo and the Dutch Cemeteries at Tuticorin,
Negapatam and Sadeas. Similar repairs were also carried out at the Buddhist
sites at Jaugada, Jaggayyapeta, Amaravati, Gontapalle and Ghantasala.

In the proTunce of Coorg a total sum of Rs. 798 was allotted and Rs. 430
only was spent on' repairs to the walls and ramparts of the Fort at Mercara
and to three ancient Jaina temples at Mullur.

BURMA.

By Mons, Charles Duroiselle.

A sum of Rs. 62,180, including agency charges, was spent during the year
under report on the conservation of ancient monuments and the preservation
of antiquities in Burma. Out of this amount, Rs. 32,341 were expended on
special works and the remainder, Rs. 29,839, on maintenance and annual repairs.

The special work undertaken by the ArchEeological Superintendent consisted
in extemporizing at Hjiawza (Old Prome) a temporary shelter for a number
of antiquarian objects which were recently unearthed there, the old shed con-
structed for the purpose in 1915 being found too small to contain all these
objects, some of which are very large. For the execution of the remaining
special works in the Province during the year the Public Works Department
is mainly responsible.

At the Palace at Mandalay, the Avork of providing a flooring of Pakhan-
gyi stone flags Avaa extended to the alleys between the Princess Royal’s Apart-
ments and the Chief Queen’s residence, and to the spaces around the East
Audience Halls; the drain on the north of the Glass Palace was provided Avith
a reinforced concrete cover ; and the Queen’s Audience Hall, on the western
extremity of the Palace platform, was regilt.’ The teak flooring on the north
of the Lion Throne Room was also repaired, and some of the posts in the
Queen’s Audience Hall and the Princess Royal’s Apartments were proAuded with
concrete footings. The cost of the aboAm, which amounted to Rs. 6,660, exclu-
sive of agency charges, Avas paid par% out of the allotment for the unfinished
portion of work in the estimate for “ Construction of Gardens on the Palace
platform ”, and partly out of that for “ Special Repairs to the Palace buildings ”.

CONSERVATION — BUR5IA.

At an expenditure of Es. 3,266 out of Es. 3,288 allotted during the year
for the continuation of special repairs to the pijatihats on the Fort walls, the
Y double teak roofing of ‘pi/atthat No. 18 with some of the carvings
on it was renewed, and unsound portions of the pillars in the same
pyatthat, as well as in those of No. 45, were removed and replaced by new
ones.

Other works in the Mandalay division were : — the construction of a shed
over the inscription stone in the compound of the Tatjngthaiman Kyauk-
TAWGYi TEMPLE at Amaeapura at a cost of Es. 608 and the provision of
marble slabs with epitaphs at the Royal Tombs at Mandalay and Amarapura
at a cost of Es. 1,305. The stone inscription referred to, which was beginning
to deteriorate under the action of the weather, gives the history of the temple,
which Avas founded by king Pagan in 1847. To the Eoyal Tombs an added
interest has been given by the new epitaphs, which supply, in both English
and Burmese, the name of the king or queen and dates of birth, accession and
death. A brief sketch, it may be remarked, of the reigns of the kings and
queens whose tombs are at Amarapura, is given in last year’s report, to which
a reference niaj’- be made.

At Pagan, the special repairs to the Dhammayazika pagoda were conti-
nued, and a sum of Es. 12,004 was expended on it during the year. The work
on the main shrine, as well as that on the subsidiary five temples on the platform,
has been completed ; that on the iimer enclosure wall was in progress when the
year closed. The original estimate, which provided for repairs to these three
items and the outer enclosure wall at a cost of Es. 37,388, has been found in-
adequate, and a revised estimate amounting to Es. 43,692 has been prepared
and is now awaiting sanction. At the time of the preparation of the
original estimate, the sihliara of the main shrine and those of the
subsidiary temples were to a large extent covered Avith debris and luxurious
vegetation, and this had made it difficult to ascertain the exact nature and ex-
tent of the damage to them. Consequently, as was pointed out by the Public
Works Department officer in charge, much more work has had to be done than
Avas originally allowed for, and there has been a consequent excess of expendi-
ture on this item of AAmrk. To allow partly for this excess expenditure and
partly for the portion of Avork not yet completed, a sum of Es. 8,600 has been
provided in the next budget.

At a cost of Es. 3,016, minor repairs were carried out to thirteen other
monuments at Pagan. They consisted of patch plaster work, cement grouting,
weeding, replacing bricks wherever missing on the- main shrines, and repairs
to compound walls. The condition of a portion of the retaining wall protect-
ing, on the rh’-er side, the promontory on which the Lokanakda pagoda -was
built, has caused some anxiety. On account of the abnormal rains at the begin-
ning of the last cold season, which have done no little damage to many of the
ancient monuments at Pagan, the retaining Avail referred to has shown signs of
sinking, and an ominous crack on the platform of the shrine along the inner
side of the same wall, was noticed. At one place, it was so close to the main

COWSEEVATION — BURJtA.

strine that some fear was entertained as to tlie safety of the building. It is pro-
posed, therefore, to rebuild the wall as well as the stone pitching with which it
IS protected from erosion during annual flood ; and an estimate for this work
has now been prepared and is awaiting funds. In the meantime an arrange-
ment has been made for the protection of the wad by rebuilding and strengthen-
ing a portion of it at a cost of Es. 976. The Lokananda is a stupa with an elon-
gated dome surmounted by a finial of concentric rings in imitation of a series
of diminishing umbrellas. It is one of the typical buildings erected by king
Anorata (1044-1077 A.D.), and is still being used as a place of worship, being
held m great veneration by the Buddhists of Burma, as the supposed depository
of a replica of the tooth-relic of the Buddha Gotama.

During the year 1917-18 a fencing was erected around the remains of the
East India Company’s factory at Hainggyi (Negrais Island), and a few years
later, a memorial tablet giving the history of the factory was put up. This
factory was built by the Compau)'^ in 1753 after the one which had been erected
at Syriam, near Eangoon, had been burnt down, with the idea of forming a
settlement on the island, which in 1757 had been ceded in perpetuity to the
British by king Alaungpaya, on condition that the British supplied military
assistance to the Burmese king on payment, and gave yearly as tribute a cannon
and gun powder. At that time the Burmese were at war with the Takings, and
the king, suspecting that the latter were receiving assistance from the British
in arms and ammunitions, sent to Hainggyi a party of men, who, on the morn-
ing of the 6th October 1759, suddenly rushed in and treacherously murdered the
inmates of the Fort while they were sitting down to breakfast. During the
year under report, some repairs were carried out to the fencing and gate which
had fallen into disrepair.

The monuments in the Sagaing and Shwebo Districts and those at Pegu
and Old Prome also received due attention during the year, but the work at
these places was of a minor nature, and consisted mainly in patching up plaster
work, jungle clearing white-washing, and coal-tarring, and maintaining the
approach roads.

RAJPUTANA AND CENTRAL INDIA.

By Mr. B. L. Dhama.

At Ajmer, besides the usual amiual repairs to protected monuments, the
cost of which amounted to Rs. 3,381, two special undertakings were carried
through during the year. One of these was the enlargement of the enclosure
round the Chaukidar’s quarters at Abdullah Khan’s tomb, so as to hide from
view the unsightly display of his cooking and other utensils. The other was the
repair of the south-west corner of the JIarble Baradari No. 2 on the Ana Sagar
Bund. This corner had subsided in the rains of 1923, with the result that cracks
appeared in the superstructure, and two pillars became out of plumb. The sub-
sidence was attributed to the percolation of water from the Ana Sagar Lake
beneath the foundations of the Baradari, due probably to the continued absence

COXSERVATION — AJMER.

of rains during tlie previous four years. To prevent further subsidence the
superstructure was supported by a temporary staging, but in June 1924 some
more cracks were reported to have occurred and the staging had to be streng-
thened. As no further movement was noticed it became necessary to consider
what permanent measures should be taken to safeguard the pavilion and pre-
vent further subsidence. The first proposal was to dismantle and rebuild the
whole of the damaged corner on a reinforced concrete base. This proposal,
however, was rejected on grounds both of expense and of risk, and an alterna-
tive plan was adopted of supporting the disturbed corner on a cantilever found-
ation consisting of a pair of reinforced concrete footings constructed in front of
the corner pillars. The footings have been laid on wide reinforced concrete
bases and carry cantilever beams which support the corner of the building,
the fore footing near the Baradari being under compression and the rear foot-
ing under tension, so that as long as the former does not sink or the latter does
not rise, the repaired corner of the Baradari will be quite safe. At the same
time the out of plumb pillars have been set right and cracks and other injuries
have been made good. The cost of these measures amounted to Es. 1,820.

In the State of Bhopal, Mr. B. Glhosal, M.A., Superintendent of Archaeo-
logy, continued to look after the monuments and their surroundings at Sanchi
with the same zealous care as he has always shown. From Mr. Ghosal’s report
it appears that the Great Indian Peninsula Eailway Company has recently
decided to build a waiting room at the Sanchi Eailway Station for the conve-
nience of visitors to this famous site, and it is understood that the work will be
taken in hand in the near, future.

Besides the monuments at Sanchi there are other historical monuments
of importance in the Bhopal State which are now beginning to receive attention
from the Darbar. One of these is the Fort at Eaisex, on which the Director
General drew up a Memorandum for the Darbar as far back as 1916. Fortu-
nately, there has been little change in the condition of the monuments in the
twelve years that have elapsed since then and the recommendations made by
Sir John Marshall still hold good and can be followed in the estimates for
repair which are now to be framed;

Another magnificent monument that has been overhauled during the year
and made the subject of a conservation note is the great Siva temple at
Bhojpur. This temple as well as the other ruins in its vicinity are so little
known that they deserve more than passing mention here.

The temple, which is in a sorry state of neglect, is situated on a low rocky
hill to the north-east of the great Bhojpur Lake. It is square in plan and is set
on the eastern half of a lofty platform reached by a wide flight of steps from the
west. Four massive and monolithic columns surmounted by flowered capitals
siippoi-t a circular ceiling, constructed of corbelled rings, the lowermost of which
is decorated ivith figures of musicians and demi-gods. Beneath this canopy
is a Imga about 7-1- feet in height, resting on a yo 7 ii some 21 feet square. The
entrance to the temple, which is 15 feet in width, is flanked by male and female
figures carved on either side. The figures on the extreme right and left are

CONSEEVATION — INDIAN STATES.

those of Kubera, the god of Wealth. Alongside the entrance steps are pillared
niches containing images of Siva, and other niches adorn the plinth of the
platform. The three fa 9 ades, namely, the north, east and south of the tem-
ple, are relieved hy pillared balconies supported on brackets— all alas, in a
dilapidated condition. The temple is said to have been erected during the reign
of Raja Bhoja (1010-53), and is remarkable’ for its massive strength. Of the
many ancient monuments that the State of Bhopal possesses it is certainly one
of the most important.

North-east of this temple, at a distance of about of a furlong, are several
ponderous but incomplete sculptures such as capitals, pillars, plinth stones, etc.,
lying about on the spot where they were quarried.

Evidently they were meant for another temple which was to be still larger
than the existing one, but like the second minar at the Qutb, was abandoned.
Further east, still, are the ruins of a Jaina temple containing a sanctum
and an antarala, attributable to the same age as the great Siva Temple,
though its outer facades appear to have been rebuilt at a later date. Owing to
the collapse of the siMiara and roof the sanctum is now open to the sky. Inside
it is a colossal standing image of Adinatha, about 20 feet in height, flanked on
either side by images of Parsvanatha accompp ^jd by • figures of Indra.

In Chhatarpur State the work of cousef ’^Wi-he ancient temples of Kha-
JURAHO went on satisfactorily under the su ^ "baa of Lala Balkhandi Lai,
the State Overseer. Three of the more impoirJ-)Dtemples, namely, the Kan-
daria, Visvanatha and Lakshmanji, were provided with lightning conductors,
and a variety of repairs were carried out, in accordance with the advice of the
Archaeological Department, to the Lakshmanji, Kakra Mark, and Devi Jaga-
damba temples.

The total expenditure incurred here during the year was Rs. 3,273-6-0, of
which Rs. 1,915-14-0 were contributed from State funds and Rs. 1,357-8-0 from
the grant made by the Government of India.

At the request of the Chhatarpur Darbar the old Chandeli temple at Ne-
GUAN was also inspected by the Archseological Department and a note on its
conservation was supplied to the Darbar.

At Mandtj, in the Dhae State of Central India, the works on the Lai Bun-
galow, Champa Baoli, Hathi Mahal and Djal Baoli have been completed, and

those on the Nilkanth, Tarapur Gate, Songarh Gate and Hoshang’s Tomb are
in progress. At the Lal Bungalow, the task of waterproofing the roof, which was
in a very leaky condition, was finished and the walls were underpinned in a
number of places. This has greatly added to the stability of the building. All
debris from the courtyard as well as from the compound outside has been re-
moved and the ground levelled up. The fallen side walls of the kimd inside the

courtyard were rebuilt with dry rubble with a proper batter. Tliis has pre-

vented the further undermining of the other walls of the kund and the high com-
pound walls close by. At the Champa Baoli, the exposed rubble vaulting of
the underground chambers was made good with lime and cement concrete duly
toned and' the arched walls were underpinned, where necessary. The dome of

CONSERVATION — INDIAN STATES.

the Eathi Mahal was overgrown with thick jungle and the roots of the trees
were closely interwoven into the masonry. These have been carefully cut out
and the whole dome rendered watertight both inside and out. The parapet
walls at the foot of the dome have been restored and the compound levelled up
and tidied. At the Ujal Baoli, the repair of the water-raising platform and
trough has been completed, the parapet wall around the baoli has been recon-
structed and most of the silt accumulated for centuries in the iiaoZi removed. On
the water-lifting platform the old traces of the water-lifting arrangements, which
were discovered under the debris, have been carefully preserved and the lower
stairway on the west has been restored. At the Nilkanth, a tiled hut has been
built for the pujari ; the fallen retaining walls at the east and west ends of the
north front have been underpinned and built up with dry coursed rubble and
•the terrace above strengthened, while the covered water channel running north
and south under the floor has been opened, cleared of debris and renovated.

The work of dismantling and rebuilding the dangerously cracked dry stone
walls at the Tabapdr Gate required especial care, and it is a matter for congra-
tulation that it has been carried through without any hitch or accident. As
recommended, the upper layers of the dry stone facing and hearting of the pylon
were removedYnd an apron wfcl was built where the foundations were exposed
and undermined. The task of ®iter-proofing the top of the pylon and the fort
walls IS still in progress. Th^Mttion to the north-east of the Songaeh Gate
was reconstructed from the f^Tdations upwards on the valley side and the
mg up of the open jointing in the rough rubble masonry was brought to a
finish. Ac Hoshang’s Tomb all items of repair except the restoration of the
marble bntels which is in progress, have been completed.

EXPLOBATION — THE IKTDUS ODLTTJRE

SECTION II: EXPLORATION AND RESEARCH

THE INDUS CULTURE.

By Sir John Marshall.

The discoveries made during the last five years at Mohenjo-daro and Ha-
rappa have evoked a Tvorld-TOde interest, and innumerable questions have been
addressed to me regarding them. Some of my enquirers have sought informa-
tion about the structural remains unearthed or the smaller antiquities found
among them ; others about the extent and age and character of the “ Indus ”
culture ; others again have questioned me as to the relationship of this culture
with other Imown cultures of the Chalcolithic epoch in Asia and Europe ;
and others as to the race or language or religion of the people who developed it ;
or as to the mode of their daily life. Many of the questions put to me can be
answered but very vaguely at present ; others are not yet susceptible of being
answered at all. For we are still at the beginning of our labours and there is
much spade-work to be done and many new sites to be explored befo’’''j we can
hope to find the solution of the problems before us. So far, however, as answers
are possible and so far as they can be given within the compass of these few
pages, 1 will endeavour to supply them.

Stbuotural Remains. — The remains now laid bare at Mohenjo-daro cover
an area of more than 13 acres and belong to the three latest cities on the site.
The best built structures are those of the third city ; the poorest of the first.
All, however, are built of well burnt brick usually laid in mud, but occasionally
in gypsum (plaster of Paris) mortar, with foundations and infiUings of sun-
dried brick. Of the various groups of buildings that have been exposed the
most striking aie focussed round about a lofty eminence near the north-west
corner of the city, which in after times was crowned with a Buddhist stupa.
Beneath this stupa there are reasons for believing that the chief temple of the
city is located, and it is probable that the structures grouped around it are aU
of a religious or quasi-religious character. Outstanding among them is an
imposing edifice containing a large bath, which may be assumed to have
been used for ablution purposes in connection vdth the neighbouring temple.
Sacred tanks have long been a familiar feature in India and it is likely that they
were already in use during the Chalcolithic Age. The reservoir itself is 39 feet in
len^bh bv 23 feet in breadth, and is sunk 8 feet below the floor level. On its four
sides is a boldly fenestrated corridor, with a platform in front and halls or small
chambers behind. The outer wall, -vvliich is more than G feet in thickness with
a pronounced batter on the outside, was pierced by two large entrances on the
south and another on the north. Of the chambers ranged along the east side of
the building, the middle one is occupied by a large well, from which the bath
could be fed. At either end of the bath is a descending flight of steps, with a

11 A

EXPLORATION — THE INDUS CULTURE.

shallow landing at their foot. Like the bath-room floors of the private houses,
the floor is laid in finely jointed brick-on-edge, and remarkable care and ingenuity
has been exercised in the construction of the surrounding walls. These walls,
which are nearly ten feet in thickness, are made up of three sections ; the inner
and outer of burnt brick, the infilling between them of sundried brick; but
in order to render them completely watertight, the brickwork has been laid
in gj^sum mortar, and the back of the inner wall coated with an inch thick layer
of bitumen. Bitumen was also used for bedding the wooden planics with which
the steps were lined. The practice of employing this material as a cementing
and water-proofing agent was, of course, wide-spread in Mesopotamia, but it
does not therefore follow that the architects of Mohenjo-daro learnt the use
of it from that quarter, since bitumen was also obtainable in the Sulaiman
range as well as further west in Baluchistan. Another feature of special interest
in connection with this bath is a great covered drain, over 6 feet in height and
furnished with a corbelled vaulted roof, by which the water was conducted out-
side the city. To the south-west of the Bath and separated from it by a
narrow lane, is another very solidly-built structure with battering outer walls,
which comprises a series of massive square brick plinths of varying dimensions
with recessed chases in their sides, and appears to have been a hot-air bath, the
chases acting as flues for the distribution of heat to the superstructures above the
solid pLnths. The practice, which was common at Mohenjo-daro, of filling in
and reconstructing old buildings at a higher level, is well exemplified in a big edifice
on the opposite side of the street to the south of the Bath, which has a frontage
on the north of 120 feet, and also in a number of well planned and strongly built
houses to the east of the Bath, all of which are still partly concealed beneath
later accretions that will need to be carefully studied and recorded before they
can be removed

Apart from the above, the remains brought to light at Mohenjo-daro are
for the most part private dwelling houses or shops, which tend to confirm more
and more our earlier impression that the amenities of life enjoyed by the average
citizen at Mohenjo-daro were far in advance of anything to be foimd at that time
in Babylonia or on the banks of the Nile. At Ur, in Sumer, it is true, Mr.
Woolley has recently unearthed a group of houses which afford a most interest-
ing parallel with those of Mohenjo-daro and supply still another proof of a close
cultural connection betw^een Southern Mesopotamia and Sind. But even at Ur
the houses are by no means equal in point of construction to those of Mohenjo-
daro, nor are they pro^nded with a system of drainage at all comparable with
that found at the latter site — a system by -which the sewage was carried by
drains into street tanks and thence removed by scavengers.

At Harappa, w'bicb is 450 miles up-country from Mohenjo-daro, Mr. Vats’
excavations have now been carried to a greater depth than pre-viously and a
number of antiquities have been recovered of an earlier type than those found
at Mohenjo-daro. Among these may be mentioned a copper vessel containing
a collection of copper weapons and implements, namely : — a mace-head, two
double axes, seven daggers, two lance heads, sixteen spear heads, tw'enty-one

53 EXPIiOEATIOK — THE IXDUS CUITUEE.

celts, one saw, two choppers and thirteen chisels. Two of the daggers and two
of hhe celts bear inscriptions in the pictographic script. The same early stra-
tum also yielded more than loO seals and terracotta sealings, the majority of
which are smaller in size and different in shape from those discovered in the
upper strata. One of the most striking of these seals depicts a procession of
seven men wearing kilts and helmets and marching in a line from right to left.
On another is a man attacking a tiger from a maclian, while a third portrays a
man carrying a standard, the ensign on the standard (which was no doubt an
object of cult worship) being an incense-burner 1 identical with those which
accompany many of the animals on the seals. A unique object found in this low
stratum was a model in copper of a two-wheeled cart with a gabled roof and driver
seated in front. This, possibly, is the oldest Imown example of a wheeled vehicle ;
older even than the stele fragment with the picture of a chariot recently found
by Mr. Woolley at Ur, which in its turn antedates by a thousand years the use of
the wheel in Eg 3 rpt. ' Owing to old-time depredations most of the structural
remains near the surface at Harappa are in a very fragmentary state, but there is
one tolerably well preserved building that merits special notice, as it is unlike
anything yet found at Mohenjo-daro. It covers an area of 168 feet from
north to south by 136 from east to west and comprises a number of narrow halls
and corridors, disposed in two parallel series, with a broad aisle down the middle.
Its plan and the shape of the chambers recall to mind the storerooms of the
Cretan palaces, and it may be that this building at Harappa was designed
for a like purpose ; for in the days before the introduction of a metal currency,
when taxes were paid in kind and trade was done by direct barter, accommoda-
tion for the storing of merchandise on a large scale must have been indispensable.'

Owing to its close connection with the Sumerian civilisation of Mesopota-
mia, the prehistoric civilisation revealed at Mohenjo-daro and Harappa has
hitherto been designated by the name “ Indo-Sumerian.” With the progress
of exploration, however, it has become evident that the connection with Meso-
potamia was due, not to actual identity of culture, but to intimate commercial
or other intercourse between the tAvo countries. For this reason the term
“ Indo-Sumerian ” has now been discarded, and “ Indus ” adopted in its place.

Chronology . — The date of the buildings described aboA^e is determined within
tolerably narrow limits by the discovery at Susa and several sites in Mesopotamia
of typical Indian seals inscribed with Indian pictographic legends, in positions
which leave no doubt that they belonged to the period before Sargon I — that is,
before about 2700 B.C. On another seal of the same pattern recently unearthed
at Ur, the legend is in cuneiform characters of about 2700 B.C. It ma}' be
inferred, therefore, that this class of Indian seal is to be assigned to the first half
of the 3rd millennium B.C. or earlier, and inasmuch as seals of this class are
associated Avith the three uppermost cities at Mohenjo-daro, aa'c may confidently
fix the date of these cities between 3500 and 2500 B.C. How many centuries
were covered by the erection and destruction of these cities, it is difficult to
estimate. From a constructional point of' view the buildings of the first city
are markedly different from those of the second ; and of the latter, again, from

EXPLORATION— THE INDUS CULTURE.

those of the third. On the other hand, the minor antiquities found in the three-
strata are all but indistinguishable, which is hardly likely to have been the casc,-
if the lapses of time between them- had been very prolonged. Taking every-
thing into consideration, a period of six centuries may reasonably be allowed for
the rise and fall of the three cities, and we shall probably not be far wrong, if
we provisionally assign the first cify to about 2700 B.O., the second city to’
about 3000 E.C., and the third city to about 3300 B.C. The uppermost cities of
Earappa are approximately contemporary, while the lower ones, with the more-
primitive types of seals and other antiquities mentioned above, are referable’
to an earlier period. ^

Agriculture. — Big cities with teeming populations like Harappa and Mo-
henjo-daro could never have existed save in an agricultural country which was-
producing its own food on a large scale. Though little has yet been discovered
of the processes of agriculture and irrigation then in vogue, it is worthy of<
remark that the specimens of w'heat found in Mohenjo-daro resemble the com-
mon variety grown in the Punjab to-day. Touching this question of agricul-
ture it is also noteworthy that there are strong reasons for inferring (a) that the
rainfall in Sind and the Western Punjab was then somewhat heavier than it
is now ; {h) that Sind was then watered by two large rivers instead of one, and
as a consequence was at once more fertile and less subject to violent inunda-
tions. The two rivers are, of course, the Indus and the old Great Mihran —
otherwise known as the Hakra or Wahindah, which once received the waters of
the Sutlej and flowed well to the east of the Indus, following a course which-
roughly coincided with that of the Eastern Nara canal.

Food. — Besides bread and milk, the food of the Indus people appears-
to have included beef, mutton and pork ; the flesh of tortoises, turtles and
gharial ; fresh fish from the Indus and dried fish imported from the sea coast.
Evidence of these various articles of diet is furnished by bones — sometimes in a'
half burnt condition — found among the houses. For the identification of these
and other bones and for much interesting information concerning them I am
indebted to Major K. B. Sewell, I.M.S., and his assistants of the Zoological-
Department of India, to whom my grateful acknowledgments are due.

DomestKoted animals. — Among the domesticated animals w-ere : — the
humped Indian long horned bull {bos Indicus) (of which, to judge by the fre-
quency of the remains, large herds must have been maintained), the buffalo
{bos huhalis), a short horned bull, the sheep, pig (sws cristatus), dog, horse and-
elephant, hso trace has been found of the cat. The horse in the Indus
Valley was the small eguus caballus, near akin to the Indian country bred. Of
dogs, there are two very distinct breeds ; one the canfs familiaris, closely related'
to the common pariah, and the other remarkably like our present day ma.stifl'..
Possibly it was some such breed as this that Alexander the Great saw in the
Punjab two thousand years later, and of which Aelian remarks (IV, 19) “ If the-
dog once clutches a lion, he retains his hold so tenaciously, that if one should
cut off his leg with a knife, he will not let go, however severe may be the pain he
suffers, till dcxsth supervening compels him.”

55 EXPLORATION — ^THE INDUS CULTURE*

Wild animals . — The remains of wild animals are few, but among those
ifrequently depicted on the seal-stones are. the tiger, rhinoceros and elephant,
■the presence of which may be taken as an indication that the climate was
damper and the vegetation more dense than at present. The lion, which pre-
iers arid and sparsely covered country, does not occur.

Weaving and dress . — ^Numerous spindle whorls in the debris of the houses
.Rttest the practice of spinning and weaving, and scraps of a fine woven cotton
material have also been foimd. The Babylonian and Greek names lor cotton
‘^{sindlm and sindo7i, respectively) have always pointed to the Indus Valley as
the home of cotton growing, but there has been some doubt hitherto as to whe-
ther the cotton known to the Babylonians and Greeks was not olitamed from
•■cotton trees, e.g., from the silk cotton tree {Briodendron anfractiiosian) rather
than from the cotton plants of the genus Gossypiuni. This doubt is now set at
.rrest by the discovery at Mohenjo-daro of true cotton of the latter kind, with
the typical convoluted structure which is the peculiar characteristic of that
_fibre.

Male attire among the upper classes consisted of two garments : a skirt
•or kilt fastened round the waist, lilie the primitive Sumerian skirt, and a plain
•or patterned shawl, which was drawn over the left and under the right shoulder,
.so as to leave the right arm free. Men wore short beards and whiskers, with the
upper lip shaven, as in Sumer. Their hair was taken back from the fore-head
and coiled in a knot at the back of- the head with a fillet to support it. The
-one and only head of a female statue that we possess shows the hair falling
Joose behind; but whether this was the prevailing fashion or not, is question-
.-able. Among the lower classes, men apparently went naked, and women with
•a narrow loin cloth only, though there is one statuette of a dancing girl
•without even this garment. Ornaments, however, were freely worn by all classes
. alike : necklaces and finger rings by both men and women ; ear-rings, bangles,
girdles and anklets by the latter only.

Personal ornaments . — The ornaments of the rich were of silver and gold or
rcopper plated with gold, of blue faience, ivory, carnelian. jadeite. and multi-
. color stones of various kinds. For the poor, they were mainly of shell or terra-
. cotta. Many examples of both kinds have been recovered. Especially striking
.are the girdles of carnelian and gilded copper, and some of the small objects,
,e.g., ear-rings and “netting” needles of pure gold, the surface of which is
polished to a degree that would do credit to a present day jeweller.

Metals . — ^Besides gold and silver, the Indus people were familiar with eop-
-.per, tin and lead. Copper they used freely for weapons, implements and domes-
itic utensils ; daggers, knives, hatches, sickles, celts, chisels, vessels, figurines
.and personal ornaments, amulets, wire, etc. Most of these objects were
wrought by hammering, but examples of cast copper are not uncommon. Copper
•-was easily obtainable— on the west from Baluchistan, on the east from Raj-
iputana, and on the north from Afghanistan. Tin was more difficult to get, and
-was probably imported from Khorasan, or through Sumer from further west. It is
.found, not as a pure metal, but alloyed with copper in the form of bronze, which

EXPLOKATION — THE iXDtJS CULTUEE.

was used mainly for tools requiring a hard cutting edge, namely : razors
chisels, celts, and saws, but also for vessels, statuettes, bangles, beads, buttons,
and other ornaments. The bronze is of a high grade, containing from 6 to 12
per cent, of tin, but in spite of its advantage over copper being well recognised,
the nunrber of bronze objects is comparatively small, doubtless owing to the
difficulty and cost of procuring tin.

]Vea'pons, James, etc . — The paucity of weapons at both Harappa and Mo-
henjo-daro is surprising, the only ones yet found being a few mace-heads, axes,
daggers, arrow-heads and possibly spear-heads. It looks as if these cities weie
but little acquainted with warfare ! While copper was used, and used freely, for
all sorts of utensils, knives made from flakes of chert were also common, and
show, like the stone maces and celts, that the influence of the neolithic age had
not entirelj" passed away. Chert, being a particularly hard stone, was also used
for burnishers as well as for weights, which followed a local Indian standard, not
the Babylonian or Elamite one. Shells (sanJclia) were imported in large quan-
tities, as they were in Sumer, from the sea-coast, to be cut up into dippers,
iiangles, beads, and a variety of personal ornaments, or used for inlay-Work in
wood. Blue encaustic faience of a kind similar to that found in Mesopotamia
and Egypt, also played an important part in the making of ornaments, minia-
ture vases, amulets and the like, while a finer and harder variety of this paste
was used for finishing off the surface of seals.

Pottery . — Common domestic vessels were of earthenware. Their great
variety of shapes— each evolved for some particular purpose — evidence a long
period of antecedent development, though it is curious how few of the vases are
provided with handles. Most of the pottery is plain undecorated red ware, but
painted ware is by no means uncommon. As a rule, the designs are painted in
black, on a darkish red slip and consist of geometric and foliate devices noth
occasional figures of animals. This red and black “ Indus ” ware has been
found in abundance by Sir Aurel Stein in Northern Balucliistan and along the
Waziristan borderland. A few specimens of polychrome decoration in red,
white and black have also been met with at Mohenjo-daro. Some of the
ceramic shapes and ornamental both at this site and at Harappa

betoken a connection with Elam and Mesopotamia as well as with Baluchistan.

^Vril'mg . — The presence of inscribed seals, sealings and other objects in
almost every building is sufficient indication that the occupants must have been
familiar with the art of writing, and it may be inferred that it was employed
for business and other purposes, though what materials took the place of the
clay commonly used for writing on in Mesopotamia, is not known. It may
have been wood or some bark akin to birch or to the Egyptian papyrus, which
came 'into use at a very early date.

In.’fctibed seah . — The seals, of which nearly a thousand have been recovered,
were worn by a cord round the neck or wrist. Whether they were used for
sealing parcels, merchandise, etc., as they were used in historical times in
India, is doubtful, as relatively few sealings have been found. It is more likely
that they served as amulets, and that the animals engraved on them had a

67 EXPLORATION — THE INDUS CULTURE.

religious significance. The pictographic legends on them, or, rather, on the
impressions taken from them are to be read, apparently, from right to left or
ioustrophedon. A small proportion of the letters resemble early Sumerian signs,
but there is no evidence to show that they had the same phonetic values or
that the languages of the two countries were related.

Art. — The art of the Indus is distinct from that of any neighbouring coun-
try, notwithstanding the elements in common between them. The best of the
figures on the engraved seals — ^notably the humped Indian bulls and short-horn
cattle — are distinguished by a breadth of treatment and a feeling for line and
form unequalled in the contemporary glyptic art of Elam or Mesopotamia or
Egypt. The modelling, too, in faience of the miniature rams, monkeys, dogs
and squirrels is of a very high order — ^far in advance of what we should expect
in the 4th and 3rd millenniums B.C. Compared with these, the few examples
we possess of human figures, whether executed in marble, stone, clay or bronze,
are disappointing, and suggest that for some reason or other the artists could
have had relatively little experience in delineating the human form. The best
that can be said in favour of these statues is that they manage to convey an
impression — crude though it often be — of individual portraiture.^

Disposal of the dead. — Two large groups of skeletons have been found in
Mohenjo-daro 1 one group inside a house, the other in a street. All of these,
however, appear to have been the victims of some tragedy — murder perhaps
or pestilence — and afford no evidence as to how the dead were ordinarily dis-
posed of. Only one indisputable example- of inhumation during the Chalcolithic
Age has been found at Mohenjo-daro. This is a “ fractional ” burial of the same
type as those found at Nal in Baluchistan and at Musyan in Western Persia,
the distinctive feature of such burial being that only a fraction of the skeleton
was buried together Avith an assortment of earthenware vases and other small
objects personal to the dead — the corpse having been either exposed to the
vultures or (which is less likely) subjected to a previous burial. Whether such
fractional burials were the exception or the rule among the Indus people, has
yet to be determined. That cremation was also practised, seems indicated by the
presence at Harappa of small brick structures somewhat like Hindu samadhis, con-
taining cinerary remains, as weU as of a platform partially covered with ashes and
half-charred bones, which is thought to be a cremation platform. There are
good reasons also for believing, though the evidence is by no means conclusive,
that a certain class of store jars containing a variety of smaller vessels, with
traces — in some cases — of ash and bone, also served both at Mohenjo-daro and
Harappa as cinerary urns or to contain offerings to the dead. This belief has
recently been strengthened by the discovery of similar jars on prehistoric sites
in 'northern Baluchistan, in which the presence of incinerated bones along with
the smaller vessels is indisputable.

Races. — Of what race or races were the authors of this Indus culture ?
In the present state of our knowledge only the vaguest answer to this question
can be returned. As might have been expected, nearly all the skeletal remains

• Since tliis vas -ffritten two superbly modelled statuettes of stone have been found at Harappa.

EXPLORATION — THE INDUS CHLTDKE.

found at Molienjo-daro appertain to a dolicho-cephalic people, wlio may
reasonably be assumed to have belonged to the great long-headed race of
Southern Asia and Europe to which the name of “ Mediterranean ” is commonly
applied but which besides the Mediterraneans comprised also the pre-Aryan
Dravidians of India as well as many other peoples. The only skull approxi-
mating to a brachy-cephatic type is from the fractional burial described above,
aud this appears to exhibit the same racial characteristics as the steatite
statue from Mohenjo-daro, which pronouncedly brnchy-cephalic. Although
these skeletal remains from Mohenjo-daro are of the Chalcolithic period and
may be taken to be illustrative of the population of Sind during that period,
they are, to judge by the level at which they were found, posterior to
the abandonment of the latest city. In any case, however, the data that
they supply are too scanty to admit of any reliable conclusions being drawn from
them.

Religion . — The main features of the Indus religion as revealed up to the
present at Mohenjo-daro and Harappa are ; — ^the worship of a Mother Goddess,
and, side by side with her, of a male god, who is identifiable with the historic
Siva ; the worship of animals both real and fabulous and of therio-anthropic
creatures, as /well as belief in the Nagas, who appear in half-human, half-snake
form, as they do in early Buddhist art ; the worship of trees in their natural
state or personified as divinities like* the later Takshis ; the worship of
baetylic/and phallic stones, including the linga and yoni ; chrematheism as
repres^ted by the worship of ritual incense-burners ; and the use of magic
am^ets or charms. All these features are distinctive of later Hinduism — or
rather of that side of Hinduism which is derived from the pre-Aiyan peoples
of/ India, Of the deification of such forces and phenomena of Nature as the
•Bley, the Clouds, the Wind, the Sun, the -Dawn ; of the worship of Fire and
Soma ; or of other features which can be directly attributed to a Vedic origin,
there is no trace at Mohenjo-daro or Harappa.

That there were some elements in common between the religions of the
Indus and hlesopotamia may be inferred from such figures as those of the
horned and leaf-clad hunter who cannot fail to recall the Sumerian hero
Gilgamesh, or of the semi-human, semi-bovine creature, sometimes fighting
with a tiger, who closely resembles his companion Eabani. Then, there .are
the buCalo’s or bison’s horns worn as emblems of divinity; and on one of the
sealings two hons officiating as genii at a sacrifice, much like the ministrant
animals so frequently represented in Sumerian and Minoan Art. All these may
be due to direct borrowing by the one country from the other, but which was
the debtor which the creditor, there is no sufficient evidence at present to
prove, though in the absence of evidence to the contrary it is natural to suppose
that the types of Gilgamesh aud Eabani at any rate emanated from the countiy
where they afterwards became so popular. It is reasonable, too, to suppo.se
that there may be a closer connexion between the Indian and Western Asiatic
cults of the Mother Goddess than that arising out of a mere similarity of social
(!.c., matriarchal) conditions; but it would be very rash to assume that this

EXPLOEATION — TEE INDUS CULTURE.

particular form of worsliip necessarily spread from west to east rather than
in a reverse direction ; for of all cults, this is the one most ubiquitous and
deeply-rooted in the soil of India and — ^what is more — ^it is specially charac-
teristic of those tribes or peoples who have most claim to be regarded in India
as aboriginal. This last observation applies also to Indian Saktism, to which
the closest parallels exist in Western Asia, Mesopotamia and round the shores
of the Aegean ; but in this case the cult is of so peculiarly distinctive a
character, that it is scarcely credible that it could have been independently
evolved in different areas. The probability is that some of these common
features go back to a remote period — ^more remote even than the Sumerian
occupation of Mesopotamia — when the civilization of the Near and Middle
East was more integral and homogeneous than has hitherto been supposed.
Be this, however, as it may, there can be no question that most of the elements
found at Mohenjo-daro and Harappa are characteristically Indian and that they
carry back the story of Hinduism to an age before the coming of the Aryans,
thus disposing of the commonly accepted view that these elements represent a
popular form of worship evolved by the Indo-Aryans themselves — a paraUel
growth, as it were, to the Vedic religion, but one which being of the masses,
not of the elect, found no place in the sacred books of the Vedas.

Extent of culture . — That the Indus civilisation described above extended
over much of Baluchistan as well as over Sind and the Punjab has now
been established ; and there is evidence to show that it extended eastward over
Cutch and Kathiawar towards the Dekhan, Whether it embraced Rajputana
and Hindustan and the valley of the Ganges, remains to be proved. Keolithio
and copper implements have been found over most of Northern India, and it is
almost a foregone conclusion that this great civilisation of the Indus must have
made itself felt far to the east as well as to the west, though it is hardly probable
that contemporary civilisation on the banks of the Ganges (of the existence of
which the writer entertains no doubt) will prove to be of precisely the same
character as that on the banks of the Indus. Whatever the extent, however,
of the Indus civilisation within India itself, there is no question that it formed
part and parcel of the wide flung Chalcolithic culture of Asia and Europe, which
extended from the Adriatic to Japan but was focussed primarily in the great
river valleys of the South : of the Nile, the Euphrates, the Tigris, the Karun,
the Helmund, and the Indus. This is an important point to have established ;
for it means that India came within the same cycle of culture as the rest of Asia ;
that she passed step by step through the same phases of development as her
neighbours on the AVest; and that, so far as the later phases are concerned, she
passed through them at approximately the same time, though whether at
an earlier epoch she followed or took the lead of her neighbours, is still a
debateable point.

So far as Mesopotamia is concerned, it is abimdantly evident that there was
much in common between the civilisations of the Indus and Sumer and Baby-
lonia, and that there must have been close intercommunicatiou between the
two countries, majutamed partly by sea and partly by land across Sistan and

12 a

EXPLOR ATIOX — MOHENJO-D AE O .

Persia. On tlie other hand, it is equally evident that the points of difference
between these civilisations are more numerous and striking than the points of
similarity and, though there may ultimately prove to have been a racial and
even a linguistic connection between the two peoples, at present there is no
proof of them. If such a connection did exist, it must go back to an age much
anterior to the one nith which we are dealing, since the contrasts which distin-
guish the Indus and Sumerian civilisations could only have resulted from many
long centuries of independent existence. Similarly, connections more or less
close can be traced with Sistan and Transcaspia, Western Persia (in the proto-
Elamite period) and, still further afield, with Egypt. Much spadework, how-
ever, is required before we can determine in what relation these countries stood,
and the debts which they owed, one to another, for-their culture. The opinion
has lately been gaining ground that the cradle of Sumerian and Egyptian civili-
sation is to be sought somewhere east of Mesopotamia. If, indeed, such a
cradle ever existed, it is as likely as not to have been in the vast, richly-watered
plains of Northern India. Migrations there undoubtedly were — and those on a
large scale : and nothing is more probable than that the teeming populations of
Northern India expanded westward through Sistan across the Iranian plateau
and northward to the plains of Transcaspia. But the picture of this Chalco-
lithic civilisation being cradled in one particular area and spreading thence from
country to country is not one that can be squared with facts. A more reason-
able supposition, in the opinion of the writer, is that no one country can be
regarded as the home of this civilisation, but that each and all contributed in
varying degrees to the common stock of culture, new ideas being disseminated
from one to another, not only through the movements en masse of tribes and
peoples, but as a :esult of commercial and other intercourse, which was un-
doubtedly going on almost from time immemorial.

MOHENJO-DARO.

By Rai Bahadur Daya Ram Salmi,

Owing to the absence on leave of Sir .John Marshall, I was deputed to con-
tinue the exploration of the ancient mounds at Mohenjo-daro during the cold
weather of 1926-27. The excavations lasted from the 17th November, 1926,
to the Sth hlarch. 1927, and thereafter I remained at the site until the close of
May, 1927, in order to clear up and complete my notes on the work.
Mr. Ernest Mackay, who had recently been recruited from Mesopotamia, arrived
at Mohenjo-daro on the 26th November and for about a week assisted me on
the Hr. site, after which I placed him in charge of the separate area south
of the Stupa mound. A resume of his operations on this mound is appended below.

Besides Mr. Mackay, I had the assistance at my excavations of Mr. B. L.
Dhaimi, Assistant Superintendent, Arcliseological Survey, Central India and
Rajputana Circle, two of the Archa’ological Scholars, Messrs. Q. M. Moneer,
B.A., and H. L. .Srivastava, M.A., and an Excavation Assistant, Mr, K. N. Puri.

EXPLORATION — ^MOHENJO-DARO .

Mr. N. Gr. Majumdar, M. A., Curator of the Varendra Research Society’s Museum
at Rajshahi, who had assisted in Sir John Marshall’s excavations during the
previous season, was also present as well as Mr. Panchanan Mitra, M.A.,
Lecturer of the Calcutta University. To all these gentlemen I am indebted for
much valuable help.

The total expenditure incurred at Mohen]o-daro during the year amounted
to Rs. 60,152. Out of this amount a sum of some nine thousand rupees had
already been utilised, before my arrival, on the maintenance of the buildings
previously exposed as weU as on the Museum and the temporary staffs attached
to them. Another sum of Rs. 8,000 was devoted to the purchase of glazed
wall-cases for the Museum, so that the actual expenditure on the excavations
amounted to about 4.3,000 rupees.

The excavations in Hr. and Vs. areas embraced a large plot, 450 feet long
by 400 feet wide (Section B ; Plates X and XI, a), in the western portion of
the mound Hr. a part of which (Section A) including a portion of the broad
street had been explored with much success by Mr. Hargreaves in ’the preceding
year, and the southern portion of the Vs. area, where extensive excavations had
been carried out during the same season by Mr. Vats. Trial shafts and trenches
sunk by Sir John Marshall vertically through the mounds at Mohenjo-daro
had revealed the existence of at least six strata of buildings superimposed one
above the other, the earliest of which lay at a depth of some thirty feet
beneath the present level of the surroimding plain. My own operations nowhere
penetrated to a greater depth than twenty-two or twenty-three feet, and were
concerned chiefly with the three latest periods of occupation. In the following
paragraphs these three periods will be designated as the First, Second and
Third periods. Remains of earlier structures than those referred to were struck
at one or two spots only and these will be noticed in their proper places.

In the Hr. Area, my excavations exposed some sixty-six buildings in the
western portion and six in the eastern portion, which had been left unexcavated
by Mr. Hargreaves in the strip bordering the broad street. The buildings in
Section B are divided by a number of streets, and lanes into nine well-defined
Blocks, numbered 1 to 9 in large Arabic numerals in the accompanying plan.
Houses are distinguished by Roman numerals and rooms by small Arabic
figures. For convenience of reference, separate serials have been employed
for numbering the rooms in each separate Block. The structures to the east of
Street 1, and those brought to light on the south side of the Vs. Area have been
numbered in the same manner.

The majority of the newly exposed buildings in the Hr. Area belong to the
Second period; those pertaining to the Third period are portions of houses Nos.
V, IX and X of Block 2, the front portion of house No. XIV of Block 8, houses
Hos. XXIII and XXX of Block 5 and portions of a few others. House No.
yyX would appear to have been an underground dwelling (taJiMana), to which
the inmates resorted to escape the oppressive heat of summer. Very scanty
remains of the buildings of the First Period have survived. They were cons-
tructed in a coarse style •ivith materials obtained from the earlier structures and

SPIiOEATlON — ^MOHENJO-DABO.

liad long since decayed or disappeared. The buildings of the Third Period were
the best of all. They had spacious rooms, thick walls with fine joints, and high
roofs and doorways. The buildings of the Second period are generally found to
be erected on the walls of their predecessors, the interior plan of the latter being
as far as possible retained. These buildings were in a thickly populated quarter
of the ancient city and are mostly dwelling houses. As might be expected, the
shops are less numerous than the private houses. Two long lines of them are
built on both sides of Street 3, No. XVII in Block 3 is a somewhat unusual
structure and may have been a temple of some sort, though this is nothing more
than a surmise.

The dwelling houses bear a striking resemblance to those brought to light
last year by Mr. Woolley at Ur in Southern Mesopotamia and described in an
illustrated article in the Antiquaries Journal for October, 1927. Mr. Woolley’s
excavations thus provide another important cultural connection between Sind
and Sumer. As at Ur, the houses at Mohenjo-daro consist in many cases of an
open court with ranges of chambers grouped around or on three sides of it. The
Indian examples, however, are superior both in material and style of construc-
tion. The walls at Mohenjo-daro are built throughout, from top to bottom, of
well burnt bricks of regular dimensions. At Ur burnt brick is used only spa-
ringly or up to the height of a few feet above the floor, and even then the core
is made of brick rubble. The rest of the walling is built of crude bricks.

At both places, mud was the usual mortar, — bitumen or gypsum being
used only sparingly. At Ur, mud was also used for the plastering of walls
which were also whitewashed. There were few indications of such mud plaster
at Mohenjo-daro. It is all the more surprising, therefore, that the walls have
survived here in as good condition as they have, despite the abundance of
saltpetre in the soil.

Bach house has one or two entrances opening into the adjoining street.
Some of the entrances are preceded by low platforms to serve as door steps.
House No. LVI has as many as three entrances on the street front. Some of
the houses at the junctions of lanes have entrances opening into both streets.
The principal doors of houses generally open into small entrance chambers

which sometimes contain wells, as in houses II and VI. The staircase is also
occasionally placed in a corner of the same chamber. It is noteworthy that, in
spite of the great sldll in building construction exhibited at Mohenjo-daro, its
ancient artificers must have been poor designers of staircases, just as they were
at Ur; for though built of good material, they have steep and shallow treads
which could only be climbed on the tips of toes or sideways. Mr. Woolley
states that the low-ceilinged chambers beneath the staircases at Ur were used
as lavatories. The same may have been the case in some of the houses

at Mohenjo-daro as well, as I found that the little cells under the staircases in
houses VI and LIII were provided with drains. Two regular privies with well-

designed tops were found in house XLIX. They have paved floors in front for

ablution purposes, and openings in the wall behind through which they could
be cleaned.

EXPLORATION — MOHENJO-DARO.

The courtyards of houses at Ur are paved with brick and provided in the
middle with soak-wells made of terracotta pipes so as to enable the water to
run off into the lower soil. Such soak-wells composed either of stone or of large
earthen jars with their bottoms knocked through and superimposed one upon
another have been brought to light by Sir John Marshall in the Bhir Mound at
Taxila. The contrivance, however, must necessarily have been an insanitarj'
one and has not so far been noticed anywhere at Mohenjo-daro, where the houses
have their own smface drains communicating with the streets where brick-lined
pits or large earthen jars were provided to receive the sewage, which was cleared
by scavengers.

Many of the houses have then own baths, which are readily distinguished
by their neatly paved floors and drains. The most spacious apartment of this
kind is that in house No. XVIII which has a well sunk in one of its corners, from
which water could be drawn from within the room. In the majority of houses,
however, only paved floors are provided for bathing on. Ordinarily the kit-
chens also must have been on the ground floor. That in house VI was filled
with ashes, but the fireplace had disappeared. A well-preserved hearth has
survived in good condition in house No. XXIII ; and a commodious kitchen
combined with a store room came to light in the southern portion of the Vs.
Area. Both chambers are paved with brick and there are a number of conical
basins provided in the floor of the storeroom, as if to hold the pointed bases of
large storage jars. Other rooms around the courtyards doubtless served as
sleeping rooms, etc. All have earthen floors, and comparatively few of them
have windows. The existence of windows or screen ventilators in the upper
portions of walls was attested by fragments of open-work of alabaster (Vs. 2540)
found by Mr. Vats in the Vs. Area. Another feature frequently met with is
the presence of tali, broad niches sunk in the walls. Some of them appear to
have been lined with wooden boards. In some of the houses the women’s
apartments appear to be separate from the men’s. Such are Nos, VI, LIV
and LXVI.

That the rooms were fairly lofty, is evidenced by the holes for beam-ends
that are stiU visible in room No. 49 of house V and rooms Nos. 85 and 86 of
house IX. The use of wooden thresholds in the doorways is indicated by marks
for their' reception in the brickwork of the jambs.

Socket-holes, however, for the door tenons were rarely met with. I found
one fashioned out of a burnt brick in the debris which filled room No. 22 of
house XV in Block 3 and another in situ in the south-west corner of room No. 31
in house No. W in Block 2. No indications are yet forthcoming as to how the
doors were closed and opened as no fastenings or locks have been foimd. It is
possible that, as in Egypt, wooden bolts and holders were employed for this
purpose.

In one essential the houses at Mohenjo-daro differ from those at Ur. Mr.
■^Voolley tells us that at the latter place, some of the houses explored by him had
a private chapel containing a family burial vardt, and that where such separate
rooms were not provided, the dead might be birried under the floor of any room,

EXI’LORATIO^^ — MOHENJO-DAEO. 64

while the rest of the fa mil y contiaued to live in them. Mr. Pumpelly also found
bnrials within dwellings at Anau in Turkestan. No such chapels or burials
have been found in any of the houses at Mohenjo-daro, with the exception,
perhaps, of one single burial brought to light by Mr. Hargreaves in the eastern
section of Hr. Area, which consisted of a skull and certain other bones.^ The
skeletons found in room No. 74 in house V in Block 2 of Section B and those
disclosed by Mr. Vats’s excavations in Vs. Area, are not regular burials, but the
results of accidents or tragedies.

That many of the houses had upper storeys, is patent from the exceptional
thickness of their walls, which would have been unnecessary in single-storeyed
structures, as well as from the fact that in one or two cases, the walls are still
standing several feet above the level of the ground floor cefling. The presence
of brick staircases in most of the houses clearly points to the same conclusion.
Where there are no staircases, wooden ladders must have been used for ascend-
ing to the upper storey, and it must be assumed that access to the various rooms
above was obtained by wooden galleries which have since perished. Such gal-
leries are commonly seen in modern houses in India, and may well have been in
vogue at Mohenjo-daro. It is also a possibility that the upper storey was res-
tricted to the corner rooms or at any rate that it did not extend over the whole
of the ground floor.

As regards construction we observe at Mohenjo-daro the total absence of
the real or voussoir arch ; whatever arches have so far been brought to light
are built on the corbel system. Verandahs and other parts of buildings were
occasionally supported on brick-built pillars and pilasters. No stone pillars have
yet been found at Mohenjo-daro ; the two voluted capitals in this material,
which I found in room No. 49 in House V, may therefore have belonged to
wooden columns. It is also noteworthy that, while in some cases walls have
foundations of hard black burnt nodules, others rest directly on the natural
soil.i

There must have been many kilns for burning brick at Mohenjo-daro. Two
or three large moimds to the south-east of the Hr. Area, which are thickly
strewn over udth nodules of the kind referred to above, may turn out to be
kilns. I found what appears to have been a small pottery furnace in room
No. 17 in house No. VII and recognized another one of the same shape among
the pre\’iously excavated buildings in Ys. Area.

The ancient inliabitants of Mohenjo-daro had a special partiality for wells
and built them admirably. In the Hr. Area alone, I exposed as
many as twenty-one wells. They are, one and all, constructed ndth wedge-
.shapcd bricks and have survived in very good condition. Water was drawn
without the intervention of windlasses or pulleys, as shown by deep grooves
caused in the steaning walls by the friction of ropes. It would be interesting to
find out what kind of curbs are used rmdemeath the steaning. They will most
probably be found to be made of wood.

* Tliia b:irial, however, appears to be of Bomewiiot later date than the occupation of the house.

EXPLOBATIOIS' — ^MOHEKJ ODAKO ,

The portable antiquities recovered from the Hr. Area included some 120
seals and sealings of white steatite, copper, faience and terracotta, copper
tools and weapons such as spearheads, arrow heads, celts and chisels, one or
two well preserved fish-hooks, a mass of copper buttons, copper vessels, many
bangles of the same material, a copper statuette of a dancing girl, many terra-
cotta, faience, etc., figurines, shell ornaments, pottery vessels of different shapes
and sizes, stone weights, etc. It is noteworthy that though wheat has been
found both at Harappa and Mohenjo-daro, no querns or hand-mills . have any-
where been found. Is it possible that it was ground on the currj^ stones which
are abundant %

Room 49 in house V in Block 2, Section B, jdelded some eighteen large-
sized round rings of limestone from the Suldcur quarries. They differ from
those previously found both at Mohenjo-daro and Harappa in that most of
them have grooves cut across their central holes. But for what purpose these
rings were used still remains a mystery. A well preserved slrull of a young female
was found in the same room, but no burials or complete skeletons were found
in the course of my excavations.

The most interesting find of the year rvas, however, a collection of gold,
silver and stone jewellery (Hr. 4212fl)’, which I made in room No. 8 of house
VIII in Block 2. The hoard included a seal (Hr. No. 4212«) bearing a picto-
graphic legend like others found at Mohenjo-daro and Harappa, a copper vase
containing copper celts and chisels and two silver vases which must have been
used for the storage of the jewels. Some of the jewels were still adhering inside
one of them. Both of these vases had been mapped in woven cloth (Plate
XII, a) and I succeeded in separating from them fragments large enough for
examination. Mr. Turner, Director of the Technological Research Laboratory,
■Indian Central Cotton Committee, Bombay, who has examined them, has shorn
them to be true cotton noth the typical convoluted structure which is the pecu-
liar characteristic of that fibre.^

When cotton cloth first came uito use and whether it continued to bo worn
right through to the historic period, is as yet uncertain. The Vedio literature
from the Rigveda do'wn to the Sutra period contains numerous references to
weavers, the art of weaving, the weaver’s shuttle, wearing of clothes lilce tur-
bans, shirts, etc., soiled garments and washermen. But whereas wool (isdmulya)
and silk {tarpya) are mentioned, cotton (Jcarpasa) is unknoum from earl}'’ texts.

Stbeet I.

As indicated above, this must have been one of the main streets of this
ancient city. It is flanlced on both si^es by buildings of special solidity. Two
lanes communicate with it from the west and three or possibly fom’ from the
opposite side. Its northern portion, 145' in length, had been exposed down to
the second level {i.e., to the depth of 173-2' above the mean sea-level) in 1925-
26. The rest of it, making a total length of 470' from the north to the south

* Cj, p, 55 above.

EXPLORATIOJT — ^IIOHENJODAEO.

extremity of the Hr. Area, has now been completely explored to the level of
the thii'd city (1C4’2' above the mean sea-level). My excavations have also
established the continuation of this street across the cart road from Dolcri on to
the Vs, Area. It has thus been traced over a length of some 900 feet, and
future excavations may show it to extend further north. Tlie street is not
paved with brick or concrete anywhere and the only drain brought to light at
the third level is one starting from the south-east corner of house V in Block 2,
which has been traced over a distance of 60' up to the mouth of Lane 2. A
little south of this point another well constructed drain was exposed for a con-
siderable length. It has a slightly diflerent abgnment from the previous one and
slightly higher bed, but both may well belong together. In the second period,
the level of the street had risen by several feet consequent on the rise of
level on the east and west ; its position on this higher level is clearly deter-
mined by two large brick-lined reservoirs connected by a surface channel, 63' in
length. The channel slopes from the northern to the southern pit. There is
no other pit of this land further south, but that at least one other lies buried,
to the north is evidenced by a drain which falls into the northern reservoir
from that direction. The surface drain between the pits, referred to above,
served merely to carry off the surplus overflow water from the northern to the
southern pit ; what happened to it after that, is not yet determined ; nor is it
apparent how the water was cleared from within the pits. Perhaps it was
cleared with buckets and carted away to the fields on the south.

A large number of portable antiquities were recovered from this street.
Tliey included several amulets of copper, with the usual pictographic legend
and animal devices, beads and spear and arrow heads. A large stone ring (Hr.
2868) and a cone of the same material (Hr. 2783) were foimd 2' to 3' below the
sluface and must date from the first or second period. To the same period must
be attributed an interesting terracotta (Hr. 6213) showing a female lying on a
bed with her baby at her breast.

Bloch 1.

This block of buildings is bounded on the east by Street 1 and on the south
by Lane 1. Eemains of four separate dwellings of the second period are trace-
able here, but none of them could be completely explored on account of the
chaulddar’s hut which occupies part of this area. Of house I, three rooms have
BO far been exposed, one of which (No. 3) is paved with a floor of burnt bricks
laid on end, upon another course of bricks laid flat and resting on a layer of
hard broken brick. The adjoining room contains a well which was only cleared
down to a depth of about 9'. 'The dweUing was entered from the east where
a brick platform still exists to give access to the doorw^ay. Several chert flakes

and pottery and ivory objects were found in this house. A necklace spacer of

copper (Hr. 3499) was found in room No. 3.

House jSo. II contained a well-built and well-preserved well surrounded
} a rick floor in room No. 7. The well was completely cleared out, water

being reached at the depth of some 40' below the top of the steening, i.e., at a

EXPLORATION — MOHENJODAEO.

level of 141-9' above the mean sea-level. The objects found in the well included
two bangles of copper, another of faience and a lapis lazuli bead. A small
square channel in the south-east corner of the room conducted waste water
into the drain in the adjacent lane (Lane 1).

House No. Ill, alongside house No. II, is also entered from Lane 1. The
only noteworthy feature about it is a well constructed water chute in the front
wall of room No. 9. Unlilce the three houses noticed above, House IV appears

to date from the first period. It is bounded on the south and west by a thick

wall which has a six inch thick foundation of broken brick, 'but the rest of the
structure has completely vanished.

Block 2.

Block 2 is the largest and most imposing single group of buildings brought

to light last season. It occupies a prominent position with a frontage of some

250' along Street 1, and contains 136 rooms. A small portion of this block
along the east side had been explored by hlr. Hargreaves, when he found in
room No. 74 the human skeletons referred to above. The whole of this block
appears to have been constructed in the third period. Only the middle portion
comprising houses Nos. V and IX in the plan has, however, been more or
less completely cleared to its original level. The rest of the buildings included
in this Block appear to have been remodelled and redivided' into separate
dwellings in the second period. These are Nos. to VIII on the north and
Nos. X to XIV on the south side.

House V . — The limits of this house on the north, west and south sides are
not clearly ascertainable. I have tentatively assigned to it some 35 apartments
including what appears to have been a spacious courtyard (No. 70) with a single
row of smaU-sized rooms on the south and a double row of rooms on the east and
two large rooms (54 and 49) rath several others to the north. The large court-
yard (70) averages 57 feet long by 43 feet wide and was filled with sun-dried
bricks laid in regular courses. This infilling was cut away for several feet, but
as no results of any interest were obtained, further excavation was abandoned.
The exact nature of No. 70 is not yet apparent. The inner faces of its walls
are somewhat roughly constructed, and there is' a row of five brick-built piers
attached to the back wall, each shorter than the one following it. They cannot
have supported a staircase or balcony, for in that case they would not have been
of different lengths. On the west side, this back wall was cleared down to a
depth of some IG' below its top. The walls of rooms 59 and 60 are also standing
• to similar heights and it was in the latter rooms as well as in the southern por-
tion of room 46 that remains of the fourth stratum were brought to light.
The drain running through rooms 82 to 84 to the south of the large courtyard
was laid in the second period. At the end of room 82, the drain turns south
into house X and then falls into the drain of Lane 2.

Room No. 54, which is separated from the big courtyard by a well-preserved
narrow passage, was filled with earth and brick debris, the clearance of which
disclosed a sun-dried brick wall running across the room from west to east.

13 JL

EXPLORATION — MOHENJODARO.

Its average height is three feet and it may have carried' one or two wooden
columns to support the roof above. By the side of the middle and wide portion
of this wall were lying a number of roughly fashioned terracotta cones and a
carrot-shaped pin of the same material.

This room communicated 'with its neighbour (No. 49) by a narrow but tall

entrance with a corbelled head which was bricked up in old days and has

remained closed ever since. The main entrance to room No. 49 was, however,

from the east. This room measures 44' 4" long by 10 to 11 feet mde, none of

the comers being accurate right angles. It was cleared to its original floor
level, which stands at 167-6' above the mean sea level, and its walls are standing
to a lieight of some 17 feet. The level of the ceiling is determined by Imes of
beam holes which occur at the height of 10' 6" above the floor level. The upper
portions of the walls belonged to the second storey and are relieved by deep
broad recesses.'

Many interesting objects were recovered from this room. They included,
as stated above, some eighteen rormd stone rings of large size Hr. (5923-5933,
5936-5942) which were piled up along the north wall at a depth of from 2 to 6
feet below the surtace (Plate XIII, a and SIV, a), i.e., at the level of the upper
storej' which was restored to use in the second period. All are accurately
rounded as if they had been tm-ned on the lathe. Their height varies from
9 to 10 inches. They are all perforated in the middle with holes (diam. 4i"
to 9"), which in some cases were drflled from both sides. These rings differ
from those found in pre-vdous seasons in that some of them have a narrow hole
neatly sunk on either side of the large hole in the centre, while others have
grooves for metal clamps in the top and the bottom, while others again are further
decorated •\wth lines of tiny cupmarks. The. natm-e of these rings still remains
undetermined. By the side of these rmgs were lying two round stone caps
(Hr. 5935 and 5939 ; Plate XIV, a) with rounded tops which were originally
mortised to shafts, thus resembling the socaUed chessmen of different sizes and
materials found both at Dilohenjo-daro and Harappa. Sir John Marshall has
suggested that these chessmen — like figures and pierced rings were intended to
represent the linga and yoni, and this view has found some corroboration from
more naturalistic lingas found by Sir Aurel Stein during his recent expedition
in Baluchistan.

Two or three square stone capitals (Hr. 5934; Plate XIV, a) v-ith spiral
volutes resembling Ionic capitals were also foimd in this room and another in the
room in front of it (No. 50). A miniature bust of a monkey (Hr. 6104) of
white faience, coloured yellow, was also picked up in the south-west corner of
room 49 on the level of the early floor.

The plan of the rooms to the north of room 49 is much complicated by walls
of the Later periods. A little deep digging was, however, sufficient to show that
originally the whole of the space between room 49 and house VI was occupied
b} two commodious rooms separated by a thick partition wall running north
to south. The deep digging refen-ed to was carried out in the southern portion
of room No. 46 and revealed a well-constructed floor, made of bricks laid flat

EXPLORATION — ^MOHENJODAEO.

-;a little above the level of the early floor in room No. 49, but e\fldently coeval
•with it. ' A white steatite seal with the figure of a unicorn (Hr. 3730)
was recovered from this floor and four feet higher up a piece of copper
wire chain (Hr. 3433) consisting of two triangular links passed through each
-other.

Among the other antiquities found in this building (V), special mention
should be made of an interesting seal (Hr. 3006) of white steatite •with the usual
boss at the back. It is 1" square and thick, the obverse being completely
-occupied by a pictographic legend of three lines.

House YI . — This is situated at the junction of Street 1 and Lane 1 and is a
-complete typical example of the dwelling houses of the first and second periods.
The entrance is set near the north-east corner and leads into a rectangular
shaped lobby •with a well in one corner and a staircase in the other. The little
chamber under the staircase is three feet square and pro-vided •with a drain, and,
as hinted in the introductory remarks, may well have served as a lavatory. Its
position near the street entrance is convenient, as the scavenger could do his
work without disturbing the inmates. The rest of the structure is divided into
a northern and a southern portion by a narrow passage running down the middle
of the house and provided with a drain. The southern portion was presimrably
set aside for the residence of the family. Room 29 at the end of the passage
may have been a bath, and Nos. 26 and 27 the public rooms where the owner
received his •visitors. The southern portion contains a courtyard some 14 feet
■square mth a rectangular Idtchen at the east end and a staircase at the back.
The kitchen was littered with ashes, but no fireplace or querns or utensils were
■found in it. A rounded brick door socket projects from the south-west corner
of the kitchen and as there is no such socket on the opposite side of the entrance,
it may be inferred that the door consisted of a single leaf. The staircase which
led up to the -first floor, lies between the rooms 33 and 34. The back portion
was filled up with earth and other debiis and it seems probable that the upper
treads were carried on wooden beams fixed in the walls on both sides. The
remaining five rooms in this portion must have served as • sleeping rooms, store
rooms, etc.

The portable antiquities found in this house included a well-preserved
square white steatite seal (Hr. 3080) which was l 3 dng in the passage (No. 30)
3' below the surface. The obverse is engraved "with a well-executed Brahmani
bull with two lines of pictographs above, but there is no standard or
manger under his head. This device is absent also in other seals of this
class.

House 7II . — The plan of this house is much mixed up with that of its
neighbour on the west (No. VIII), but there are indications to show that rooms
Nos. 3, 4 and 8 should be considered as belonging to the latter. Thus demar-
cated, the arrangement of house No. VII becomes intelligible enough. The
•entrance, which is now much ruined, was from Lane 1 and opened into a court-
yard (No. 17). About the middle of the courtyard my excavations laid bare
■wbat appears to have been a pottery furnace. On plan it resembles the sacri-

EXPLOR ATION—MOHENJOD AEO .

ficial spoon (Sanskrit arglia) (major axis 7' ; minor axis 5') witii a narrow mouth.
13" wide to the south. It is surrounded by a thin wall composed of a single
course of bricks laid lengthudse and is now standing to a height of 3' 6" above
the level of the floor. A little wall curved at the top at the northern end of the
furnace presumably supported the roofj but its form is not ascertainable. The
inner surface of the structure was completely fused by heat and the bottom was
covered with a layer of cinders which Mr. Sana Ullah, the Archseological Che-
mist in India, has examined and pronounced to be “ slag from a kiln.” Near
the mouth of the furnace were lying two or three half-baked betel-leaf shaped
clay tablets such as are frequently found at Mohenjo-daro and Harappa. The
lain must therefore have been used for burning tablets of this kind. The pur-
pose of these tablets has not yet been ascertained. Since this furnace was un-
earthed, I have identified another structure of the same land among the build-
ings explored by Mr. Vats in the Vs. Area. It has the same shape and is of
about the same size.

Room No. 24, at the rear of the courtyard, contains a well built of the usual
wedge-shaped bricks. The house pertains to the second period, but was much
remodelled or rebuilt in the first period. A copper arrow head (Hr. 4632) was
found in this house.

House iVo. Vlll is a commodious structure which contained about a dozen
rooms, and belonged to the second period. The entrance chamber occurs at
the north-east corner, and had a thin screen wall built in the pilaster and panel
fashion for privaej^ behind the doorway which is now bricked up. As in house
No. VI, the staircase is placed in the entrance chamber, which opens on the
west into a spacious courtyard (No. 2) along the north wall of the house. The
rest of the rooms are grouped on the south and west sides of. the courtyard.
Rooms Nos. 10 and 11 are later additions.'

Room No. 8, which is a small chamber, 8 feet by 7 feet internally, yielded
the most important find of the season, vh,, a hoard of jewellery (Hr. 4212a :
Plate XII, a and b), which had been buried under the floor in the centre of the
room and near the south wall.

The find comprised : —

(1) Two silver vases, one on the top of the other, of the same shape, but

one somewhat larger than the other and closed with its lid of the
same material. Both the vases were originally wrapped in cotton
cloth (Plate XII, a).

(2) A copper vase with a pointed base, which contained a celt and chi-

sels of copper.

(3) Pour large but hollow round ear-rings of gold, which must originally

have been filled with shellac, similar to those noticed in some
terracotta figurines found at Mohenjo-daro.

(41 Two discular ear-ornaments of gold with a garland pattern round the
edge, one pin and a tiny disc which belonged to one of the ear-
ornaments.

EXPLOEATION — ^MOHENJODAEO,

Three gold forehead fillets or diadems complete and similar to those
found at Mohenjo-daro in previous years. Fillets of the same kind
were also found in 1926-27 by Mr. Woolley at Ur in Southern
Mesopotamia.*

Thirteen pieces’ of similar fillets.

Two somewhat broader fillets of gold, one of which is complete.
Both of them are perforated along the lower edge with a line of
holes for carrying beads or other kinds of pendants.

Three forehead fillets of a pointed shape. All are complete and
would appear to have been worn by women.

Seven hemispheric hollow hair ornaments (Hindustani phid).

One silver bangle broken in two halves.

Sis small finger rings of silver.

A large collection of beads of gold, silver, faience, semi-precious
stones, mounted in some cases, in gold caps at both ends and
pendants of different materials, which with the help of perforated
spacers and terminals which were found with the beads have been
tentatively made up into ten separate necklaces, five of which are
illustrated in Plate XII, b. These necklaces consist of : —

(a) 282 small but solid beads of gold, 8 six-holed spacers of the same

material and two gold terminals.

(b) Two terminals and one large bead of gold.

silver, three beads of stone tipped with gold rings at both ends,
and four other beads of stone.

(d) 2 beads of gold, 16 of stone, one of the same material capped with

gold at both ends, 16 pendants made of green stone or faience
beads with gold caps, thin discs and loops for suspension.

(e) 26 beads of gold and one other.

(J) A large number of gold, faience and silver beads, too minute to be
easily counted, with spacers and 4 pendants, weighing alto-
gether SO- 59 grammes.

{g) One bead of gold, one of faience, 4 of silver, one of terracotta and
40 of stone.

(h) 2 terminals of gold, 20 flat disc-shaped beads of gold, one long and
38 small round beads of the same material, 3 stone beads with
gold caps at both ends, 2 pendants and 10 stone beads without
gold attachments.

28 stone beads and 2 gold rings,

(j) 38 beads of stone, one of gold and 2 rings of the same material.

The fijid also included a fragmentary seal exhibiting a hon above and an
elephant below and a pictographic inscription, a chert scraper, a piece of a finger
ring of ianlcha and beads of all kinds of materials besides those mentioned above.

( 5 )

( 6 )

(V)

( 8 )

( 9 )

(10)
( 11 )
( 12 )

1 Journal VoU Viit, p. 12 and Plato IX, fig. 3.

EXPLORATION — MOHENJODAEO.

Valuable as all these articles are. the scientific value of the discovery was-'-
further enhanced by the remnants of the cloth in which the vases were originally
wrapped, for, as stated in the introductory remarks, they establish the use of
cotton textiles at Mohenjo-daro 3,000 years B.C.

A large area to the south of the house just described yielded only fragments-
of structures of the first or second period. A hollow silver ring wrapped in
cloth (Hr. 4174), like the vases found in the preceding house, was recovered from
this area.

House 7.Z.— This house Avas originally constructed in the third period and
restored in the second.' The portion of the structure Avhieh was cleared to the
third level during the past season consists of the whole of the thick wall which
bounded the building on the north side, a row of three well preservoa rooms (86,
86 and 87) preceded by an enclosed verandah on the west (Plate XI, b) and a
portion of room 66. The maximum height of the Avails of rooms 85 to 87 is 13
feet and of the beam holes 10' above the floor level. There are no doors bet-
Aveen these rooms, each of which has, hoAvever, an entrance opening in the'
verandah, which in its turn communicated Avith Street 2 by a single door. The
only fragment of the later restoration that has survived is the threshold in the
entrance to room 85 which was laid 7| feet above its predecessor and is an index
of the accumulation that had taken place. The level of the floor of the second
period is further determined by a curious little construction in the middle of
room 85. It consists of a small square pavement bounded on all sides by bricks
laid on edge. A similar structure came to light in room 21 in house XV of
Block 3, but what purpose they served is not apparent.

A noteworthy alteration made during the restoration of this house in the
second period Avas the widening out of Street 2. In the Third period it had a
width of only 4J feet betAveen this house and No. XXIII. When the house AA^as
reconstructed, the plinth of the A'erandah Avas allowed to remain under the-
debris and thus enabled the street to be broadened to 11 feet.”

Many minor antiquities were reclaimed from the debris with Avhich the
three rooms and their verandah were filled. They included several steatite
seals, faience and terracotta objects, copper tools and weapons, painted pot-
sherds, etc. In room 85, 4 feet below the surface was lying a large collection of
shell pieces used for inlay and exhibiting a variety of patterns (Hr. 4066) to-
gether Avith a mass of the Avaste debris. The next room yelded a small steatite
macchead (Hr. 5467), and a terracotta female figurine, holding an uncertain
object in her arms (Hr. 6986). The objects found in the verandah included a
potsherd painted Avith a roAv of geese and the spout of an alabaster vessel. A
AA’hite steatite rhinoceros seal (Hr. 4433) was found in the street.

House X. Buildings Nos. X, XI and XII constitute an imposing line along
Late 2, with high standing walls, tall entrances and a well-graded covered drain

* It 1.1 protarii; that houses IX, X and XIII, and pcrlinp? XI and XII as ivcU originally {i.e. in tho Third Period)
lormcd part of House V. Indeed, it is douhtful if, cron in tho Second Period houses IX, X and XIII arc to bc-
regarded aq oeparatc .qtnicturcq [Ed.].

’ Thu Rai Bahiidur’a inference as to the avidening of this street is questionable [Ed.].

EXPLORATION — MOHENJODARO.

running in front of tliem. All of tliem appear to be reared on the remains of
edifices of the third period, the later floors being several feet above the earlier
ones. The rooms on the east side of No. X were excavated to the early level by
Mr. Hargreaves during the course of the operations of 1925-26. A few others,
including the open court (No. 124), were deepened during my own excavations.
The rooms are of different sizes and remains of three staircases have survived.
In room No. 134, there are two large earthen troughs bedded in the floor, and
a third in the adjoining room (No. 135). By the side of the latter, I found a
quantity of oyster shells and I incline to think that all the three troughs were
meant for dyeing clothes. In the middle of room 135 is what appears to be a
brick-built mortar pit stiU filled with gypsum lime, which may have been used
for plastering the walls, as patches of it are still adhering to the inner walls of
room No. 134. Among the small objects found in Lane 2 was a well-preserved
round steatite seal (Hr. 4393) showing a line of pictographs round the upper
margin and a tiger below it.

House XI. — An entrance, 5' 3" wide, gives access to a rectangular chamber
(117) which was also lighted by a window 3' above the level of the floor. The
adjacent chamber (118) which is also entered from Lane 2 by a narrow corbelled
doorway contains a staircase which led to the upper storey. The chamber (114)
in the middle of the house was probably an open courtyard. The rooms around
it are generally very small but some of them are neatly paved. One of them
was no doubt a bath, as it is provided with a drain to carry off waste water
through the courtyard into the lane on the south side. An entrance at the back
has a threshold of neatly smoothed bricks and gives access to a large open space
(109) on the north. The walls are everywhere standing to a considerable height.

Chamber No. 118 yielded a miniature blue faience jar with pointed base
(Hr. 5024), which may have been a necklace pendant, and a well executed
Brahmani bull seal (Hr. 5028). Another interesting seal (Hr. 4952) showing a
human-headed bull with a long beard and striped shoulders and hind parts came
to light in room 117.

HoU'Se XII. — This is a well-planned dwelling consisting of a rectangular
courtyard (105) preceded by an entrance chamber (104) in the middle with a
row of three rooms on each of the north and south sides. The walls are stand-

ing to a height of some ten feet and are quite plain except for the niches provided
four to five feet above the floor level. The square holes for roof battens in the
north wall of rooms 101 and 102 date from the building of the earlier period,
which lies buried beneath this house. The floors of the rooms appear originally
to have been paved and a small bit of the brick paving has survived in room 107.
On it was ljung a conglomerate mass of copper buttons, necklace teiminals and
spacers, etc., with the conical lid of a copper vase adhering to them (Hr. C1S6).
A large (f«ya-shaped cone of limestone was found in room 106.

House XIII. — The plan of this building is much complicated by later
accretions, and all that can at present be made out is that the chamber 98 was
probably an open courtyard, a part of which on the north side was taken up
by a verandah supported on a free-standing brick pillar and a pOaster on the

EXPLORATION — MOHENJODARO.

west side. Room 91 is a large paved bath of a somewhat later date. The
minor antiquities recovered from this structure included a copper lid (Hr. 3033),
a nicely shaped blue faience vase with narrow mouth and pointed bottom and
adorned with lines of raised pimples or bosses (Hr. 3131 ; ht. 3"), a fragmentary
seal (Hr. 4161) with a figure of a unicorn and two lines of pictographs, a
bird-shaped pottery whistle (Hr. 5980) and a copper spearhead.

Block S.

This block comprises four houses, Nos. XIV to XVII. No. XIV is bounded
on all sides by a massively built wall averaging 3' 9" to 4' in thickness, which
probably belongs to the third period. The eastern portion of the house com-
prising rooms 1 and 12 stands several feet below the level of the rear portion.
Room 1 yielded a copper jar which had been much battered by the weight of
the debris, sixteen bangles of the same material, several seals, chert flakes, stone
weights, etc.

The rooms on the higher level w’ere entered by a doorway from Lane 2 on
the north, and three other entrances at the back, where an additional rectan-
gular area (14) was enclosed at a later date for the convenience of the women*
kind. It is likely that apartments 7 and 8 represent the original courtyard
of the house. The southern portion contains two very narrow but well-built
wells. Among the small objects secured from this building was a plain fore-
head fillet of gold (Hr. 4062 ; length 1' 2|", width I") similar to those found
this year in house VIII, and elsewhere in the previous years’ excavations.

Rouse XV. — This is a fairly large building about 66 feet along each side.
The original structure, however, consisted of only three rooms (17, 18 and 19) ;
the rooms to the east and south and the large court (13) to the north being later
additions. The only entrance to the early rooms appears to have been through
the south wall of room 17. This entrance was, however, bricked up when the
adjoining staircase was built against it. The southern annexe is a compact
suite of small-sized rooms, with an entrance chamber (22) on the east, and an
open court (21) in the middle.

Comparatively few objects of interest were found in this house, but passing
mention may be made of a shell crocodile head (Hr. 4900 ; length 21"), a broken
shell inlay exhibiting a star within a circle (Hr, 5006), and a terracotta sealing
(Hr. 4275) stamped on both faces with a figure of a rhinoceros and pictographs.

Rouse XVI. — The entrance to this house lies at the end of a short alley
which connected Lane 2 with Lane 3, but was blocked up at its southern end
at a later date. The house (Plate XIV, h) contains a large courtyard (35) along
the south wall of the building, with rooms grouped on the remaining, three sides.
The small chamber (34) adjoining the entrance chamber is set apart for a well,
and as the room has doors both on the inside and out, it must have been in-
tended to serve the neighbours as well as the residents of the house. The
adjoining room (33) contains a staircase supported on an L-shaped basement.
No. 32 is a paved bath at a much higher level than the courtyard. The
arrangement of the rooms on the north is not intelligible, especially as the front

EXPLORATION— JIOHENJODARO.

rooms (29 aud 30) have no doors to communicate with those behind them. I
am inclined to think that the latter were originally reached through a narrow
passage along the east wall of room 30 and that court 27 was also left open to
the sky, without which the rooms to the east and west of it would have
remained in pitch darkness.

Eoom 36, at the back of the house, must also have been a bath. It has a
raised floor of neatly dressed bricks and a well constructed drain starts from its
north-east corner and after crossing the courtyard runs through the alley on the
east side of the house until it falls into the drain of Lane 2.

House XVII . — This house stands immediately to the west of No. XVI.
On the north side, it has a rectangular courtyard (39) in which charcoal was
found in abundance, also a broken grindstone, a terracotta quadruped and a
well-preser%'ed co 2 )per celt (Hr. 6056). The rest of the building comprises a
narrow chamber (44), 22 feet Ion" by 6 feet wide, preceded by a small portico
from which a tall narrow slit, only 5 inches wide, looks into the chamber at
the back. There are tw'O rooms of about equal size (42 and 43) to the east of
the middle chambers and a staircase (40 and 45) to the west. The entrance
into room 44 is through room 42, but' 45, which was merely intended to support
the staircase, is naturally closed on all sides. The nature of this structure is
not clear. It cannot be an ordinary dwelling, for if it was so, why could not a
door have been provided direct from the court and moreover what is the signi-
ficance or purpose of the narrow slit referred to ? The staircase is also much
longer than those in the other buildings and suggests an unusually high roof
over the central chamber. It appears to me as if the structure was some sort
of a temple. The priest could alone enter the sanctuary by a side door, the
common people being allowed merely to peep into it through the slit in front.^

No objects which could help to determine the character of the building
were found. Some earlier remains were noticed under the floor level of the
central room.

Bloch 4,

Block 4 includes houses Nos. XVIII to XXII and is bounded on the east
by Street 2 and Lane 2, on the south by Lane 3, on the west by Street 3 and on
the north by Lane 4,

House XVIII . — The largest of these buildings is No. XVIII. It has a
very complicated plan and it was not until the whole of the area occupied by it
had been systematically explored, that its arrangement was clearly under-
stood. It then transpired that it was a single large building of the shape of the
inverted letter L, which consisted of one court on the side of Street 2, a second
and larger court at the back and approached by a raised causeway preceded by
a flight of steps from Street 3, and a third section on the south, to which access
was given by a broad passage from the eastern court. Two flights of steps
went up to the roof from the corner of this passage.

* Tho slit referred to seciUB more likely to have been dcaigned to admit b'ght into room 44. It is directly opposite to
the open court 39. There are other examples of such window elits at Mohenjo-daro. The reasons given by the Rai
Bahadur for regarding this structure na a temple seem to me inadequate. [Ed.]

14 A

EXPIOBATION — MOHENJODAEO.

The eastern portion, which has three doors opening into Street 2 is built
on both sides of a large open court (8), and comprises a small custodian’s room
(9), and a spacious paved bath (10) accompanied by a well behind it on the
south side and a suite of four rooms on the north. Of these, rooms 5 and 6 had
narrow corbelled doors not more than feet wide.

The southern section comprises several rooms, the doors of some of which
have been bricked up. A well-constructed chute drained the water from the
upper storey and fell into a level drain on the west, which has been traced up
to Street 3. At a later date this drain was covered over with a large vaulted
roof part of which has survived in good condition (Plate XIII, 6).

Of the many apartments which surround the rear courtyard, Xo. 14 has a
floor of sun-dried brick in the centre of which is a small depression 1' 10" X
I' S", which was dug down for a couple of feet, but yielded nothing, A well
constructed chute communicating with a large^ corbelled drain in Lane 4 is also
provided for the drainage of the roof on the north side.

The only noteworthy objects found in this house were a Brahmani bull
seal (Hr. 4348), two carnelian beads (Hr. 3624), and a small copper cylinder
closed at one end (Hr. 5650), possibly from the top of a stick.

Nos. XIX to XXII constitute the southern end of the long and continuous
line of shops which border the east edge of Street 3, and which will be described
later on.^

BhchJ). ■

This group of buildings comprises structures Nos. XXIII to XL VII. No. XXIII
which is open on all four sides is a well built and well planned rectangular struc-
ture of the third period, which in the second and first periods was rebuilt on
the original foundations. Several of the rooms on the north and east sides were
cleared to the early level. The entrance was on the east side towards Street 2
probably through room 6, but the outer wall at this point has disappeared.
The doors of most of the other rooms are well preserved and open direct into
the central court (14), except the four corner rooms to which access was gained
through the adjoining chambers. The purpose of the L-shaped daises or
benches in rooms 2, 3, 8 and 11 has yet to be determined.^ The room® with
doors on all sides in the open courtyard in the centre of the house belongs
to the second period and the stair, immediately in front of the entrance of
room 8, to the first.

A unicorn seal of white steatite (Hr. 4356) was found in room 1, 2' below
the surface ; a short-horned bull seal (Hr. 4318) in room 3, at the same depth
and the fragment of a seal (Hr. 5946) and a long narrow lancehead of copper

' I suggest that Uos. SIS to SXII are quartore for retainers belonging to house SVni. Sncli quarters would
be a natural adjunct of so large a house. Had they been shops, we should have expected the larger looms in each
to face towards the street and to ho provided with entrances on that aide. [Ed.]

- They are probably the foundations of staircases descending from the upper storey, as in the senes of bath,
rooms to the north of the Great Tank. [Ed.]

* Whatthe Eai Bahadur takes tohearoom, is I think, clearly the open part of the courtyar<l with a veranfah
around, which was contemporary with the rest of the huilding. [Ed.]

EXPLORATION — JIOHENJODARO.

broken in several pieces (Hr. 5659) in room 10, 4' and 2' below the surface,
respectively.

Home XXIY is built in a very poor style and is too badly destroyed to
allow of its plan being made out. In room 16 is a well and a drain which car-
ried off waste water into the vaulted drain in Lane 4.

Houses ALYF to XXVIII are much ruined structures of the first period
and of no special interest. A well executed terracotta monkey (Hr. 4415)
was foimd in room 26 of house XXVI, 3' below the surface.

House XXIX was a large dwelling with spacious rooms most of which were
excavated to the level of the third period. Portions of several late walls remained
on the tops of those of the early period. Several steatite seals, including one
with a short-horned bull device (Hr. 4387) and another with no animal device
(Hr. 4459), a toe-ring of copper (Hr. 4429) and a terracotta dog with its tongue
hanging out (Hr. 5336) were secured from this building.

Buibhmj XXX, as stated above, appears to have been a iaJiklana or
basement storey for use in summer.^ The upper storey, which no doubt
e.xisted in the third period to which the structure belongs, has completely
perished. The plan is rectangular in shape, some 80' long north to south by
36' to 39' wide and consists of a large room in the middle with smaller chambers
at the north and south ends. There are no doorways of any land in any of the
original rooms: those appearing in the plan belong to a reconstruction of the
second period. The solidly constructed well with a moulded parapet, which
was found in room 57, could not be cleared to the water level. The exact pur-
pose of the tliick wall which was built round the north, east and west sides of
the edifice is not apparent. It may have been added to make the rooms cooler.

An ivory pin with thin ends (Hr. 5765) was found in room 50, 7' below
the surface and a terracotta dog (Hr. 4351) in room 58, 4' below the surface.

House XXXI could not be completely explored and the plan of the portion
actually exposed is much confused by later accretions. A seal engraved with
the figure of a rhinoceros (Hr. 5949) was found in room 62, at the depth of 10'
below the surface and a fragmentary elephant seal (Hr. 4355) in room 64, 2' 5"
below the surface.

Nos. XXXII to XLVII. — The rest of the area in Block 5 is occupied by a
double row of small structures, evidently shops," standing back to back and facing
in opposite directions. These buildings form part of the Bazar which lined
Street 3 on both sides (Plate XIV, c). Most of them consist only of a single
room in front with one or two smaller chambers at the back. A few of them
have also a narrow passage, which may have been left open to the sky at one
end, and occasionally an additional room or two as well. The room fronting
the street in each shop would presumably be used for the display of the wares

1 What tins excavator takes to have been the lower storey of building XXX, is, I am convinced, its founda-
tions, which in the large chamber 55 were filled in solid with snndried brick up to gronnii level. [Ed.]

” It is quite possible that these were shops. On the other hand, their lemarkablo uniformity suggests that they
were tenements for servants or others attached to the building XXX, which is of ira exceptional character and may
have been a temple. [Ed.]

EXPLOEATION" — ^MOHBNJODABO.

where sat the shopkeeper to ply his trade. In one of the shops. No. LXII, on
the opposite side of the street, I found in position a large pot fixed in the floor
right in front of the entrance. Several of the shops contain small bathing floors
with escape-holes for the water and masonry pits, or earthen jars bedded m front
of them in the street. No. XLIII would appear to have been a public drinking
place (Hindustani pia«). It contains a w'ell surrounded by a brick pave-
ment which was littered with broken earthen bowls with pointed vases.
The brick-lined pit in front of the well room was also filled with similar
vessels.

These shops yielded many portable antiquities: No. XXXII a copper
spearhead (Hr. 5659), and No. XXXIH a yellow Jaisalmer stone handle (Hr.
5655) of a chisel or knife, in which pieces of the copper tang of the tool still
remain. A fragment of a square white steatite seal (Hr. 5676) which con-
tained three lines of plctographs was found in No. XXXVII, anS eleven star-
shaped beads of faience (Hr. 4482) in room 89 of No. XXX VHI, 6' below the
surface. In No. XXXIX were five seals, one of which — a tablet of copper (Hr.
4573) engraved with a figure of a bull — was found 3' below the surface, and an-
other with that of a rhinoceros (Hr. 5635) in room 91, 4' below the surface,
A well-executed tiny squirrel of blue faience (Hr. 4534) Avas also found in this
building, 3' below the surface as well as a seated terracotta male figure (Hr,
5606) holding a terracotta cone between his arms, upon his knees. No. XLII
yielded, 4' below the surface, one (Hr. 6804) of the largest seals found at Mohen-
jo-daro or Harappa. It is 2'7" square, by -8" thick and contains, besides the
'unicorn and pictographs on the obverse, a similar sign cut on the pierced boss
at the back. A faience imitation of a conch shell (Hr. 5202) was lying in room
112 of No. XLVI, 6' below the surface.

Bloch 6.

Across Street 3, at the north-west corner of Section B of Hr. Area stood a
solitary structure No. XLVIII, which from its large dimensions and massive
construction must have been a specially important building. The northern
portion of the edifice had been washed away by rainwater and what remains
could not, for want of time, be completely explored. Enough, however,
has been brought to light to show that the plan was a square of over 75'
along each side, with a spacious court in the centre. The structure obviously
belongs to the third period, but its interior was largely remodelled in the first
period, to whieh no doubt the large paved chamber or corridor along the entire
south side belongs. The outer wall on this side is quite plain except for three
niches of varying dimensions at its western extremity.

A svastiha sealing of. yellow faience was found in this building as well as
tAvo or three others Avith the unicorn device.

The area immediately to the east of the house XLVIII yielded several
objects of interest. One of these is a well preserved seal bearing a figure
of a unicorn (Hr. 5311) which was found 4' below the surface. This seal
differs from others of this kind in that the animal here faces in the direction opposite

EXPLOKATION— MOEENJODAEO.

to that in -which he generally appears in other seals. The place of the
standard or trough^ is also in this specimen taken by -what looks like a pahn
tree or vase -with palmettes. Another seal -with the buffalo device (Hr.
5225) came to light close by, but 3' below the surface. A third object found
in this area was the bust of a terracotta female figurine (Hr. 5312) -with
the hair coiled in a broad knot upon the crown.

Blocl: 7.

Block 7 embraces the area to the south of the Block 6, bounded on the
east by Street 3 and on the south bj’- Lane 9, and comprises houses Nos. NTJN
to LV. All these houses belong to the second period, except No. L -which
belongs to the third period. A large area to the south of Block 6 was devoid
of structural remains save for a long thin wall along Street 3, presumably the
enclosure wall of a building of the first period, which has perished, and portions
of two or three rooms adjoiaing the south exterior waU of Block 6. In one
of these rooms, 2' below the surface, lay a collection of pottery vessels (Hr.
4597 — 4600) including several large cliatis, lids and small beakers. They were
all filled -with earth and debris and yielded no objects of interest. The same
area also produced a fragment of a white steatite seal (Hr. 4629), on which
only one or two pictographs, the horns of the unicorn and a part of the usual
standards remain. There is also a pictograph on each of the edges.

House No. XLIX has come down in a very fragmentary condition.- Room
1 contains a well surrounded by a brick pa-ring. The adjoining room 2, which
appears to have had a doorway on the north side, is interesting on account
of two well constructed privies (Plate XIV, d) to which a reference has been
made above. The square paved floors in front of the pri-ries, which were
no doubt used for ablutions, were drained by channels in the back wall, which
connect -with a well-constructed drain in the lane to the south of this house.
A well-built drain belonging to the first period has survived at a higher level
in the western portion of this lane. The only objects found in House No. XT.TX
were a perforated pottery jar or strainer (Hr. 5850) and two miniature vases
of the same material which were found 6' below the surface.

No. L, which consists of four chambers enclosed -with massive walls -with-
out any land of doorways and filled in with sun-dried brick laid in regular
courses, appears to be the basement of some structure of which no trace is
now left.® There is a narrow passage along the south side of the structure
and another narrow chamber (11 and 12), which was originally fitted -with
two doorways, extends from the north end towards the east.

The alley to the west of the house yielded, at a depth of 4' below
the surface, a conch object (Hr. 5920) shaped like a bow (chord 3f") which
was originally cut -with 5 shallow holes, four of which remain. A similar

1 This Bo-called “ etaridard ” or “ trough,” I tahe to he an incenEe-humer [Ed.J

• It iB not unlihely that XLIX and XLVlll ate parts of one and the same edifice— possibly a palace. [Ed.]

> The oonstruotion— and to some ecrtent the plan also — of this building suggeBts a comparison vrith budding
XXX described above. [Ed.]

BXPIiORAIIOir — MOHEKJODAEO.

object but with the holes running through it was found at Harappa, but its
purpose cannot yet be ascertained. At the same spot and at the same depth
were found a copper lance-head (Hr. 5469) of which the tang and part of the
blade are broken off, and a well preserved square boss seal (Hr. 6992) with a
line of piotographs above and a well executed rhinoceros with his head bent
over a trough in the lower field. The lines of punctured dots upon 'the shoulder
and the hips of the animal are meant to indicate the hair.

The area to the north-west of No. L, across the lane, was occupied by a
house, of which only one or two rooms were unearthed last season. One of
these (6) contains a well and yielded at the depth of 4' below thfe surface a
fragmentary white steatite seal with a figure of a unicorn (Hr. 5607).

No. LI is a large building with 2 doorways on the east side opening into
Street 3. The southern portion has a large open court (18) with rooms on
all four sides, some with entrances, others without them. Between roomi 16
and court 18, there is in the thickness of the east wall a well-built chute which
emptied itself into a brick cesspool outside the house. The northern
portion of the building is much ruined, but room 14 appears to have
been open to the sky. No antiquities of special interest were found in this
building.

No. Lll was apparently a shop. It consists of an oblong room (28)
with a smaller one (27) communicating with it on the north. The entrance
is set near the southern end of the front wall of the former room and is pre-
ceded by a low brick platform on the outside. Immediately above this house.
Street 3 is crossed by a curved thin brick wall, intended, apparently, to close
the street.

No. Lin, which adjoins No. LII on the west side, has an entrance chamber
(29) opening into Lane 9, an open court (30) in the middle and another room (31)
at the back. Noteworthy features are a staircase with the usual low chamber
beneath it in the corner of the lobby, two deep niches in the southern wall
of the courtyard, and broken corners of the threshold to the main entrance,
indicating the former existence of a door frame. At the depth of 4' below
the surface in room 30 there were found an ivory bar (length 2-g" ; Hr. 6615)
engraved with a number of piotographs and a spear head of copper (Hr. 5614).

No. LIY. — The house next door is a large dwelling with an open court
along the back or north waU, which originally communicated with No.. LHI
by a doorway now. blocked up.^ There are 7 rooms of different sizes grouped
on the south and west of the courtyard. Out of these, room 37 is the lobby
with a wide doorway preceded by a low platform on the south side., The
western portion of this room is occupied by a bath paved with dressed bricks
and provided with a drain which empties itself into a broad-mouthed potterj'
jar buried in a masonry pit in the lane outside. Close to this in the thick-
ness of the exterior waU of the house is a broad chute with a cesspool at the
base. The smaU chamber (34) beneath the staircase was entered through

'It is protablo that LHI and LIV originally formed ono house. [Ed.]

EXPLOEATION — MOHENJODARO.

rooms 36 and 35 and could only have been used as a store. A square white
steatite seal (Hr. 4986) was found in room 33, 2' 8" below the surface. Part
of the legend, the head of the unicorn and both the standards are broken off.

Lane 9 referred to above, originally led on to house No. LV and con-
nected with the alley which lay to the west of buildings Nos. L and LV. It
was, however, closed at its west end by a well built flight of steps to give access
to the roof of the latter building.

No. LV. —This was originally a small dwelling and was found in such
a dilapidated condition that it was not possible to make out its plan. Room 40
appears to have been a bath and has a well-preserved paving consisting of
a single course of burnt bricks laid flat upon a substratum of alternating
rows of burnt and sun-dried bricks. Such construction has not been noticed
in any other budding on the site. The chief interest of this building lies in
a number of valuable antiquities yielded by it, the most remarkable among
them being a bronze statuette of a naked dancing girl (Hr. 572] ; Plate XII,
c and d) cast in the round. It is in perfect preservation except for the feet,
which are broken off. The existing height is 4j" and the figure is charac-
terized by coarse negroid features but- not devoid of a peculiar primitive vigour.
The hair is gathered in a large mass near the right ear, the left leg bent forward
and the right hand placed on the right hip. The left arm, which hangs
down, is covered with bangles from the shoulder to the wrist and explains
why so large a number of ornaments of this class in copper, conch, faience
and terracotta have been found both at Mohenjo-daro and Harappa.

The southern room also yielded two other antiquities (Hr. 5725), viz,, a
copper spoon with a tubular handle (length 4^" ; width 2") and an instrument
of the same material consisting of a rectangular blade with a narrow tang
(length 1|"; width -|").

Four other objects unearthed in this house deserve mention, viz., three
seals and a well executed copper statuette of an elephant in the round (Hr.
4363 ; length Ij", ht. |") which was lying 4' below the surface. A part of
the animal’s trunk and the feet are missing. As usual, the figure was cast
in two halves and the ridge at the joint still survives. One of the seals is
a square tablet of black steatite with the unicorn device (Hr. 5629), which
was found 3' below the surface. The legend consists of two lines of picto-
graphs, of which the second or lower line contains only one sign, viz., the
double-key shaped symbol which is so frequently met with both at the begin-
ning and the end of these inscriptions. This circumstance is interesting as
it will help in’ determining the direction in which such inscriptions were written,
i.e., presumably the left to right direction. The next seal (Hr. 5516), foimd 2'
below the surface in room 42, has also the same animal device and a
two line legend. The third seal (Hr. 4364) was also found at the same spot
but 3' 6" below the surface. The material is white steatite and the device
a short-horned bull. The seal had been anciently repaired with a narrow
slice neatly glued to the top with bitumen. This slice was not found and
the tops of the pic to graphs are missing.

EXPLOEATION — ^MOHENJODARO.

Bhcli S.

Block 8 includes nine structures, Kos. LVI to LXIV, of wkick Nos, LXI,
LXII, and LXIII and the front portion of No. LYI, all facing Street 3, must
have been shops. The rest of the buildings are dwellings.

No. LYI. — This building stands at the junction of Street 3 and Lane 9
and has a frontage of 37'. I have included rooms 1 to 9 in this structure,
but it is not impossible that the three rooms 6, 7 and 8, with a doorway-
opening into Street 3, was a separate structure, presumably a shop and
belonging to the same person as the rest of the building. Eoom 8 yielded a
fragmentaiy copper tablet (Hr. 6058) which was lying at a depth of some 6'
below the surface.

The remaining portion of the building must have been used for residential
purposes. It has two doorways, one preceded by a high doorstep towards
Street 3 and another opening into the courtyard (2) from Lane 9, Room 1
in the north-east corner was a bath, but why the doorway in front of it was
bricked up, is not apparent. A large-sized white steatite seal, measuring 2"
square and 9/10" thick (Hr. 4601), was found in room 3, 3' below the surface.
The legend consists of a single line of pictographs and the unicorn, as is generally
the case, faces left. A copper amulet (Hr. 4615) was also found at the same
spot.

No. LYII is situated at the end of Lane 9, opposite to No. LIV. A
narrow alley branches away from Lane 9 to the east of this house. A feature
of this structure is two windows opening into Lane 9, and a third one on
the east side. They are four to five feet above the level of the lanes. A
well preserved steatite seal with the unicorn device (Hr. 4868) was found in
room 10, S' below the surface and two others of the same type (Hr. 5310 and
4872), SV below the surface in room 13 to the south of this house, which
might originally have formed part of it.

No. LYIII is a tiny house with two paved baths (16 and 18) with proper
arrangements for drainage into a narrow lane on the east side. A copper
amulet (Hr. 4799) was found in roqm iS/4' below the surface.

No. LIX. — Of this house, only one large room (20) was unearthed. It
has one doorway on the east, two on the west and a fourth one on the south
side. A piece of a copper wire chain (Hr. 4410) was found in this room,
at the depth of 2' below the surface. It consists of two complete . links and
part of a third.

No. LX could not be completely explored. The rooms actually unearthed
were filled with sun-dried brick like No. L. The southern wall has a
chute with a flat bottom instead of a sloping one as is ordinarily the case at
Mohenjo-daro.

Nos. LXI, LXII and I, XIII, as stated above, appear to have been shops.
No. LXI belonged to a coppersmith as in two of its rooms (31,32) I found
several lumps . of unreflned copper and pieces of pottery crucibles. Eoom 30
yielded a necklace spacer, two beads (Hr, 4803) and eight fragments of bangles
(4804), all of faience, at the depth of 4' below the surface. A button-shaped

EXPLOHATION— MOHENJODAHO.

ear-ornament of the same material and adorned with a lozenge-shaped pattern
enclosed by a circle (Hr. 5549), and a copper seal (Hr. 5549) were found in
room 31, at the same depth.

Nos. LXII-LXni. — ^In the latter house, room 39 appears to have served both
as entrance chamber and shop ; for, immediately behind the doorway, I found
bedded in the floor a large pottery jar which must have been meant for storage
of provisions for sale. In modem villages petty shop-keepers frequently set
apart one of the front rooms of their houses for their business, though now-a-
days a separate doorway is always provided for the entry of women folk into
the residential portion of the house. The rooms of the house LXII opened
into the middle room 36, which must have been open to the sky. Three
Zfiz^a-shaped cones fashioned out of the nuclei of conch shells, each about 2"
high (Hr. 5539), were found in the last-mentioned room, 3' below the surface ;
and a seal of white steatite depicting a figure of a unicorn (Hr. 4436) in room
32, 1' below the surface.

No objects of any interest were fotmd in No. LXIII.

No. LXIY . — To judge from its southern exterior wall, this must have
been a large and well built house ; but it is much ruined and complicated
by later additions and its plan is not clear. It was entered from Lane 10 by
one or possibly two entrances, both of which are now bricked up. Two
white steatite seals with unicorn device (Hr. 5666 and 5699) and a miniature
ivory bar, square below and circular above (Hr. 5715), were found in room 43,
6 to 6 feet below the surface.

Lane 10, which takes away from Street 3 at this point, is only 2^' wide
at the mouth, widens to 6' in front of house No. LXIV and to 16' where it
turns south. At this comer a well built stair-case ascends to a raised area
which has not yet been explored. As usual, all the treads are steep but
finished in this case with a course of bricks laid on edge. The western section
of this lane was choked with white ashes and a patch of fused bricks in the
wall to the west indicated the exposure of this area to a fierce conflagration
which also destroyed house No. LXVI on the east side. It will be interesting
to follow this lane up further south. A well executed nude terracotta figure
representing a man standing with both arms hanging down (Hr. 5368 : ht. 5f")
was found in this lane. The right hand and the lower legs are broken ofi.
The hair is treated in a high doubled tuft supported with a band. The
figure was painted red and traces of the colour still remain.

Block 9.

The two houses, LXV and LXVI, included in this group, stand at the
southern end of Street 3 which appears to extend further south. Originally,
they were one house and their disposition, one in front of the other, suggests
a division between two branches of the same family, when the doorway between
rooms 1 and 6 was bricked up and a thin wall carried against it further to
prevent all ingress from that direction. Thus partitioned. No. LXV com-
prises only three rooms on the ground floor, of which room 2 must have been

15 A

EXPLOKATION — MOHENJODAEO.

left open to light up those on the sides. The southern room (3) would be
the public room with a separate doorway of its own, and the northern portion
with a thin screen wall near the entrance reserved for the family. Two
fragments of a faience bangle (Hr. 5759) and a pierced finial-shaped object of
ivory (Hr. 5409 ; lit. S-l"), decorated with wavy lines separated by plain bands,
were found in the court-yard (2), 3' and 4' 6" below the surface. A similar
object was found in 1925-26 in the Vs. area (Vs. 2651).

No. iZFJ.— This house is somewhat larger in size than No. LXV, but

its frontage along Street 3, is just wide enough for the doorway. The entrance
chamber (4) was filled with debris in which charcoal predominated, due no
doubt to the fire referred to in connection with Lane 10. A large stone cone
resembling a Unga (Hr. 6088) was found lying against the north wall.

The inner arrangement of the house is very clear. The southern portion
is occupied by twm small apartments (12 and 13) with short corbelled openings
in their walls and doorways opening upon' a narrow passage on the north

side. The latter contains a stair-case which led up to the top of the house.
The small apartments referred to may have been private shrines. The northern
section of the structure consists of an open court (6) with four rooms to its
south and west. All these rooms including the courtyard (6) have broad
niches in their walls.

A faience bead (Hr. 5403) was found in the courtyard (6) and a chert
nucleus (Hr. 6895), a copper antimony rod broken in two pieces (Hr. 5896)

and a fragmentary carnelian bead (Hr. 5897) in room 7, 10' below the surface.

Sectiok a.

My operations in Section A on the east side of Street 1, embraced a narrow
strip, 30' to 40' in mdth along this street, which had either been left
untouched by Mr. Hargreaves or only imperfectly explored. In the area en-
closed on the north and east by Headman’s Lane, I unearthed some 28 rooms,
which I have designated Block 4 and divided tentatively into six houses (X to
XV), Blocks 1 to 3 comprising houses I to IX having been explored in 1925-26.
The newly excavated structures belong, hire those on the west side of Street I

to the same three periods, but have suffered from denudation due to the rush

of rainwater into the street and from later additions rendering their inner
arrangement somewhat unintelligible.

No. X is built in a very poor style and comprises five rooms (1 to 5),

of which room 4 has a doorway opening into Street I while there is a second

entrance from Headman’s Lane into room 3. The latter is now blocked up.
Hoorn 5 is represented by a solid burnt brick platform 15' X 32', the exact
purpose of which could not be made out.

No. XI. — ^This structure contains six or seven rooms, of which the three
small ones at the back and facing Headman’s Lane might have been shops.
The main entrance opened into room 6 from Street I. The small narrow
chamber at the south-west corner of room 6 was presumably a bath, and has
a 'drain leading into the southern sewage pit in Street I.

EXPIORATION- — ^MOHENJODAEO.

No. XII. — The plan of this house has not been clearly made out. What
we have here are two rooms (12 and 13) standing one in front of the other
with what may have been an open court (11) on thfe north, a narrow passage
to the east and two rooms (15 and 16) on the south. Room 11 was paved
with crude bricks. The back or eastern portion of the building was remodel-
led in the first period and the little paved bath (14) at the south-east comer
several feet above the ordinary level of the structure must be part of this
restoration.

No. XIII. — The front portion of this house (room 18), measuring 31' X
20' 6", was paved with sun-dried brick and yielded a large variety of objects
including a pictographic seal (Hr. 3689), beads of faience (Hr.. 3695), two
pottery Hds (Hr. 3696), a fragmentary terracotta female figurine (Hr. 3690)
holding a dish containing cakes or flowers between her hands, all 10' below
the surface ; a pottery rattle (Hr. 3576), a curry stone (Hr. 3586), a faience
chessman (Hr. 3575), fragments of shell bangles (Hr. 3689), 3' below the sur-
face ; and chert Imives (Hr. 3634) 6' below the surface.

No. XIV is a large room (20) paved with sun-dried brick with a narrow
stair-case at the back.

No. XV could not be completely excavated. As in house No. XIV
opposite it on the west side of Street I, the back portion (21) of this building
appears to have been constructed on a higher level. This room is irregularly
shaped and is about 24' along each side. Two chert knives (Hr. 4837), two
pottery wheels (Hr. 4843), a Icauri shell and other objects were found in this
room 5' below the surface, and a pottery prism (Hr. 3766) with pictographic
legends on all three sides in room 22, 10' below the surface.

Several other antiquities were found in this area. A well preserved fishing
hook of copper (Hr. 3312) came to light 3' below the surface in room 53 in

house V, which had been partially explored in 1925-26. The same room also

yielded a pictographic seal (Hr. 3277), 4' below the surface and a carnelian
bead (Hr. 3255, length 21"), and a copper antimony stick, etc. (Hr. 3240). 2^'
below the surface.

Vs. AREA.

The excavations carried out in this area in the preceding years have been
described in the Annual Reports for those years. My own operations of the
past year comprised an area of some 200' from east to west by some 100'

from north to south, on the south side of this mound. My original purpose

in undertaking work here was merely to ascertain if the broad street, which
had been found to cross the whole of the Hr. Area from south to north, would
be foimd to continue northward to this ' area. A little digging was enough
to bring to light a broad street with its solid walls aligning accurately with
those of the street referred to and the excavation on both sides of it followed
almost as a matter of course. A length of some 130 feet of the street was
thus unearthed on the Vs. area. Beyond this point, it was not possible to
expose the whole of its mdth, but narrow trial trenches along its east wall

EXPiORATION— MOHENJODAEO.

supplied definite indications of its continuance northward. The long depres-
sion between Areas Hr. and Vs. obviously marks the position of a wide cross
street running from east • to west. The plan of the excavations on this area
was brought up to date. The portion of this mound to the west of the broad
street has been named Section A and that to the east Section B. All the
buildings exposed in this area have also been renumbered consecutively from
south northwards. The same arrangement is adopted in the account that
follows.

Section A.

Bloch I.

This block comprises some 62 rooms including a few, partially excavated
by llr. Vats in 1925-26. The distribution of rooms Nos. 1 to 26 between
houses II to V has been a matter of some difficult}' ; the division adopted
however, is the most plausible that can be suggested.

iVo. I . — This appears to have been a large building and the portion exposed
is some 144' long from east to west, and comprises some nineteen rooms (27 — 46)
a few of which are of considerable dimensions. The outer east wall is 4' 8"
and the north wall 3' 10" thick. The building faced towards the south on
to a broad street, which, I believe, will be foimd when the gulley between
Areas Hr. and Vs. comes in for exploration. The southern section of the
house has either perished or remains to be uncovered. To judge from the
elevation of the thresholds in this building (166’5' above mean sea-level), which
closely approximates to that of the houses of the third period in the Hr. Area,
the building under description should be assigned to the same age.

Koom 37, which like a few others adjoining it could not be cleared to
its original floor level, yielded a large and interesting collection of pottery
vessels, etc, (Vs. 3622 to 3662), at the depth of 6' below the surface. The
largest of these vessels is a beautiful vase (Vs. 3638 ; ht. 2' 3", diameter at
the shoulder 1' 5V'), in perfect preservation and similar in shape and material
to Vs. 1080 excavated in this area in 1925-26. Other specimens in this collec-
tion mcluded two bottle-shaped vessels with red slip (Vs. 3842), two fragments
of flat dishes with low rims (Vs. 3639), a large bowl blackened round the
upper edge (Vs. 3649), a pot-bellied terracotta figurine (Vs. 3633 ; ht. 3") and
tablets. The same room also yielded a curious barrel-shapped hollow object
pierced with a small hole at one end but closed at the other (Vs. 3612; length
Si", diam. 3^"), made of very sandy clay and presumably meant for a floating
toy or a flesh rubber ; a small quantity of charred date seeds, chert knives,
etc. A lump of mica (Vs. 3628) was found 7' below the surface in room 30 ;
an oblong copper seal (Vs. 3504) at the same level in room 28, and a terracotta
tablet (\s. 3613) with the rhinoceros and pictographs on each face in room 30,
nine feet below the surface. A few other seals were also found in this house.
Three ivory dice with various devices (Vs. 3688-89 and 3691) were found in
room 36, 3' below the surface and a copper hook fVs, 3698) in room 44, V
beiorr the surface.

EXPLORATIOir — MOHENJODARO.

No. 11 . — ^Houses Nos. 11 to V would appear originally to liave all belonged
to one and the same liouse which was partitioned off, as shoum in the plan,
in the second or first period. The door sills of these structures are some
11' higher than those in house I. No. II has in its middle a large oblong
chamber (23) communicating with a large room (2) on the north and another
(2o) on the south. The main entrance was from Street I into room 23 and
a flight of steps has survived in front of it. All these rooms were neatly
paved with brick on edge and the paving is in perfect preservation in room 23,
which is also provided with five conical shaped basins Lined with wedge-shaped
bricks, apparently meant to hold the pointed bases of large storage jars. In
the south-east corner of this room is what might prove to be a very narrow
well. A stair-case led up to the top of the house from room 25, and a small
narrow chamber (21) behind it, which was covered with charcoal and ashes,
may have been a kitchen. The upper part of a seal with a line of pictographs
(Vs. 3359) was found in room 22, 4' 6" below the surface and a short-horned
bull seal (Vs. 3503) in room 23, 6' below the surface.

No. Ill contains only two rooms, of which the one in front (1) was paved
with burnt brick. A chute in the thickness of the east wall discharged itself
into a rectangular cess-pool in Street I. A square boss seal of white steatite
with the unicorn device (Vs. 3391) and an ivory cube (Vs. 3392) were recovered
from room 4, 5' below the surface and a copper spear-head (Vs. 3322) from
room 1, 4' below the surface.

No. IV. — The greater part of this structure was excavated in 1925-26 and
yielded no objects of interest. In the inner walls of room 7 are five niches,
and seven in those of room 8.

No. V. — Sandwiched between Nos. I and IV, No, V comprises eleven rooms
(9 to 19) and was presumably entered from the narrow lane on the west.
Room 10 was an open court and the area represented by rooms 18 and 19
was also possibly left open to the sky. None of the rooms are paved except
15 which has also a covered drain along its west inner wall and would appear
to have been a bath. In the middle of this room was a large pottery jar
(Vs. 3454), buried 2' 3" in the floor. Its upper portion, which projected above
the floor, is broken off. It contained six pottery bowls with pointed bases,

another bowl similar in shape to the silver bowl discovered by Mr. Hargrea%’’es
at Nal and an oblong pictographic seal with its back cut away. A reel-

shaped bead of faience (Vs. 3474) was found in room 10.

No. VI was presumably open on three sides and the entrances on the

north and east sides are well preserved. Part of room 52 served as a court-
yard ;. other rooms are commodious and airy. The niche in the north wall
of room 46 is 1' 8" deep.

Room 50 yielded a square steatite boss seal with the unicorn device
(Vs. 3594) and two fragmentary faience bangles (Vs. 3603), all of which were
lying 5' below the surface.

No. VII is built in a very poor style and could not be completely ex-
cavated. It has an outer court on the north and another one within (55).

EXPLORATION — ^ISIOHENJODARO.

The latter originally opened into a wide lane on the east, which was converted
into a room (53) at a later date. The area at the back of the structure is
occupied by a double row of very small cells, the exact purpose of which could
not be made out. A tiny stone weight (Vs. 3664) was recovered from room 62,
4' below the surface.

Section B.

Block 1.

In the area to the east of Street I, two or three structures were excavated,
and Lane 1, the western section of which had been unearthed in 1925-26, was
followed up for a considerable distance beyond Street 1 towards the east.'
A deep covered drain runs through this lane.

No. I . — ^Houses Nos. I and II originally belonged to one and the same
building which was entered from the main street. The southern portion of
No. I was much denuded by the rain water running down the mound into the
guUey on the south. Eooms 9 and 10 were paved with brick on edge like

the rooms 23 and 24 in house II on the west side of the street, but only frag-

ments of the paving have survived. A brick door-socket (Vs. 3400) was found
in room 11, 4' below the surface, and a terracotta wheel (Vs. 3564) a foot
lower down. Boom 15 yielded a copper seal (Vs. 3600) in two pieces, 3'

below the surface and the painted neck of a vase (Vs. 3502), 4' below the
surface.

A considerable area to the east of Nos. I and II was partially ‘explored,
but the structures here were badly ruined. Boom 12 yielded a terracotta

female figurine (Vs. 3401) 'with a bowl-shaped adjunct on either side of the
head, a dog (Vs. 3441) of the same material and a miniature solid vase (Vs. 3455)
with bulbous body, ht. 2", 4' to 5' below the surface.

Block 2. ,

In the area to the north of Lane I only" one small structure {No. I) was
excavated. It originally consisted of a large room paved with rubbed bricks
in front and two smaller ones (2 and 3) at the back. The front room was in
the first period divided off into three rooms (1, 4 and 5) by means of walls
founded right upon the paved floor. Boom 2 contains a well and a bath
built four feet above the level of the floor in the front room. A corbelled
window in the south wall of room 1 deserves mention.

A neatly cut brick door socket (Vs. 3423) was found in room 2, 5' below
the surface and a fragmentary shell bangle, a chert knife and a ■ mother of
pearl (Vs. 3426) S' below the surface. A steatite seal (Vs. 3350) with its
legend and animal device badly scratched was also found in this room 4'
below the surface, and a cubical stone weight (Vs. 3493), another weight of
a smaller size and a fragmentary ivory rod (Vs. 3495), 5' below the surface
in room 3.

EXPLORATION — ^MOEENJODARO.

“L”AREA.

By Mr. Ei'tiest Mackay.

The mound designated by the letter “ L ” is situated to the south of
the large group of buildings on the southern slope of the stupa mound, from
which it is separated by a distance of 92 feet.

The highest portion of the mound, which is 190 ft, above mean sea-level,
is at its extreme south, and the southern and eastern slopes are very steep-
On the west the declivity is slighter and on the north quite gradual.

The excavation of the mound was commenced at its southern end in
January, 1927, and was carried gradually northwards. The mound has not
yet been entirely cleared, but enough has been done to show its nature. The
remains found in it prove that this area was an important one.

As in all the other mounds at Mohenjo-daro, three distinct periods have
been traced belonging to the Indus Valley civilization ; and there is good
reason to think that other and earlier buildings lie beneath those that have
already been wholly or partially cleared. The latest period is only repre-
sented in the highest part of the mound and the buildings of this date are ia
a bad state of preservation ; in most cases only the foundations of the walls
and scattered portions of pavement remain. As these have not yet been
removed to examine what lies beneath, the plan of the mound necessarily
appears somewhat complicated on Plate XV. Por convenience in description
“ L ” mound is divided into sections denoted by large letters. And these
sections again are divided into blocks, which roughly coincide with groups,
of houses, numlierfed with large figures. Small Arabic numerals are used for
the rooms, etc.

Section A.

Starting at the south of the mound I will begin my description of the
buildings with Section A, which has been divided up into three blocks. Nos. 6,
7 and 8.

Block 6 is small, and is bounded on the west by a Avail of the third period
which, it is probable, was added to in the second period, though there is nothing-
actually left of the masonry of that date. At any rate, it was made use of
during the second period in the construction of a series of small chambers.
Nos. 114, 115 and 116, whose purpose it is impossible to determine. There
is no sign of any of these rooms having been paved, and it must be concluded
that they had earthen floors. The debris inside the chambers contained jars,
cones, model animals and one sling-ball, all of pottery.

Block 7 is of large size and quite well defined. It is bounded on the
east by an early wall and a late wall, end to end, in exact alignment. That
the southern and late portion is a copy of the earlier section of the wall is
shoAvn by the shallow buttresses — an unusual feature of the walling of any
period at Mohenjo-daro.

It will be noticed that block 7 is more or less compact, though a grea
deal of the early Avallmg is now concealed beneath additions of intermediate

EXPLOEATIOX — MOHENJODAEO.

and late date. No definite indications have yet been found of its original
entrance, though the probability is that this was placed at the south in the
plot marked 117.

The block of masonry of intermediate date, a little to the north of 117,
seems to have been a flight of steps leading up from the lower level on the east.

The western portion of block 7 is on fairly flat ground. Chamber 118
is bounded on the south by the exceptionally thick early wall that also bounds
the adjoining block 8. This wall is remarkably well built ; its size suggests
that it was once an enclosure wall.

The remains of paving of intermediate date show that room 118 was at
one time used as an ablution chamber. Beneath this pavement there is an
elaborate system of water-channels of the same period. The waste water was
allowed to run through an aperture in the western wall which communicated
with a drain outside. Two large and rather badly preserved pottery jars
were found in this chamber, one close to the northern wall, the other lying
against the southern wall.

The three adjoining rooms to the north, numbered 119, 120 and 122, are
quite small compartments. No. 122 has a weU-built ablution place at its
northern end, and there is an aperture in the western wall to carry off the
water from the bath.

Chambers 119 and 120 are of little interest. The pavements of both are
more or less destroyed.

The large court. No. 121, measures 23 ft. 9 ins. by 25 ft. 10 ins. In
view of its considerable size, it seems unlikely that it was ever roofed over.

All the walls of chamber 111 are of the late period. Chamber 100 is
very large, measuring 42 X 14 ft. It is entered by a doorway in its south —
western corner, which is now in a very dilapidated condition. Two fragments
of paving, of which one is 1 ft. above the other, show that this chamber was
occupied at two different periods. Besides a few small objects mainly some
beads, shells, potter}'' balls and two jar covers, one important find was found
in this room. This was the limestone head figured in PI. XIX, Nos. 1, 2
and 3. Judging by the level at which it was unearthed this head probably
belongs to the Late Period. It measures 5-7 ins. high.

Block 8 is divided from block 7 by an early wall, a portion of which is
overlaid at its northern end by later walling. Through denudation it Varies
considerably in height. It seems that there was once a narrow lane on the
west of tins waD, of which but little now remains. The principal feature
here is a drain of Intermediate date.

Immediately to the south of the portion of the street marked 123, is an
old doorway set in the early wall to the east. This was subsequently blocked
up very roughly. The southern jamb of this doorway is part of the very
thick early wall to the south of it.

The buildings to the west of the drain already described are of a very
complex nature, owing to the presence of badly denuded walls and pavements
of tbc Late Period, which it has not been thought desirable to remove as yet.

EXPLORATION — MOHENJODAEO.

On the south there appears to have been another small lane running E.-W.
immediately inside the great ■wall. In it are remains of a drain sloping to
the west. Its eastern end doubtless once communicated with the long K.-S.
drain in the lane first mentioned.

Chamber 129 is of late construction and its well paved fioor suggests that
it was once a bath-room. It is built over a wail of intermediate date, which
from its thickness seems to have been of considerable importance. In the
neighbourhood of this wall, in the plot marked 128, the finely modelled figure
of a mastiff seen in PI. XVIII No. 10, was found a little below the level of the
top of the wall.

Partially overlying the northern end of this wall is another bath, in chamber
126. The two sides, which alone are preserved, have an edging of brick pro-
jecting 3 inches above the pavement, and the floor slopes towards the south
eastern corner. To the south of this bath the remains of intermediate walling
overlie the early cross-wall that bounds chamber 126 on the south.

The northern portion of this block is, like the southern part, complicated
by later walls and pavements which we have not yet removed. There is
little of interest here save another bath and the structures around it.

Chamber 109 to the west of this bath is also of late date and has a few
scanty remains of paving.

With the exception of the figure of the dog already mentioned, an adze,
7'6 inches long (PI. XVIII, No. 12) and a carved ivory pla(iue measuring 1*9 inches
long (PL XVIII, No. 13), no antiquities of importance were found in this block;
possibly they may lie beneath the badly denuded later constructions. Close
by this chamber to the east there was found the broken seal shown on Pi. XVIII,
No. 9, together with a second seal. No. 4 on the same plate.

Section B,

Owing to denudation this section now lies at a considerably lower level
than section A, with the result that little waUing of the First Period now
remains, except on the south and west, where the unusual heaviness of the
masonry has prevented much erosion. The very thick wall to the south-west
of the section is especially noticeable. It is very badly built, despite its
thickness of 7 ft.

The most interesting part of this section is its eastern portion. Here we
find the space between two well preserved intermediate walls converted by
partition walls of the late period into a series of small chambers. Nos. 93,
94, 95, 96 and 97.

In room 97 there were two very badly broken storage jars, which it was
impossible to reconstruct. And a quantity of charcoal mixed with broken
brick and other rubbish was found in the filling of the room — a very unusual
feature.

Room 96 which is not entirely regular is bounded on the north by a thin
wall of the Late Period. Fragments of the original brick flooring still remain
and there is a well-cut niche in its eastern wall which seems to be of late work-

16 A

EXPLORATION— MOHENJODAKO.

mansliip. A pottery cone and two model animals in baked clay were found
near tbe pavement level of this room.

In the thin northern wall of room 96 there was once a doorway, which
was subsequently closed and still remains blocked up.

Eoom 94 is bounded on the north by an earlier cross-wall which connects
the two walls on the east and west of it. This room was formerly paved
with burnt brick, one layer thick. A fine seal and a jar cover were found
in this chamber at pavement level. (PI. XVIII, Nos. 5, G and 7). The seal
is inscribed on both sides and also on two of its edges.

The entrance to all these chambers, with the possible exception of No. 97,
could only have been from the west and over the early wall.

It appears unlikely that 92 was a chamber; it was probably merely a
large recess on the northern side of a big courtyard. A considerable number
of objects were found in the debris overlying this recess, including a seal,
pottery cones, jars, model animals, etc. With the exception, however, of

the razor figured in PI. XVIII, No. 1, they are of little importance.

Near the centre of Block B there is a large • mass of intermediate walling
which was probably once connected with the intermediate walls to the east
of the block. To the north of this mass there are three solid blocks of

masonry, of which the easternmost and largest is built in two sections.

To the west of the open space marked 90 is a block of masonry of the
Late Period, on which is a stretch of pavement at a high level. Some
■distance to the east of this last there is yet another stretch of pavement at a
rather lower level

The presence of these walls and pavements, all in a sadly mutilated state,
suggests that this portion of block B was at one time occupied with buildings.
It is probable that in ancient as well as modern times this portion of “ L ”
Area served as a quarry for brick robbers.

Section C.

Section C, which is separated from section B by a street running E.-W.,

is divided into two blocks (Nos. 4 and 5), and is the most interesting part of

the “L” Area. This portion of the mound is fairly level, ndth the
result that comparatively little denudation lias taken place and the doorways
of the various chambers are more or less intact. Eortunatety, but little
reurains of the late buildings that probably covered this section I have,
therefore been able to examine tbe structures of Intermediate date more
hilly than would have been possible, if they had beeu cumbered with top
material.

Court 82 in block 4 is bounded on three sides by an early wall. There
was probably once a wall to tbe east also, but no trace of it remains and one
c.an only conchide that it has been washed down the side of the mound which
is fairly steep at this point.

Oil the remains of a chamber (85) on the east, there is a well preserved
veil. I ft. 6 ins. in diameter, lined with wedge-shaped bricks, but it has not

EXPLOKATION — ^MOHENJODAEO.

yet been cleared out. To the west of the well there is a cross-wall and
-further west, again, a mass of masonry, both of Intermediate date. This latter
is part of the massive burnt brick filling of the court, that we had partially
to remove in order to examine the walls. The exact object of this brick
filling is difficult to determine ; it may have been provided to form an excep-
tionally firm foundation for a building above it that has now disappeared.

In chamber 83 are some remains of ’paving of the Second Period,
which before being cleared were entirely covered by the filling just men-
tioned.

The northern portion of block 4 was originally a very large hall of early
'date, which appears to have been entirely covered in, the roof being supported
by twenty rectangular piers averaging 5 ft. by 3 ft. 4 ins. in thiclmess. Owing
to alterations which were made in the intermediate period, all of these piers
'Cannot now be traced, but we have undoubted evidence that originally there
were five piers in each row ; two rows on the western side of the hall are
intact. The two eastern rows are not so well preserved, but traces of two
piers still remain in the row on the extreme east, and four in the row next
to it. All these piers were of practically the same size, except those in the
row on the extreme west, which are slightly thinner in the E.-W. direction.
'The lay-out of the piers is remarkably accurate. (PI. XVII, a).

Each row of piers rests on a footing, or continuous foundation wall, run-
ning from north to south, which averages 1 ft. 2 ins. high and projects 6 ins.
beyond the eastern and western faces of the piers. These foundation walls
-are very roughly built with irregular and undulating courses. The piers, how-
ever, are of quite good workmanship.

In the northern portion of the western side of the hall, (25) are two strips
of paving of intermediate date between the wall and the first row of piers.
The strip against the western wall is only 1 ft. 11|- ins. wide. The parallel
strip is 2 ft. 10-| ins. wide. In both, the paving is especially well preserved
.at the south end, where there is a cross pavement upon which has been placed
the wall of Intermediate date, which here partitions the original hall. Each
■strip of pavement is bordered with bricks set on edge, as in the bath rooms
of this and other parts of Mohenjo-daro.

There are similar strips of pavement in the two next aisles (Nos. 24 and
■23), and the easternmost pavement of all is 3 ft. 5-^ ins. vdde. These strips
also are carefully bordered with bricks set on edge. In each aisle there is
■a strip of sunken, unpaved ground between the pavements, the meaning of
which it is difficult to fathom. These unpaved strips average 3 ft. 6 ins.
in width and have a roughly built edging of bricks placed as headers, which
•seems to have been provided solely to prevent the bricks at the edges of the
pavements from collapsing into the unpaved portions. Viewed, from a modern
standpoint, these unpavcd portions would serve well as flower beds, but it is
hardly possible that they were used for this purpose in ancient times. It
has also been suggested that the spaces between the pavements were at one
-,time raised and used as benches. If this had been so, some trace of them

ESPLORATIOK— SIOHENJODAEO.

would surely have been left, ’ for though a great deal of destruction has
taken place in this hall, but little attempt has been made to remove the
paved walks, which might have been expected to suffer as much as the supposed
benches.’

The pavements in rooms Nos: 26, 27 and 28 on the southern side of the-
partition wall of Intermediate date mentioned above were laid at the same-
time as the strips of pavement just described. (PI. XVII, b). In chamber 27
a quantity of conch shells mixed with pottery were found at a level of 2^ to
3 ft. above pavement level, together with a carved bead which is pictured on
PI. XVIII, No. 11.

This pillared hall, like which nothing else has been found in the other
excavated portions of Mohenjo-daro," seems to have been practically square^
The wall upon its eastern side had been destroyed, but taking into considera-
tion the faet that it could hardly have extended much further to the east
and allowing for its being the same distance from the easternmost row of
piers as the western wall is from the western row of piers, we can estimate-
the size of the hall to have been 87 ft. 6 ins., N.-S., by 86 ft., E.-W.

The substantial nature of the brick piers suggests that the roof was very-
heavy. Indeed, the beams -u'hich supported it must-have been over 14 ft.,
long.

Very little of value was found in this pillared hall. Tw'o seals, however>-
were imearthed and cones and model animals of pottery were common.
Nothing at all was formd that helps us in the interpretation of its use, beyond
the fact that in the later period after the hall had lost its importance, shell-
workers left behind them a large quantity of their material. Shells and pieces
of inlay have been found at a level wmll above the paved walks of the inter-
mediate period and the partition -(valls by which the hall was then sub-divided.
On PI. XVI, a will be seen a photograph of the northern end of this haU.

Block 5 -urns probably an annexe of the block just described. It is
composed of numerous small rooms of comparatively little importance and,
therefore, merits little attention in this brief report. I should, however, men-
tion that in chamber 6 a large stone was found, apparently m situ, measuring
2 ft. X 1 ft. 7 ins, X 1 ft. 2-h ins. It is a natural bpulder -with a flat and
polished top, and possibly used by a sandal-maker or leather cutter. The
chamber was filled up with a quantity of broken brick mixed with other debris,
pottery fragments and a large amount of slag, probably the residue of a brick
kiln.

To the north of these rooms is what is perhaps the most interesting struc-
ture in the whole of “ L ” area, a wall of the earlier intermediate period which
now measures approximately 13 ft, 2 ins. in thiclmess at its south-eastern
end. but was probably once much thicker as the northern face has been

* This M ^mcnt is hardly convincing. The benches mny have been constructed of less durable materials
and in any case -would have sufTcred more than the paved aisles bot-ivo"n them fEd.].

’ Tl evliibite.liow-cvcr, certain features in common n-itli the great halls at Hnrappn, described below (pp. 97
»q.) [Ed.l.

EXPLORATION — MOHENJODAEO.

■destroyed. At the western end this wall appears to be no less than 28 ft. thick,
an almost incredible size. I have made cuttings in it to ascertain whether
it contained chambers or a filUng, but it has proved to be solid brickwork
throughout. It may be a substructure, the rooms upon it having dis-
appeared.

Section D.

This section is separated from section C by a street (40), averaging 9 ft.
•wide, at whose southern end is a mutilated brick drain. (PI. XVI, &),

At this point the street is flanked on the east by a wall of Intermediate
date, opposite which is a short stretch of wall that is continued towards the
north by a narrower wall of late date, 3'2 ft. high. Proceeding north, the
eastern side of the street is flanked by a thin wall, 1 ft. thick, which was built
to form chambers 30, 31, 32 and 33, which are of little interest.

Section D is separated into three blocks by thick walls of the Second
Period. Block I is self-contained and surrounded by intermediate walling on
all sides, except on the southern side where the wall is of early date. Unfor-
tunately, owing to much denudation and brick robbing, but few of the door-
ways remain, the greater part of what is left being merely the foundations of
walls.

At the western end of Chamber 42 there is a ring of bricks, 2 ft. 2 ins.
in diameter, which was probably built to serve as a jar-stand.

Chamber 44 is a long narrow apartment of Intermediate date measuring
62 ft. long by an average of 10 ft. wide. Its eastern wall is very indefinite
owing to alterations. At the southern end of the chamber there is -a well-
constructed bath of bricks which have been cut down from a larger size with
a saw. In the middle of the chamber, a little north of the bath, is a frag-
ment of the original paving. No less than thirty-five conch shells were found
in this chamber above pavement level, many whole and others partly sawn
up. Except for these, the chamber contained nothing of importance.

Chamber 45 was originally a pillared hall of the intermediate period, four
of whose piers have been partially incorporated in later masonry. Possibly
yet more piers will be found, when the later constructions have been removed.
In this chamber there are five circular pits, averaging 2 ft. in diameter inside,
which were evidently made to hold large storage jars. That they are of Early
date is proved by one of the piers actually resting on one of them. The best
preserved pit contained a number of egg-shaped pieces of clay of unknown
use, ail very much of the same size and averaging 4 ins. long by 2| ins. in
diameter.

Chambers 47 — 62 are of interest only from a technical point of view, and
will be described fully in the forthcoming Memoir.

The long narrow Block 2 is in a more elevated position and better pre-
served than the Block to the east of it. It is mostly of the Intermediate
Period. In the street to the north of it there was found the broken seal
figured on PI. XVIII, No. 2.

EXPIOKATIOIT — MOHENJODARO.

Chamber 6G has a well preserved doorway in its south-western corner..
At one time chambers 56 and 59 formed a single room which was sub-divided
by a thin partition wall, which seems to have been built shortly after the
construction of the chamber and before its pavement was laid. In the south-
eastern corner of No. 59 there is another doorway which seems to have been
cut after the erection of the partition wall. Chamber 55 has two doorways,
one in its southern wall and a second opening into chamber 61.

Chambers 60 and 61 were originally one apartment. In chamber 60 a
quantity of wheat was found lying on a pavement of the Second Period.

This wheat was possibly stored in a basket, of which all traces have long
disappeared. The wheat itself is badly carbonized, but the majority of the
grains were whole.

On the eastern side of chamber 62 there is a small staircase of four treads,
which seems to have been built at the' end of the Intermediate Period and
subsequently repaired.

Chambers 53, 64, 65 and 66 were probably made by dividing up a single-
room by partition walls.

Chamber 67 properly belongs to the block, as there is a doorway leading
into it from chamber 63.

In the space marked 80 there is a well, 5 ft. 10 ins., in diameter, which,

is constructed of wedge-shaped bricks. The steening of the well is only a

single brick in thiclmess, i.e., lOj- ins.

Block 3 has been sadly denuded and but little remains of its original

buildings. It is, nevertheless, of interest because of the unusual objects that-
have been found in it. Court 69 is a large open space of Intermediate date,
whose western wall is considerably out of alignment. On its southern side-
there is a well built doorway with exceptionally well preserved jambs. The-

filling of this chamber was a mass of potsherds, evidently the residue of a

lain. Yery few of the jars were whole, the majority being in pieces or so-
twisted in firing that they had been thrown away. All this pottery, was of'
the Late Period and had been made after the chamber fell into disuse. Other

objects were found among this waste material, such as pieces of inlay, pottery

animals, etc., all broken and evidently thrown away.

Chamber 68 is entered from opposite the steps in chamber 62.

The space of ground represented by numbers 70, 71, 72, 73 and 74 has-
various constructions scattered over it that have suffered greatly from the-
depredations of brick robbers. The most interesting of these is a row of
three columns of rectangular shape, to the west of which lay three more of
less perfect limestone rings in a row, together with the fragment of a fourth.
The worlcmanship of these rings, -whose use has still to be determined, is some-
what rough. In chamber 72 there was found the broken seal that is illus-
trated on PI. X'i'III, No. 3, and the headless statue of alabaster shoum in
PI. XIX, Nos. 7, 8 and 9; the latter is 11'5 ins. high.

The little group of rooms on the southern side of this large space con-
cludes my description of “ L ” area. The southern wall of chamber 77 is-

97 ^ EXPLORATION— HARAPPA

especially interesting, as it shows the work of three periods. The greater part
of this wall, however, is of Intermediate date. The head of a statue, 7-75
ins. high, in yellow limestone was found lying on the top of a drain in this
chamber. (PI. XIX, nos. 4, 5 and 6), which was of late date.

HARAPPA.

Bij Mr. Madho Samp Vais,

The entire cold season from the middle of Kovember, 1926, to the middle
of March 1927, was spent in exploring the mounds P and A at Harapaa-
Altogether an area of about 5,600 square yards was brought under the spade
and numerous minor antiquities, including some 350 seals and other inscribed
objects, were discovered. The purpose of the operations in mound P, which
absorbed the greater part of the funds and time during the past season, was
a twofold one, viz. (1) to determine the full extent and nature of the struc-
ture comprising the two series of parallel walls, of which nearly the whole of
the eastern series and a portion of the other had been uncovered in 1924-25
by Rai Bahadur Daya Earn Sahni, and (2) to ascertain the stratification of the
site.

To achieve the first object it was necessary to extend the excavations all
round the area exposed in 1924-25, so that the total area so far tackled at
this place measures 207 feet from north to south by 177 feet from east to
west. The extent of the western series of walls was at once determined by
sinking a deep, narrow trench backwards and forwards at right angles to the
western ends of the walls exposed in 1924-25. Each of the two series, as
at present uncovered, embraces an area of 168 feet from, south to north by
56 feet from east to west, separated by an open passage 23 feet in width
(Plate XX, h). My excavations have resulted in the addition of one thick
and one thin wall at the northern end of the eastern series, about which the
Eai Bahadur writes “ These walls exhibit two distinct types, namely, a stouter
kind and a thinner tjqie. The former type is 9 feet in width in the lower
portion which is composed of clean, indurated clay obtained from the bed of
the river and secured on all sides with retaining walls of burnt bricks. The
upper portion is built solidly of burnt bricks, the total extant height of the
walls being 8 feet. The thinner walls have no clay core but are constructed
throughout with burnt bricks. - All these walls rise from an uniform level at
the depth of 12 feet below the surface of the mound and have finished ends
towards the central aisle. At the other extremities, however, they are some-
what broken and it seems as though they wiU be found to extend further
out, but to what distance, has yet to be ascertained. It is curious that the
walls of the thicker type are ranged approximately at equal distances from
each other, the intervals being 17 feet to 18 feet, and, had it not been for
the thin walls which intervene between them, it might have been thought
that they enclosed a series of spacious rooms ”. The western series consists
of 12 parallel wmlls, of a uniform length of about 52 feet, arranged in six

EXPLORATIOX — HAEAPPA.

pairs 'ivitli corridors between, of about 17' 5”, alternating witb five narrower
corridors of about 5' 4" in width. For convenience of reference the former
have been designated I, II, III, etc., and the latter a, h, c, etc., on the plan.
The extremities of the north and south walls of the corridors I and VI rvere
further secured by the addition at the sides of solid masses of masonry which
are much more substantial on the south. The eastern and western extremities
of all the six parallel pairs are uniformly partitioned into four narrow slits,
1' 6" wide, by means of three stout masonry piers finished on the outside but
broken on the inner face. They are 3' 9" thick and originally appear to have
been 7' long, that is to say up to the points of the flanldng projections near
tlie ends of the main walls.

All the narrow shts on the west were closed by small battered buttresses
whose foundations end 1' 8" above the foundation of the walls and piers. On
the other hand, the narrow intervals, a, b, c, etc., are aU closed on the east by
stout walls of a uniform thiclmess of 3' 9" and left open on the west (Plate SX
a). That is to say that, while the narrow intervals are left open on the west,
the slits between the parallel walls and piers in the wider intervals are left
open on the east, towards the open passage which separates the eastem from
the western series. A peculiar feature of interval No. VI is, that the western
but not the eastern ends of its wmlls and piers are battered ; and, to
reinforce it further, a retaining wall with its angle at the south-west comer'
was built parallel to it on the south and west at a distance of 5' 3". At its
best preserved portion the retaining wall is standing to a maximum height
of 3' 7" and has a slope of 1' 10" in 18 receding courses. It has no inner face.
In the eastern half it was found to be more and more fragmentary and dis-
appeared at a distance of 42 feet from the south-west corner, while towards
the north it is still partially buried under debris and appears to be well-
preserved up to the middle of interval No. V. The parallel walls and piers,
etc., of this series are standing to a uniform height of 3' 10", but at the east
end, these and the closing walls of the narrow intervals, a, b, c, etc., rest on a
common broad wall noth which they are bonded. This foundation wall is 3'
4" wide and 1' 4" high and runs under the entire length of the series from
north to south.

Comparing the two series, it will be noticed that the broad intervals, I, II,
III, etc., and the narrow intervals, a, b, c, etc., of the western series correspond
with similar spaces in the eastern series, while the battered buttresses on the
west of the former have their counterparts on the east of the latter : that, while
there are three piers at the extremities of the broad intervals, I, II, III, etc.,
the corre.sponding spaces in the eastern series are actually occupied by some
full length walls running parallel to those flanldng the wider intervals; that
the narrower intervals, a, b, c, etc., although fiUed -with indurated clay like
their counterparts on the other side, are closed by stout walls at the east end
and have no burnt brick superstructures above them; and that the last two
walls on the south of the eastern series, whose foundation ends at a consi-
derably higher level, have nothing to do with it.

EXPXORATION — ^HARAPPA.

The area covered by the western series disclosed several later foundations
of massive brick walls of the third stratum, which, though far too fragmentary,
are in most cases at right angles to each other and stand at random over parts
of the larger and narrower intervals. It is noteworthy that while the narrower
intervals are filled with pure hardened clay, the wider ones were filled with
earth mixed with brickbats and potsherds. Portable antiquities were very
scarce in this area and the only finds of this nature were a few earthen vases,
terracotta toys, three seals (2981, 3611 and 3644), a stone mace-head and
a few objects of steatite and faience. Although the purpose of this building
is entirely shrouded in mystery, the great paucity of finds suggests that it
was not a domestic building in the ordinary sense. Further clearance of the
two series will be resumed and their complete plan published later.

The excavations around the two series of walls described above yielded
some of the most important minor antiquities of the season. Five strata of
buildings, one above the other, were recognized in this area. The
parallel walls belong to the fifth or earliest level. The upper strata were
found in a most fragmentary condition and revealed no structures of any
interest except a single small dwe llin g which came to light in the fourth
stratum.

In the northern section of the eastern expansion of the above excavation
are several rooms of the third and fourth levels. In a room of the fourth
stratum was foimd buried in a paved comer a common earthen jar filled with
loose greenish earth, while in another room resting partly below a party wall
was found a large earthen trough painted with black bands. A few finds
worth recording in this section are a finley finished crescent-shaped pendant of
faience, a highly polished flint ball, a well-preserved copper spearhead and a
terracotta measure (?) (tofa) for com. If there are relatively few buildings-
in the southern portion of the eastern section of this area, their absence is
compensated by many minor antiquities. These comprise two spearheads (503
and 181), a fish-hook (1057) and a solid bangle (2147) of copper, six unicorn
seals (945, 180, 2540, 272, 474 and 781), and seven cylindrical sealings of
faience and terracotta, foiu of which show on one face a large acacia tree
with a platform round its base (Plate XXI a, 16), and three a crocodile. Besides
these, there are four other terracotta sealings which are more than usually
interesting. Xo. 5 (649) is rectangular and measures !• 13/16" X On the
obverse, to the left, are a man armed with a sickle-shaped weapon and a
woman with upraised hands ; to the right, an inscription. On the other side, is
a woman, upside down, with a plant issuing from her womb, two rampant lions
facing each other, and the same inscription as on the obverse’. Plate XXT a, 5 a,

5 b. No. 10 (1245) is a circular terracotta sealing (diameter 1") showing a humpless
hull and a symbol in upper field. Xo. 3 a~c (2409) is a three-sided tapering

‘ IThe -woman, upside down, -witt the plant issuing from her -womh is clearly the Karth Goddess, to whom, it
may be presumed, the -woman on tho other side of the seaiingis being Baorificed. The two standing lions are "genii ”
oiSciating at the ritual, as such animal genii are often depicted in Mesopolatiiian and Minoan Art. In the illustra-
tion {PI. XXI) the seal itself is upside down. [Ed,].

17 A •

EXPLORATION — HARAPPA.

100

prism' (lit. 15/16") -ivitli a pivotal bole at bottom. On each of tbe three sides
stands a mythical figure with the common pictogram near the legs. The
figure in the central face appears to be female with animal legs, while those
on the remaining two sides are mythical beings noth bovine (?) legs. No. 2410
(Plate XXI a, Icr) is convex on both sides and 15/16" long. It shows a man
wearing a feathered hat and standing rmder a highly ornamented arch. His
bead is turned a little to right, while the left leg and foot are placed slightly
forward. He appears to wear a number of armlets. The sides of tne arch are
throughout ornamented with loops surmoimted by triangles while each of
the lower voluted ends encloses a star^. The other side is inscribed mth
three pictograms.

The western extension yielded a small dwelling house of the fourth stratum
(Plate XX a). Its northern outer wall has completely perished. There
are three rooms on the south, while on the west there was a fairly large rectan-
gular room with a narrow chamber at its back, the north-eastern portion being
occupied by the courtyard. In the room at the south-west corner of this
house was found a rectangular terracotta sealing which shows, on the obverse,
an animal resembling the so-called “ unicorn ”, but provided with two horns
instead of the one usually portrayed (Plate XXI a, 18). On the other side
are four pictograms. Just east of this house is a masonry sink 2' 1" X 1' 10",
which was filled with pointed lotas and potsherds. The buildings to the south
of this house are very fragmentar}', but revealed a number of jars along their
east outer wall but some of them also stood inside the rooms. Finds worth recording
from this section are a celt (3290), two spear-heads or daggers (3291 and 3373) one
of which is leaf-shaped, and two inscribed rectangular tablets of copper (1416 and
2165), one seal decorated Avith a figure of unicorn (1200) and another with
that of an elephant (1692), a crocodile sealing (1469), Plate XXI a, 8 ; a triangu-
lar faience sealing (3855=Plate' XXI a, 19), and an oval cage of clay 3826 a.

The southern section of the area revealed numerous interesting antiquities.
They included thirteen seals with the unicorn device, the smallest (2962) being
9/16" square and one with the figure of a bull (2415) ; another seal (fragmentary)
with a composite monster (2453) which combines elephantine and bovine features
(Plate XXI a, No. 11) ; and five of paste, viz., three rectangular (2868, 3484
and 3678) and two prismatic (3341 and 3534) inscribed on all the three
faces. There were six sealings of faience and two of terracotta ; four of the
former are noteworthy. No. 271 is a svastika sealing Plate XXI a, 9 ; No. 2608
resembles a fragment of a bangle decorated with a foliated twig (?) on both faces;
No, 2701 has the shape of a date seed and is inscribed on either side of the
central groove ; while No. 2276, which was found in a small but substantial
rectangular room about the middle of this area, shows on either face picto-
grams and a well-carved goat looking backwards (Plate XXI 6, 44 and 45).

‘ Gf. R. Pumpelly, op. oil. Volume I, PI. XL, 8.

® The figure teneath the arch may he either male or female. There are no evidences of sex. The headdress
15 tlirce-pomted, bur not neoc-isarUy feathered. The arch appears to be formed of the lent bough of a pival tree
{//cue re/iyioaa), of which there are other examples at Mohenjo.daro. [Ed.]

101

EXPLORATION — HARAPPA.

Two ear-rings of copper wire were also found here (2424 and 3642). The
western portion of this section disclosed large quantities of bones mixed with
terracotta nodules and ashes from 10' to 14' below the surface of the mound,
while in subsquares 1-9/8, 18 and 19, a few feet south of the western series
of parallel walls, were found two long semi-fossilised bones (2582 and. 2596),
a fossilised horn, a fragmentary antler and other bones, some of which appear
to be in the process of fossilisation (2752). About 20' of the long trench,
near the south-east corner of the area occupied by the parallel walls, which
had been excavated by Jilr. Sahni in 1920-21 were also deepened. Standing
against a wall of the third level from the top near its eastern edge was dis-
covered a large open-mouthed cylindrical earthen jar (299) filled with a loose,
greenish substance, probably the decomposed remains of some cereal. Opposite
to this and partly buried below the other edge of the trench was found, at
a depth of 11' 2", a hoard (2535) comprising 27 coarse terracotta vases, 17 of
which are scratched with a cross, chert scrapers and a copper rod.

In the northern section of the trench containing the parallel walls, several
interesting objects were found. No. 1136 is a curious four-chambered hemi-
spherical terracotta object, Gl" in diameter. It has a circular socket at the
back suggesting that it originally rested on a miniature base. No. 2438 is
an almost hemispherical object of yellow Jaisalmir stone, 1" in diameter. The
outer surface and the lower edge are well polished and the apex is pierced with
a hole, 1" square, across the thickness for a shaft of some kind. Lastly,
may be mentioned a number of pottery vessels found about 20' east of the
north-western edge of the excavation (Plate XXIII /). The collection includes
oval-shaped gliards of coarse clay, some bigger ones, tall ???arfo6am-shaped vases
and basins. It is noteworthy that these vessels, like another lot to be men-
tioned below, but unlike those usually met with at Harappa and Mohenjo-
daro, have flat bottoms.

Trench I.

Simultaneously with the clearance of the two series of parallel walls, a
trial trench measuring 224' by 15', running south to north, was sunk in the
eastern portion of mound F. As the digging advanced in depth, the trench
had to be widened from time to time, so that the maximum width varied from
31' to 68'. The depth of the excavation also varied in different parts of the
trench according to the remains of the several strata brought to light. The
greatest depth attained was about 30' below the surface of the mound. Below
that point the ordinary soil gave place to sand at a level identical with that
of the sand in the old river bed adjoining this mound.

Bight strata of buildings have now been brought to light in various parts
of this trench. At the southern end of the trench are two kachcJia rooms of the
3rd stratum, lying east to west, and separated by a narrow passage, 2' 5"
wide. Perched over the west wall of the eastern room is a fragment of a
later wall. The thickness of the east and west walls is about 3', those on the
north and south being not more than 1' thick. The stouter walls appear to

EXPLOEATIOI^— HAEAPPA.

102

liave been built of lumps of wet clay obtained from tbe river close bji the
lower portions being composed of brick-bats ; the thinner party walls are
made exclusively of sun-dried bricks on a foundation of rammed clay. The
rooms were thickly plastered with mud both inside and out and their true
character has been revealed by patches of plaster having peeled off the inner
face of the eastern room.

In the southern half of this trench attention may be called to two neatly
built pilasters of the 5th stratum and to a stout wall of the 6th stratum run-
ning east and west across the trench and buried under a wall of the 6th stratum.
The northern part of this section of the trench is of special interest, as some of
the most important finds from Harappa were made here. Among these are
Nos. 113, etc., and 277. The former comprise six seals, nine cubical weights,
four conch, shells, terracotta beads, bangles and vases ; four of the seals exhibit
the unicorn, the fifth is rectangular, plane on one side convex on the other,
while the sixth, which is broken above, shows a procession of seven figures
wearing tunics and marching from right to left. In front of the procession is
an inscription in two lines (Plate XXI a, No. 4). No. 277 is a weU-preserved
round copper jar (ht. 9|"), covered with an inverted dish. Its heavy weight
proclaimed the presence of metal objects inside. The lid was very tightly
jammed ; and a hole had to be out in the top before the contents could be
removed. Tliese comprised as many as 70 weapons and implements, and some
hollow and solid bangles, etc., in an excellent state of preservation (Plate XXII).
The former consisted of 21 celts, three of which are fragmentary ; 2 double axes ;
one arrow-head (?) : 16 spear-heads ; 1 saw ; 2 lance-heads ; 1 daggers, 2 of which
are curved at the upper end ; 2 choppers ; a mace-head ; 2 folded sheets of
copper ; a stylus ; the beam of a weighiug scale ; and an assortment of 13 chisels.
Among other objects are 4 flat strips for the making of hollow bangles, 5 hollow
and 4 solid bangles and one in the malting, a cup, a semi-circular end piece,
4 thick rectangular pieces of copper and some lumps of corroded metal. Of these
objects, two celts and two daggers are inscribed with pictograms. I am indebted
to Mr. Sana TJlIah, Archeological Chemist in India, for the following
analyses. He writes, “ the broken celt [a 21) is composed of bronze containing
about 8 per cent, tin and the lance-head (e 2) is nearly pure (98 per cent.)
copper. The black lump is the natural mmeral ' lollingite ’ an arsenide of
iron Both of the above finds were made at a depth of 6' 9" below the surface
opposite each other at a distance of 15' along the edges of the original trench
and may be assigned to the 2nd stratiuu. The celts resemble those found by
me last year in the Vs. area at Mohenjo-daro. Mention may also be made
here of the many celts included in the famous Gungeria hoard found in the
Balaghat district of the Central Provinces, as well as certain other specimens
from Bithur and Pariar in the Cawnpur and Unao districts* of the United
Provinces and a number of other ancient sites in Northern India. It must,
however, be observed that though the latter specimens are, like the celts dis-
covered at Mohenjo-daro and Harappa, made of "practically pure copper, they

» (nilian Amiguanj, Volnreo XXXVI, pp. 53-.65, PJs. VI and VII.

103

EXPLOEATION — HABAPPA.

differ in shape, being shorter and more or less prominently shouldered. No.

3821 is an interesting lot of pottery "which consisted of 3 oval earthen jars
■with fiat bottoms, 2 mutilated troughs and a crushed mat. Near them lay 4
medium-sized and 3 tiny cylindrical vases, one of which "was perforated in
the sides and had a larger hole in the bottom. At this same place were also
found a number of broken and entire curry-stones, while another trough close
by yielded 2 pointed lotas (470a) stamped with a number of pictographs

possibly representing the potter’s mark. This hoard lay 5' 8" below the surface

and is also assignable to the 2nd stratum. At a depth of 15' below the

surface and in connection "with the 5th stratum were found numerous fragments
of circular and extremely thin lozenge-shaped seals of paste inscribed on both
sides (Plate XXI 38—42). At the same level, along the western edge of
the trench, were found 2 ring-stands and a large earthen jar inscribed with
3 pictograms. Ring -stands of this type have already been found at Harappa and
Blohenjo-daro. Those found by Mr. Rea at the pre-historic site of Adichanallur'
in the Madras Presidency belong to a later age. Among other things of interest
from this area are a seal with a buffalo (Plate XXIII a, No. 1) like the one
which GUgamesh is sho-wn watering-, a fragmentary rectangular seal of black
soap-stone showing a man in a tree with a tiger beneath (Plate XXI a, 16)
and 2 double convex sealings of faience, having pictograms on both faces
and a standard placed athwart the writing on the reverse (80 and 2993).

North of the pilasters referred to above is a neatly laid rectangular floor
(17' 10" by 6' 8") bounded by brick-on-edge with a backing of flat bricks.
On the west it is supported by a solid wall, with one pilaster near the south-
west corner and a large reveal 8' 5" long and 9|" deep behind its general align-
ment. Immediately north of this is a thick waU, assignable, like the platform,
to the 5th stratum, built promiscuously of burnt and sun-dried bricks ; and
above, a broken masonry sink fed by a drain of the 4th stratum.

Between the pavement referred to above and the cluster of buildings at
the northern end of the trench was a large space marked by a depression of
2' to 3' below the adjoining level on the south and devoid of structural remains.
This, being the most convenient place for deep digging, was excavated do"wn
to 30', where it measures 22' X 19'. The only structural remains disclosed
here are a few walls of the 6th stratum, near one of which were found a large
shallow trough, the remains of a pavement (?) and a feeble drain of the 8th
stratum at depths of 23' 8" and 25' 9", respectively. Below this level the soil
was undisturbed for 3' and beneath it lay the deposit of sand referred to
above. Numerous tiny seals of steatite whose length varies from 7/10" to only
Y were found here between 10' and 20'” below the surface, where the soil
was hard and compact. These seals are very soft and the writing on some
of them indistinct. Including copper objects and pottery, about 160 inscribed

'^Oaldlogne of pre-hhtoric antiqiiHieSj JdJiichanaUur and PcrumbaiTj Pis, VII and VIII.

* ffittorv of Sumer and Akkad by L. W. King, on binding cover.

^ A fow seals aad sealings of tlie same small 8i^e and maietiul were found at a higher level in the earn©
area in 1924-25. [Ed.1

EXPLO RATION — HAEAPPA.

104

objects were found in this trench. The larger seals were mostly found up to
a depth of 10' below the surface. The tiny seals of paste are characterised
by the absence of the pierced knob, and were also found in large numbers
at the same level in the cross-trench No. Ill which was dug about 80 further
north. They are of various shapes, viz., rectangular, oval, circular, rectangular
with a rounded end, three-faced with a triangular section and four-sided. Others
have the shape of a shield, lozenge, leaf or tiny hare. But, whatever the

shape, one and all have one or more flat faces for pictographic legends. To

the same class belong certain sealings of faience which are rectangular, convex
on both faces, plane on one face and convex on the other, circular or cylindri-
cal. Most of these tiny seals with two or three faces bear pictographs on one
face and a symbol resembling the Roman numeral VIII or VIIII on the other,
while the third face of the three-sided seals is generally inscribed with a row

of three dotted circles. The second or third face on eight of them displays a

crocodile, on three a fish, on two a standard and on one a diagonal cross

(Plate XXI b, 20-37, 43 and 48). In one of the two hare-shaped seals (1203), the
animal stands on all four legs ; it is couchant in No. 1654, but both of them
have a cross-shaped groove on the underside for attachment.

There are 32 other seals and sealings of larger size made of steatite, faience
and terracotta. Among them nineteen exhibit a unicorn, two a bull

bending over a trough (Plate XXIII a, 2), two a crocodile, one of which is
preying on fish (Plate XXI a, 17), and one a svasiika.

To the north of the deep digging is a confused cluster of fragmentary

remains of the 2nd to 7th strata. Noticeable among these remains is a narrow

paved gutter of the 7th stratum 1' 7" wide, running from west to east. It

was choked with entire or broken earthenware vases, potsherds and bones,

discoloured green. Immediately over this, rest two walls of the 6th stratum,
to north of which is a thick wall of the fifth, and against it were found resting
in two columns, one above the other, five jars badly crushed (861), while at
the same level and in a similar condition were found five others in piles of
two and three at the southern edge of the deep digging (3684 and 1087).

In a fragmentary jar (3686) buried in clay against a wall near the northern

end of the trench were found a large human bone, possibly the femur, lying
horizontally, together with small bones, two triangular tablets, a small vase,
two lids, a circular paste bead, potsherds, pieces of charcoal, and brick-bats.
Among the most interesting examples of the potter’s art yet found at Harappa
are two jars, Nos. 1033 a and b, which were found embedded in an inclined
position to the south and west of a broken pavement of the third stratum.
The jar b was completely buried in the floor and fed by a small drain, while
the other was only half embedded, its mouth projecting above a drain running
eastwards. They are perfectly symmetrical and decorated with pairs of black
bands on a ground of red. On the pavement was a curious little trough
closed on three sides by single bricks standing widthwise and on the fourth
by another brick standing lengthwise. Immediately south of this pavement
is a broken reservoir (3' X I' 10") a single brick thick. Its north wall is

105

EXPLORATION — HABAPPA,

somewhat better preserved and stands to a height of 5' 8". The only other
remains at this place which deserve notice, are a small brick pavement in the
north-east comer of the trench, remains of a brick-on-edge floor which has
subsided, and a large rectangular room near the north-west corner which appears
to have been built in connection with the 4th stratum and repaired twice
later. To the east of this room were found 10 terracotta sealings twisted in
firing (Nos. 1646, 1791 and 2867). Three of them have a row of three standards
on the reverse alternating with four vertical lines of tiny circles.

Among other objects found, a peculiar interest attaches to a very
fragmentary, two wheeled miniature copper cart (Plate XXIII, d). The axle,
wheels and the animal which were originally attached to it are missing. The
cart is open, front and back, provided with shafts, and relieved on the gabled
roof and side walls with lozenge and cross-shaped patterns ; the driver is
seated in front on a raised seat. Other interesting objects from this trench
are a celt (384), and a spear-head (3015) of copper, half of a marble mace-head
(573), two alabaslfer finials (?) and three biconical beads of agate (202) and
sang-i-abri (518).

A general feature of this trench was the frequent appearance of thick and
uneven layers of brick and terracotta nodules at all depths, such as were used
at Mohenjo-daro for the foundations of buildings. Potsherds were compara-
tively abundant up to 8' below the surface ; they were less frequent in the
lower strata and exceedingly scarce below 18' from the surface.

About 80' north of trench I were sunk two cross trenches 100' X 20',
intersecting each other at right angles and designated on the plan by the
number III. At the south-west comer, this area was dug to 8' 4", and the
two main trenches from 11' 6" to 22' 6" below the surface. Fragmentary remains
of seven strata corresponding with those in trench I were brought to light,
the best preserved being the 4th and 6th. Potsherds were found in great
abimdance in the main trenches and a number of broken jars resting generally
against bits of walls, in the south-west area. Among the latter, jar 3925
(ht. 3') contained 7 cylindrical vases, 7 complete and 48 fragmentary pointed
htas and numerous fragments of cylindrical, oval, and other vases, tablets,
balls, lids, and toys, 2 shells, 2 fragments of an ivory rod, bones and traces
of decayed wheat. Unicom seals, a few sealings and tiny seals of paste like
those referred to in connection with the deep digging in trench I were picked
up at aU depths ; they were most abundant in the western and southern arms
of the trench. This part of the site -appears to have been much disturbed,
as many of the seals and sealings were found broken. Two of them deserve
special mention, viz., Nos. 2262 and 2785 (Plate XXI, a, 2a and 12). The
former is a terracotta sealing, plane on one side and convex on the other,
showing on the obverse a standard ‘ similar to those found under the heads of
animals in the seals with the unicorn device, with a man to right, probably
holding the standard. To the left of the staff is a pictographic inscription.

* The Bo-called ‘ Btandard ’ is probably an incense-bumer. [Ed.j.

EXPLOE ATIOK — HABAPPA .

106

The reverse of the sealing exhibits a similar standard with pictographs on both
sides of the stafi Plate XXI, a, 2h. The other specimen (2785) is a thick, unfinished
black soapstone seal with the unicorn device. It has no boss at the back; The
upper field is plain, the legend being inscribed on the upper and left edges.
In both cases there is a blank space at the left end suggesting that the script
was written from left to right. Other finds comprised an “ L ’’-shaped copper
object (2078), an ear-ring (2326), a paste fish, a terracotta figure of a seated
female Imeading flour in a shallow rectangular vessel (Plate XXIII, c), the
forepart of a stone mongoose (2086) and a large cone of greystone resembling
a linga, 15|" in height and 9" in diameter. It is much larger than the one
found by Eai Bahadur’ Daya Earn Sahni in another part of this moimd in
1924-25 and was lying on one side close to the south-west comer of this trench,
absolutely unconnected with any kind of masonry. The entire surface of the
cone is plain and smooth, the underside being only chisel-dressed.

On mound A, the gabled drain uncovered in 1924-26 up to the ends of
pit No. I, was followed up further east and west, its total length exposed being
about 130'. Abutting on the south, at its western end, were found four large
earthen jars. Two of these belong to the third stratum ; the other two
enclosed in brick reservoirs are in the fourth stratum and were laid in connec-
tion with the gabled drain. The spill water from the eastern jar flows through
a shallow drain into the western jar, from which it was discharged by an overflow
channel into the gabled drain. The western jar is also fed by a well built
drain which is beginning to show’ itself under the southern edge of the trench.
West of this point, the drain is roofed for a few feet with flat bricks. The
group of curious rectangular chambers built along the north of a long stout
wall must have been served by the same drain. One of the later jars, only
half of 'which has survived, was found filled with decayed wheat. To its west
and north are brick structures of the 4th and ’5th strata oj)en on one side and
paved w’ith brick-on-edge.

The drain referred to in the above paragraph came to an abrupt end on
the east side. 4' 4" below its level, however, my recent excavations brought
to light a large and well built gutter laid in a solid mass of sun-dried bricks
and neatly paved with brick-on-edge over a bed of flat bricks. It is 2' wide
and 2' 3" high, and like the drain above, runs from west to east. For 100'

it runs under the drain, then turns round, widens out and is ultimately lost

in a gi’eat mass of debris. At the eastern end the gutter was tunnelled to about
15', and found completely choked wdth earth and potsherds discoloured green.
The majorit}’ of them were pieces of pointed lotas which appear to have been
used as drin k ing vessels and thrown into the gutter after use.

Pits I and II, which were sunk m 1924-25, were linked up and dug to an

average depth of 10'. They measure about 120' from north to south and

C6' from east to w’est, while the transverse trench wdth the drain, gutter, etc.,
is about 260' from east to west and varies in wddth from 13' to 34'. The
buildings in the pits are very fragmentary and generally belong to the third
stratum. In Pit No. II was found an excellent, painted trough, 2' high and

107

EXPLORATION — ^HAEAPPA,

1' lO'l" in diameter (Plate XXIII, e). It contained a mucli decayed tortoise
shell, a few other hones, beads and vases. Near the centre along the eastern
cutting of the pits was foimd scattered a thick and uneven mass of charred
wheat.

Several interesting antiquities were found in the pits and the long trench,
Foremo.st among them are fourteen seals and seahngs of steatite, faience and
cerraeotta and two inscribed potsherds. Seven of the seals, including a
specimen 2i" square (3716), exhibit the unicorn device. The remaining seven
include one with the -figure of an elephant (3,371, PI. XXIII, a, 3), one with
an inscription round three sides of the border (2789), a paste seal of the
Boeotian shield pattern, three seahngs of faience, and one of terracotta. The latter
exhibits on the obverse, a drummer in front of a tiger and three pictographs,
while on the reverse is a row of five svastikas in separate panels with the same
pictographs as on the obverse (Plate XXI, a G and 7). Among other objects
are two spear-heads (1060 and 3276), a well-preserved stylus of copper (2551),
a tiny squat crucible (1322), a large sankha cup (2714) and a ball with incised
circlets, a pear-shaped painted vase of terracotta, the neck of a flanged jar (3882)
oval at the mouth, with four pairs of holes in the rim, a broken cylindrical
perforated vessel with a large hole in the bottom (2549) and three curious barrel-
shaped hollow terracotta objects, flat at the bottom and holed at the top. As
they are rubbed smooth on one side, they may have been used as flesh rubbers.

Finds.

Besides the portable objects mentioned above, the excavations revealed
numerous miscellaneous articles of , faience, shell, ivory, and stone. Those of
faience include several deeply indented bangles, a hollow wavy cylinder, star-
shaped nose rings, some pleasing - varieties of knob-headed ear-rings, temple
ornaments, heart and crescent-shaped pendants, beads, buttons and amulets,
three miniature squirrels, four coucliant rams, a fish, the neck of an ibex,
tetrahedrons, cones, and an assortment of dainty and very tiny vases. The
specimens of sankha comprise spoons, pierced convex discs, a fragmentary, wavy
ring, chessmen, and various designs for inlay. Among ivory objects are sharp
pointed styluses, rods with less pointed ends and a variety of baluster-lilce
objects. Equally large is the variety of stone objects comprising beads, pen-
dants and chessmen, biconical sang-i-musd objects, fragmentary shuttle-shaped
polishers, cubical weights, stone balls, chert cores, wedges and scrapers, yellow
stone lozenges, a granite disc, double convex discular mace-heads, an oval
tablet of alabaster, and plain and wavy rings. There are a few large things
of stone, among which are two finished and unfinished flint cubes (635 and
1095), and a large but squat chessman shaped object (765, height 6|", diameter

oV')-

Several painted vases were also recovered but only three of them are
complete, each with a flat bottom. Of these. No. 1155 is round and splayed
at the neck ; No. 616 is a pear-shaped miniature vase, while No. 52 is reel-

18 a

EXPLORATIO^r — HARAPPA.

108

stapcd aud iias three holes in the rim for suspension. Of the fragmentary
ones No. 1022 was apparently similar to No. 1155 and shows stars and birds
in wavy clouds at the shoulder ; No. 1230 is concave in the upper portion
and conve.v at bottom, while 1231 is convex at bottom and tapers in the
upper portion. On some painted potsherds which for the most part belong
to vessels of considerable size, are the designs of a peacock, a duck and a deer,
but the more common patterns are foliate, scaly and geometrical. Usually the
decoration consists of a black paint on a red ground, but while the large storage
jars and troughs are painted only with black bands, painting on the smaller
vessels is more elaborate and consists of human and animal figures and floral
and geometrical patterns.

Among terracottas the most interesting is the human figure No. 1451, but,
imfortunately, it is split vertically. It shows a seated male figure wearing a
necklace of four strings and a woollen loin cloth. Noteworthy is the criss-cross
treatment of four braids of hair, two of which were curled on the back and one
on each of the cheeks over the ears, as also the beard, and the receding forehead.
Other human figures comprise men seated with legs drawn up in a devotional
attitude, others squatting with their knees clasped in their arms, three nude
figures, one of which is seated on a three-legged stool (1301), pregnant
women, others suckling babies, one kneading bread (Elate XXIII, c) and
another standing with her hands placed sideways over her hips. One of the
female figures (3885a) wears a copper bangle on her arm. The animals are
represented by rhinoceroses, elephants, lions, bulls, pigs, goats and dogs. There
are also figures of squirrels, a sparrow, a parrot, a flying kite, a pigeon, swans,
and doves. Other objects found were rattling balls (3679), toy carts, etc.

Altogether a sum of Es. 30,631 was placed at the disposal of the Superin-
tendent, Hindu and Buddhist Monuments, Northern Circle, for exploration.
Out of this, Ks. 11,533 were allotted to the Public Works Department,
Punjab, for the construction 'of a combined godown and rest-house at Harappa,
Rs. 370 to the Deputy Commissioner, Montgomery, for the acquisition of mound D
at Harappa, and Rs. 950 to the Deputy Commissioner, Xarnal, for the acqui-
sition of the ancient moimds at Amin and Theh Polar. Drawing instruments
worth Es. 1,090 were purchased for field work and the remaining sum, viz.,
Rs. 16,656. was utilized for exploration of the mounds R and A at Harappa,
cleaning apparatus and other petty contingent charges.

PATTAN MUNARA.

By Mr. Mad/io Samp Fafs.

This monument is thus described in the Bahawalpur State Gazetteer : —
“ Pattan hlunara, or Pattan, also known as Fatten, or Pattanpur, lies 5 miles
east of Eahimyar Khan Railway station, on the eastern bank of the old bed
of the river Indus, locally known as the Sej, and is one of the most extensive
ruins in the Bahawalpur State. The only piece of ancient architecture in the
midst of these ruins is a tower which stood in the centre of four similar but

109

EXPLORATION — ^PATTAN 5IUNAEA.

smaller towers all forming a Buddhist monastery. The four towers which were
joined to the central tower at its upper storey existed in a dilapidated condition
as late as the beginning of the 18th century, when they were pulled down by
Fazl Ali Khan Halani and their bricks and stones utilized in making the new
fortifications at Dingarh, Sahibgarh and Bhagla. At present only one storey
of the tower is standing ; but tradition asserts that it had three storeys. Ko
one can say when the upper storey fell down, but the second storey was pulled
down by Bahadur Khan Halani in 1740 A.D, and a brick was discovered which
bore an inscription in Sanskrit showing that the monastery was erected in the
time of Alexander the Great.” ^ As no mention of Pattan is made by any
Muhammadan historian, it appears probable that the place fell to ruins before
their advent.

In 1882 Lieutenant-Colonel B. R. Branfill, who was unable to visit Pattan
Munara personally, was informed," “that it was a brick tower 62' high and 12'
square at base, still standing, but much decayed throughout. It stands on
a sand bank, near where a river once flowed, to the south of the mound indi-
cating the site of an ancient town. A small low door on the west side gives
access to a little vacant cell or chamber. The jambs, lintel and sill of the
doorway are of (red sand) stone, carved with a row of deep rectangular incisions,
and the remains of a lion’s head in front of the sill. There appears to be
another chamber in the upper storey. The walls are divided into arch-headed
panels and ornamented with a course of carved bricks.”

The present height of the Munara is only 29' and, although it is much
dilapidated, the monument still retains sufficient traces to show what it must
have looked like. At the base the tower is 14' square externally and 10' X
8' square internally, and has a doorway opening on the west which measures
10' X 6' 2". The cella is empty inside and covered by a dome only 2' in
height.. The second storey, which is ruined, has an arched window 7' x 3'
above the doorway of the cella. The arch is of the usual Hindu pattern,
constructed of horizontal courses overlapping one another until they meet in
the centre. Flanking the base of this window are two large holes, 8" square,
which correspond to similar holes on the remaining three sides. They appear
to have been meant for the insertion of wooden beams joined together at
the projecting ends by crossbeams, over which were raised pillars for support-
ing the projecting parts of the four subsidiary sikharas corbelled out near the
middle of the second storey. Decayed pieces of beams, which might have
held together the lower frame-work fitted into the holes referred to, still
exist on two sides of the tower. The vacant spaces at the corners, between
the central and subsidiary sikharas, were occupied by tower-like constructions
relieved by chaitya-iooi and gable-mouldings, cZjoiiya-arched openings and con-
ventional lotus and cable mouldings (Plate XXXIV, d).

A little below the beam holes in the first storey are traces of ruined
semi-domes which sprang from three large slabs , of red sandstone, two of

^Balinwatpur State Gazftleer, 1004» pp. 37G and 37?,

-Indian AiUijuariff Vo!. XI, 3S82, pp, 7-— S,

EXPLOEATIOX — ^PATTAX MUNAEA. 110

■u-hich project from the body of the tower. Over these rested semi-circular
stone cornices and above them the semi-domes were built on the same
design as the dome of the cella. Below each of the semi-domes is a double
cornice of simple projecting coursesj with a third one below the arched
nicheS; which occupy the central projection on three sides. Above each of
these cornices is a row of cJiaitya-ioof and gable mouldings, while below the
second is a frieze of conventional circumscribed lotuses, and between the second
and the third a plain chevron ornament consisting of a series of shallow recessed
squares. The mouldings on the lower parts of the walls are plain. What
the outside niches contained, is not now Imown. The whole fa 9 ade of the
monument below the semi-domes is constructed of extremely well-rubbed bricks
with such fine joints that they are scarcely visible among the patterns carved
upon the brick-work. The comparatively rough surface between the semi-domes
and the commencement of the curvilinear spires may have been covered with
plaster but no indications of it have survived.

The size of bricks of which the tower is made, is 16" X 9J" X 21". The
friezes of chaiiya-iooi and gable mouldings, and recessed squares of the chevron
decoration bear a strong resemblance to the carvings on the Lakshman brick
temple at Sirpur in the Eaipur District of the Central Provinces and to some
extent to those on the famous brick temple at Bhitargaon in the Oawnpur
district. The stone doorway and the lintel referred to in the Indian Antiquary
are imfortunately missing, and there is nothing to indicate now the original
purpose of the Munara. But the main sikTiara, which was originally surrounded
by four subsidiary spires, furnishes unmistakable evidence of the structure hamng
been a Hindu temple of Pancharatna type, the like of which is not Imown
elsewhere. According to the Balmmlpur State Gazetteer it continued to be used
for worship until the beginning of the 18th century by the Hindu Kajas and
Chiefs of Sindh, Bikaner and Jaisalmer who annually celebrated here the
Sivarafri fair in the month of Blagh.

Unlilce the temples at Bhitargaon and Sirpur, the Munara stands on a
solid mass of sun-dried bricks and has neither porch nor platform attached
to it. It ■will be remembered that some of the later brick temples in the
Cawmpur and Pa-tehpur districts also have no porches.

Prom the size of bricks, the nature of ornamental motifs and the extreme
neatness with whicii the Mimara was constructed, I am disposed to assign it
to the later Gupta period. Compared with the Lakshmana temple at Sirpur
which has been assigned with great probability to the 7th or 8th century A.D.,
the Munara is a much finer work}

TAXILA.

By Sir John Marshatl.

During my absence for nine months on leave in Europe excavation work
at Taxiia was restricted to completing the clearance of several blocks of build-
ings of the Scytho-l’arthian period in the city of Sirkap which had been left.

Ill

ESPLOEATION — ^TAXILA.

in an unfinished state. This work was done very efficiently by my Excavation
Assistant, Mr. A. D. Siddiqi. / Between the North Gate of the citj' and whar I
take to have been the Palace of the Scytho-Parthian Idngs there are, on the
east side of the High Street, eleven blocks of buildings, separated one from
another by narrow side streets which run with somewhat striking regularity at
right-angles to the High Street. Four of these blocks are fronted towards the
Hig h Street by sacred shrines — one a large Apsidal Temple, which was undoubtedly
Buddhist, and the three other .stupas, which may have been either Buddhist
or Jaina, but probably belonged to the latter faith. For the rest, the eleven
blocks consist of a multiplicity of chambers and courtyards. Whether these
blocks were ordinary domestic dwellings or not, is a debateable point. As-
suming that they possessed two storeys (and they must have possessed at least
two), an average-sized block would have contained upwards of 200 rooms be-
sides several open courtyards around which the rooms were grouped. Mani-
festly, therefore, they could not have been intended for single houses of an
ordinary type. In a previous report I have suggested that they may have
served a special purpose. In the days of the Greeks, Scythians and Parthians
Taxila, as is weU known, was a famous University city, and it is not an unreason-
able hypothesis that this particular part of the city, which is distinguished by
the symmetrical character of its lay-out as well as by the presence of many
religious shrines, may have been the University quarter, and that these large
blocks of buildings may have been tenanted by the difierent professors and their
pupils. For we Imow that most branches of human knowledge then recognised
as such in India — ^from the Vedas, law and medicine down to elephant-taming and
cock-fighting — were taught at Taxila; and it was doubtless the custom here as
elsewhere in India for pupils to make their home with their teachers. The sug- ■
gestion, however, that these buildings were the residences of University professors
is, of course, nothing more than a surmise. It is equally possible, and perhaps
more likely, that they were just the ordinary residences of the citizens, each
comprising a group of attached tenements with either a row of shops or a sacred
shrine fronting the main thoroughfare. As the blocks now stand, their walls
are for the most part only a few feet high, while here and there they have com-
pletely vanished. It will be readily understood, therefore, that it is no easy
matter to determine the purpose to which these blocks were put, and the difficulty
is rendered all the greater because at Taxila the ground-floor chambers were in
the nature of tahJcJianas, access to which was provided, not by doorways from
the outside, but by trap-doors from the upper chambers, to which a stair-case
appears to have ascended from the central courtyard. To take block H as an
example. This is one of the blocks which, along with the adjacent blocks I and
J, has been excavated during the past season. A plan of it, so far as it has been
laid bare, is reproduced in Plate XXV, and a general view of it as well as of the
adjacent block G, can be seen in the preceding Plate XXIV, h. In the plan I have
indicated by Roman numerals and by narrow white lines in the thickness of the
walls the seven larger or smaller dwellings into which it might, with more or ie.«s
convenience, have conceivably been divided. According to this division each

JEXPLOKATIOX — ^TAXILA.

112

of the seven dwellings would have had one or more open courtyards with a certain
number of chambers grouped about them. But the reader will perceive at a
glance that the suggested division into seven houses is anjd.hing but certain, in-
asmuch as the party walls are indistinguishable from the other interior walls ;
and he vdll also perceive that the block might equally well have served for one
large house with several courtyards and their connected chambers, since the
unit of all ancient Indian houses was the open court flanked or surrounded by
rooms, and this unit was multiplied according to the amount of accommodation
required. On the whole, the e'\ddence at present available is in favour of
some at any rate of these blocks in Sirkap having been large houses rather than
groups of small tenements. The point, however, is still open to question. This
particular block H may be taken to be fairly representative of the other resi-
dential blocks recently excavated, and it is therefore unnecessarj’^ to discuss the
latter in detail ; nor would it, indeed, be possible to do this without the aid of
additional plans, which are beyond the scope of this report. There is one
structure, however, unearthed during the past year that must not be passed* over
in silence. This is a large rectangular edifice of which the western end only
has been cleared (Plate XXIV, a). It is on an altogether bigger scale and more
massive in construction than most of the buildings on the Scytho-Parthian level.
Indeed, its fmmdations are carried so deep, that at first sight it looks as if it
must have ante-dated the buildings round about it ; but a closer examination
reveals the fact that it is actually later in date than its neighbours, its masonry
being of the particular diaper pattern which was employed for all the most
recent edifices on this site and which did not come into vogue until about the
beginning of the Kushan epoch. Relatively deep foundations would, of course,
be required in any case for the heavy super-structure which this building may
be presumed to have had, but their unusual depth is explained also by the
fact that on a site like that of Sirkap, where city has arisen on the ruins of city,
it was necessary to penetrate through a considerable depth of accumulated
rubble in order to find ground firm enough to take such heavy foundations.
The same phenomenon is observable also in the case of the great Apsidal Temple
in block D, the apse of wliich descends to a depth of some 18 feet below the
floor level ; and it is significant that this Apsidal Temple belongs approximately
to the same date as the building PB which we are discussing. In the course of
opening up the foundations of the latter the remains of some earlier structures
were exposed which appertain to a lower stratum and which are not only orient-
ed differently from the Scytho-Parthian buildings above them, but run under-
neath the street alongside the building FB, thus showing that at this point the
lay-out of the earlier city did not correspond with that of its Scytho-Parthian
successor.

In view of the wholesale disturbance of the groimd which must necessarily
have resulted from s i n k ing the foundations of the building FB through earlier
structures beneath, it would manifestly be unsafe to infer from their stratifica-
tion the age of minor objects recovered in this digging. Judging, however, by
its style it seems probable that the little female terracotta head figured in

113

EXPLORATION- — TAXILA.

Plate XXVI, 1, emanated from the lower stratum, since its modelling is more
distinctively Hellenistic than -would he expected among remains of the Scjdho-
Parthian period.

Of other small antiquities found during the past season in Sirkap, the most
remarkable and the most valuable, let it be added, that has yet been found on
this site, was a hoard of gold and silver ornaments and .of silver vessels which
was found buried beneath the floor of a room immediately at the back of the
Apsidal Temple in Block D (Square 58-47' at a depth of 7' 6"). The gold ob-
jects, of which specimens are illustrated in Plate XXVI, figs. 3 — 13, are as
follows : —

1. Two pairs of hollow gold ear-rings adorned with clusters of four

drops and provided -with hinged clasps. Diam. (Plate XXVI, 3).

2. Circular medallion of gold. Diam. If". Probably belonging to a fish

girdle ; face decorated -with stellate design, encircled by cloisonne
border. The centre and leaf-like points of the star are inlaid with
rock crystal ; the heart-shaped points and border with white stone.
At the back, are three small rings on one side and a single ring on
the other, intended for uniting the three threads of the girdle.
(Plate XXVI, 4).

3. 20 rosettes of gold with six petals in each, pro-vdded -with four small

hoops at back, probably for attachment to a garment. Diam,
(Plate XXVI, 5).

4. Gold collar {JiansicU), diam. 5|" ; hoUow, with core of lac. The

ends are closed -with separate discs of beaten gold. (Plate

XXVI, 6).

0 . Part of gold girdle of six pieces. Each piece consists of three fishes
side by side, united on the underside by thin bars of gold. The
girdle was strung on three threads, one pasSing through each fish
from head to tail. Length of fishes If". (Plate XXVI, 7).

6. Part of gold girdle of two pieces only. Length of fishes If". (Plate

XXVI, 8).

7. 4 gold beads of double fish form, pierced length-wise. The two holes

pierced'’*in the fishes’ heads meet together in the forked tail. Pro-

bably used as terminals of necklace. Length f".

8. 5 pairs of ‘crescent’ ear-rings of beaten gold on a core of lac. Each

is provided with hinged clasps of twin crescent design, and from
each ' is suspended a pendant of granulated work with cluster
drops. Ear-rings of similar design were found in Sirkap in

pre-vious years. Length 2|" to 3". (Plate XXVI, 9 and 10).

9. Hairpin of silver with gold head. The head consists of a crescent

resting on a small cube and surmounted by a triratna on lotus. Pour
drops of pearls on gold -wire hang from the crescent and two from

the trirailia ; and three circlets of gold with double rows of bead-
ing support each of the three component pa-rts Length C/q",

(Plate XKYl, 11).

EXPLORATION — TAXIZA.

114

10. Pair of round gold ear-pendants. Diam. Ij". The face of each is

adorned with a six-pointed star surrounded by concentric circles
of beading, plaited wire, etc. In the centre is a raised circlet of
paste ; and paste once filled the cloisons of a flenr-de-lys at the
top. From the base depend five plaited chains. (Plate XXVI, 72
and 13).

11. Pair of medallion ear-pendants. In centre, turquoise stone inset in

raised boss with beaded border, surrounded by 6-petalIed flower
and concentric rings of hemispherical beading, twisted and plaited
wire. The hanging chains at base terminate in gold beads and
heart-shaped leaves. The trefoil fleur-de-lys at top is the same as
in the previous entry.

12. Gold necklace of 88 pieces. Bach piece is hollow and pierced later-

ally at one end and through the centre. Length of necklace, 12f" ;
length of each pendant, 1".

13. 4 pairs of hollow gold bangles on core of lac, provided with hinged

clasps. Diam. from 2|" to 3j".

14. 23 plain tubular beads of gold, length i".

Specimens of the silver anklets are figured in Plate XXVI, 77 and 15, and of
the silver vessels in Plate XXVII. They number in all 47 pieces, namely : —

1. 14 plain hollow anklets of silver provided with socket clasps decorated

nith floral devices. In a mutilated and fragile state. Diam. 4f"
to SV'.

2. 4 hollow double-ringed anklets of silver ; outer diam. 6|". The ank-

lets are open in front and provided vuth a moveable socket or
clasp, into which the two ends fit. The upper ring is fluted and
relieved on the upper surface with three foliate bosses. Below
each boss and connecting the two rings together, is a medallion
centred with a human bust in relief. The moveable socket is
decorated with a variety of floral devices. Between the rings on
the front of the anklet is a small hoop, with a corresponding one
oxr the socket clasp, evidently intended to be tied to it. (Plate
XXVI, 77 and 75).

3 Jug with round base and handle of knotted wire terminating in vine
leaves. Inscription in Eliaroshthi round neck : — Ka 100. 20. 20.
20. 20. 10. 1 maliarajabhra \ia-Manigula~\ sa pitlrasa Jihomkasa
Ohukhsasa KsJialrapasa. “ Ka 191. Of Jihonika (Zeionises) Sa-
trap of Ghukhsa, son of (Manigula, brother) of the Maharaja
Length 7 1". (Plate XXVJJ. 7).

4. 2 scent bottles of silver. The lids are attached to the neck by a
chain and ring. Ht. 2V. (Plate XXVII, 2).

G. 5 circular saucers or dishes of silver of varjung sizes from to S}",
The bottom is flat, the edges curved outwards. (Plate XXVII, 3).
C. 2 small silver cups with low base. Diam. 3^". (Plate XXITI, 7).

115

EXPLORATION — TAXILA.

7. 1 basket-lilce sieve of silver fitted witli two ring-liandles on eitlier side.

Inscription in Kharoslitlii on its body : — Gomadhyada-'puirasa Jham-
damiamasa “ Of Jhaihdanvama, son of Gomadbyada Ht. 61".
(Plate XXVII, 5).

8. 3 silver goblets with fluted bodies. Ht. 5^", 6^-" and 7", respectively.

IMany goblets of similar pattern, but of copper or bronze, have been
found previously at Taxila. (Plate XXYII, 6).

9. A circular sieve of silver with broad flat rim provided with boop handle

on underside. Diam. 6|'. (Plate XXVII, 7).

10. 2 circular and concave lids of vessels of silver, diam. 8|". In tbe

middle of tbe concave (upper) side is a handle in tbe form of a
fish soldered to tbe Hd (apparently with copper). (Plate XXVII, 8).

11. 2 circular silver bowls with low base, soldered to bottom. Diam.

7|" and.7|" respectively. (Plate XXVII, 9).

12. 1 round silver disb with raised boss in centre, terminating in knob

and surrounded by six incised concentric circles. Similar dishes
of copper have been found at Taxila. Inscription in Kbarosbthi
on body reads : — Mimjtikriiasa sa 20.10 dim 1.1. Diam. 8f". (Plate
XXVII, 10).

13. 5 circular shallow bowls of silver. Diam. 6j" to 6|-". Two bear the

same inscription in Kharoshthi, viz., Theudarasya Tliavara-putrasya
= “of Thcodoros, son of Thavara”.

14. Silver jug with small ring handle attached to neck. Ht. 5".

15. Rectangular plate of silver with raised curved rim, fitted on four legs,

one of which is missing. The legs, like the bases of tbe goblets,
appear to be an alloy of silver and copper — the copper being added,
perhaps, for the purpose of soldering or welding. 8^-" X 6^". In-
scription in Kharoshthi reads : — Mumjukritasya sya 20 dra 1.

16. 1 flat silver spoon with plain handle terminating in knob. Length

ei".

17. Piece of silver handle terminating in leaf design. Length 2|".

Whether the silver anklets illustrated in Plate XXVI, M and 15, were in-
tended to be Avorn by women or ponies, is uncertain. Such anldets are still to
be seen decking the feet of horses in marriage processions, but they have been
Avom also from time immemorial by women, and many examples of them could
be cited from ancient Indian bas-reliefs, lilre those of Bharhut and Sanchi. The
geometric and floral -deAdces worked in repousse on these anklets are very rich
and ornate. On the other hand, the silver vessels are for the most part very
simple and chaste, and for that reason all the more attractive. The most ornate
is the duck-shaped jug Adth vine-leaf handle (Plate XX’iHI, 1). For the restora-
tion of xhe inscription on it I am indebted to Prof. Sten Konow. Jihonika
(Zeionises), who subsequently became Emperor, is Imown to haA^e been the son of
Manigula, but it Avas not knoAvn that the latter was the brother of the Maharaja.
Dr. Konow surmises that the Maharaja referred to is Wima-Kadphises, in Asdiich

EXPLOR/\TJOX— TAXILA. 116

case tlie succession must iave gone tlirougli liis brother to his brother’s son,
according to a practice not infrequently found among the Western Kshatrapas,
Presumably the numerical figures in this inscription refer to the years of an era.
On the other hand in the inscription of Mimiula-ita (No. 12) the symbols sa and
d/ia followed by the numerals 30 and 2, and the symbols st/a and dra in No. 16
undoubtedly stand, as Dr. Konow has shown, for Staters and drachmas, and give
the value of the vessels on which the}' are inscribed. The Satrapy of Chukhsa
is mentioned also in the Tasdla copper plate of the year 78 as being then under
the Satrap Liaba Kusulaka, and is to be identified with the modern district of
Chach.i Vases similar to the fluted goblets in Plate XXVII, 6, have previously
been found at Taxila, and a silver vase of the same kind was found by
Mr. Hargreaves at Mastung in Baluchistan. It is worthy of remark, too, that
precisely similar goblets are figured in a drinking scene depicted in a Gandhara
sculpture at Mardan.

The fact that several of these silver vessels bear the names of different
owners suggests that they may have been gifts to the temple, hastily buried, like
the other treasures found in contemporary buildings, on the occasion of some
hostile invasion.

Besides the above objects of gold and silver, several other small groups of

antiquities were found in Sirkap. One of these groups (Sk. 2216), which was

unearthed in block G (Sq. 11 0-52') at a depth of 4/ 4", contained the following
domestic and other articles : —

1. Spatula-like object of copper with triratna handle. Length 71".

2. Hook-shaped object of copper with Imob handle. Length 7|".

3. Copper spoon with hoof handle and rat tail ridge. Length 6}".

4. Copper scent flask with three legs. Ht. 2^". (PI, XXVIII, J).

5. Copper stopper with long necked animal, perhaps belonging to No. 4.

Ht. ir.

C. Copper inlq)ot with serpentine handle and stopper ; deposit of ink
traceable at the bottom. Ht. 3|^".

7. Copper ladle. Ht. 10".

S. Copper goblet with stand, broken.

9. Copper cup with stand. Ht. 3^".

10. Copper bowl, broken. Diam. Gi".

11. Hother-of-pearl shell. Length 2J".

12. Large iron scalepan. Diam. Gj".

13. 4 iron ladles. Diam. 3^" to 4".

14. 2 ivory pla3dng dice. Length and Si".

15. 9 beads of agate, jasper, etc.

10. 202 shell beads.

17. 2 agate discs pierced with hole at centre. Diam. I".

IS. o beads of glass, 4 of which are coral coloured, the other burnt dark
gray.

» Ep. IrS., Vol. IV, p. 53 ; J. r.. A. S., 1S63, p. 147 ; Tnd. Ant, IStlC, p. 174.

117

EXPLOKATIOK— TAXILA.

19. 2 circular and 1 rectangular copper coin, in much defaced and burnt
condition. One appears to be an issue of Azes (lion and bull type).

Another group (Sk. 4429) found in block L (Sq. 189-70'), where a number
-of coin forger’s moulds had previously been unearthed, comprised the following ; —

1. 6 double-headed copper hammers, some of the heads rounded and

others rectangular and flat. Varying in length from 2-1" to Si".
(Plate XXVIII, 3).

2. Copper hammer (?) with square flat heafl and socket hole for handle.

Ht. 1|". (PI. XXVIII, 4).

3. 2 copper rings stuck together. Diam. 1".

4. 3 iron wedges mth socket holes for handles. Length 6|" to 5".

5. Double-headed iron hammer. Length 6".

6. Iron scale pan. Diam. 4".

7. 2 pointed chisels of iron rvith flat top. Length 1|" to 3J"

8. 2 iron anvils, square in section. Length 51" and 6|".

9. Iron bar. Length 2' 4".

10. Iron chisel. Length 3|".

11. Pair of iron pliers. Length 3|".

Of other miscellaneous objects fronl Sirkap, the following also deserve
special mention : —

1. Gold hoop finger ring : diam. xf”> the projecting bezel, from which

the gem is missing, edged with gold beading, with a second circlet
of beading around its base. The ring is bordered on either side with
fine plaits of gold wire, and the outside is further relieved with
a double-headed scorpion-like figure in applique, the twin heads

of which resemble the familiar nandipada symbol. Sk. 4136.
Sq. 10-54'. Depth 5'. (Plate XXVI, 2).

2. Miniature tripod bowl of bronze. Diam. li^". Sk. 356. Sq. 134-C5',

Depth 3' G",

3. Terracotta figure of Kuvera (?) seated and holding animal in left

arm. Wears a skull cap and two large ear pendants. The

grotesqueness of the face calls forcibly to mind the figures in
'■ Mara’s army on the North Gateway at Sanchi. Work of the
Early Indian School. Ht. 3". Sk. 4247. Sq. 13-47'. Depth 4' 6".
(Plate XXVIII, 2).

4. One copper oval signet engraved with a figure of winged running

horse (Pegasus) to r. Provided with two ring handles on
its hack. Length I". Sk. 1476. Sq. 145-48'. Depth S'. (Plate
XXVIII, 5).

•5. Copper signet -with nandiiyada symbol and Kharoshthi inscription of
five letters. Provided with a ring handle attached to its hack,
-|" square. Sk. 4263. Sq. 13-45'. Depth 4' 6". The inscription

reads Arajhamdasa. (Plata XXVIII, 0).

EXPLORATION — TAXILA.

118

6. Square inscribed signet of copper, engraved with a figure of an ascetic

sitting inside a hermitage with r. hand extended over fire in front.
Inscription in Kharoshthi : — Bmmadatasa. At back of signet are
four rings for attachment, square. Sk. 889. Sq. 1S9’5G'.

Depth 2' 3". (Plate XXVIII, 7).

7. Copper seal with a figure of an animal running and looking back-

wards. Around upper rim, scalloped device. At back, handle
pierced with hole. Diam. Ij". Sk. 2537. Sq. lOG'SO'. Depth 8'.
(Plate XXVIIT, 5).

8. Volute bracket in form of winged male figure springing from acan-

thus leaf base. The figure is draped and turbaned, with ear or-
naments. On the back side of the figure, Kharoshthi inscription
in three sections : — Savatratena niyatito viliare matajntu jmyae de-
vadato. “ [This] pious gift was presented at the vihara by Sava-
trata (Sarvatrata) in honour of [his] parents.” Length 6f". Bk.
1457. Sq. 148-51'. Depth 4' 6". (PI. AXVIIl, 9).

9. Winged male bracket figure of schist, springing from an acanthus

leaf base. The figure wears dJioli, scarf, jewelled turban, ear
ornaments and necklace. The volute bracket against which
the figure rests, is fashioned to resemble a serpent with scaly
surface and double head. Length 6|". Kunala Monastery, OeU
E-8.

10. Double-cupped copper spoon, Length 8-|". Sk. 67. Sq. 144-70'. Depth

4' 4". (Plate XXVIII, 10).

11. Copper triraim. Length 8|", Sk. 2257. Sq. 111-60'. Depth 2' 2".

(Plate XXVIII, 11 ).

12. Red Mathura curry-stone with four legs ornamented on sides and

legs with floral patterns in low relief. At one end the legs are
set back and provided with makara brackets. Length 11". Sk. 1804.
Sq. 118-55'. Depth 2' 4". (Plate XXVIII, 19 ).

13. Rectangular goldsmith’s mould of grey stone with a lotus and other

ornament sunk in the surface on one side 2V'x2". Sk. 2543. Sq.
106-50'. Depth 8'. (Plate XXVIII, 13 ).

14. Scallop shell of uncommon size and shape, slightly damaged. Length

6|". Sk. 2215. Sqj 110-52'. Depth 4' 4". Dr. Beni 'Prashad
of the Zoological Survey of India has identified the shell as a
Japanese species, either peeten mhilis Reeve or pectcn crassicosla-
tus Sowerby, most probably the former. The shell would, there-
fore, appear to have found its way to Taxila from the shores of the
Pacific Ocean.

If). Goldsmith’s touch-stone of slate with gold marks, A very fine speci-
men. Length 10|". Sk. 4148. Sq. 17-43'. Depth 2'.

16. fountain head (?) of Gandhara schist stone, in form of grotesque
humau figure, possibly Kuvera, seated cross legged on rectan-
iiular base. Wears curly beard and moustache and bracelet on

119

EXPLORATION — ^TAXILA.

r. wrist. There are holes in mouth, ears and top of head for
discharge of water. Ht. 5g". Sk. 3398. Sq. 120'49'. Depth S'.

17. Bone hair comb, decorated with small incised circles. Length
Sk. 4236. Sq. 13-47'. Depth 4'.

IS. Ivorj^ hair comb, decorated with small incised circles. Length If".
Sk. 460. Sq. 132-65'. Depth 4' 6".

19. Double edged iron sword with tivo rivets in handle for attach-

ment of side pieces. Length 21". Sk. 4430. Sq. 190-69'.

Depth 3'.

20. 2 pairs of iron wheels of a small cart with axles attached. The

wheels are fitted with 16 spokes each. Diain. of wheel 7-|" to

7|". Length of axle 2' 5". Sk. 784. Sq. 136-57'. Depth 2'.

21. 2 iron drain pipes, probably intended for roof drainage. They are

made of w^elded rings and are of diminishing diameter. Length
12" and 13^". Sk. 3631. Sq. lo7'61'. Depth 5'.

To the south of the houses described above, some further progress was made
-with the excavation of the south-east Aving of the ro}^! palace, but, as the ex-
cavation developed, it w'as found that this part of the palace w^as in a much more
mutilated state than the western half, and that not a little of it had been com-
pletely obliterated. The only section of the palace that now remains unex-
oavated is the north-eastern corner, and the clearance of this will not take
more than a few weeks. Compared wuth the smaller city residences, the
royal palace has yielded singularly few' minor antiquities ; and, were such anti-
quities our only objective, it would hardly be worth w-hile to go on w'ith its exca-
vation. Unique, how'ever, as are the collection of domestic utensils, perso-
nal ornaments, coins and the like which Sirkap has produced, the ruins of its
houses and palaces are in themselves hardly less instructive. For Taxila, be
it remembered, is the only Indian city of the historic period that has been
excavated oh a comprehensive scale : the only spot, in fact, W'here the material
culture of the people and the conditions in Avhich they Ih'ed can be practically
and effectively studied. To leave this palace, therefore, or any of the other
buildings, but half excavated and their plans imdetermined, Avould be
singularly short-sighted and would rob the labour already expended upon them
of much of its fruitfulness.

The nurdber of coins recovered in the course of this season’s excavations
was 942. .Among the rarer or unique specimens Avere several local Taxilan
types and issues of the following kings : — ^Menander, Strato I, Antialkidas, Arche-
bios, ApoUodotos, Vonones (Avith Spalahora), Spalahora (with Spalagadama), Axes
(I'& II), Azilises, Gondophares, and Kadphises 1.

Besides the operations described above, Mr. Siddiqi also found time to carry
out some much needed conservation measm-es in the Avestern half of the palace, to
level and drain the southern end of the high street and adjacent structures, to
clear away the debris from thirteen of the cells in the Kunala monastery, as Avell
as to remove more than 300,000 cubic feet of spoilt earth that had been de-
posited near the North Gate of the city.

EXPLORATION — PUNJAB.

120

SOME MONUMENTS IN THE PUNJAB AND NORTH-WEST
FRONTIER PROVINCE.

By Mr. H. Hargreaves.

(1) The Fort of Attock.

TJie Government of the Punjab, having decided to declare the Attock Fort
a Protected Monument and to maintain it from Provincial Funds, requested to
be informed what measures were necessary for its appropriate conservation.
In compliance ■with that request a survey of the Fort has been made and a note,
illustrated by eleven photographs, has been dra'mi up.

The foundations of the Fort, which stands on the left bank of the River
Indus, were laid in 1581 A.D. and an inscription dated 991 A.H. (1583 A.D.)
now on the top of one of the gateways, probably gives the date of its comple-
tion. Alrbar’s structures are built of the local shaly rock set in thick lime
mortar, but for arches, vaulting, domes and a string course on the exterior
walls lahliauri brick is used, and for the original gateways fine sandstone
resembling that found at Tarki in the Punjab. The inscribed slab is of
white marble.

Unlike the palace fortresses of Agra, Delhi and Lahore, the fort at Attock
appears to have been a purely military post, to hold the river crossing and guard
the bridge of boats. No effort was made to level* or terrace the interior of the
Fort, which is most uneven and encumbered by masses of living rock. At the
north-eastern end of the recently levelled Parade Ground are a few traces of
arched openings, and the modern sunk road which runs from the Delhi Gate to
the Clyde Battery cuts through ancient walls and ruined vaulted passages, but
these do not appear to have been part of large or important structures.
Save for these poor remains, the interior of the fort is entirely destitute
of ancient structures, and interest is therefore centred on the walls and gate-
ways.

The walls, as a whole, are well preserved and structurally sound. Addi-
tions to them are numerous and in places their height has been greatly in-
creased, while on the north, modern barracks, built immediately behind, crovm
the wall. The openings between the Jcanguras have sometimes been closed and
some of the loopholes filled in. Most of the bastions have been given modern
brick battlements.

One of the most interesting features of the fort is the narrow gallery con-
trived high up in the walls. The greater part has a vaulted roof, but in one
stretch thick flat roofing slabs replace the brick vaulting. This gaUeiy is hot
continuous.- 'Wherever the battlements are high, numerous flights of small
steps on the inner face of the wall lead up to these chambers or to the parapet.
Borne of these flights of steps are of considerable height.

The battlements, loopholes and machicoulis bear evidence of changes de-
signed to meet new needs arising from changing armaments, but their original
forms can still be traced and add to the interest of the monument,

121

EXPLORATION— PUNJAB.

None of the original entrances to the Fort are now in use but three exist
or are at least traceable. A gateway of Sikh date is now the principal entrance
to the Fort. Two modern gateways have been opened in the northern and
western walls, and another in the long modern wall which divides the fort into
an upper and lower area.

The present main entrance, the -Mori C4ate, situated at the north-east of
the fort is not an original gateway but probably of Sikh date, while the
hornwork and ramp are British.

At the south-west corner of the fort is an original entrance now designated
the Kabuli Gate. The outer gateway is built up, but the inner one, of pleasing
form and largely of sandstone, is still open. A spacious courtyard exists
between the mner and outer gates.

In the centre of the north wall is a rectangular projection called the Maga-
zine. Originally, this must have been one of the principal entrances into the
Fort. The modern magazine occupies the courtyard between the inner and
outer gateways. The outer gateway is no longer traceable, but would appear
to have been in the eastern face of the northern projection, which is faced with
modern masonry. The top of the inner gateway is still visible and surmounted
by the inscription of the year 991 A. H. referred to above. This inscription,^
in raised letters, is fixed in modern masonry and its original position is there-
fore doubtful, but it may have come from the outer gate. The inner gateway,
now almost entirely concealed by and enclosed in modern structures, resembles
somewhat the Kabuli Gate, but is of more elaborate type and had on either
side a small balcony of pleasing design. The sandstone facing of this gate is
greatly weathered, seemingly by sand erosion, as the gate faces the river front.
On account of the darkness and the stench of the dead bats it was impossible
to trace precisely the original structures hidden in the modem magazine and
later additions. But after careful examuiation and measurement and when
these modern accretions have been ascertained, they should, if the magazine
be no longer required, be cleared away and the inner gateway restored and the
courtyard between the inner and outer gates levelled. This, though desirable,
is likely to be an expensive operation and would require careful supervision.

At the extreme west of the Fort, and where it is nearest to the river, is an
advanced work giving access under cover to the River Indus. A simple arched
gate, now closed, is still visible behind the outwork and must have been the
original Water Gate. From this gate steps led down to the water, which in
time of flood must have risen to a considerable height behind the advanced work.
From inside the Fort there is now no sign of the back of the Water Gate, as
modem additions entirely hide it and render its re-opening almost impossible.

The north wall, west of the Magazine, was broken down about 1880 and an
entrance known as the Lahore Gate, provided, while a second modern gate has
been opened in the western wall near the old Water Gate, to give easy access
to the village of Mallaitola, after which it is named.

^ J, A. S. £. Vo2. Xlf, Part ISZI, p, 23S, Bloohmann.

EXPLORATION — PUNJAB.

122

A modern wall, running southward from the Lahori Gate and dividing the
Fort into an upper and lower area, is pierced by a small gateway known as
the Delhi Gate.

During the long period of British occupation the walls and gateways have
experienced many changes, and modern repairs and additions are much in evi-
dence. From the point of archseologioal conservation these have not invariably
been appropriate, but they have at least ensured the maintenance of the walls
in a sound structural condition.

Fabrukhnagar.

At the request of the Deputy Commissioner, Gurgaon, certain unlisted mo-
numents in that district were visited in order to ascertain whether they were
worthy of protection rmder the Ancient Monuments Preservation Act. Two
of these monuments were situated at Farruldinagar and the third, a Mughal
bridge over the Buddhianwala hTala, lies about 13| miles from Delhi on the old
Badshahi road between Delhi and Agra.

Farrulrhnagar, a small decaying town situated in the midst of a sandy
sterile tract some 13 miles west by south of Gurgaon, was founded by a Biloch
Governor named Dalel Khan, afterwards known as Faujdar Khan, in the reign
of the Emperor Farrukhsiyar (1713-1719). A marble tablet in the principal
gate is inscribed in Persian characters, ‘ Qila-i-Faujdar EM&n, 1100.’ The town
was entirely surrounded by a wall made principally of large hanhar blocks, and
was provided with numerous bastions and several gates, but much of the wall
has fallen and the remainder is now greatly decayed.

The monument known as the Shish Mahall and the residence of Faujdar
Khan, is a block of buildings round a square court-yard, and the only well pre-
served remains of the original complex of structures, the rest having either
fallen into ruins or been sold. A pleasing Little enclosure with gateways, which
is known as the Mahall Sabai and is contiguous with the southern wall of the
Shish Mahall, is now in possession of a hania, who has erected many walls and
greatly altered its appearance.

Two gateways give access to the Shish Mahall enclosure, the principal one
being on the western end of the northern side, the smaller towards the southern
end of the western side. Karrow daloTis without verandahs but provided with a
deep chhajja, form the eastern and western sides, but the buildings on the
north and south are much greater in depth.

The Shish Mahall proper, and the most important structure, occupies the
centre of the southern side and is a long building of plastered red sand-
stone, with a deep cJiJiajja supported by brackets and flat slabs. In front is a
raised platform edged by a low stone jali, save where steps descend at either
end of the northern face.

Three large arches of late Mughal design give access to the main high
chamber, but on either side are small rooms each with galleries with arched
openings facing the main hall. The three main arched openings are repeated
in the centre of the hall and appear on the back as panels ornamented with glass

123

EXPLOEATION — ^PUNJAB,

inlay, resembling somewhat the Sikh work in the Lahore Fort. The main de-
sign of these panels to which the monument owes its name is a cross section, in
relief, of a pavilion with Bengali roof, so that the Slilslia ornament does not
cover merely large fiat or simple curved surfaces as at Lahore. Much of the
glass inlay is now lost, and at some comparatively recent period has been
ineffectively and inappropriately repaired. To this renovation are due the
rectangular framed mirrors, the bright red’ painted rosettes, the dado and
the painting above the capitals of the pilasters and round the edge of the arches.

The Shish Mahall has a panelled wooden ceiling' like those found in Sikh
buildings, while the small side’ chambers have modern beam and batten
roofs.

On either side of the Shish MahaU and at a lower level is a structure ■with

five arches, which are repeated in the centre of the room. The ancient roofs

have been replaced by modem ones of B. S. or wooden beams and battens. The
building to the east is well kept and in a clean and sound condition, being used
as a police office. From it access is gained to two small rooms now used as a
liawalai, while adjacent to it is a small liammam.

The similar stmcture to the west of the Shish MahaU was, untU about 1910
used as a school. Since then it appears to have been entirely neglected and is
in a lamentable condition. The walls are blackened by smoke, plaster has
faUen from the masonry, some of the oMiajja slabs are broken and, unless early

action is taken, the building -will fall into ruin.

On the platform immediately in front of the centre arch of the Shish Mahall
is a smaU tank in which traces of a fountain exist. The water from this flowed
under the platform and at its northern face fell perpendicularly over a slab with
niches for Ughts {abslidr), then tmder a projecting Shahiashin supported on red
sandstone arches and into a paJcJca sunk channel which originaUy had thirteen
fmmtains. Four narrow raised paraUel causeways ran east and west at right
angles to the water channel and appear to have had a narrow fahha
sunken edging, level with the parterres and ornamented with little formal water
tanks.

There are small buildings on the roof of the Shish MahaU and also others
behind these on the same level but forming the second storey of buildings now
no longer part of the Shish MahaU.

On the southern end of the eastern dalan. is a smaU building used as a
kitchen by the poUce constables, whUe a simUar structure ser'vdng as a godo'wn
for the Notified Area Committee occupies the eastern end of the roof of the
northern dalans.

But the principal building on the roof is that which stands above the main
gateway. This is a large rectangular pa-dlibn -with a cJiJiajja and the remains
of a smaU ornamented tank and foimtain on the east. To this face of the
building a modem verandah -with hea-vy columns and roof of E. S. beams has
been added, and the building is now used as the office of the Farrukhnagar
Notified Area Committee. Access to this roof and buUding is by a modem
staircase projecting into the courtyard.

20 a

BXPIORATIOJr— PUNJAB.

124

The monument is Government property, and the Police occupy half of the
huildings, viz., part of the Shish Mahall, the huilding to the east of it, and the
whole of dalans on the east and north. The Post Office absorbs the few
rooms on the west, while the Post Master lives on the second storey in the
south-west corner, the Notified Area Committee having on the second storey the
building above the gateway referred to above and the one at the north-east
corner. These buildings are maintained by the various occupants but no rent
is apparently paid to the Government.

The double line of chambers of the northern dalans, which face the street,
are in possession of shop-keepers, who are said to have purchased them many
years ago and made additions on the north.

The monument is only some two hundred years old and was built when
Mughal art, like the empire itself, was decaying, but, as a specimen of the
domestic architecture of the period and the residence of a powerful and wealthy
official, it is worthy of preservation ; for it is doubtful if many similar examples
now exist in the Pun]‘ab.

A conservation note has been drawn up and the monument has been recom-
mended for protection under the Act, but as it is occupied by two provincial de-
partments as- well as by the Post Office, it has been recommended that it should
be maintained from Provincial Funds.

But the most interesting monument at Farrukhnagar is an octagonal well
known as Baoli Ghaus Ali Sh.ah, apparently contemporary with the
walls (1689 A.D.), and close to the north-east bastion. Its preservation is
most desirable and its early protection under Act VII has been recommended,
as it is not only of architectural interest but of a type rare in the
Punjab.

The Mughal Bridge over the Buddhianwala Nala referred to above lies
half a mile east of the modern bridge, 13-^ miles from Delhi on the Delhi Muttra
Eoad, and was inspected on February 13th, 1927. It is a stone bridge of three
arches which are structural^ sound but require considerable pointing. The
piers of the central arch were strengthened by buttresses whose position was
marked above by four small minars with domed tops. Of these minars only
the two on the Delhi side of the bridge still remain. The paved approaches to
the bridge e.xist in excellent condition.

The water-wa}'^ under the arches was originally paved, but is well preserved
in the centre arch only, and even here the stream has dangerously cut away the
down stream bed exposing its foundations. About one-third of the parapet
has disappeared as well as two of the minars. Trees of some considerable size
and other vegetation have taken root in the masonry and are a menace to the
structure.

The bridge is of sufficient historical and archajological interest to warrant
protection under the Ancient Monuments Preservation Act, and, as the Central
Government already maintams the other existing remains of the old Badsliahi
highway, lu:., bridges, serais, baalis and 1ms minars, it has been proposed that
the maintenance of this equally valuable monument should also be assumed by

125

EXPLORATIOlSr — N.-W. F. PROVINCE.

the Government of India. A note detailing the necessary conservation has been
drawn up and the monument has been photographed.

BaOLI at hlEHM.

The finest and best preserved baoli in the Punjab, is the one at Mehm
in the Eohtak District. As special repairs are to be undertaken there, the
monument was inspected in Pebruary 1927 to explain to the Public Works De-
partment Officer concerned the details of the proposed conservation. The haoli
is an elaborate structure of brick and block kankar, about a hundred steps in
three long flights separated by landings, leading to the water (Plate XXIX, c.)
it bears an inscribed marble tablet recording its erection by one Saidu Kala,
a mace-bearer to Shah Jahan.

Khyber Pass.

The Political Agent, Khyber, having sent, on April 27th, 1926, certain
letters from the Officer Commanding, 1st Indian Infantry Brigade, Landi Kotal,
reporting that sculptures from a Buddhist shrine had been discovered near
Sultan Khel village in the Khyber Agency, the site was visited on May 2nd, 1926.

It was found that the find-spot was a low elliptical mound about a quarter
of a mile north of the Shpola Stupa. ^ The mound, which lies in the midst of
cultivation, is some 70 feet long and 40 feet across and is highest at its northern
end where it rises some six feet above the neighbouring fields. This area has
.been known to yield antiquities for the last forty years and the villagers state
that various heads, etc., were recovered there more than thirty years ago for
Colonel Warburton, Political Agent, Khyber. Since • Colonel Warburton’s time
the place had remained unexploited. Eecently, however, certain British
officers having evinced a lively interest in these antiquities, one Rauf Shah, a
Sayyid of Sultan Khel village began to dig there and made certain discoveries.
Later Captain Bowen of Landikotal started regular excavations and engaged
men who continued the operations for four or five days. A portion of the
finds was taken to Landi Kotal and several complete seated Buddha figures from
a frieze as well as other Buddha and Bodhisattva heads were in possession of
Captain Bowen.

Practically everything had been removed from the trenches which marked
the excavations before inspection. The exposed walls 'were of the larger type
of diaper masonry of about the Second Century A. D., but some of the stucco
figures appeared to be of later date. The stucco seated Buddha figures had
been removed from the base of a stupa and there were also some large heads
which had most probably adorned chapels. Brief but not very accurate ac-
counts of these excavations, by unlrnown writers, appeared in various Indian
newspapers.

As a result of these excavations Eauf Shah has a number of stucco heads,
some larger than life size, which he offers for sale to visitors to the Khyber,

' A. S. I., 1913-10, p. llg.

EXPLOKATION — F. PROVINCE.

126

Excavations on these iaphazard lines are very undesirable. No detailed
record is kept of the operations, no list of finds made, and antiquities are broken
up for convenience of transport. No plan is prepared and the work becomes
a mere scramble for portable antiquities and, in consequence, possibly valuable
archoeological evidence is destroyed for ever.

The Ancient Monuments Preservation Act does not apply to the Khyber
Agency, but the Political Agent was asked to do everything possible to dis-
courage such excavations there. He was of opinion, however, that steps to that
end were undesirable, as they might give rise to the belief that the antiquities
were of considerable value and local cupidity might be stimulated thereby.

In spite of the prohibitions of Notification No. 1385 of July, 1924, Captain
Bowen took out of India six of the heads he recovered. The attention of the
Local Government was drawn to this and to the very strong Indian feeling
against the removal of antiquities from India to foreign countries, and orders
were issued to the Head-quarters, Peshawar District, to make over the remain-
ing images to the Superintendent, Archaeological Survey, Frontier Circle, but
entirely without effect.

Sporadic diggings still occur in the neighbourhood of the Shpola Stupa,
and a few of the finds have found their way to the Peshawar Museum.

Shahdaur.

In October, 1924, Mr. Copeland, I.C.S., Deputy Commissioner of Hazara
reported the existence of an inscribed rock in the Agror Valley, Hazara District.
The rock contained two Kharoshthi inscriptions and estampages of both were
procured in the following, month and sent to the Government Epigraphist, who
reported that it was impossible to state how the epigraphs originally began or
ended, and a connected reading was hardly practicable. He observed, how-
ever, that one inscription (PI. XXIX, a & b). contained the date 60, and that
they were valuable records and worthy of preservation. The rock was, there-
fore, declared a protected monument in October. 1925.

As Dr. Konow, who is publishing the post-Asokan Kharoshthi inscriptions,
experienced great difficulty in deciphering the Shahdaur inscriptions and re-
quested better estampages and photographs, a personal visit was paid to the
Agror Valley in September, 1926. Both inscriptions are on a large boulder
about a mile from the village of Shahdaur, which is itself some four miles from
Oghi, and two from the large village of Shamdarra. Cultivation has recently
been extended in this little glen and the rock lies in a small terraced field, just
on the edge of the forest line. The greatest length of the exposed stirface of
the rock is IG' 9", its greatest width 13'. The rock tapers somewhat towards
its southern end.

In the fields around, potsherds, broken bricks and coins are said to be
found. Of the last named no specimens were forthcoming. The potsherds re-
covered were coarse in fabric and in no way distinctive. Specimens of two
large, well burnt bricks of early date were brought for inspection by a man from
the adjacent hamlet of Kanga Banda. These measured 9''x8V'x2|" and 9j'X

127

BXPiOEATIOK — F. PEOVINCE,

■9"x3", Traces of walls exist on the hill side above the rock, but do not resemble
in technique the Indo-Scythian walls of Taxila. hiothing was seen of the
‘ Buddhist walls ’ mentioned in the first report of these inscriptions.

The glen lies just ofi the most direct route from Darband to Garhi Habibullah
and Kashmir and, as no vestiges of any former important structures were traced
in the vicinity, the position of these epigraphs cannot, at present, be accoimted
for.

No dressing of the rock appears to have preceded the engraving of the in-
scriptions. Inscription A consists of five lines of script on the upper surface of
the boulder, while Inscription B, in two lines, is on the seemingly natural and
perpendicular face of the northern end of the rock (PL XXIX a &, b). Several
photographs of the rock and estampages were sent to Dr. Konow. Owing,
however, to the original roughness of the rock and two thousand j^ears of wea-
thering, the reading of the inscriptions is still uncertain, but from a prelimi-
nary report received from Dr. Konow, Inscription B appears to be dated in the
year 60 and in the reign of a ruler named Namijada, whose name is seemingly
Iranian. The second inscription on the top of the rock appears to be a little
later. Any date which may have existed is now uncertain, but the word
Aya..sa,^ with sufficient space in front for the word mahdrajasa, may be read in
the first line. This inscription also mentions a certain Sivarakshita.- Dr. Konow
would assign these inscriptions to the period of Saka rule and connect them with
the epigraphs from Maira, Fatehjung and the unedited Mansehra inscription
of the year 68. The importance of these inscriptions as showing that the Saka
empire comprised the Hazara District, is therefore plain.

Proposals for the adequate protection of these valuable records have been
drawn up and it is proposed to enclose the rock within a low terrace wall like
that around the rock bearing the 12th Edict of Asoka at Shahbazgarhi.

NALANDA

Mr, J. A. Page.

On the excavation of the Buddhist remains at Nalanda a sum of Rs. 16,999®
was spent in the year under review, against a total grant of Rs. 16,000.

This old monastic site, which dates from the 6th century A.D. and perhaps
before, has been described in previous reports ; but I may repeat here that its
characteristic features are a long range of monasteries on the east side, a similar
range of stupas on the west, and a short range of monasteries to bound the area
on the south. Down the centre of the site runs an approach avenue, entered,
it would seem, from the north. From the excavations already made it is

' Cf. MaishaU, J.R.A. S., 1914, pp; 073.86.

- Tho namo Sirarakshita. (Sivarachhita) occurs not only on the Bimaran casket bat also on a seal from Tsxila^
Of. 4. S. /. 1914-16, p.2o.

® This figure includes a sum of Rs. 1,833 spent on tlio purchase of track and tipping waggons, and a further sum of
Rs. 461 appropriated to the purchase of iron shelving at the suggestion of the Director-Goncrai of Archrcology,

EXPLORATION — BIHAR AND ORISSA. 128

clear that the range of monasteries on the east side continues beyond the ac-
quired area and probably into the village of Burgaon to the north.

The other predominant characteristic of the Nalanda site is the sequence of
structures that have been erected and re-erected on the same spot over a period
of several centuries. This is especially evident nith the buildings at the
south end of the site, where, at the Monastery designated No. I, no less than
nine separate levels of occupation have been revealed.

The principal work done during the year was at Stupa No. 3, a great
mound of laid bricks at the southern end of the western stupa range. The
stucco-covered tower of an earlier stupa was disclosed in the previous year at
the south-east corner of this mound, as has been described in the last report. The
corresponding north-east tower had been excavated by the late Dr. Spooner
several years before ; and a tiled shed had been erected over it to protect it
from the weather and to prevent an accumulation of rain water in the box-like
space that had been left about it, formed by the encompassing walls of a later
stupa. In the year under review this protecting shed was dismantled and re-
moved, together with the later encasing walls ; and, this accomplished, the
whole of the eastern frontage of the earlier stupa between these two corner tow-
ers was exposed — all of it, that is, that had survived the original collapse (PI. VI,
a & h). This is very simply stated ; but the labour it entailed iviU be ap-
preciated, when it is said that it involved the tracing of the stupa-face yard by
yard through a solid mass of later brickwork 40 feet high, and the dismantling
and removal of over a lakh and a quarter cubic feet of laid brickwork in front
of it.

The eastern front so exposed represents the lowest storey of this particular
stupa ; and this storey formed a berm or terrace about the upper portion of the
stupa and served as a pradaJcshwa way. Only at the ends of the frontage,
however, has any part of the actual terrace survived, the destruction occur-
ring progressively lower as the centre of the frontage is approached (PI. VII, a).
Of the remainder of this stupa nothing whatever appears to have survived ;
and its broken base was built on as it stood when the next stupa was erected on
this site.

E.xcavation was continued around the north-east tower, along the north front
of the stupa base, and then along the eastern face of what proved to be a great
flight of steps leading from the ground level outside up to the stupa berm.
This flight of steps was flanked by stepped walls elaborately ornamented, like
the corner towers, with images of Buddhas and Bodhisattvas modelled in stucco
and ranged in tiers along the outer sides (PI. VII, b and 'inil, d). The stair
was recovered quite intact, even to the plastered finish of the steps, and even
the exterior plaster decoration is, on the whole, well preserv^ed.

The remains of this stucco-covered stupa, with its comer towers, were thought
up to this year to be the earliest of any size that had been erected on this site,
which then seemed to contain the remains of three large stupas, one erected on
the rums of the other. The exposure of the east front of this early stupa in the
year under report revealed what appeared at first to be little half-stupas pro-

129

EXPLORATION — BIHAB AND ORISSA-

jecting from the fa 9 ade. Excavatioa by the side of the projecting half-
stupas into the facade of the main stupa, in an endeavour to elucidate this-
unusual feature, revealed, however, that the apparently ‘ attached ’ half-stupas
were really the exposed halves of complete little votive stupas, the other halves
of which were buried in the fagade. Obviously, then, they were there before-
this great stupa facade was built.

With this clue to hand, a further cutting was made into the eentre of the
stupa fa 9 ade and, some 10 feet inside, the low remains of a plain wall-face came
to light (PL VII, a). This wall-face was traced both north and south by means
of tunnels through^the great mass of over-laid brick, and the exterior corners
were revealed, together with a central projecting bay. The distance between
these corners was 47 feet and the central projection measured 15 feet
across. Of this earlier structure a height of only some 12 feet, at the most,
remained.

We had already cut back the remains of the later structures to the line of
the early stucco-covered facade, and this discovery entailed the further cutting
back of these later structures to the alignment of the stiU earlier stupa. Con-
sistently with the aim of exhibiting as much as possible of each successive struc-
ture exposed, the stucco-covered stupa-base is being preserved as it was found
and the earlier stupa inside it is being exposed to view by leaving a permanent
passage along it, excavated in the thickness of the brick mass of the encompass-
ing stupa, so that the fa 5 ades of both may remain exposed to view on the east
side of the stupa-mound.

This work was taken up on the south side of the deep trench that had been
sunk last year through the centre of the mound ; and in the course of clearing
the passage between the stucco-covered fapade and the earlier stupa inside it
we came upon the remains of the little corner tower of this stupa (PI. VIII, c).
This was quite unexpected, because we had already exposed the actual comer
of the stupa behind it. This little corner tower took the form of a tall stupa
ornamented mth mouldings and pilasters and inset niches, and it was originally
covered mth stucco, of which portions still sur\dved. Adjoining it were the
fragmentary remains of a similarly ornamented berm that had been built di-
rectly against the plain fa 9 ade we had already found — applied afterwards, as ic
were, to the main structure. The outer faces of the little decorative inner
tower were traced through the brick core of the later tower that had been built
over it ; and its eastern face, together with a short length of the attached berm,
is being left permanently open to view along a narrow passage that has been
cut beside it. It is impossible to leave the corresponding southern face ex-
posed without dangerously imdermining the cut core of the Inter tower above,
so congested are the remains here. The southern face of the tower, together
with the southern face of its stupa, is therefore being closed in again with brick-
hearting for the greater part of its height ; but the little dome-like top will -be
left free, to reveal what it is.

Deep in the centre of the stupa-mound we had found last year the remains
of what were then thought to be three successive structures, all quite smaU.

EXPLORATION — ^BIHAH AND ORISSA. 130

Further excavation here this year revealed that there rvere really four, and these
may here be enumerated as foUovs : the first, a square structure 5'-8" a side
and 4'-0'' high to its broken top, probably the base of a little stupa ; this formed
the nucleus of the mound ; the second, an outer square structure erected
about this nucleus and measuring some 9'-S" a side ; its foundation starting
1 foot higher than that of the first; the third, a small rectangular structure
measuring ll'-G" E-W by 5'-G" N-S, with a narrow concrete chahiitra along the
bottom, and above the cMhuira on the north face fragmentary indications of
stucco-figures ; the foundation of this sbructme starting 4 feet higher than the
second ; the fourth, a low hollow chamber about 12'-6" square with rough over-
hanging corbelling around the sides, which was found filled with earth, the floor
of this starting 1 foot higher than the third structure. Careful search in the
thickness of the brick hearting between this inner chamber and the first of the
stupa fafades outside revealed no trace of any intervening wall face, so that
this inner corbelled chamber must be considered to belong to the first stupa
fa5ade outside. The inner chamber was probably constructed to accommodate
a relic, but no trace of such a thing has come to light.

It has not been practicable to leave these earliest little structures inside
the stupa-mound open to view ; the brick-work is very much disturbed and
the individual bricks composing it split and cracked ; and the difficulties of
rendering it permanently safe and secure are too great to warrant the attempt.
The evidence they afford lias been recovered and recorded, and the deep central
trench that has exposed them ivill be filled in again, as the course best calculated
to ensuT'c the preservation of the remains.

As mentioned above, the two earlier of the large outer stupas have been
exposed on the east side of the stupa mound ; on the corresponding west side
the remains of what have proved to be two later large stupas are being preserv-
ed ; and before the two later integuments were removed from the east side, the
features they presented on this side were carefully recorded and repeated, where
they happened to be missing, on the west side.

In their sequence from the begimiing these four large outer structures re-
present the fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh structiues to be erected here, and
it will perhaps tend to lessen confusion if they are now so described ; for this
sequence of seven successive structures is, indeed, only comparable to a Chinese
box puzzle.

The brick mass of the sixth and seventh stupas, then, having been cut back
to expose the eastern half of the stair of the stucco’d fifth stupa, a section of
the seventh (and latest) stupa was cut away to expose some portion of the sixth.
This cutting, lilm the p^e^•ious one exposing the fifth stupa, was made on an
.alignment south to north, and was successful in revealing the broken remains
of the stair belonging to the sixth stupa. A number of the steps towards the
top of this flight and part of an intera'cning landing had been exposed some years
previously, and in the cxc<av.atiou now made a few of the lowermost steps of the
same fligJjt were exposed, quite intact. With the inclination of the stair thus
revealed, it was a simple matter to set out and build up the intervening steps

131

EXPLOEATION— BIHAR AND ORISSA.

that had been broken away, and this has been done to facilitate access to the
shrine on the extreme top of the stupa-mound (PI. VI, c & d).

Of the seventh structure to be erected here, all that survives is the lower
part of the outer encompassing wall, and a high wall of brickwork built up over
the northern stair of the sixth stupa and ornamented with a series of three
moulded string-courses. So little of this seventh structure remains that it is
not possible to visualise, its original appearance ; but from the fragments of
monolithic columns that were found about it at a contemporary level on the
north side, it appears that a colonnade or loggia of some kind was a prominent
feature of the design. This seventh structure again, or such of it as remains,
is being preserved on the west side of the stupa mound.

The line of the cutting along the stair on the north side has been carried
over the stupa-mound on to the south side, and, with the minor exceptions
noted below, the whole of the sixth and seventh structures to the east of this
alignment has been removed (Plate VI, £).

The effect of all these operations has been to give us a full-size model of
the stupa-mound cut into sections revealing a definite part of each of the last
four structures that go to compose it, the earlier two on the east and the later
two on the west. At the same time the features peculiar to the construction
of the stupas have been disclosed, such as the frame-work of walls that was
built around the earlier structures in the process of erecting a new stupa on
their ruins.

Such low portions as remained of the outer facing walls of the sixth and
seventh stupas are being preserved along this east front also ; they have been
separated from the earlier fajades behind them by cutting away ‘the great mass
of intervening core to leave a wide passage between them. In this mass of
core the remains of many early votive stupas were found, belonging to the
period of the fifth stupa ; and these, again, have been exposed in the passage so cut.

One of these little votive stupas is of unusual interest; attached to it on the
east face is a little porch-like shrine containing fragments of a very kaclicha
stucco image ; and this little shrine is roofed over with a perfect little barrel-
vault in brick, much in the same way as the brick-built ‘caves ’ in the court-
yard of Monastery No. 1 (described in earlier reports). This little stupa is
contemporary with the stucco’d fifth stupa, and pre-Muhammadan by several
hundred years ; so here, again, we have an instance of a ‘ Hindu ’ vault of arch
construction.

A curious feature of the ruined stupa-mound is the inexplicable manner in
which, with all the last four structures erected here, the middle portion of the
eastern front has suffered the greatest damage, and the ends the least. Nere,
at the ends, where one would expect the collapse to be most complete, the sus-
ceptible corner towers of the fifth stupa with their stucco’d fronts and modelled
images have been recovered almost intact, while the central fagade connecting
them is in ruins right down to the ground, the damage becoming progressively
lower as the centre is approached (PI. VII, ct) ; and this curious incidence of
ruin is repeated, only less noticeably, with the fourth stupa and again with tie

21 A

EXPLORATION — BIHAR AND ORISSA.

132

low remains of the sixth and seventh stupas on this front. This is ail tne moie
remarkable since the whole structure would in each case have been composed
of a solidly laid mass of briclrwork. It is, indeed, an odd instance of the pro-
babilities conflicting with the facts.

That bricks were removed from the ruined stupaS for use again in the new
nnes is probable, and indeed an instance of this is apparent in the old walls
of the seventh stupa, where the bricks of the lower fagade have obviously been
-cut and rubbed to a new surface ; but it is clear from the bulged and shattered
condition of the plinth between the two stucco’d towers of the fifth stupa that
the destruction has resulted from comprehensive collapse and not piece-meal
demolition ; so the accident of chance seems to be the only explanation,

Monastery No. 1. — The excavation of this monastery, which was the first
one to be exposed, when the late Dr. Spooner commenced operations at Nalanda
in 1915, was practically completed some two years ago when the earliest pave-
ment of the internal court was exposed. In the year under report, the top of
the small cliahulra-hke feature that projected, at the earliest level, from the
south side of the court was further explored and was found to contain vestiges
■of walls forming a small square shrine with an image-pedestal in the east side.
The little shrine was entered from the north through a porch. The concrete
floor of this porch, on being opened up, was found to contain beneath it two
•earlier floors, also of concrete, one laid directly on the other and all within a
-depth of 1 foot 4 inches.

Over the earliest floor here and laid fiat, possibly to serve as column bases,
•were two long stone plinths, which had patently been cut to stand erect ori-
ginally, and seem to have been brought from some other structure. A point
■of interest that the clearance here disclosed was that the sculptured stone panels
•portraying human-headed birds revering a lotus (mentioned in the Report for
the year 1921-22) were not integral with the original clictbutra, but had been
inserted here when the second floor of the porch above came to be laid.

On stylistic grounds the panels are assignable to the 7th or possibly the 6th
■century A.D., but the fact that they were not expressly designed for their
present position deprives them of their value as eiudence for a date of the struc-
ture containing them. The one definite chronological datum that we have
■obtained is the inscribed copper-plate of Devapaladeva, whose reign is assign-
able to the latter half of the 9th century A.D., and this record was found in
the ruins of the 3rd monastery to be erected on the site.^ Which of the earlier
structures below the Devapala stratum was seen by Yuan Chwang on his pil-
grimage here in the early 7th century, it is as 5’'et not possible to say ; but we
may hope that evidence on this point will be forthcoming as the excavation
of the Nalanda area proceeds.

In accordance with the scheme, mentioned in the previous report, to expose
the lower group of strata over the south half of this monastery and the upper
group over the corresponding north half, the verandah of this latter half will be

insftibcd with Devapala's nane haro also been recovered from this elratum notably an

133

EXPLORATION — ^BIHAE AND ORISSA.

■maintained at the higher level. With a view to securing any minor antiquities
dihat may be hidden below it, however, this verandah is being excavated, and
it will afterwards be filled in again in conformity with the scheme of levels.
It was from the corresponding verandah on the southern half of the monastery
■that most of the metal figurines of the Devapala period that grace the Kalanda
•collection were recovered, and it is hoped to add further to them. The work is
in progress, the north half of the western verandah having so far been cleared ;
and a number of finds have already been made, and a few of the more interesting
are described further on in this report under ‘ Museums ’ (Nalanda).

Monastery no. 4. — ^IVith the same idea of exposing, over one half of the
monastery, the upper levels, and over the other half the lower, the north veran-
-dah here was excavated, along 'with the cells contiguous to it, do'wn to the upper-
most^ of the three lowest levels.

As has been remarked in previous reports, this monastery contains in it-
self the remains of four structures, one built over the ruins of another. The
excavation of this north verandah has afforded access to the corbelled pas-
sage about the earlier sanctum on the east side, which is entered through the
-adjoining cell at this level. In the course of the work a few minor antiquities
were recovered, among them a well'-wrought image of Tara, which again is
described in detail under ‘ Museums ’ (Nalanda).

A question that has long exercised me at Nalanda is whether these early
monasteries ever had more than one storey. Yuan Chwang, according to Beal,
•describes those he saw as being four storeys high but apart from such
internal evidence as a wide dog-legged stair in a comer cell of the larger
•monasteries Nos. 1, la and 4, and the great thickness of the monastery walls,
■ranging from 8 to 12 feet, which may or may not be indicative of a second
storey,® nothing had been found to settle this question in any way con-
-clusively.

In the clearance of the east verandah of Monastery No. 4, however, a fur-
■ther item of evidence was forthcoming, small in itself but of the greatest signi-
ficance, namely, a stone column-base lying on the sloping top of the concrete
1 debris that resulted from the collapse of the verandah roof, and this was fo'und
•very near the outer edge of the verandah. It was at too high a level to have
belonged to the parapet of the verandah below, which was some 3 feet lower
than the stone base, and it was, moreover, foimd on top of the burnt mass of roof
-concrete, which had collapsed as it stood : it was not found sandwiched between
the roof ddbris and the floor, and could therefore not possibly have belonged to
-the lower verandah parapet. Here, then, taken in conjunction with the great
thickness of the monastery walls and the ■wide stair-cases, is conclusive e'vddence
■that at least a second storey, if no more, existed in this monastery of Deva-
q)ala’s period.

It is a singularly fortunate find ; for the stone bases belonging to the upner
-storey would naturally, as in the case above, lie on the top of the roof debris

' The Devapala stratum,

® Life of Hiuen Taiang, p. III. Beal (Trubaor, London), 1924,

* The stair may merely have led to a flat roof.

.EKPLORATrOX — BIHAR AlO) ORISSA. 134

and, being thus readily accessible to the budders of the later monastery, would
naturally be re-used by them for their own purposes ; for though they built
up their new monastery directly on the sloping debris of the previous one, with-
out disturbing it in the least even to find a suitable foundation, it is but natural
that they would make use of stone features lying ready to hand on the surface ;
and it must be this that explains why no other evidence of this land indicative
of a second storey has come to light before.

Whether there were more than two storeys, it is impossible to say. That
the verandah columns were generally of wood rather than stone seems clear
from the comprehensive nature of the collapse ; for we have internal evidence
of an intense conflagration ; and wooden columns in such circumstances would
add greatly to the extent of the damage, and account for its wholesale nature.
The columns being of wood, too, would also account for the circumstance that
nothing of them has survived the fire ; though numerous column-bases of stone
are still extant and in monasteries of more than one period.

The lighter weight of wooden columns in comparison with stone would faci-
litate the construction of upper storeys ; and though no direct evidence of more
than two storeys has been afforded by the remains, there is nevertheless no
primd facie reason against there being more, even perhaps the four that Yuan
Chwang describes.

Monastery No. 6. — This monastery, which adjoins Monastery No. 4 and
its annex No. 5 to their immediate north, was one of the principal sites under
excavation during the year. The outline of the verandah had been traced by
a continuous trench along all four sides in the previous year, and the work was
continued of exposing the monastery so revealed. The north, west and south
verandahs have so far been cleared, together with the cells along them and
about one-third of the central courtyard. As with each of the other larger
monasteries so far excavated at Nalanda, a fine well was recovered in a corner
of the court. Here it is located in the N.-W. comer, and is of octagonal shape
for the upper part of its height and circular below. In the clearance of the well
a number of cliatlis, many of them intact, were brought up, as well as pieces of
the original wooden framework erected on the top to facilitate the drawing of
water. The cJiadis, which must be well over a thousand years old, might from
their appearance have been made yesterday ; some of them are simply deco-
rated with a mica glaze in bands.

The Monastery range. — In the previous year the eastern frontage of the
monastery range had been traced up to the north limit of the area acquired for
excavation ; this year the corresponding western frontage was similarly traced
by means of a long continuous trench right up to the boundary of the site, the
alignment brealdng forward at regular intervals to encompass the wide project-
ing entrance halls along this front. The range of monasteries thus revealed
along the eastern boundary of the Nalanda area comprises ten buildings, and
the northern limit of the area cuts across an eleventh monastery, as the range
continues - towards the Burgeon village. The village itself contains a high
mound in approximately the same alignment as the stupa range on the west side

135

EXPIiOEATION — BIHAR AHD ORISSA.

of the acquired area ; and it seems probable that the Nalanda of early times
embraced this village. It is pure coincidence that brings a southern bound-
ary, if not the southern boundary, of the old monastic area within the land
acquired for excavation ; but this southern boundary is clearly marked by the
adjoining monasteries (la and Id) that connect the end of the long eastern

monastery range with that of the corresponding western range of stupas.

Exploratory cross-trenches cut into the monasteries so outlined have re-
vealed indications that these, too, all contain more than one level of occupation
and that certain of them have been destroyed by fire ; but the monasteries must
be fully excavated and the evidence they contain completely disclosed before
an}d;hing definite can be said about them or the data they yield for the history
of the site.

The tipping waggons and track that had been ordered in the previous

financial year through the Stores Department were delivered in May, and their
use has greatly facilitated progress with the work. The cost amounted to

Es. 1,833 in all, but the saving in labour they have effected has already gone

some way to recouping it.

BULANDI BAGH, NEAR PATNA.

By Mr. J. A. Page.

Bulandi Bagh is the name of a fruit garden that lies some 4 miles east of
Patna close to the E. I. Railwaj’’ line and is known to fall within the limits of
the ancient city of Pataliputra. The exploration of this site, which had com-
menced with Col. Waddell’s excavations in 1903 and had been continued by the
late Dr. Spooner in 1913. was taken up again in the year under review, a grant
of Rs. 11,000^ being made for this purpose by the Archieological Depart-
ment.

Mr. Monoranjan Ghosh, Curator of the Patna Museum, who had excavated
here in 1922-23, was placed in immediate charge of the work under the general
supervision of the Archeological Superintendent in the Central Circle, and he
was successful in bringing . to light many interesting antiquities, some dating
from pre-Mauryan times.

The excavation of this site is rendered very difficult by the high level of
the subsoil water that obtains practically throughout the year, and it is only
in the summer months that it subsides sufficiently to permit of the earlier strata
being exposed. Eor this reason the work could not be started until the begin-
ning of December, and even then arrangements had to be made for bailing out
the deep ponds of water that lay in the pits and trenches left from previous
excavations on the site (Plate XXX,- a). This was accomplished by the local
Indian method of lifting with iarings and htris, the water being raised on to a
series of terraces and finally run oil by a drain. While the water was being
bailed away, the mounds of spoil earth that had been left from the earner exca-
vations were removed preliminary to excavating the ground beneath them.

• This sum was spent in full.

ESPLOEATION — ^BIHAR AND OBISSA.

136

Dr. Spooner’s excavations had revealed the existence of a long wooden-
palisade of Mauryan times running W.-B. from the south end of the Bulandi
Bagh site for a distance of some 450 feet ; the west end of the palisade being
marked by a definite slope or ramp up to the top of it. With the view of throw-
ing more light on its nature and purpose, it was decided to open this up again,,
together with the areas immediately flanking it to north and south.

The spoil earth along this palisade having been removed, the ground to the
north of it was excavated at the west end over an area of some 80 feet by 70 feet
to a depth of some 16 feet. Very little of a structural nature came to light here,
hovfever, the only remains of the kind being a semi-circular platform of lime-
concrete some 8 feet in diameter with a raised edge 2 inches high on one side,
which was found about 4 feet below the surface, and the foimdation of a small
room with a brick floor, some 30 feet to the south of the platform and at about
the same level. The platform may conceivably have served as a bathing,
place. But though structural remains were few, many important antiquities
were found within this area.

Immediately opposite, to the south of the palisade, the ground was cleared
to a depth of about 18 feet over a space of about 100 feet by 70 feet, and the
brick foundations of some small rooms belonging to 4 different periods were
revealed (Plate XXX, 5). In the lowest stratum, and seemingly of the same
period as the palisade, there are the remains of a brick wall running N.-S., 6'-9"
long and 2'-8''' high ; this wall is very much damaged, the western face having
gone altogether, so that its width caimot be ascertained. The bricks used ini
the wall measure Il"x5|-"x2". Above this structure there was a very thick,
deposit of black earth mixed with potsherds, and this proved to be very rich
in antiquities. Over this stratum again were the foundations of two more brick
walls, one running X.-S. and the other E.-W., but very irregularly. 'Where-
bricks exist complete here, they measure l'-8"x 10"x 3".

Above this level occur the foundations of other walls, of which sufficient
still remains to reveal the planning of a building with 3 rooms, though all the-
walls of the rooms are not intact. In the corner of this building there is a

brick-built structure suggestive of a cistern, with a paved-brick bottom and
sloping sides; it measures 7'-10" long by 6 feet wide at the top and is 7'-10"
deep. Other fragmentary walls occur in this stratmn ; and above it, again, are
the foundations of more fragmentary walls.

ArBetween these brick buildings and the Mauryan palisade were found 4
piles of deep earthen rings or cylinders placed one over the other, the piles
ranging in height from 6 to 10 feet. The purpose of these rings is not apparent,
but they may possibly have served as soak-pits.

Bound about these brick remains and- at various depths were found a num-
ber of antiquities, embracing coins, potteries, and terracotta figurines,

In addition to excavating these flanking areas, considerable progress was
mode in opemng up the palisade itself again (Plate XXX, c) over a distance of
250 feet east from its west end, the width of the excavation being 30 feet and
the depth 10 feet. The main object of the excavation was to elucidate the real

137

EXPLORATION — BIHAR AND ORISSA.

nature of this palisade. It seems to have been a vide vooden vail, hoUov
inside to serve possibly as a passage. Excavation at its vest end has revealed
that this vooden vail vas originally covered with earth up to a certain height
and that probabty an opening existed vhere the sloped or ramped end occurs
here.

The palisade is constructed of heavy sleepers set at intervals about equal
to their vidth, the sleepers being laid horizontally across the vail to form the
top and bottom and vertically to form the tvo sides. Except for the frag-
mentary vail mentioned above, no structure contemporary vith the palisade
has so far been revealed.

The foregoing account relates to the operations conducted during the
financial year 1926-27, which is the period embraced by this Report. The
peculiarities of this waterlogged site, however, necessitated the excavations
being continued uninterruptedly through to the rainy season of the year 1927-
28 ; and as the work thus forms one continuous operation, the folloving ac-
count, bringing this review up to the termination of the work in July 1927,’- is
added : —

The excavation already done had revealed the sloping western end of the
palisade, the floor beams of which occurred 22 feet below the present surface
level, and further clearance about this end vas now undertaken. It has been
found that the upright timbers here forming the sides of the palisade continued
some 5 feet deeper than the floor beams, which were tenoned into them at the
ends; and these upright timbers were themselves founded on wooden planlts
laid on a bed of rammed IcanJcar. Definite indications were now forthcoming
that these uprights were protected by thick wooden planks laid horizontally
along the outside and fixed to them with wooden pegs.

The width of the palisade across the wooden uprights is about 14'-6", and
these uprights were spanned originally at the top by beams, one of which is
stni in position at the foot of the sloping western end. The northern row of
these upright timbers continues for some 17 feet from the vest end, and com-
prises 9 posts, the tallest' of which, at the top of the slope, stands 10 feet above
the floor level. The corresponding southern row, containing 24 posts, has sur-
vived for some 7 feet further along, and here, again, the tallest post is 10 feet
high ; the shortest posts of the two rows, at the bottom of the slope, being only
2 feet high. The end timber of the floor and the end beam of the slope are
secured in position by stout pegs to prevent movement outwards.

Immediately to the south of this sloping end of the palisade, and about
6' clear of it, were found 3 short timbers, joined together, side by side, by two
wooden cross pieces to form a block measuring 3'-8" by 2'-5" by 7" deep. The-
purpose of this is not clear, but it may have belonged to the roof of the pali-
sade, perhaps a trap-door of sorts.

It seems that this sloping end of the palisade served as a ramp to afiord
access to the top of it.

^ A furtlier grant of Rs, 6,SI0 vas made for this work*

EXPLORATION — BIHAR AND ORISSA.

138

Beyond the upright timbers at this end, very little indeed of the walls of
the palisade has survived, though the beams of the floor seem to extend almost
indefinitely and occur more or less regularly for as far east as the excavation
has been carried (Plate XXX, d). At distant intervals along the floor of the
palisade were foxmd long planlrs lying across the floor beams, some of them
occurring below them. None, however, is affixed in position, and it is not
clear whether they belonged to the floor or to the roof of the palisade, though
the probabilities point towards the former. About 128 feet to the east from
tlie sloping west end, an upright belonging to the wall stands in position 6 feet
above the floor. The bottom of this upright goes 4'-6" below the floor beam,
and on its outer side are affixed 6 small planks measuring about 2'-9" long, 1 foot
wide, and -3" thick.

Other isolated uprights occur spasmodically along the floor of the pahsade,
scarcely numbering a dozen all told. Towards the east end of the palisade, how-
ever, there are rows of low posts some 2^ feet wide, which stand l'-6" above the
floor beams. The purpose of these low posts is not clear, but it may conceiv-
ably have been to retain in position an earthen floor over the beams of the pali-
sade.

An interesting discovery was made at the east end of the palisade. Here
were foimd a couple of heavy beams, one 6'-9" long and the other T'-S", together
wdth two small uprights that supported the second one ; and near the group
of wooden members was found a tall octagonal post of which some 13 feet have
been exposed. Each face of this post is 6" to 7" wide and the width across the
octagon is 16". Two more beams, one with a long mortice-hole cut in it,
occurred close to ■ this post ; and it seems that the whole group belonged ori-
ginally to a toram or gateway that once stood hero.

Another discovery of much interest was a large wooden drain contem-
porary with the palisade, which it crosses at right angles at a place just over 200
feet east from the sloping west end (Plate XXXI, j). The drain measm’es
sonle 40 feet in length, and it is set across the palisade so as to project equidis-
tantly on either side of it.

The sides of the drain are formed by two lines of wooden posts topped with
long tenons and spaced at distances varying from l'-8" to 2'-4" apart. They
are fixed at the bottom to horizontal beams running longitudinally X.-S. at a
-depth of 32 feet below the present groimd surface and the greatest height of
the posts is 12'-G". These lines of posts are framed together about 8'-10" from
the top with heavy beams, and on these beams are laid thick planks to form the
bottom of the drain, similar planks being laid across the uprights to form the
sides. The height of the drain thus formed is 6'-3", and its vddth 3'-G". To
keep the side and bottom planlrs in position there are stout wooden battens,
each fixed to the posts with 2 heavy iron nails about 2' long ; and aU the joints
in the planks are made water-tight with strips of iron 3" wide fixed with small
iron nails to the planks. The bottoin of the drain appears to be level through-
out, with no fall in either direction ; but it is conceivable that this may bo
due to some di.sturbance of the structure resulting in subsidence.

139

EXPIOKATION — ^BIHAE AND OEISSA.

Some of tlie most interesting of tlie numerous antiquities found during the
excavation are described by Mr. Ghosh as below : —

(1) A little metal mirror .(height 3f") probably of copper: it is circular

in shape, 2|-" in diameter, and provided with a round handle of
the same material. On the front the rim is decorated unth
a wavy ornament and the back is slightly convex in shape
(Plate XXXI, Ji). Probably assignable to the Sunga period.
Several mirrors of this kind have been found at'Taxila and other
sites.

(2) A portion of a soap-stone matrix carved with the conventional figure

of a Garuda holding a serpent in its beak before a triangula'
object. The design is contained in a sunlcen panel, but only the
head of the Garuda has survived. (Plate XXXI, g). The matrix
is cut with 3 channels for pouring in molten metal for casting pur-
poses. The two holes in the upper portion of the fragment were
no doubt meant for fixing the other half of the mould in position.
The back is rough and a corner is broken off. The existing por-
tion of the matrix measures 2|" square, and is thick. Probably
Gupta period.

(3) Terracotta head (height 2f") of a serpent-goddess with elaborate

coils, decorated with honeysuckle patterns. The face, depicted
smiling, is finely modelled. (Plate XXXI, d.) Probably Maurya
period.

(4) A terracotta female figurine in the round, 11" high, which was found

in fragments and has now been joined together (Plate XXXI, /;).
The hair is parted in the middle and then arranged at an angle on
her forehead. In her right ear is a large ear-lobe expander, and
her left ear is distended, indicating that it once contained a
similar ornament. She wears a necklace, wristlets, and a girdle
in two strings. Her right hand is raised and probably originally
held some object, which was not found ; the fingers are well
modelled as are also the eyes, nose and mouth. Probably pre-
Maurya.

(.5) A lead ear ornament, height If", apparently fashioned on a lathe.

Probably pre-Mauryan. (Plate XXXI, a.)

(fi) A pair of bone bangles measuring If" across. Probably pre-Mau-
ryan. (Plate XXXI, 6 and c.)

(7) A lead anldet measuring 4f" across. Probably pre-Mauryan. (Plate

XXXI, e.)

(8) A narrow-bottomed earthen pot inscribed vfith the word Anade in

Brahmi characters of the 3rd century B.O. The height of the
pot is 5f" and the diameter at the mouth 2f". (Plate XXXI, /.)
(y) A seal impression in glass measuring in diameter and bearing a
legend in Brahmi characters of the 3rd century B.O. ; it reads
. Bevalakliitasa, meaning “ of Devaralcshita.” (Plate XXXI, i.)

22 a

EXPLOEATIOX— BIHAK AJO) OEISSA.

140

Mr. Gliosl. \viites : —

‘ The language of the two inscriptions mentioned above is pure ancient
Magadhi. One inscription ends in the case termination sa and the other in e
vhich is the Pialcrit form of the nominative singular for bases ending m a.
These two peculiarities reveal a state of language difieting considerably from ‘
that revealed in the Rock and Pillar Edicts of the Maurya Emperor Asoka,
who reigned in the 3rd century B.C.

The terracotta, figurines, of which some 5 or 6 varieties were found, quite
different in style from those found by the late Dr. Spooner, exhibit a much
earlier development of art than that which characterises those of the Maurya
period. The ornaments and dress of these newly recovered figurines are pecu-
liar to themselves and reveal a state of cxilture quite distinct from that of the
Mamyas.’^

EXCAVATIONS AT PAHARPUR.

By Mr. K. N. Dikshit.

On the great temple at Paharpur, a siun of Rs. 18,690 was spent during
the past year, partly on conservation, partly on excavation. Besides this,
Es. 2,000 were contributed by Kumar Sarat Kuinar Roy, M.A., of Digha-
patiya, and spent, in accordance with his wishes, entirely on excavation labour.
Paharpur has, in fact, been the chief centre of the activities of the Eastern
Circle, since December, 1925. In the course of the excavations of 1925-26 the
north gate of the enclosure and the northern ^viag of the main mound were
excavated, revealing the nature of the monument that lay hidden beneath the
jimgle-covered heap of brickbats and earth. The main task of the past year
has been the preservation of the exposed portions of the monument, but w'lule
this was being executed the excavation of the other sides was also continued.
By the end of the -season, the outline of the monument was almost completely
'.aid bare and an examination of the foundations led to unexpectedly rich results
which are detailed below. In addition to the uncovering of hundreds of terra-
cotta plaques that run m rows along the mouldings of the basement and first
floor, this year's work revealed traces of many interesting sculptures that were
enveloped by the deposits of allurual soil during the last 700 years or so since
the destruction of the temple.

Several important results emerge from the excavations of the past season,
numely : the discovery that a prosperous school of sculpture existed in Bengal
earlier than any so far kno^Yn, and the recoA’'erj’ of images of orthodox Brah-
manical deities in an undoubtedly Buddliist monument as w'eU as of the earliest
Icnown sculptures in East India depictmg the exploits of the boy Krishna, and
the earliest images of Krisluia and Eadha.

As now excavated, the temple is one of the most extensive buildings of •
antiquity ever unearthed in India, its length from North to South being 361'
and its breadth 318'. The ground plan, as was apparent from the north wing

* It may be riui-j?tioned w hetlicr tlicso remarks of Mr. Ghosh arc warranted by the ovidonoo. [Ed.]

141

EXPLOKATIOJT — BENGAL.

btougM to light in 1925-26, consists of a colossal square cross vrith projecting
angles in each corner, the numher of such projections being four each in the
north-east and north-west sectors and three each in the remaining two. The
upper terraces Were apparently reached by a stair-case on the north, opposite
which was the main gateway situated in the middle of the northern side of
the quadrangular enclosure. The temple rose in three terraces above the base-
ment, with a circumambulatory verandah (Skt. cliaityangana) around the monu-
ment in the first and second terraces. The plan of each terrace was more or
less parallel to the ground plan, but the number of recessed angles between the
arms of the cross natilrally grew smaller at each higher terrace. Above this,
the monument has not yet been cleared, but the pillared halls or mandapas
on the north and south are now exposed and the ante-chamber between
the central shrine and the northern mandapa has been cleared. The
height of the shrine above the level of the mandapa, on the second terrace is
considerable, and if there . was any approach to the shrine, it must have
been on the east side, where it is intended to commence operations next
season.

The work of excavation began on the east side of the main temple mound.
Here, the front wall was preserved only up to the height of the plaques, the
upper portion having disappeared. In the row of plaques on this side were dis-
covered the first plaques showing figures of the Buddha, one a seated figure in
the ‘ earth-touching ’ attitude (Skt. bkHmisparsamiidra) and the other in the
‘ preaching ’ attitude (Skt. vydkhjdnamudrd). The examination of the lower
part of the basement wall led to the discovery of several stone panels in the
middle of the wall. It was thus evident that Mr. Banerji’s view that the
images in this material which he had discovered in the corners of the edifice were
intended to strengthen the budding, had nothing to support it. On the con-
trary, my excavations show that stone images occur as often in the middle of
the walls as in the corners, and that they are one and all attributable to the same
early period as the original construction of the temple, as it stands. They are,
therefore, as old as the terracotta plaques and probably much older than the
loose antiquities found at different levels on the surface of the mound. The
bas-relief in the east wall seen as one approaolies the temple across the eastern
embankment depicts the god Siva in a group (Plate XXXIII, b). This
sculpture, which is believed to be unique, represents Siva .standing with a
dwarfish attendant to his right and a simdar c/mwri-bearer to his left. The
female figure standing in front of the deity is the Earth-goddess offering him
a cup of, the poison extracted from the milk-ocean, churned by the gods and
the demons. Durga, to the left of the Earth-goddess, holds her hands up as
if in fear, and the boy KarttOceya is clasping her waist. Three other attendants,
including the emaciated sage Bhringi, appear at tlie extreme left. The floral
designs and attendant on the left jamb of the panel are decidedly Gupta in
style, as no doubt is the relief itself.

The excavation of the inner wall of the first floor verandah on the east side
revealed some peculiarities of the ancient construction. Here, the walls are

EXrtOPv ATIOX— BEX GAL.

142

built Avitli large-sized bricks (some of tliem 16" in length) in mud- mortar^
depending for tlieir stability mostly , upon their broad foundations, ■which had
as many as 14 offsets up to the present ground level. Between the walls of the
first and second terrace verandahs there are certain other walls which go to

form a chamber, with a blind lane about 4' in Avidth around it, the purpose of

which has not yet been ascertained. Ancient repairs to the walls are evident
in this place, as the bulging face of the fallen wall is to be seen diverging several
inches from its restored face. The lower portion of a black basalt image of a
Bodhisattva of the Pfda period was discovered in the debris of the second veran-
dah on this side. Among the terracotta plaques decorating the first terrace
verandah walls on this side, two figures of archers facing each other in twci
adjacent plaques and standing in their chariots distinguished by crocodOe
heads are worthy of mention.

The south-eastern side of the monument yielded many more important
finds, and in a better state of preservation than the others. It was on this
side, that I found, Imilt in elegant niches, some of the best sculptures em-
ployed in the decoration of this temple. Of the total number of 47 stone sculp-

tures brought to light this year at Paharpur, as many as 20 were found on this
side.

The excavation was then extended to the south and west, where the base-
ment and the first floor level were cleared before the end of the season. The
clearance of a low mound close to the south side of the monument revealed a
circular stupa on a square basement from which two votive terracotta tablets
inscribed with the Buddhist creed in characters of about the sixth or seventh
centvuy A.D. were recovered. The first terrace verandah on the south-west
was found in a particularly dangerous condition o'wing to the action of rain.
Large portions of the wall were, therefore, dismantled and carefully rebuilt -with
the original material. The plaques, on this verandah are generally very inter-
esting and exhibit a large variety of subjects, including in particular several
representations of Hindu and Buddhist deities such as !5iva, Ganesa, Visbiu,
Garuda, Padmapani, etc.

Of the stone sculptures, the most interesting are those relating to the life
and exploits of the young Krishna, which have cast such a spell of fascination
over the emotional mind of India for centuries past. The Vaislinavite caves
of Baclami carved under the orders of the early Chalulcyas of Western India
contain a number of bas-reliefs depicting scenes from the early life of Krishna.
Two fragmentary torana pillars at hlandoP near Jodhpur, and a bas-relief^
depicting Krishna lifting Govardhan, dateable to the Kushan period contained the
only early representations of the exploits of Krislma, Icnown in Northern India. ^
It could hardly ha-v-e been imagined, therefore, that some of the best and earliest

' Areh.Tologlwl Sarvc}* of India: Attuval Report for pp. 135 S.

• CoomofftWaTny : IlUiftry nf Jndian ond I ndoncviaTi Art, p. CG.

> £t may rom*irk<jd that ainonc the collections preserved in the Archrcolopcal Jlitsenm at J^Iathura there is
anotberfrapmentarj'scolpJureoftheKnihanspcriodwhlchdcpiclsJho rarrriiip of Krishna accross Iho river Yaimim*
by his father VaMidcva. Annaal for pp 183.*!,

143

ESPLORATIOW— BENGAL.

■examples of the Krishna cult in stone would he found in the excavation of a
Buddhist temple in Bengal. Although the worship of Krishna, particularly
the cult of the divine love of Krishna and Badha, is at the present day strongest
in Bengal, ’ it was hitherto believed to have taken root in this region at a date
not much earlier than the twelfth century A.D., when Jayadeva flourished at the
court of the Sena King of Bengal. The very large number of Vishnu images
of the Pala period found in North Bengal indicated the presence of a strong
Vaishnava element, but they did not definitely establish the existence of the
Krishna cult in this province. The Paharpur finds set at rest aU uncertainty
in the matter and take back the beginnings of Krishna worship in Bengal to the
■sixth century A.D., or about six centuries earlier than Jayadeva and nine
centuries prior to the time of Chaitanya, the great Vaishnava revivalist of

'Bengal.

The above images fall into two classes, namely : —

(1) Those depicting the various exploits of Krishna’s boyhood, and (2)
those of his associates. To the former class belong : (1) the

lifting of the mountain Govardhana, (2) the destruction of Dhe-

nukasura, the guardian of the palm-grove, (3) Krishna and Bala-
rama killing Chanura and Mushtiica in a wrestling combat and
(4) Krishna uprooting two Arjuna trees (Plates XXXII, a & 6
and XXXIII, a). All these sculptures are fixed on the south-
east side, with the exception of the last which was found on the
north-east side and was described last year, but without any clue
as to its real character. The sculptures belonging to the other

category are the following : —

(1) Balarama, the elder brother and constant companion of Krishna,
(2) Yamuna, goddess of the river, who is so frequently asso-
ciated with the incidents of the boyhood of Krishna, (3)
Krislina with Radha (Plate XXXII, c), (4) sculptures repre-
senting amorous scenes probably also connected with Krishna’s
sport with the cowherdesses. The first three sculptures occur
in the long waU in one of the angles on the south-east, and the
last one at the south end of the east wall. Besides these, there
may be several others among the doubtful or unidentified sculp-
tures which refer to the incidents of Krishna’s life, as related
in the Bliagavata and Harivansa Fumnas.

The sculpture which represents Krishna as lifting the Govardhana liill
ris artistically much inferior to the others. It is 1' 7" in height and made of
black basalt. Unlike other representations of this theme, Krishna is here
.shown as supporting the foot of the mountain with his right hand and uplifting
it in the centre with a finger of his left hand. It will also be- noted that in this
sculpture Krishna has four hands, of which the lower two rest on two figures,
-a male and a female, probably two of the denizens of Gokula, whom he saved
_from the torrential rains sent down by Indra.

KXPLOEATXON — BEKGAL.

144

One of tlie most beautiful and vigorous examples of the early Bengal
School as represented by the Paharpur discoveries is the bas-relief representing
Balarajna attacking the donkey-denron Dhenuka (Plate XXXII, a). The
sculptixre is in bluish basalt, 2' 8" in height, and shows the youthful figure of
Balarama standing with his left foot over the head of a demon, his right hand
turned up to deal a blow at the Asura in the form of a donkey-cum-lion, who
has already seized Ms left arm. The palm-tree to the left, which is more suc-
cessfully depicted here than in other known examples of this scene, indicates
that the incident happened in the palm-grove, of which the Asura was the
guardian. Another tree, probably a Kadamha, is shown on the right. The
dress and ornaments of Balarama are those befitting a boy ; particular among
them may be mentioned the two tufts of hair on either side of the crown, known
a.s kdkapalcshas or ‘ crow's wings’’: the torque with medallions peculiar to young
boys, and the waist-chain and anidets. The hem of the upper garment is artis-
tically shown and the lower garment reaches to the knees.

The bas-relief depictuig the wrestling combat between the two brothers
Krishna and Balarama on the one hand and the two OTestlers Chapfira and
Mushtilca sent by Kaihsa to fight and kill the bo 3 ^s, stands next to the ‘ Dhenu-
kasura ’ sculpture (Plate XXXIII, o). It is 2' 1" in height and made of blue
basalt, but not so well preserved as the preceding one. The ornaments, etc., of
the two boys are shora exactly in the same manner as those of Balarama in the
previous sculpture. In the relief, Krishna has lifted Chanura up and is about
to throw him down, while Balarama is holding the other wrestler with his
hands.

Another interesting sculpture is one representing Krishna’s exploit in up-
rooting the twin Arjuna trees (SIct. yamalarjuna), from which were liberated two
asuras. It is on the north-east side of the temple, which was excavated during
the season of 1925-26 (Plate XXXII, b). It is 1' 7" in height and made of black
basalt. The figure of KrisMia can be easily identified by the side-tufts of hair,
the torque with medallions around the neck and other juvenile ornaments. He
is portrayed holding in each hand the trunk . of a tree and trampling on the
heads of two prostrate demons. His elongated lobes and peculiar ear-orna-
ments resembling lilies are noteworthy.

A sculpture representing Bala-rama, the elder brother of Kiishna, is 2' 9"
in height, made of grej'^ sandstone and fixed in a niche, the sides of which are
ornamented with bricks cut in a lotus-leaf pattern. The five snake-hoods on
the head, the wine-cup in the lower right and the ploughshare in the upper left
hands are the distinguisMng marks of Balarama. The figure has aU the full
ornaments of a deity. The sacred thread (Skt. yajnopavTta), the waistband
(Slrt. hatibandha), the band just above the navel (Slrt. udarabandha) and the
protuberance.s at the knee-joint are shown in characteristic Gupta fasHon. Of

the two attendants flanking the central figure, the female holds a jug and a pot
of wine.

' In. literature, but not liilhetto represented in sculpture.

145

EXFLOEATIOHr — BENGAL.

A well-executed sculpture representing Yamuna is 2' 6" in height and of
grey sandstone. It is fixed in a niche decorated with cut bricks of lotus-leaf
pattern but not as well-preserved as the preceding figure. The goddess stands
on a tortoise, her special vehicle, while both her male and female attendants
stand on crabs. She has the usual ornaments and her lower garment is parti-
cularly remarkable for its elegant horizontal folds. In the background is a
lotus plant with two full-blown flowers and pairs of geese perched upon them.
The female attendant holds a casket in her left hand and is gracefully modelled.
The male attendant to the left of the goddess holds an umbrella over her head.

The sculpture representing a pair of figures distinguished by haloes round
their heads (Plate XXXII, c), which stands in the same wall as the images of
Balarama and Yamuna, is probably the most important discovery of the year,

if their identification as Eirishna and EadhS is correct. It stands in an elabo-

rately carved niche, is 2' 6" in height and made of grey sandstone. Eadha and
Krishna are standing side by side with legs crossed and their arms passed round
each other. The left hand of Krishna is placed in front of the chest in what
looks like the ahliaya-^nudra, while the right hand of the female figure hangs
down as in the varada-niudra. It is, however, difficult to say whether these
attitudes are really meant to convey the mystical significance attached to them
in the Buddhist canon. The male figure is clad in a scarf and a close fitting

loin cloth reaching to the Icnees, while the drapery of the female consists of a

fuller lower garment which covers the legs down to the ankles. Another
amorous pair lack the restraint and elegance of the Krisluia and Eadha sculp-
ture and the position of the slab does not indicate that any particularly divine
significance was attached to it, although it may in some way be connected with
Krishna’s amours in Gokul with the gcrpis or cowherd women.

Of the sculptures not directly comected with the adventures of Krishna or
the Krishna cult, the one representing the god Indra is in many ways a remark-
able piece of work. It was found in the same wall in which the sculptures por-
traying the killing of Dhenukasura and the wrestling eombat of Krishna are
fixed. The reason of the presence of this image would appear to be Indra’s
association in the event whieh led to the lifting of Govardhana by Krishna or *
more probably as the Guardian of the East Quarter. The sculpture fis made of
black basalt and is 2' 6" in height. The deity has two arms and a halo behind
•his head ; his hair falling in curls ou his shoulders. The objects in his hands
cannot be identified. Xor is it apparent why the forehead has been marked
with the third eye, which is generally associated -with figures of Siva {Trijam-
lalia). The elephant, Airavata, standing behind the dei1y leaves no doubt,
however, as to his identity. On grounds of style, the relief is definitely assign-
able to the Gupta period and will rank high among the products of that age.
Agni, the God of Eire and Guardian of the South-east Quarter (Plate XXXJI,
d), is appropriately shown in this, the south-east side of the temple. According
to the Sastras he has two heads, four horns, seven hands and three legs, and
is borne in a chariot with seven wheels drawn by red horses. In the present
relief he appears with two hands and a single head, the only indication of

EXPLOKATION — BENGAL.

146

his identity being the halo of flames behind his shoulders. The vehicle of the
god, probably the usual ram, is lost. His matted hair, the rosary and what
looks lilre a tiny kamandalu in his hands and his long ear-ornaments appear
to show that Agni is here conceived as a prototype or associate of Siva in
his ascetic form.

Equally appropriate is a standing image of Yama, the god of Death and
the Guardian of the Southern Quarter, which appears in the main southern wall.
The only distinctive mark of the god here is the noose {pasa) thrown round his
head like a halo, its extremities held in the hands of the deity. His vehicle, the
buffalo, is not represented. The sculpture is 2' 6" high and made of blue basalt,
which is also the material of the coping stone covering the niche. The attend-
ants are, as usual, a male and a female each holding a noose in one of the hands.
As far as I am aware, tliis representation of Yama is unlike any other so far
known to us, so that it is not impossible that the Saihanas or directions, accord-
ing to which the images at Paharpur were made, were different from those in
use in later times. The iconographical details supplied by the images being
described are expected considerably to extend our knowledge of this subject.

The image of Ganesa (Plate XXXIII, c) is fixed in a niche in the first angle
on the south-eastern side. It is 1' 9" high and 3' 9" wide, and made of grey
sandstone which is fast scaling away. Ganesa is seated, as usual, with widened
legs, holding in his four hands a trident, a bunch of leaves, a rosary and a
snake respectively. Gapesa’s vehicle, the mouse, is roughly incised in front of
the pedestal. Another figure of Ganesa in stone was foimd on the north-east
side as well as two terracotta representations of the deity, but they vary con-
siderably in detail.

Of the various forms in which Siva appears in the stone reliefs unearthed
at Paharpur, four merit special mention. One of them (Plate XXXIII, 6)

representing the offering of poison to the god has already been referred to.
The common characteristics of all these figures of Siva found at Paharpur are
the urdhvaKnga or penis ereclus, matted hair and the third eye on the
forehead which with the almost ubiquitous rosary {ahsliamala) and pot (Jcaman-
• dalu) are enough to indicate that the god is here conceived in his severely
ascetic aspCct. There is no trace at Paharpur of the combined seated Hara-
Gauri type which wns by far the most popular type in vogue during the Pala
period in Bengal. The Sivalinga is found only once in a terracotta plaque,

but nowhere in stone.

The second of the four forms referred to in the preceding paragraph, aU of
which are standing figures, has a kneeling bull to its right and a snake above

its right shoulder. The heavy staff in the left hand of the deity is presumably

the trident (tnh'du)..

The third figure which occurs in the south wall of the temple by the side
of the image of Yama referred to above, has the right hand hanging down in
the gift-bestowing attitude {varada-mudra) and a trident in the left hand. The
ej'cs are closed and the face wears a profoundly meditative expression, A
snake is entwined round the neck of Siva.

147

EXPLORATION — BENGAL.

The fourth figure is also built in the southern wall but at the eastern end.
Here Siva has a halo behind his head, and snake ear-ornaments {sarpa-kim-
dala) and holds a rosary and a 7:amandalu in his hands. The beatific snule
on the face of Siva in this sculpture is strildng. It should be remarked that,
while the right hand jamb of the niche is in stone, the left one is of brick, and as
the floral patterns in brick, though identical in design are undoubtedly copied
from the stone work, it may he assumed that the images were brought to the
spot before commencing the brick work.

Some of the representations of attendants and minor divinities, found last
year, deserve attention. One is a dancing figure on a double lotus seat in the
IcariJiasta (or elephant-trunk) pose, in which the right hand points gracefully
to the left Imee. Another dancing figure holding an uncertain object between
the hands above the head is a decidedly inferior piece of work. A well carved
figure of a boy on the south-west side of the temple may possibly be identified
as the boy Krislma (Bala-Gopala). He wears a necldace of tiger’s claws and
holds in the right hand what may have been meant for a sweetmeat ball (?«o-
dalca). Another relief fixed in the niche next to the Ganesa sculpture on the
south-east side of the temple apparently represents a Vidyadhara in flight. He
holds a garland between his hands and wears socks or boots which are ordi-
narily found only on images of the Sun-god. The sculptiue is made of white
stone resembling steatite, unlike the material of any other stone image found at
Paharpur.

Some of the sculptured slabs fixed in the basement of the Paharpur temple
are distinctly narrative in character, the scenes depicted being mostly those
familiar to the readers of the Hindu epics, the ESmayana and the Maha-
bharata. The only possible exception is a bas-relief which was discovered on
the south-west side. It portrays a woman standing with crossed legs and
grasping the branches of a tree above. To her right is a child reisting its left
elbow on her hip, and, further out, a man with right hand touching his Kps, as if
in amazement. The whole scene brings to mind the nativity of the Buddha in
the Lumbini garden, the woman under the tree being Mayaderfi, the mother of
the great Teacher, and the male figure the god Indra who received the baby as
soon as it was born.

Of the sculptures definitely connected with the story of the Eamayana,
one (Plate XXXIV, a) represents Hanuman or an other monkey warrior carrying
three rocks, one on his head and one on each of his uplifted hands, for
the making of the bridge by which Kama’s army crossed over to the
island of Lanka. The figure to the right of the monkey hero is a Haga or a
Nagi.

Another scene from the Eamayana illustrates the fight between the
brother monkey-chiefs Vali and Sugiiva for the posses.smn of Tara, the wife
of the latter. The hero hurling a missile is to be identified as Sugriva and
the other clasping the female in his left arm as Vali. The female and the
fourth figure faUing to the ground between the combatants must be Tara and
her son, Angada, respectively.

23 a

EXPLORATION — BENGAL.

14S

Another slab fixed in the centre of the western wall, represents a fight
between two archers, one seated in a chariot and the other on the shoulders
of a standing figure. From the haloes at the back both figures appear to be of a
divine character. The scene can be identified as the fight between Arjima, the
hero in the chariot and Krishna on Garuda, the occasion being the abduction
by Arjuna of Subhadra, the sister of Krishna. The female figure with her head
hanging donm between the arms and seen in the forepart of the chariot should
then be identified as Subhadra. The same event is depicted in the cave at
Badami, which also contains other scenes from Krishna’s life.

In spite of the fact that a large number of Vaishnava, Saiva and other
Brahmanioal images have been discovered at the Paharpur temple, it seems
certain that the monument must, in its latest and possibly extended form, have
belonged to the Buddhist faith and remained in the possession of Buddhist
worshippers till late in the Pala period. It is not possible otherwise to explain
the arrangement of the surrounding quadrangle forming a monaster}^, the
discovery of tablets with the Mahayana Buddhist creed and another mentioning
a viliwra built by Dharmapala, and many stone and terracotta sculptures
of an undoubtedly Buddhist character. One of the terracotta plaques on
the east side of the temple represents Buddha’s enlightenment at Bodhgaya.
The face of the image is damaged, but other details, such as the vajra on the
seat, the foliage of the Bodhi tree behind the halo and the hand in the earth-
touching attitude, are sufficiently clear. On either side of the Buddha are what
appear to be pillars or towers of stone which are very commonly met with on
ten’acotta plaques at Paharpur, but the exact significance of wliich is not clear.

Another plaque of the same material (Plate XXXIV, c) represents the
Bodhisattva Padmapaiii seated at ease on a lotus throne. The indistinct figure
of a Dhyani-Buddha is to be seen in the crest. Besides this, there are over a
dozen plaques which clearly belong to the Buddhist faith, including representa-
tions of Bodhisattvas and the Buddhist goddess Tara.

The only loose stone image discovered during the year under report, was
the lower part of an image of a Bodhisattva fully ornamented and seated on a
double lotus seat. On grounds of style this sculpture is definitely assignable
to the late Pala period. It was found in the d4bris of the second terrace
verandah on the east. This find may be taken to indicate that the temple continued
to be in the occupation of the Buddhist worshippers till the eleventh century A.D.

The only stone image in siiu of an imdoubtedly Buddhist character was
one found fixed in the (South basement wall of the Paharpur temple. The face
and hands are much mutilated, probably by iconoclasts but a well preserved
lotus which was held in the left hand of the image clearly markg it as a
representation of the Bodhisattva Padmapani. There is an attendant on each
side of the deity, standing on a lotus seat but the faces of both are disfigured.
The sculpture appears to date from the 7th-8th centurj^ A. D., or a century or
two- later than the Krishna reliefs described above, but the latter have escaped the
rough handling to which the former was subjected. Its position in the centre of
the southern face of the monument and the existence of a masonry Tcui^da or

149

EXPLORATION— BENGAL,

tlrtlm reservoir in front of it, show that it. was invested with special importance
in the eyes of the worshippers. Immediately to the right of this figure, a wall
runs at right angles to the main wall of the temple, forming the plinth of a later
structure. In the centre, a little to the east, there was another platform on the
top of the one referred to. At a distance of 20' from the main wall there existed
a low moimd in which a square structure over-laid with two concentric circular
structures was discovered. It was most probably a round stupa on a square
platform. Two fragmentary plaques each stamped with a figure of the Buddha
and the Buddhist creed were found in this stupa. It seems evident, therefore,
that Buddhist worship played an important part, at least on the south side of
the basement of the temple, before the final catastrophe that brought on the
ruin of this wonderful structrue.

An important find of the year, to which allusion has been made above, is
an impression in clay of the seal of the community of monks resident in the
viliara at Somapura built by Dharmapala, the well-known Pala Emperor of the
ninth century A.D. The upper part of the sealing is occupied by the wheel
of the law, flanked by two deer, which symbolizes the Buddha’s first sermon
and is so frequently met with on the copper plate grants of the Pala dynasty.
The marks on the reverse of the sealmg indicate that it had been attached to
a document or parcel.

The number of terracotta plaques already discovered at Paharpur, is very
great. They comprise over 1,000 loose plaques recovered from fallen debris,
of which as many as 431 were found during the year under report, and at least
1,850 plaques, which still remain in their original positions, in the walls of the
temple. The value of this material to the student of the early plastic art
of Bengal can hardly be exaggerated. A detailed treatment of them is reserved
for a separate Memoir on Paharpur. Here, it is only possible to allude to a few
representative specimens of the recent finds. They include a representation
of a stupa complete with basement, drum and dome crowned by a liti on the
south-west side of the temple ; a conical sihliara with an dmalaka on a much
weathered plaque on the south-east ; a beautifully modelled human head in the
south-east verandah ; a running elephant and a dancing woman accompanied
by a child (Plate SXXIII, d) ; a musician playing on a lute (Plate XXXH^, b) ;
and a naked boy running away ^Yith a pot on his head (Plate XXXIII, e). The
last is followed by an attendant, who holds an umbrella over him and reminds one
of the young Krishna who carried off pots of curds from the houses of cow-
herdesses. Mention may also be made of a Gandharva flying in the clouds, on a
plaque on the south-east side of the monument; a human head peeping through
a circular window; four similar heads looking out of the windows of a battle-
mented mansion; a four-headed figure of Brahma and four-handed figures of
Vishnu and standing Ganesa, such as have not yet been found in stone at Paharpur.
The - subjects depicted on the plaques not noticed in this resume include a -wide
range of Hindu and Buddhist mythological figures, men, women and children
in various attitudes, groups and acts, domestic and -wild animals, birds and
snakes, fruits, flowers, trees and other products of the vegetable kingdom.

EXPLOEATIOK — ^MADRAS.

150

TRIAL EXCAVATIONS AT ALLURU, GUMMADIDURRU AND
NAGARJUNIKONDA.

By ]Mr. Muhammad Hamid Ktiraishi.

I, AUinR-u.

The village of Alluru, in the Nandigama Taluk of the Kistna district, is
situated at a distance of four miles from Yenipalem, a small station on the
Bezwada-Hyderabad Railway line, and some 30 miles from Bezwada town.
The majority of the population are Reddies and Oddars, but there are a few
houses of Brahmins and Mussalmans also, on which account the village is much
neater and cleaner than the majority of viUages in these districts.

About two furlongs south-west of the village and about a hxmdred yards
to the south of a grove of large tamarind trees and umbrella palms, is a mound
containing the remains of an ancient stupa. It is some 0 feet high above the
surrounding fields which stretch for miles to the north, west and south. The
site had been excavated in several places by amateur archaeologists before I
commenced work on 18th September, 1926. My operations began with two
long trenches crossing each other at right angles at the centre of the mound ;
and in the course of the seven or eight days that I worked there, I was able to
trace the complete plan of the monument and to fill in the excavations again
for safety from the neighbouring villagers.

In general outline the plan of this stupa resembles a large wheel complete
with hub, spokes and tyre ; but there are a few slight differences. The stupa
in the middle is a solid structure, 32' 8" in diameter, and built of bricks measur-
ing 21 to 22 inches long, 10 inches rvide and 3 inches thick, carefully kid in thin
layers of mud mortar. Around the stupa, at a distance of 11 feet, is a heavy
retaining wall not less than 11 feet thick and constructed of bricks varying from
17 to 21 inches in length, 10 inches wide and 3 inches thick. From this retain-
ing wall emanate a number of cross walls, alternately 1 foot and 2 feet in thick-
ness, to join the outer face of the stupa structure. They form 16 chambers which,
for purposes of economy, were all filled in with loose earth and brickbats. On
the four sides of the stupa, facing the cardinal points, are four projections in the
outer face of this retaining wall measuring 14' 8" wide and 2' deep.

Around the stupa and resting partly on the thick retaining wall was a
concreted procession path 10 feet 6 inches wide, enclosed on all sides by a brick
wall, the lower portion of which (about 8" high) alone remains to show that it
was plastered on the inner and outer faces and that it was only one brick in
thickness. At a later date, when the old enclosure wall had fallen to ruin, a
thicker wall, 3 feet 4 inches wide at the base and 2' 6" at the top, was built
on the top of it. The new enclosure wall was pierced with an entrance on each
of the four sides immediately opposite the projections of the thick retaining
wall referred to above, and a pavement of slate slabs was laid aU over the
procession path upon a three inch layer of concrete, about 2 feet 6 inches above
the existing top of the old wall.

151

EXPLOKAXION — MADRAS.

The excavations were carried right down, to the foundations of the hea\y
retaining wall, the thin cross walls and the stupa itself — ^both inside and out.
Before the construction of the stupa the whole ground, which was composed
of hard black soil, was probably dug to a depth of about a foot or so and levelled
for the purpose. hTo concrete foundations were provided for the walls or for the
central solid structure of the stupa, though brick and lime concrete with a good
admixture of coarse gravel was rammed in to a height of about feet in the
area occupied by the procession path as well as inside the hollow chambers aroimd
the central stupa, and was protected at the top with a coat of very good lime plaster,
IV thick. No traces of any stone balustrades, umbrellas, or even loose pave-
ment slabs from the berm were discovered on the site. It is obvious, however,
that as in the stupa at Amaravati and those at Gumma didurru and Nagar-
junikonda, the outer face of the retaining wall at AUuru was decorated with
bas-reliefs. It is also evident that the stupa had a set of five pillars in front of
each of the four projections referred to. One such pillar %vith floral decoration
and an incomplete Brahmi inscription of 13 lines was found in the small temple
in the adjoining A'illage, while fragments of three others came to light dirring my
own excavations. Such groups of pillars also occur at the Nagarjunilvonda Stupa.

The centre of the stupa was dug doum to a depth of 16'. To a depth of
7' 2", the core was made of bricks regularly laid in mud ; below this was black
virgin soil of a hard texture going down to a depth of 6 feet; and three feet lower
down my excavation terminated on a solid roclcy surface of a brittle quality.
No relic chamber, reUcs or even broken potsherds or dressed stones were found
either in the brick structure or below it. But the stupa had been excavated
before and unless any relics had been found dming those excavations, of which
there is no record, I am inclined to believe that no relics were ever enshrined in
this stupa, which was presumably erected merely to co mm emorate some import-
ant event in the history of local Buddhism.

Only a few broken sculptures of greyish marble with shallow carvings of
an early style were discovered near the projections on the north and west sides.
Chief among these are : —

(1) The lower right end fragment (I' ll"xl' t") of a relief discovered

near the north projection. It shows a standing bhikshu with a dwarf
in front of him carrying a bowl on his head, and a woman
seated behind him with cakes in one hand, the other hand being
raised towards the monlr.

(2) The lower part (1' 4;"xl' 2i") of a narrow relief showing a pair of

couchant deer, which probably belonged to a representation of
the Buddha’s First Sermon in the Deer Park near Benares.

(3 — 4) Fragment, (height 11", width 1') of a square inscribed pillar Avith
truncated comers. It bore an inscription of four lines in Brahmi
characters, the greater part of which was destroyed when the stone
was in later tunes re-rfeed to serve as the left hand jamb and back
slab of a niche which probably contained a stucco image of some
deity. Part of a stucco head (No. 4) was indeed discovered in

EXPLOBATION— MAUitAS.

152

the near vicinity. It measures 4J-" high and 3" across and still
bears the traces of paint on the lips. The eyes are rather sunken
and the lower lip is thick.

(5) Two inscribed fragments, one of which (4"x3") formed part of a

pillar and the other (3"x2'') of one of the reliefs around the stupa.

(6) Fragment showing the fore-front of a lion (facing to right), which

evidently projected from one of the ends of a long frieze placed
over the reliefs which once decorated the stupa. {Cf. frieze from
Nagarjrmikonda).

(7) A few broken fragments chipped off from a sculpture, showing floral

decorations and medallions containing human pairs m dancing
atritudCj and a large number of small fragments exhibiting heads,
busts, torsos, legs and other limbs of human and animal figures,
or fragments of floral designs, all of which originally belonged to
the reliefs referred to.

II. Gummadidueeu.

Half a mile north of EamreddipaUi, an Agraharam village situated some
6 miles from Madira station on the Bezwada-Hyderabad Railway line, is a
short range of bare liiUs properly situated within the limits of the Govern-
ment village of Gummadidumi in the Nandigama Taluka of the Estna District.
The large eastern spur of this range is some 100 feet high above the surrounding
fields and its flat top, which is about 260 yards in length and about 100 yards in
width, provided an excellent site for the Buddhists to erect their religious struc-
tures, which, it may be noted, are situated only about G miles to the east of the
famous stupa at Jaggayapeta iu the same Taluka. Generally speaking the
country is dry; but the view from the top of this spur is magnificent in the
rains, the green fields stretching for miles and miles on the east and south up to
the foot of the Kondapalli range and other hiUs far beyond, showing off in
pleasant contrast the muddy water of the Moniyer and other smaller rivulets,
tanks and canals.

The plateau on which these monuments are situated may be divided into
three sections. The central section, which is higher than the rest, is occupied
hy the Main Stupa at its south edge with a number of minor stupas on three
sides. The western portion is some 4 feet lower and was no doubt occupied
by tbe Monastery buildings ; while the north-eastern portion, which occupies
a still lower level, contained subsidiary buildings, such as votive stupas, etc.
To the north of the monastery area and immediately at the foot of the higher
ranges are the remains of a large tank.

The whole ground was strewn over with brickbats, when excavations were
commenced hy me on 20th October 1926 ; and the existence of the Main Stupa
was only marked by the broken tops of a couple of sculptures on the south side.

Half a dozen trenches were dug by me in the monastery area to the west ;
hut with the exception of a long wall running east to west and another waU pass-

153

exploration: — ^madras.

ing over it at right angles, no buildings could he traced. This, however, does
not mean that no better preserved structures lie buried in this area.

The trial excavations conducted by me on the central or stupa area were
more fruitful. A long trench taken north to south across it revealed two small
stupas to the north of the main stupa. One of them is a square votive structure
of no special interest. It measures 6 feet each way and is constnicted of
bricks, 18" long by 10-|" vude and 3" thick. The other stupa was found a few
yards to the north of the main stupa in the apse of what appears to have been
an apsidal temple. It is circular on plan and was originally constructed of care-
fully chiselled curved blocks of grey limestone, but all that now remains above
the surface is only a portion of the plinth course. The structm’e is only 10 feet
in diameter, but it is interesting inasmuch as it was constructed, lilre the Mani-
yar Math at Raigir in Bihar, with a hollow circular chamber running down to
its base. This chamber was excavated by me to a depth of 12 feet below the
surface of the plateau, when, a very hard layer of reddish rock gravel was
reached, but yielded no relics of any kind. Ifrom the style of workmanship
and the fact that this stupa rises approximately from the same level as the Jlain
Stupa, I am inclined to think that it must have been constructed shortly after
the completion of the Main Stupa, which to judge from the inscriptions and from
the stjde of the reliefs is ascribable to the 2nd-3rd century A.D.

The Main Stupa, which is the most important structure on the site, is built
on a rock-bed and is ornamented on its outer face with a number of reliefs alter-
nating with narrower reliefs or steles, ahuost all of which unfortunately are in-
complete, having lost their upper portion (Plate XXXV, a). Only one com-
plete specimen was recovered, and this is broken into two across the middle (Plate
XXX^M, c). The stone used for these reliefs, is the same grey marble as that
at Amaravati and Jaggayapeta. Each of the larger reliefs shows a stupa in the
centre ornamented with five pillars above the middle and with several horizontal
bands of floral and decorative designs, interspersed with medallions containing
human figures, etc., and surmounted by the usual JiarmiJca railing, umbrella and
flags, and flanlced by groups of flying celestial worshippers carrying oft'erings.
On the drum of the stupa are portrayed several miniature groups generally
representing incidents connected with the historic or mythic lives of the Buddha.*

* Some of the scenes wliich can be doGnitcly identified on this and other reliefs are mentioned below : —

1. A scene which is frcq^nently repeated in these miniature panels is that of the first 7 steps of the new bom Bodhi-
sattva, represented by a stalwart young man lunging forward with his right foot placed on a lotus tiower.

2. In Relief No. 1 (Plate XXXV, h), the upper miniature Bcenc at the right end, Bhowing a man presenting a pair
of elephant tusks to a lady, possibly represents the last episode of the ChhadantaJataka story,

3. In Reliefs Nos. 11 (Plate XXXVI, n), 13 and I7,tlic principal scenes show the Buddha seated in meditation under
the polycophalic hood of a serpent, a design which according to Mons. Foucher is as rare in India as it is frequent in Indo-
China.’* The only other known c.vample of this representation is a painting in Cave at Ajantu, which however is con-
siderably later than these Reliefs of Gummadidurru. (Vt^cA.S, IT. IX, Plate XXVII ; and J. 11. A. S,, 1919-20, p. 91],

4. One of the miniature panels in Relief No. 11 shows the BodhxsattTa os the charitable king of the Sibis, seated on the
ground with a drawn sword in his hand giving away one of his eyes to India who is disguised a.s a Bralunan. A painting of
this Jataka is seen on the right wall of the hall of cave XTII at Ajantn.

5. In Relief No. 14 (Plato XXXVI, 6), the miniature scenes represent the story of the Bodhisattva as prince Vc.santara.

6. Tu one of the left hand miniature panels of Relief No. 15 (Plate XXX\T!, c) is probably shown the Sihi Jataka No. 1
m which the Bodhisattva gives his own flesh to save tho life of a pigeon. Here the Bodhisattva is seen seated on the ground
and with a sword oiitting off a piece of his flesh from the left thigh, while an attendant stands behind with the scales in his
hand. (Fide J. li, .4. jS., 1919-20, p. 64, for a similar iminting at AJanta.)

EXPLORATION — MADRAS.

154

Below tlie five pillars, which, it may he observed, is the usual number actually
set up at the four cardinal points of the stupas of that age in this
part of the country, there are decorative bauds adorned with little bosses
apparently to represent the berm and ground railings. The lowest band of
sculpture on this relief shows the seated figure of a Buddha, or a Wheel on the
top of a piUar, in a square niche with the usual devotees and donors. As such
sacred sculptures are frequently met with against the actual stupa structures
immediately behind the entrance gates, the opening shown in front of the relief
I am describing may safely be taken to represent one of the gateways of the
stupa replica. In this sculpture, moreover, which is the only complete relief

extant, we find, above the stupa relief, a horizontal band of sculpture divided
into several panels with a row of lions’ heads underneath. The smaller panels
show pairs of worshippers or spectators and the larger ones scenes from the
previous existences of the Buddha.

The narrower reliefs in between the larger ones are also incomplete (ivith
one exception) and are generally decorated with the figure of a pillar or a

tree with a wheel or trident above and deer, svastika or feet of the Buddha
below, accompanied by the usual devotees and douors. One of these reliefs
on the west side, however, is complete and very interesting. It is a fine
sculpture, showing a . figure of a Buddha • or a Eodhisattva standing in the
vamda-7nndra. To the proper right of the deity is a deer and, lower down, a
kneeling figure, possibly the donor, the top of the sculpture being occupied by
what looks like a snake deity. On the pedestal of this sculptrue is a Brahmi
inscription of four lines in minute characters, which may possibly reveal the
name of the deity represented.

Besides these reliefs, which are 34 in number including the narrower sculp-
tures in between tbe larger ones, I discovered a long but incomplete frieze
broken into two, wdiich represents a royal court with musicians in one of the

panels and a royal procession going to worship the Buddha (?) in another,

while the intervening panels show pairs of hrunan figmus, probably spectators.
Below the row of lions’ heads under these panels, is engraved a long Brahmi
inscription, mifortunately much defaced. As the two pieces of this frieze were
unearthed within a few inches of the reliefs decorating the western projection,

(. In Kelief No. 22 (Plate XXX\ I, cf) the principal scene S’hows a haloed figure of the Euddlia seated tmdertho Bodhi
1^. A similar scene on Belief No. 30 is accompanied by tw'o of Jlnra’s daughters and several demqns, representing human
Tices, •standing on cither side of the Buddha. From this it would appear that in the Temptation or Enlightenment Bceiics
m the South Indian Reliefs the Buddha is not shown in tho bhumieparirtvindTa, as is usual in tho North.

8. One of tho sninllor scenes in Relief No. 27 shows Maya standing under a sala tree holding a branch with her left hand
while tlic now bom babe iHrccclved by the Guardians of tho Four Quarters.

9. In Jielie/No. 32, the principal scene shows a figure of tfic bahy Bodhisaffvn wearing ornament.s and seated in medita-
lonun er ajamhit tree. Tbifi first incditationofthcBodhisattra led ultimately to tho great Bcminciation, which is depicted
JU e pane just above this one. To the right of the Renunciation scene is shown * tho Conception of the Bodhisattva ' or

.Maya s dream.’

11 ^ principal scene in Relief No. 35 shows tbe subjugation of the mad elephant by the Buddha at Rajgir, Tho
' ( cpicb the first seven stepa of tho baby Bodhisattva, the life of pleasure he led ns a young man in the palace

oflusl.nyal athcr,theprenlRenunciation.theTcmptationondthcFiratSernionatSarnath.

. . , ” j'Crved that in the'^e reliefs the Buddha docs not appear to be represented in human form in any of the

^ e wit hislifenfter attaining tho Enlightenment, his presence being marked b 5 ' his feet, c^m/.ra, hbd^d tree
v/ 1 ^'^'‘^riiorrelicfsatSanebi, But jn the Kcencs which relate to his previous lives, and to his hiBtori-

cal Me before the Enbchtcatncnt, he is always represented in human form.

155

EXPLOS ATIOK — JIADRAS .

I have no doubt that it was originally placed on the top of the reliefs on that
side. A section of a similar frieze was also found a few inches to the right or
north of the east projection, and from its position it is qxiite clear that it must
have fallen from above. My excavations revealed a fragment of yet a third
frieze which must have surmounted the south projection, though all the reliefs
on that side had disappeared. Mention should also be made here of fragments
of octagonal buff sandstone pillars which came to light near the north and west
projections of the stupa and may be remnants of groups of pillars which, to
judge from the reliefs discussed above, stood on all four sides of the monument.

One of the most interesting features of the Main Stupa is its plan. The
central stupa, as it stands, is square in form and constructed of bricks, its
core consisting of small rubble stones and brickbats laid in mud. From the
corners and sides of the square structure emanate eight walls, each about 2
feet in thiclmess, to join a heayj'^ retaining wall about 9 feet thick, which forms
a circle all round but which is faced with bricks only on the irmer side to a
depth of about 15," the facing on the outer side being an extremely loose and
Tcachcha construction of brickbats in mud, and the core consisting of brickbats
and rubble stones set in a very inferior mortar with loose earth in between.
On the outer face, this wall was coated with a four inch thick and extremely
strong layer of lime concrete, to which were fixed the reliefs mentioned above,
as well as the small stone slabs on which they w^ere made to stand. Facing
each cardinal point, were projections about 15 feet wide and 2 feet deep, the
pavement slabs used in front of them being more regular in shape and larger in
size than those used in the rest of the pradahJiindpatlia. Below the retaining
walls emanating from the central stupa was found a series of thin walls forming
squares or rectangles, and one of these walls was found within and underneath
the square structure in the centre of the stupa. These walls go to a lower
depth than the upper ones, are plastered on both sides as well as on the top,
and the spaces enclosed between them are filled in with strong stone-in-lime
concrete well rammed in. This layer of concrete, though only 2 to 3 inches
thick, was continued and made one with the thick continuous layer of concrete
behind the reliefs. As there is hardly any earth between their tops and the
lowest courses of the upper .walls, it is obvious that they were constructed at
the same tune as the upper walls ; and the real object of their construction was
partly to provide a strong and firm foundation for the stupa, but chiefly to
provide a good support at the back of the reliefs.

The site seems to have been wantonly destroyed and subsequently
pillaged for ccntmies after its desertion by the Buddhists, for no less than 10
reliefs and 20 pilasters are completely missing, as well as almost all the chiseheo
stones from the Stone Stupa mentioned above.

Amongst the minor antiquities discovered at the site are two lead coins
of the Andhra period unearthed from the monastery area to the west, at a depth
of about 9" below the surface ; three stone beads from the same area ; a number
of fragments (some of them 'inscribed) chipped ofi from the reliefs around the
Main Stupa ; 127 clay tablets of the size of an eight-anna piece and bearing the

24 a

EXrLOEATIOX — ^MAtlRAS.

156

Buddliist creed in iSTagari characters of the late mediaeval period from near
the Stone Stnpa ; a damaged silver relic casket found outside the north wall
of the central square structure in the Main Stupa ; and fifteen pieces of a gold
necklace (Plate XXXVIII, a) found in an earthen pot which was buried face
domiwards at the south end of the lower square in the south-west quadrant.
Some of the seals are of a larger size (about 2" in diameter) and, besides bearing
a longer legend, are stamped with a row of five stupas at the top.

The double silver relic casket was found some 18" above the floor levfil of
the lower square immediately to the north of the north wall of the square
structure of the stupa proper, and did not contain anything but earth and a
tiny bit of bone. Nor was it found inside a relic box as is commonly the case.
The centre of the stupa was marked by a svasliha made of bricks, with a hole
about 2" square in the middle, which may have been intended to help the
masons in marking the correct circle of the outer retaining wall. No relics
or relic casket were found in this hole. From tliis circumstance, I am inclined
to thinlc that the silver casket referred to above must have been the original
relic casket deposited in the Main Stupa at the ti7ne of its construction. It
is not impossible that the casket was placed at a distance of some G feet
to the north of the centre of the stupa, in order to save it from any rmndals
who might attempt to despoil the structure. All the 15 beads of the gold
necklace mentioned before are hollow inside, having originally been filled with
shellac.

Some SO feet to the north and north-east of the Main )Stupa, I dug another
long trench and discovered in it the bases of four small circular stupas. Another
trial trench sunk in the lower area to the north-east of the Main Stupa, revealed
half a dozen small circular stupas which do not appear to contain any relics.

III. Nagab.junikonda.'

The valley to the south of the Nagarjunikonda hill is surrounded on all
sides by ranges of lulls sparsely covered with low bushes. The valley itself
is strewn with numbers of detached rocks or hillocks interspersed with fields
unsuited for any superior crops. The ancient Buddhists took advantage of
almost every hillock or rising piece of ground in' this area for building their
stupas, monasteries and chaityas.

Site No. 1 (Ubagutta).

The most important stupa in the valley is situated about its middle and
is locally Icnown as the "Ubagutta (Upagupta ?) or “ the mound of the owd,”
but referred to as ‘ Mahachaitya ’ in the inscriptions. Tw'o lofty but broken
octagonal pillars of grey marble were standing, one on the east the other on
the north face of the stupa, and as the eastern pillar bore an inscription, the
stupa was excavated by some treasure-seekers or amateur archaeologists
long before its existence became known to the ofiicers of the Archaeological

' In tbo I’alnnd Talnba, Guntur District.

157

EXPLOEATIOU— JIADRAS.

Department. jVIy own trial excavations at Nagarjunikonda were begun at the
great sttipa itself in the hope that some of its reliefs and inscriptions and possibly
also the relies which maj’- liave been deposited in it may j^et be found. The

plan of the stupa, in so far as the retaining walls are concerned, is an interesting
one. Most of the large stupas excavated up till now in the Madras Presidency
are wheel-shaped, having a single massive retaining wall with a niunber of
cross-walls making a series cf chambers all round the central structure, which
is usually solid, but occasionally provided with a relic chamber in the centre.
But the large stupa at Nagarjunilvonda (Plate XXXVII, h), which has a
diameter of 76 feet, has three retaining walls, with the result that there are
no less than three rows of chambers (8 in the inner, 16 in the middle, and
16 in the outer row) around the central structure (18' 3" diameter), which
was originally constructed of regular courses of bricks laid in thin layers

of mud. The whole of the stupa, including the rows of chambers referred to,

had been dug and filled in again by the previous explorers onl}" a small

fragment of the central solid construction bemg left intact. I re-excavated

the entire structiue and filled it in again after the necessary plans and

photographs had been taken. The Buddha relics which, to judge from the

inscriptions, had been enshrined in this stupa, had already disappeared. But
other results were achieved by my excavations. One interesting fact that

came to light was that, facing the cardinal points, was a set of 5 pillars
(Plate XXXVII, a) on each side of the stupa, just as such pillars are seen in
the reliefs of the stupas at Amaravati and Gmmnadidurru in the Gimtur and
Kistna Districts. With the exception of two, all the pillars had fallen down
and were buried several feet underground. When unearthed they were found
to bear long Brahmi mscriptions on the lower part of their octagonal sections
which are expected to shed considerable fight on the history of this Buddhist
colony of the 2nd century A.D.' These pillars measure 1' 10"xl' 6" at the
base (bottom face), are rectangular up to a height of 4' 6" above the groimd
and octagonal above. The angles of the octagonal sides are carried up to the
top in the shape of ribs. Their octagonal sides measure 10 inches and 8
inches alternately and at the transition of the rectangle to the octagon the
arrises are rounded off. There were no capitals or lintels over these pillars.
The stupa was enclosed by a brick wall 2' 6" thick, udth four entrances, 14
feet wide, situated exactly in front of the pillars on each side. The exact width
of the pradakshivdpatJia and of the berm could not be ascertained, nor could
I trace the steps which provided access to the berm, but the enclosure wall
was found to be 18' 1" distant from the outermost retaining waU (which was
plastered on the outer face) and only 10 feet distant from the line of the
pillars. Incomplete as it was, the whole excavation was filled in again. And
although the inscribed pillars might eventually have to be removed and
placed in a shed, it was considered advisable in the meanwhile to cover them
up with sjroil earth in order to protect them from ignorant -visitors.

^ Xbreo ot tbrso inscriptions have already been di'seus^ed in the .-InnTbiZ lieport for 192&-2G <Ed.).

EXPLORATION — ^MADRAS.

158

Some 50 yards to the east of the large stupa are the bases of 36 pillars
which once supported the roof of a pillared hall, possibly in front of a monas-
tery, of which latter, however, there are no indications at present above the
ground. Some 20 yards east of the Great Stupa is an apsidal temple mth a

small, broken stupa in the apse, and a Brahmi inscription of two lines incised

on the floor along the right or west wall of the nave. The temple faces north
and measures 53' 8" in length, including the apse, and 22 feet in width. The
stupa measures 8 feet in diameter. The walls are 5' 6" thick. The inner step-
ping stone of the threshold has a semicirciflar curvature at either end, and on
the outer edge of the threshold were fixed two stone slabs on end projecting
some two inches above the threshold level.

The stupa in the apse probably rose to a height of some 8 feet, and when

complete with its liarmika, etc., must have looked very much like the stupas

in the rock-cut caves at NasOc and Karli in Western India. All the face stones
of this stupa were scattered about on the stone pavement of the nave of the
apsidal temple.

Excavations inside the core of the stupa did not yield any relics. The
temple was again filled in to safeguard the inscription referred to from ignorant
visitors from the neighbouring villages.

The way from the village to the Great Stupa ' passes through two whale-
back shaped mounds (sites Nos. 2 and 3) locally known by the common name

of Naliarallabodu (Blackstone mound), on the flat tops of both of which are

situated the remains of a stupa and a monastery.

Site No. 2.

The stupa on the southern mound is situated at its southern extremity and

is only standing to a height of about 2 feet above the floor level. It consists

of a solid circular structure in the centre only 5 feet in diameter, surrounded by
a 12" thick retaining wall, which is joined to the central structure by four
cross walls, thus forming a chamber in each quadrant, and increasing the dia-
meter of the stupa to 27 feet. Facing the cardinal points are projections 7' 10"
wide by 1' 6" deep, which probably served as steps and gave access to the top
of the circular retaining wall, part of which may have been used as the berm.
Underneath the stupa in question were brought to light the foundations of
two other stupas, which must have been in ruins for a long time before the
later one was constructed. Excavations were carried out in the centre of both
the upper and the lower stupas, but did not disclose any relics.

The monastery on the top of the hillock measures 73' 2"x56' and
consists of a series of 4 cells on each of the north, east and west sides and a
pfllared hall 30 6' X 30' on the south, with an open court situated between
the pillared hall and the stupa. The verandah between the hall and the cells
on the three sides was S' 9" wide, so that, if we include this verandah also, the
covered space in front of the cells would have been 39' 3"x38' 9". The court
in front of the monastery was not excavated ; so it is not possible to say whether
or not it contained a tank or weU in the centre. The roof of the hall rested on

159

EXPLORATION — MADRAS.

16 stone pillars whicli were 1' o'x8" in section and were buried to a depth of
2' 3" below the floor level, their bases resting on stone slabs. The pillars are
8' 10" high above the floor level and, though rectangular in section (1' 5"XS"),
they are octagonal in shape for a short length of 10" just above the middle.
At the top they are provided with U-shaped mortices to hold the ends of the
wooden beams which supported the roof, the flanges of the mortices being
about 3" thick and 3" to 5" high. All the piUars with the exception of two at
the south-east and south-west ends have fallen down and disappeared, but a
few were found totally or partially buried in the debris lying on the floor of
the haU, which was paved with stone flags.

The cells on the north, east and west sides vary in dimensions from 9' 6"
to 9' 9" ; and each has a doorway 2 feet wide in the middle of the front wall.
The outer walls are 2' 6" thick and the front walls 1' 10" thick, whOe the
partition walls vary from 10" to 2' 6". All the walls are plastered both inside
and out.

In the large square chamber at the north-west end of the monastery were
found the head and broken pedestal of a large Buddha figure, but, though every
effort was made, the missing body could not be traced. This room probably
served as the main entrance of the monastery. The east end cell of the northern
series was paved with stone flags and all the others with bricks. The walls
had a torus moulding.

Site No. 3,

The remains on the top of the northern moimd, also called NaUarallabodu,
consist of an apsidal temple and a monastery to its north. Probably there
was also a stupa at the liighest point of the hillock but it seems to have totally
disappeared.

The apsidal temple faces north and measures IS' 6" in breadth and 44'

in length, including the apse. The brick-in-mud walls are 4 feet thick ; and the

floor is paved with stone flags, on which is incised a long Brahmi inscription
of 3 lines along the right or west wall. The epigraph gives a description of the
several buddings at Nagarjunilronda and contained a date which mrfortunateiy

is no longer decipherable owing to the surface having flaked off in several
places. The apse contains a small circular stupa (6' 6" in diameter) which

was originally faced with well chiselled stones. Excavations inside the stupa
did not yield any relics.

Structural apsidal temples are very rare in India, and so far as I am aware
only one has yet been discovered at Sanchi, two at Taxila and one at Sarnath.
The two temples at Nagarjunikonda, therefore, are an important addition; and I
have no doubt that at least one more will be found at Nagarjunikonda.

A few yards to the north of the apsidal temple is the monastery, which
has the usual plan of four rows of cells arranged on the four sides of an open
courtyard within. The building measures about 93 feet square and has six cells on
each side, the comer cells being larger than the rest. The outer walls .are 2' 6"
thick, the front walls 1' 6" to 2' 6" and the partition walls from 10" to 20"

EXPLOEATION — MADRAS.

160

tliick. The rooms were paved with stone flags and similar flags appear to have
been used on the roofs in place of tiles, as a number of them were discovered above
the pavement.

The doorways of the cells are 2 feet wide and are flanked by moulded pilas-
ters on the outer face of the south, east and west walls ; but no such pilasters
appear on the north wall, the front of which is quite plain. These pilasters
are not joined to the w^alls and were no doubt later additions.

The verandah pillars rested on a wall, 10 inches thick, which runs conti-
nuously in front of the cells at the distance of 4' 2" from them. In the middle
of the court was a large platform, the exact purpose of which has not yet been
determined. A small but well-built room in the north-west comer of the
monastery probably served as a granary. A large earthen vase was found
in the cell to the west of this room. It is decorated with zig-zag and other
patterns and contained nothing except a little earth. Several pieces of shell
bangles were recovered from the cells, together with a number of earthen cups,
dishes, bowls and little vases. The main entrance of the monastery w'as
probably on the west side. The whole excavation was filled in again.

A portion of the ancient road leading from the fields to the hill-top was
also followed up for a length of about 150 feet on the north-west slope of the
hillock on which these monuments (the Apsidal temple and the large monas-
ter}') are situated. The upper end of the road has how'ever yet to be
traced.

Site No. 4 : Ptilhiodu {The Mound of PiilJa).

■ Some 500 yards to the south-west of the Great Stupa, I partially explored
a small but interesting stupa from which Professor DubreuU of the Pondi-
cherry College had removed two beautiful reliefs in July, 1926. Originally the
stupa was decorated with a series of reliefs fixed aU roimd the outer face of its
retaining wall. But when I commenced the excavations, only three of the
reliefs could be partially seen. Three others were found to be lying face down-
ward, and, as it would have taken much time to expose all of them, I con-
tented myself -with taking out one long frieze and two reliefs. This stupa is
also constructed on the usual plan foUosved by the Buddhists in these districts
and had the usual five pillars at each of the catduial points. I did not
make any attempt to dig in the centre of the stupa.

The frieze referred to abeve is 15' 8" long and is broken in three pieces,
one. of W'hich was lying above the ground, the- other tw'o being buried under
3 feet of debris. At either end of the frieze is a hliadraghata, between which,
from right to left, are the scenes of the ‘ conception of the Bodhisattva the
‘interpretation of the dream ’ and the ‘ birth of the Bodhisattva,’ each separated
from the other by a pair of human figures. Below the scenes is a row of lions’
heads and underneath it a long inscription in Brahmi characters.

Borne 70 yards south of this stupa is a rising piece of ground about 150
feet square,, on which was no doubt situated the monastery attached to this
stupa. At the other or southern edge of this platform are lying large fragments

161

EXPLORATION — ^MADRAS.

of a colossal Buddha figure of grey marble, and 300 yards further south-west
are two Buddha images of the same material lying uncared for in a field.
Their heads, arms and feet have disappeared ; but the technique of the drapery
is typical of the times and the torsoes are still well preserved.

Site No. 5.

Some 300 yards to the north-west of the Great Stupa' and about the same
distance from the stupa ■with reliefs, close to the foot of the Nagarjimikonda
hill, is a large site containing the remains of a couple of stupas, a small apsidal
temple, a large pillared' haU with many of the pillars broken or leaning at
dangerous angles, and what must have been a large monastery. The larger stupa
here had also 5 piUars on each of its four faces ; and on turning these over, i
found on one of them a Brahmi inscription which is some 14 or 15 years earlier
than the inscriptions on the Great Stupa and in the two Apsidal temples
mentioned above.*

EXCAVATIONS AT PAGAN.

By Mans. Charles Dtiroiselle,

At Pagan, digging operations were restricted to eleven sites situated near
some of the principal monuments there, and the relic chamber ol the Shwesau-
.daw Pagoda was partially cleared of rubbish. The ruined temple known as
the Hlaing-she temple at Nabadaw near the village of Wetkyi-in, a ruined
stupa near the Mangalazedi pagoda, and a ruined building kno-wn as the
Paung-gu pagoda near the ■village of Myin-Pagan were also cleared with a
view to recovering antiquarian objects and examining the buried parts of the
structures.

The relic chamber of the Shwesandaw pagoda had already been dug into,
either by the ubiquitous keasiue-hunter or perhaps long before by the soldiery
of some invading army. During the troublous times which followed the suc-
cessive invasions of Upper Burma by the Mons (Talamgs) it is recorded that
many monuments were dug into and everything of value removed. This prac-
tice has continued up. to the present time and treasure-hunters, whenever an
opportunity presents itself, loot the pagodas and temples. The aesult is that
there is now, as far as it can be ascertained, not a single monument at Pagan

* The inscriptions recovered from the stupas and chapels at Nagarjunikonda belong to a dynasty which claimed descent
from Ikhaku (Skt. ll:3hvahu)t tho woU known progenitor of the Solar race of Ayodhya, ■which must have held sway in the
Andhra country round tho lower I^istna, during tho 2nd and 3rd centuries of the Christian era. They mention the recon-
struction of tho Main Stupa, which thoy call Mahachetiya and the construction of apsidal chapels which are described ns stone
fcemplesfSfiifannnfJapa). One of tho two longinBcriptions found in theChapels, shows that the monks and nuns from Ceylon
selected tho spot for erecting tho viharas and other buildings all of which lay on Siripavata (Sriparv’ata). This is rather
important ; for Nagarjunn the reputed founder of Mahayanism is said to have died inn monastoiy at Sriparvata. More-
over, Nagarjuttikonda means tho hill of Nagarjuna.

All tho inscriptions mention the donation or dedication of certain monuments hy ladies of tho Ikbokn family, and not
a single inscription has yet been found which records a donation or dedication by a male member of this royal house. It
is also interesting to find that, while these ladies were devotees of tho Buddhist religion, the ruling king was a follower of
Brahmanism and performed Vedio sacrifices, Agnihotra, Asvamedha etc.

' A fuller account ofthese inscriptions is given in the Epigraphlcal summary*

EXPLOBATION — BURMA.

162

acaong tlie many hundreds that are either still standing or in ruins, that has
not been so visited and rifled of its contents. Even stone or wooden statues of
the Buddha have been thus despoiled, the head, the chest and the navel often
being dug into in the hope of finding some supposed jewel hidden therein.’^

The relic chamber of the Shwesandaw Pagoda occupies the central por-
tion of the building at foundation level, and the passage dug to get into it
is revealed by a large opening made in a wall of the second terrace on the west
face of the pagoda. The chamber itself and the passage are now the home of
countless bats and probably of snakes, and the floor is covered with a layer of
guano some feet deep. The passage is narrow, precipitous and very dark
except for a few feet near its entrance. Flash-lights had to be used to grope
one’s way through it in order to reach the relic chamber.

The idea of getting this ehamber explored was prompted by the statement
of two or three Burmese lads, who had at no small risk visited it some time
previously, that it did contain objects Avhich would interest us and which had
probably been left behind by treasure-hunters as not worth their attention.
The labour was amply rewarded by the discovery of a number of terra-cotta
votive tablets — ^which are important from the philological and historical point
of view — and a few bronze and stone images of Buddha. Among the former
is a seal with many duplicates, representing the Buddha • seated cross-legged
with the right hand in the hliumisparia-muira and the other lying in the laps,
palm upwards, on a lotus-throne under a foliated arch supported on pUlars and
surmounted by a liii. Some leaves, picturing the Bo-tree, may be seen on
each side on the crown of the arch beneath the hii ; there are also, on each
side of the Buddha, two stupas vdth an elongated ringed finial representing
the clihalravali , which has become the distinctive finial of Burmese pagodas
for well nigh a thousand years {Plate XXXIX, a).

Below the two lower stupas and the lotus-seat, is a Nagari legend in
Sanslcrit in four lines, the characters of which belong to the Xlth century
A.D. The letters are in relief, with the result that some of them have worn
away here and there in the course of time, and no single tablet contains the
whole legend in a good state of preservation. Fortimately, it was possible to
restore the missing letters by a comparison one with the other of the many
tablets in our possession, and as a result of this collation, the following con-
nected reading of the legend has been obtained ; —

1. May-aniruddJiade —

2. vena kritam

3. Sugatasa{n)c1ichakam, tena Maitreya sambo —

4. dho lahheyan — nivriito padaiir

^ As au example of this looting, the following may be adduced ! at Pagan in 1919, a small pagoda of a peculiar tyi^o and
beautifully preserved was discovered through a portion of the outer pagoda, which encased it, having fallen off. The outer
casing was removed, exposing the inside pagoda to view. Three weeks after, two large holes had been made in it in search
ol treasure. This was most probably done by villagers, and it was impossible to trace the culprits.

3 This reading differs slightly from that of Jlr. Krishna Sastri, the late Government Epigraphisfc for India, as given at
page 39 of the Provincial Annual Report of the Archeological Superintendent, Burma, for the year ending Slst March 1916.
It may be lacntioned here that the reading given in the text has been arrived at after comparing many duph'cates’ while
Mr. Krishna So-stri laboured under the difficulty of having only one tablet at his disposal.

163

EXPLORATION — BURMA.

Which may be translated as follows ; —

“ By me, king Aniruddha, this mould of Sugata (Buddha) has been

made ; through this (good deed) may I obtain the path to
Nirvana, when Maitreya is (fully) enlightened (that is, when the

Bodhisattva Maitreya has become a Buddha).”

On the reverse face of another seal found in the same chamber, is a Pali
legend in Burmese characters of the same age as the above, that is the Xlth
century A.D., which mentions that the mould was made by long Aniruddha
with his own hands (sahatthen’eva) in order to obtain final salvation.

The name Aniruddha is the classical form of the more popular Anorata,
who reigned in Pagan between 1044 and 1077 A.D. ; the fact that the tablets
referred to above, and others inscribed in Mon (Taking) and Pyu recovered
from the relic chamber of one of the principal monuments of Pagan belong to
so early a date (about 1057), has a very important bearing on our present
researches. It is known from oral tradition and from somewhat later written
records, which, however, are probably based on earlier documents, that, in-
cluding the Shwesandaw, king Anorata built a number of pagodas at Pagan

among which the following are some of the best Imown : —

(1) Tangyi pagoda, on one of the hiUs facing Pagan across the river, (2)
Lokananda pagoda, (3) Shwezigon pagoda, (4) Poktalin pagoda, (5) Tabetkjnit
pagoda and (6) Koktheinnayon temple, besides several others in other parts of
Burma. None of the six monuments have so far yielded lithic inscriptions
or other documents of any kind in support of the tradition which ascribes their
erection to king Anorata. The tablets found in the Shwesandaw Pagoda are,
therefore, valuable, inasmuch as they confirm the connection of this Pagoda at
least with that king.

These tablets are also interesting for other reasons. Thus, their legends,
in four languages, give us an insight into the importance which Pagan had by
then attained as a political and cultural centre. It is lmo\vn from several
other sources that Pali was studied in Lower Burma (Prome and Thaton) in
the early centimes of our era ; but this does not seem to have been the case in
Pagan ; tradition and native chronicles point to the middle of the Xlth century
as the time of its introduction, along with Southern Buddhism, into this city,
or perhaps as the date of its pre-eminence there as the classical language.
Sansluit was knoivn at Pagan some centuries earlier, at leasr as the language
of the Indian court astronomers and astrologers, and perhaps also as the classical
language of a Southern Buddhist sect whose canon was written in Sanskrit.
Prom 1057 A.D., which is said to be the date of the Shwesandaw, Sanslcrit
rapidly loses ground in favour of Pali. The Pali legends found in this pagoda
are among the earliest documents in this language which have so far been
recovered from Pagan. They may prove useful also from the point of view of
architecture. The great building activity, which covered Pagan and its envi-
rons with almost countless monuments, began just after the conquest of Lower
Bmma by king Anorata and lasted up to about the end of rhe Xlllth century.
In the absence of lithic records very few monuments can be confidently

20 A

EXPLORATION — BURMA,

164

assigned to a period before the conquest just mentioned (1056-57). l^o^Y, the
miniature temples, noticed on some of the tablets recovered from the
Shn'esandaw (1057), present types which are not strictly Indian but which
must necessarily have been fairly common at Pagan itself during, or perhaps
before Anorata’s time. Having fallen into shapeless ruins, they cannot now be
identified among the existing monuments. This, of course, refers to tablets,
not imported from India, but made in Pagan itself and bearing legends
in Pali or even in Sanskrit containing the name of king Anorata.^

Among other finds, special mention must be made of another terracotta
votive tablet. On the obverse it exhibits an image of the Buddha, seated in
an arched niche similar to the one described above ; but it has five small stupas
on each side of the central figure, and these stupas are surmounted, not by
the usual high ringed finial but by a single umbrella. Below the Buddha’s
throne is a two-line inscription containing the usual Buddhist creed in Nagari
characters ; it is in mixed Pali and Sanskrit (Plate XXXIX, b). But the chief
interest of tliis tablet lies in an inscription of six lines stamped on its reverse.
It is in the language which the Burmese call Pyu (Plate XXXIX, e), in which
very few documents exist. This new epigraph, therefore, is a valuable acquisi-
tion. Unfortunately Pyu is practically an imknown language, of which only
a very few words can be understood, so that, although the characters of this
inscription can be deciphered, its meaning still remains very obsdiire. In subs-
tance, however, it seems to mean that this image of the Buddha was made by
one Sn Banana for the obtainment of enightenment and nirvana during the
dispensation of the future Buddha Maitreya. Who this Sri Banana was, cannot
be ascertained at present. It is possible that this tablet was not moulded at
Pagan, but brought over from Hmawza (Old Prome), the capital of the Pyu
people, who had lately been subjugated by the Pagan king.

In the same chamber were found other votive tablets bearing legends in
Talaing. Curiously enough, there was not found any tablet bearing a legend
in Burmese. It is well Imora that the Burmese had no alphabet in which to
write their own language before the conquest of Lower Burma (1056-57 A.D.),
and that the Talaing monks de^^sed one for them, based on their own, very
soon after that event. One is tempted to raise the question whether, at the
time of the foundation of the Shwesandaw pagoda (1057), such an alphabet
was not yet available. The absence of any legend in the Burmese language
among those found written in four different languages would seem to show that
the Burmese had not yet begun writing in their own idiom. It is, however,
•a moot point, and the question must remain open pending further discoveries.
It may also be that, in the case of such inscriptions as these, preference was
given to Pali as a classical language, or to Talaing with the gJamoiir of several
centuries of literary culture behind it.

Among other antiquities found at the same place, is a small bronze image
of a Bodhisattva, in the roimd, which deserves particular notice. The figure

’ in a small monograph, all the tablets belonging unmistakably to Anorata’e time, so

{arnstho, have been discovered, and discnss them jngreatcrdotail. Asthevean benssignedtondcBnitepenud (1044-1077),
thoywinserveasastaningpointforcomparisonTOthothoreyamples. F i «

165

EXPLORATION— BURMA.

is seated on a low pedestal. • The legs do not cross, but the feet meet at tbe
middle, with the soles turned upwards. The right knee is slightly raised and
rests on what appears to be a cushion. The figure possesses all the attributes
of a king : crown, ear-rings, necklets, armlets, bracelets, anldets and a waist-
band ; and a long string passing over the left shoulder and the right arm falls
loosely on the seat in front of the figure just before the feet. The right arm is
stretched out, the wist resting on the knee, and the fingers are slightly bent as
if holding something. The left arm has broken off just below the shoulder,
but the ■wrist and hand may be seen resting on the knee, palm upwards
(Plate XXXIX, /). Around the seat is an inscription in Pyu ; but it is
badly worn away in several places and, save for a few characters, is illegible.
On the proper left side, the following can still be read ba : — Melriya ha - :
‘ Metriya ’ most probably refers to the image itself. It may be mentioned
that the Bodhisattva Maitreya has always been much revered and most
popular in Burma, and is often placed in the same category as the four Buddhas
who have already appeared in this Jcalpa. The Pyu script on the base of the
statuette makes it clear that the latter was made in Burma ; but the probability
is that it was nob made in Pagan, though found there. The general style of
the figure which Offers from that of the Pagan school, and the form of the
characters tend to show that it is older than the middle of the Xltli century.
Burmese documents, record that king Anorata, after his conquest of old Prome,
broke into the monuments there in order to remove the relics and enshrine
them in his oivn pagodas at Pagan, and it may confidently be assumed that this
small image was among the antiquities thus brought from the old Pyu capital.

In a traditional legend preserved in the chronicles, the Shwesandaw^ is
said to have been erected over some hairs of the Buddha Gotama which were
obtained from Pegu (Hanthawaddy). The same distinction is claimed for
numerous other pagodas in Burma, and apart from a few local details, the
story of the translation of these relics is practically the same. As it has been
outlined already in a note on the Shwedagon pagoda at Rangoon, it need not
be repeated here.

The monument itself is a conical structure consisting of a bell-shaped dome
surmounted by a finial formed ,of many rings tapering to a point and ending
in a stone dmalaka. .It rests on five receding terraces (Plate XXXVII, c),
representing, it is said, the abodes of the five kinds of mythical beings : Xaga,
Garuda, Kumbhanda, Eakshasa and Gandharva, to whom a separate region
is assigned below the Tavatiihsa heaven, where now stands the legendary
Sulamani pagoda ; the latter was built over the hair of Prince Siddhartha,
which he cut and threw into the air just before donning the ascetic garb. It was
probably in commemoration of this event that the Shwesandaw pagoda was built.

The Pauxg-gu Pagoda, now crumbled into a large mound of debris, is
ascribed to king Kyanzittha (1084-1112 A.D.). It is situated on the edge

1 Tno SlivYesandaw is also known as tho Malmpcinnd (Gancsa) pagoda ; but the origin of this name is obcourc. It is
asorib3tl by some to the existence of Hindu figures, among which was one of Gane^a, on the terraces of Iho pagoda ; but,
all these bavefallcndown and been smashed, or have otberwicc disappeared.

EXPLORATION — BURMA.

166

of fc]ie precipitous bank of the river Irrawaddy, between Pagan and Myin-
Pagan, and as a consequence, what is left of it is gradually being carried away
by the strong current during the annual river flood. During the cold season
of 1915-16 there were recovered from among its debris some stone sculptures
bearing unmistakable traces of Indian influence. With a view to recovering
more of these or other objects which might still be there, an attempt was
made to clear the rubbish which had collected on the river side ; as, however,
the operations involved danger to the lives of the workmen, the project had
to be abandoned. From an e.xamination of what remains of the building and
its present precarious condition, there can be but little doubt that its com-
plete disappearance will be a matter of only a very few years ; and in view of
its dangerous situation on the edge of the sandy cliff, it is for consideration
whether it would not be prudent to tackle the mound again and try and
recover whatever antiquarian objects it may still contain. Incidentally, it
may be mentioned that when the monument was examined in November last,
it was found that the central relic chamber had all but been washed away,
the only parts that remained being portions of its walls on the east
and north sides. It was also observed that the mound was honey-combed
with trenches, probably the work of treasure-hunters, dating some years
back. ■

Thayambhu (Sayambhu) mound. Pagan.

Another mound that was explored during the past season is situated a few
hundred yards to the west of the Shwesandaw pagoda and in close proximiiy
to the Thayambhu (Sayambhu) Temple. Including the monument buried in the
mound itself, there were originally three buildings standing in a row here, quite
close one to the other and on a common platform. They lie north to south,
the one at the southern end being the Thayambhu Temple and the one in
the middle a solid stupa of conical form. The mound at the north was
about sixty feet in diameter at the base, and about seven feet in height above
the surrounding level. A shaft, eight feet square, was sunlc in the centre, and at
a depth of 2i feet from the top, a pavement of bricks and .stone flags was
brought to light, there being one stone flag to every three or four bricks. The bricks
measure 13"x7i-''’x2" and the flags 12"xl0"x2". On widening the shaft, remains
of brick walls were subsequently uncovered on the four sides, and a paved area
measuring 17'xl2', enclosed by these walls, was exhumed, the longer side running
north-south, and each wall being feet in thickness. The pavement itself was
in three layers and laid on a foimdation of filled earth slightly bluish in colour.
Judging by the walls surrounding it, this area probably formed the inner chamber
of a temple, in which was enshrined an image of Buddha ; but the destruction
of the temple, is so complete that there were found no traces of an image, nor
even of any votive tablet. Deeper • excavation, however, disclosed, at a depth
of seven feet, some charred bones with a rusty nail among them, and some
fragments of an earthenware vessel. The deposit of an iron nail or some other
iron object along with urns containing human bones, was an old Pyu burial
custom. It may thus be presumed that this custom existed also among the

167

EXPLORATION — BURMA.

Burmese of that time ; unless, indeed, this building was erected by the Pyus,
who were rather numerous in Pagan till the end of the Xlllth century, after
which they seem to have totally disappeared and merged into the Burmese
population together with their language. But the view that this custom was
spread far and wide over Burma is probably nearer the truth, as such finds
have also been made at other places at Pagan.

As digging proceeded to the east of the enclosed area, there appeared
traces of other walls which were, no doubt, the remains of the portico in front ;
and, close to the wall separating the portico from the chamber, a stone pavement
measuring six feet square came to light, underneath which was a layer of bluish
earth laid over some charred hones and a small piece of iron. No other objects
of any interest were found either here, or in the two mounds excavated near
the Min-O-Chantha pagoda mentioned below.

These mounds are situated close to the Min-O-Chantha pagoda, a stone’s
throw to the north of the Ananda temple. With the exception of a small
headless image of Buddha, nothing of real interest was found in them ; but
as in the case of Thayambhxi, ashes, charred bones, fragment of earthenware

urns and pieces of iron were unearthed. These objects were found, some below

the foundations of walls and others below pavements. No doubt these mounds
were originally tombs of persons of a high standing, for it was only such that
were cremated and their remains placed in urns and buried ; the common
people were interred. These tombs seem to have been built much in the
manner of small temples with a room wherein a Buddha image was often
enshrined ; and probably some other objects of worship were placed there too ;
but as these objects were above ground, they were either removed or destroyed
in the ruin of the monuments. There were no signs of the tombs themselves
having been tampered with.

In paragraph 27 of my last Provincial Annual Report mention was made
of the discovery of some terracotta votive tablets in a field belonging to one
Maung Chit Sa of Taungbi Village, Pagan, on the site where two bronze

images of the Buddha DIpankara had been found. In November last further

excavations were made on the same spot after removing the crops that were
erowing on it. With the hope of finding some more relic chambers hire the
rae referred to in the Eeport just mentioned, trial pits were sunk, and traces
of two walls were discovered. Of these one was running north-south close to
the west wall of the relic chamber previously discovered, and the other east-
west to the north of the same chamber, and at a distance of about ]4 feet
from it measuring from the centre. On following these walls, it was eventually
fomd that they°met on the north, forming an angle. That gave an idea of
the plan of the building, and the area within which the digging operations could
be'" restricted. Within this area several trial pits were sunk, each four feet
square, and at the same time the digging along the walls was continued. It
^ h'ned that there would be some more relic chambers, as such monuments
Iimetimes contain more than one, but no traces of any were discovered. Near
tL middle of the eastern wall, however, there was brought to light a hoard of

KXPIOEATION’ — BURMA.

168

terracotta votive tablets nearly a tlionsand in number. The images on the
obverse face display but little variety, most of them being practically the same.
But what renders these tablets specially valuable is the wealth of archaic
words in Burmese contained in the short dedicatory inscriptions bitten on
the reverse face of a great many of them. The figures on the obverse faces of
these tablets depict the Buddha in the ordinary “ earth-touching ” attitude,
seated on a double lotus throne, in an archeck-niche surmounted by a siMara ;
on the sides are elongated stupas and boughs of banyan trees. Below the
throne is a line of inscription in Burmese characters of the period, but 'it is
very indistinct on every specimen and cannot be read. An interesting feature
of a large number of these tablets is that they contain, in archaic Burmese,
the names — ^most of which would not be intelligible to Burmans of to-day — of
various fruits, flowers and herbs ; as for instance, the mango, plantain, citron
flower, soap acacia creeper, asafoetida, etc., etc., and others which have not
yet been identified. These names probably refer to the offerings of these fruits,
plants, etc., made by the devotees at the foundation-laying ceremony of the
building. Such offerings are still made at the present time in some parts of
Burma. This, however, is the first time that we have come across tablets
commemorating such gifts, at the foundation of an ancient monument. Other
tablets contain inscriptions in old Burmese consisting of six, seven, or eight
short lines, and some of one line only, in which are found words so archaic
tliat the meaning of some has not yet been satisfactorily settled. All these
inscriptions, studied in detail, will form the subject of a paper in a future
number of the Epigraplda Birmanica.

The tablets do not, imfortunately, bear any date, but tbeir age may be
inferred from the form of the letters, the archaic character of the language and
from a few names of persons therein mentioned. The epithet and style of the
long in these inscriptions do not help us much. For instance, the epithet
“Dhammaraja” is found in several of them; but this simply means ‘the
righteous king,’ and is merely a title assumed by all tbe Idngs of Burma down
to even king Thibaw (1877-86). Similarly we find the title ‘Sri Tribhuvan-
aditya-varadhammaraja.’ In the light of what I said regarding the titles of
the kings of Biuma in paragraph 44 of my Annual Report for the year 1920,
I am of opinion that this epithet may have been borne by at least three kings,
namely; (1) Sawlu (1077-84), (2) Kyanzittha (1084-1112) and (3) Alaungsithu
(1112-87). There are two names, however, of private individuals which may
help to determine more closely the date of this monument and tablets found
in it. One is Muggaliputta and the other Sumedha. Both were monies, and
their names, among some others, are mentioned in a dated inscription, that
of the Myazedi pillar, 1112, which was the last regnal year of Icing Kyanzittha.
It is probable, therefore, that the tablets were made during tbe reign of
Kyanzittha (1084-1112) or during the opening years of the reign of his grandson
and successor, Alaungsithu (1112-87).

In paragraph 29 of my Provincial Annual Report for the year 1922, I have
referred to the discovery of some votive tablets containing legends in several

169

EXPLORATION — BURSIA .

languages at a small ruined pagoda near the Mangalazedi on tlie road to
Mjdnkaba, Pagan. During the year under report, I had the site around this
pagoda re-examined with a view to recovering some more tablets from among
the debris. A. large number were so recovered, but they proved to be merely
duplicates of those that had been found on the previous occasion. Among
the new finds there is one containing 28 Buddlias seated in the usual attitude,
each on a lotus and arranged in five tiers aroimd another Buddlia similarly
seated, but witliin a temple. The central figure is larger than the others,
and on each side of his throne is the small figure of a Bodhisattva seated in the
Mildsana. Beneath the lowest tier of Buddhas is a line of writing in Nagari
characters. In many places the letters have disappeared, but they were well
preserved on a fragment of another tablet of the same kind recovered from the
same place. It is in Sanskrit and reads as follows :

Om I hfitir-iymh rdjiiah Srl-Anintddhadevasya ‘ Oin ! This Ls the work of
the illustrious Idng Aniruddhadeva’. As the name testifies, it is a tablet of
Anorata (1044-77). Tablets of another type, and belonging probably to Aio-
rata's queen, were foimd at the same site. Each contains on the obverse

face the eight principal scenes in the life of the Buddha Gotama, and two lines
of writing in Nagari characters. The inscription, which is partly in Pali and
partly in Sanslcrit, contains the usual Buddhist creed ‘ Ye dhamma JietupabJiavd
etc.’ followed by the words ‘ dampati Srl-BIahisyadevi’ , which would mean ‘ the
cliief queen is the giver’. If my reading is correct, then from the style of the
image, the characters of the inscription and the testimony of other tablets

found at the same place and bearing the name of Aniruddhadeva, this lady
must have been the queen of the great monarch.

"VATiile the above works were proceeding, the opportunity was taken to
clear away the debris that had collected around a ruined monument Imown as
the Hlaing-she Temple, at Nabed.aw, near the village of Wetkyi-in. The

main building was square, with a porch facing east, while a vaulted corridor
ran round the cella in the centre which supported the superstructure. Both
inside and outside the w^aUs of the cella were niches in which were once enshrined
statues of the Buddha ; as, however, the roofs over the circumambulating

corridors had fallen in, the niches on the outside were buried in debris, except
a few at the comers, near the entrance. This debris was removed, but all the
niches were found to be empty except two and the probability is that the people,
foreseeing the ' danger to which these statues were exposed, removed and placed
them in other temples near by. The two niches which were not empty, con-
tained each a stone sculpture of a seated Buddha with hands and feet broken
off, and fragments of what had probably been a Bodhisattva in brick and
plaster. Erom their technique, these images may be ascribed to the Xlth
or early Xllth century. The temple itself was once ornamented with fine
mouldings and beautiful plaster carvings. Plate XXXnil, b shows what re-
mains of a part of the wall of the basement on the west face. The window,
screened with perforated stone slabs and adorned with pfiastera and foliated
pediments, is noteworthy.

EXPLORATION — BURMA. 1 70

Excavation was undertaken at four other spots besides those mentioned
above, the sites selected being low mounds of bricks. One of them was
situated near the Hlaingshe temple described in the last paragraph; another
in a field bdonging to one TJ Bya, close to the Mangalazedi on the north ; the
third in the compound of the ISTgwezedi monastery at Myinpagan, and the
fourth near the Koktheiimayon (Kusinara) near Myinpagan. Nothing of special
interest was found in any of them, though passing mention may be made of
some crucibles stained -with green patches, owing probably to residues of copper
or bronze, which were found in the compound of the Ngwezedi monastery.
It is said that there were foimd, a few years ago, in the relic chamber of a
small stupa immediately to the east of this mound five Buddha images in
bronze, four of which have now been placed in the local Museum. Erom their
style, they may be assigned to the Xlth or early Xllth century. It is not
impossible that the crucibles mentioned above were used for melting the metal
to cast the images just mentioned.

Among other discoveries made at Pagan during the year, special mention
may be made of the following : —

(1) A bronze image of the Buddha found in the possession of a Buddhist

monk at Mjdnpagan, with whose permission a photograph of it
was taken and is reproduced in Plate XXXIX, c. The image

represents the Buddha seated cross-legged on a lotus with his
right hand in the hhumisparSa-mudrd and left hand in the lap.
The cast of countenance is decidedly Indian. It dates probably
from the latter half of the Xlth centiuy and perhaps somewhat
earlier. It is said to have been found some years ago in the relic
chamber of a small ruined stupa situated within the monastery
compound of the monlr in whose possession it was, together with
other images which have been placed in the Pagan Museum.
Including the lotus on which it stands, the figure measures 12f"

in height.

(2) A terracotta votive tablet bearing fifty small effigies of seated

Buddhas and four small stupas. The Buddhas are placed in

niches and arranged in six tiers ; above the middle figure of the
topmost tier are boughs of banyan trees on both sides of an
umbrella (Plate XXXIX, d). Beneath the lowermost tier is a one-
line inscription in Nagan and Burmese characters, giving the
name of the donor. That in Nagarl, which occupies the first half
of the line, reads :

Srtya Trihlmvanddityadevasya

while the latter half Tepea,ts the same legend with slight variations in
Burmese characters :

Bn TribJiuvanddityadevaraj (ossa).

Sri Tnbhuvanadityadeva is, as is known from the Myazedi pillar in-
scriptions and other documents, the title of king Kyanzittha (1084-
1112 ).

171

EXPLORATION— BUEIU.

(3) The next, illustrated in Plate XXXIX, g and li, is a piece of fine
workmanship in bronze ; it is a lotus on an artistically designed
stand. It was found in 1925 by the Buddhist monks of
Taywindaung while digging post holes for a rest-house, but could not
be published earlier for want of photographs. As may be noticed
from Jig. h, the lotus can be made to open and close by means
of a spring and contains in the centre a seated image of Buddha.
On the inner sides of the petals, which are eight in number, are
represented the principal scenes in the life of the Master, the

nativity, the preaching of the first discourse at Isipatana, the

offering of honey by a monlcey, the Parinirvana, etc. lYhen

closed, the lotus is crowned by a small stupa [Jig. g). The lotus
is mounted on a stand ornamented with floral designs. The two

stalks which branch off from the main stem of the stand are

supported on the hands of two nagini ; a devotee is seen seated in
the attitude of prayer on a lotus, at the upper end of each stalk,
in the scrolls of which are figures of lions and elephants.

This piece of exquisite workmanship calls to mind the bronze figure

shown as a Vajra-Tara shrine in figure 101 of Ananda K.

Coomaraswamy’s ‘ The arts and crafts of India and Ceglon’, and
in Pig. 5 in Poacher’s ‘ Ulconograghie Bonddliigue de I' hide',

part II. The latter is in the Indian Museum, and, according to
Mr. Ramaprasad Chanda it was found at Pathargata in the Bhagal-
pur District of Bihar. Further, Mr. Chanda thinlcs that on

stylistic grounds it cannot be of a later date than the Xllth
Century A.D.

EXCAVATIONS AT HMAWZA.

Bij Mans. Charles Buroiselle.

The most numerous and important finds during the year under report were
those made at a site known as the Khin-bha-gon near the Kalagangon \dllage
in the neighbourhood of Hmawza (Old Prome). They consist of sculptures
and ornamental pieces in burnt clay and sandstone, many small stupas and
Buddha images in gold and silver, inscriptions on gold and silver plates, coins,
crystal, jade and glass beads, etc. They were found in the brick chamber of an
old moimd, and the circumstances which led to their discovery may briefly be
narrated.

During my annual visits to Hmawza, people have been wont to bring me
information about objects of antiquity which they have heard of, or actually
found by chance, in the course of the year. They do this in response to my
appeal to them for their help in my work. Without such assistance much
time would often be fruitlessly lost in searching large tracts of jungle ; for it is
to be expected that the cmmtry-side, within and round about the extensive
sites of old cities was once replete with antiquarian objects* some of which

2C A

EXPLOEATIOJ; — BUEMA .

172

may be still bidden in tbe thick jungle in out-of-the-way places or buried under
ground in the ruins of old structures. On the present occasion, the durwan in
charge of the ancient monuments there, gave me information to the effect that
a villager of Kalagangon, while digging for bricks in his house compound,
had found a fragment of a stone sculpture. I had it brought to me, and on
examination found it to be a hand, carved in sandstone, and holding a conch,
which had probably belonged to an image of Yishnu.

It may be mentioned here that during the year 1920, there were recovered
near the same village, on information supplied by another villager, two Vish-
nuite sculptures also of sandstone, one representing Vishnu on the serpent
, Atlan ta and the other the same God riding on Garuda.* The Burmese name
of the village Kalagangon, is in itself significant, for it means : ‘ the village
near the mound by the Indian tank’. This, coupled with the finding of two
Vishnuite images near hy, pointed to the fact of the site having been, in the
remote past, an Indian settlement. For excavation I selected five mounds ;
one in the village itself where the Vishnu hand had been found, and the other
four outside. The mound in the village and one of the other four were first
taken in hand. The latter is situated close to the site where the two Vishnu
sculptures just referred to had been found: but from the nature of the finds
it yielded this mound proved to be, not Hindu but Buddhist. It is Imown as
Khin-bha-gon, from the name (Khinbha) of the cultivator in whose land it is
situated. As is often the case, the only indication of its being an ancient ruin
was the presence of a few bricks of large size and fragments of stone which were
scattered on the surface. There was no tradition whatever attaching to it,
and the local people were in complete ignorance of its importance. It must
not, however, be inferred from this that the site had been passed over by
treasure-hunters, for there were unmistakable signs that it had already been
dug into, though fortimately for us only superficially.

It was a low, roughly circular, mound covered wth trees and brushwood,
and measuring 20 feet in diameter across the top and 57 feet at the base. A
low depression, about 3-J' in depth and 10' in diameter marked its centre.
Operations were begun by sinking a shaft at this point and digging trenches
crossvise, after the brushwood and the trees had been cleared away. Within
the first few days, I brought to light the fragment of a large terracotta plaque
with the part of a miniature colimm mordded on it in hold relief, and a finely
modelled female head, in the same material. The form of column on the
plaque is not usually met with in Burma ; the base being vase-sbaped vith
fluted sides and evidently of some antiquitj'^. These two objects were found in
the trench on the east side, at a depth of about four feet from the surface.
The same trench also yielded a small silver coin about the size of a four-anna
bit, with two holes punched through the metal close to one side of the rim.
Such coins, generally knofvn as symbolical coins, have been found at other
ancient sites in Burma and are admittedly old. This gave us another clue to

* Paia. of tlio Provincial Annual Jlcpori of the Superintendent, Arcbicolocical Suircv, Burma, for tbe year enclinc
31gt March, mo.

173

ExPLOE ATION — I3UR^L\ .

the comparative antiquity and importance of the site. It hears, on one face,
nine dots in the centre flanlred by two figures which look like cobras ;
above these are the sun and the moon separated one from the other by a forked
line, which perhaps represents the dome of the sky ; beneath, are, first a thick line
and then three wavy ones ; the former perhaps representing the earth and the wavy
lines the ocean surrounding it. On the margin close to the cobra on each side,
are a trident and a very indistinct symbol, which may have been a conch or
perhaps the head of a makara resting on two curved lines with a dot below.
The other face has what looks Idee an altar^ formed of two sets of duplicated
triangles with their apices meeting at a point in the centre marked by a small
circle and a dot, and two cohra-like figures projecting one on each side of the
circle. The altar is surmounted by form dots, and the whole is enclosed by a
thiclc line within a dotted border. (Plate XLII, e).

As the 'digging continued and the trenches were widened, many more terra-
cotta plaques were recovered, a few in a good state of preservation, hut most
of them in fragments. Most noticeable among them are : — fragments repre-

senting busts of risMs with the usual plaited hair ; a fragment containing the
head of a man with a head-dress of a thick round fillet ornamented with dots,
and iii shape not very dissimilar to the lower portion of head-gear worn some-
times by Persians (Plate, XL, o) ; a plaque with a lotus plant in relief (Plate
XL, 5) ; another plaque with figures probably depicting a scene in one of the
anterior births of the Buddha (Plate XL, d). This latter measures 2' G|" by
1' 9|" by ol" in thickness. The stucco which originally covered the whole

plaque has almost completely flaked off, thus obliterathrg or obscuring some
of the details. The principal personage is a prince wearing cromi and armlets',
he is seated, European fashion, on a throne supported by a lion; both hands

are in his lap in the dhijdiuc-mudrd, and from the expression of his face he seems

to he sunli in deep meditation. By his sides are two figures, standing and
turned towards him. The one on liis proper left is holding in both hands an
uplifted club, as in the act of striking; the other, on the right, appears to be in
the act of either pinching or scratching the Upper part of the prince’s arms.
Both these figures are dressed as commoners, in a closefitting jacket and a
short dhoti scarcely 'reaching the knees, and the hair is gathered up in a big
knot on the crown of the head. This scene at once calls to mind the Bluglia-
'palchlia jdtaka.- The imperturbable solidity of the prince’s attitude in the
face of such threatening gestures lends support to this identification. An
obvious objection is that the scene depicted corresponds to none of the sixteen
trials to which prince Temiya was subjected in order to rouse him into life
and activity from bis extraordinary immobility ; it may, however, refer to
one of the many smaller trials mentioned in the text but not described in the
story.® The plaque is not labelled and if the interpretation is not correct,
the scene must remain unidentified for the present.

* M. DuroiaclISs interprofation ia not to me convinring. [EJ.]
- Fau'5boII’9 T/ic Vol.Vl. p. t if.

’ raosboll. Up. ci(. page 0.

EXPLOEATIOIf BURMA.

174

Jlost of these objects were found on the south-east side of the mound.
There were also found, in the vicinity of the same spot, many fragments in stone,
some with traces of sculptures on them, but none with any writing. Among
them was a fragment with a portion of a finely carved lotus. Three other
fragments were also exhumed whicli, when pieced together, gave a complete
slab with the representation of a miniature stupa carved in low relief on one
face; the other face was plain. The slab measures 4' 10" by 4' GV by 4i" in

thickness. The stupa consists of a dome somewhat elliptical in shape sur-

mounted by a Jiti shaded by two umbrellas. The latter are placed one above
the other on a yasJiti or staff, and a streamer tied to the upper end of the staff

falls on either side. The dome rests on a low drum containing five niches with

a segmental arch over each; and each of the niches enshrines a Buddha seated
in the dhjana-mudra. A low terrace ornamented with mouldings forms the
base on which the stupa is raised. Flanking the stupa are two Mahabrahma,
each holding an umbrella mth a long stafi and a streamer attached to it just
below the disc. Above, close to the upper margin of the slab, are two objects,
one circular, enclosed within two circles, the other a crescent. They probably
stand for the sun and the moon. The shape adopted for this stupa was common
enough in India, but this is its first appearance in Burma. It augured well,
therefore, for further discoveries of interest. At the same time, it was dis-
concerting to see, promiscuously scattered about, many broken fragments of
fine sculptures evidencing ruthless destruction by vandals. Fortunately, the
destruction had not been thorough, for there was still left the relic chamber of
the stupa with its contents practically intact, and these it was my good for-
tune to recover. The relic chamber (Plate XXXni, d) was found closed by
a slab of stone lying face downward and closely resembling the one just de-
scribed, but in a better state of preservation (Plate XXXITLII, d). It thus afford-
ed a more perfect illustration of the type of stupa which may then have been in
vogue at Hmawza. As stated above, there are none in this style now to be found.
This type is characterized by a cylindrical dome with a rounded top ; the yasJiti
above the hii supports five umbrellas, and, instead of the crescent on one side of
these umbrellas, there is a circular object enclosed within a double circle. There
are three monuments at Hmawza the shapes of whose domes closely resemble that
of this miniature stupa. They are the Bawbawgyi, the Payagyi and the Paj’-ama
which, on stylistic grounds, have been ascribed to the Vth — ^^nith or perhaps
Vnith century A.D. The Bawbaw'gyi has a dome cylindrical in shape and closely
akin to that on the latter slab ; while the other two have conical domes. The
latest example Imown to exist in Burma is the Kaung-hmu-daw pagoda near
Sagaing in Upper Burma, which was built in 1636 A.D. on the model, according
to some authorities, of the stupas at Hmawza. None of these monuments has
a hti surmounted by a series of umbrellas ; instead, the dome is crowned by an
iron umbrella of modem work and design. The prototypes of these forms
must be sought for in South India, from which country Hmawza was colonized
in very early times. As there will be occasion to show lower down, these two
stone-slabs may be ascribed to the Vllth or beginning of the lUIIth century A.D.

175

EXPLORATIOJT — BUEMA .

On removing the stone-slab, there was exposed to view a relic-chamber
lined with bricks, its contents buried in thick mud, the result no doubt of
infiltration from the debris which had covered it. Eight in the centre, on
the floor of the chamber, stood a stupa cylindrical in shape (Plate XXXinil, c
with a flat cover supporting the trunk of a banyan, representing the
Bo-tree, whose branches and leaves had broken off and lay scattered about
the relic-chamber. The stupa (with the tree on it) measures about 26"
in height with a diameter of 13" at the top and 16" at the. base. Around
the drum of the stupa are four seated Buddhas, each with an attendant
monk standing on one side. The stupa itself is hollow, rvith no bottom, and
is of silver plate with the images repousse in high relief. The top, forming the
cover, is removable and has, around the rim, a line of inscription in Pyii and Pah,
in an early Telugu-Canarese script of South India, very closely allied to that
of the Kadambas of Vanavasi and that of the Pallavas of Kanchipura (Con-
jevaram). The character is practically the same as the script of the Maunggun
plates, also found near Hmawza, and of the inscription on a stone found at
the Bawbawgyi pagoda at Hmawza.' On paleographical grounds, the alphabet
of the inscriptions on this silver stupa may be assigned to the Vlth or beginning
of the ■\rEIth century. Bach of the passages in PyTi gives the name of the
Buddha immediately below it ; and after each of these names comes a short
extract consisting of a few words, from the Pali scriptures. The names given
are those of the four Buddhas who have abeady appeared in the present hxl'pa
but they do not follow the usual order in which they appeared ; thus, placing
Gotama last (since he was the last to appear), the names in the inscription
run as follows : —

(1) Konagamana, (2) Kakusandha, (3) Kassapa and (4) Gotama.

Bach figure of the four attendants had also a name attached to it,
inscribed immediately below it. They ate also given in the Pyu forms, as
follows : —

(1) Kasaba, (2) Maulana, (3) Sari and (4) da.

These names, modified or shortened according to the genius of the Pyn

language (a phenomenon common to practically all Tibeto-Chinese languages),
may be restored thus : (1) Kassapa, (2) Moggalana (Maudgalyayana), (3) Sari,
putra ; and (most probably), (4) Ananda. It will • at once be remarked that
these are the names of four disciples of the Buddha Gotama and that, there-
fore, none of them is connected mth the three other Buddhas represented on
the stupa ; in the list of the foremost disciples of these Buddhas given in the
'Niianakathd and the Buddhavamsa, not a name appears resembling in the

least any one of the four given above.-

Around the lower rim of the same stupa, is another line of inscription,

also in Pyu, of which some letters are missing owing to the rim, which is very

thin and brittle, having broken off. As abeady mentioned, Pyu is a dead

' Ct. Ti. Finot. “ Un nouveau document sur le bondilhismc birman,” Journal Afiatijuc, pp. 120 //. Buhler, Indian
PaUography (English edition), p. Co.

- Fausboll, JlUala, Vol. I, page 42 ; BadJha-vamsa, Pali Text Society’s edition.

EXPLORATION — ^BURMA.

176

language and it has been so for about seven centuries. The inscriptions in
this language recovered up to the present, most of them quite short, are very
few and the words, the meaning of which it has been possible to ascertain
udth a certain degree of certainty, do not altogether exceed 160.’- Thus, though
the new inscription can be deciphered, its meaning cannot y^et be made out
satisfactorily and its interpretation will require much study and research. For
the moment, it may be noticed that there are two names in it, which may prove
important. They are doubtless the names or rather titles of the donors, and
most probably Idngly donors. One is : SrI-Prabhuvarma ; and the other, sepa-
rated from it by a few words, Sri-PrabhudevT. They seem to be the titles of
the Icing then reigning and of his queen. The second member of the first
name, ‘ Yarma ’ is especially interesting. lioyal titles ending in ‘ Varman’
were not uncommon in Southern India, and its appearance in our inscription
is significant. In then rather fanciful and legendary list of the Icings of Prome,
the native chronicles completely ignore such a dynasty with names in
“ Varman”-.

In addition to the silver stupa mentioned above, many other objects were
found in the same chamber, ranged round about the stupa. They^ are as
follows : —

Stupas, etc.

(1) Branches and banyan leaves made of silver and probably fallen from

the trunk of the Bo-tree on the cover of the large silver stupa.

(2) A silver stupa, hollow, without top or bottom,' in the form of a

cube, SV in height. On each face is a seated Buddha, in beauti-
fully executed repousse work (Plate XL, /).

(3) Bound hollow stupas with double dome surmounted by'^ a series of

umbrellas. These are four in number, but only two are in a fair
state of preservation (Plate XL, c). Average height, 9J-" ; metal,
silver.

These are, up to now, the only examples of such stupas found in
Burma.

(4) ChJmiravall or mnbrellas fixed on a common pole belonging to the

damaged votive stupas referred to in No. 3.

(5) A round stupa of the same form as those in No. 3, but made of gold.

The umbrellas are missing. Height :

(6) A round stupa, in silver, with double dome and closely resembl-

ing those in Nos. 3 and 5. The umbrellas are missing. Height :

. o o

* Cf. C. 0. niagdm in Epi^raphia Birrra-.icr,, V oL I, Part I : The Pyu face of the Myazccli inscription.

e teat.ative readiny of the PyS inscriptions on the funeral urns found near the Payagyi pagoda, Hmawza,
t flonri'ilied, soracnliat later, o dynasty with names ending in ‘ Vikrama ’. Their dale, so far as

rr from 0i3 to 718 A.D. Sec C. O, Blagden : The Pyu inscriptions, in Epigraphia Indica,

Vol. Xn, pages 12 ,//. This line of kings also is unknown to native Instoriana.

177

EXPLORATION — ^BURMA.

(7) Two silver conical stupas rather elongated and tapering to a point,
so that there could originally have been no umbrellas. These
stupas closely resemble the elongated and tapering bodies of
modern pagodas in Burma as, for instance, the Shwedagon at
Eangoon. Height : 2V and 3".

Ijiages of Buddhas, Bodhisattvas, etc.

(8) A Buddha seated on a throne in the dhyana-mudra (Plate XLI,

a). It is in the round ; a detachable halo quite plain

but for a single line running round the rim, is fixed at the back

of the head. Below the halo and similarly attached is a back

plate forming a back-ground, with the usual makara supported
on the heads of two standing lions. It is noteworthy that in
this image the ushnlslia or protuberance on the top of the Buddha’s
head is scarcely noticeable. The same is the case with many of
the other Buddha images found in this relic-chamber. The

Buddha, the halo and the back plate are of gold: the throne of
silver. Height : Buddha, 5|" : throne, 3|".

(9) Same as No. 8 but smaller in size, with hallo and back plate; the

throne is missing ; height : 3|-".

(10) Buddhas seated in the dhyana-mudra ; they are all in the round and

seated on low pedestals. There are altogether 50 varying in size
from IV to 5|" in height (See Plate XLI, d, for a representative
selection). Metal : gold, silver and lead.

(11) A Buddha seated cross-legged, with the right hand raised in the

vitarJca-mudrd and the left in his lap (Plate XLI, e). Height :

3|". Metal : silver.

(12) A Buddha seated cross-legged on a circular throne. The right hand

is missing, the left rests in the lap. It has sharp Indian features,
and the protuberance on the head is more apparent than in

most of the other images. There is a back to the throne.

■ The Buddha is in gold and the throne in silver. Total height,

2r-

(13) Head of Buddha in gold. Height : 1".

(14) A headless figure, probably of Buddha, seated cross-legged ; both

hands are raised, the right one in the ahhaya-mudra, the left
holding the edge of the robe. The thick folds of the robe, a
rather uncommon feature, may be noticed. Height : 2^".
Metal : bronze.

(15) A Buddha seated European fashion, with the feet resting on a lotus ;

both arms are missing and the head is partly smashed. The metal
or alloy of which it is made is not easy to ascertain; the figure
is covered with a layer of bright green glaze, and is very brittle.
Height: 4".

EXPLOEATtOIf — BUEMA.

178

(16) Plates of gold and silver bearing effigies of the Buddha in low

relief; they number 24 and are of various shapes, circular, semi-
elliptical and oval; the largest of them, circular in shape, is 4:1"
in diameter.

(17) The Parinirvana scene in relief on a silver plate partially gilt ;

in three fragments. Total height : 5|" ; breadth 2|".

(IS) Fragments in green glass of a figure of Buddha. Only the head
and one or two fragments belonging to a part of the breast could
be pieced together. Height of head : 2". This is the oldest

example of a statue made of glass so far found in this province.

(19) Four small images of silver gilt. Two are Buddhas seated Euro-

pean fashion, mth the two hands brought before the breast in an
attitude of argument. One of the other two figures appears
to be a monk, seated sideways, 'svith the right leg folded in
front of him. The left leg is brought up in a somewhat distorted
position, so that the Icnee is level with the hip, the foot resting
on the right foot. The left arm hangs down along the side, the
hand resting on the right calf ; the right arm is missing. The fourth
figure is in the garb of a monk, seated in the lalilahsliejpa, but
with the left leg hanging down. The left forearm rests on the
knee, and the hand holds a vase ; the right arm is missing. The
height varies from IJ" to 2".

(20) A small figiue of a Bodhisattva holding in his right hand an object

difficult to make out, but rvkich may be a lotus. Metal ; silver ;
lieight : If".

(21) The figure of a flying deva embossed on a silver plate partly gilded j

2\" in diameter.

(22) One small figure of a devotee. Metal : gold ; height : 2|-".

(23) A woman standing ; the right arm is missing. Her dress marks ker

out as a lady of distinction. Bletal : silver ; height : 2f".

(24) A small figiue with a horse’s head on a human body [assamuhhl)

holding a sword under his right arm. Height ; 2f".

(2.5) Dvarapalas with thick-set bodies, wearing close-fitting trousers ;
embossed ou silver plates. Each is holding a heavy mace. They
are five in number, the largest measuring 7i" in height ; but only
three of them are in a good state of preservation (Plate XIJ, 6
& c). The different styles in which the hair is made up are
remarkable. The perforated ear-lobes are very distended, touch-
ing the shoulders, and contain ornaments.

Bowls, caskets, etc.

(26) A plain silver bowl with cover; height: 6^"; diameter: Ilf".

(27) A plain silver bowl ; cover missing ; height : 3" ; diameter : Tf".

(28) A plain silver bowl ; cover missing ; height : 2|" ; diameter : 4f".

(29) A plain silver bowl; cover missing; height: 2-|" ; diameter: 4|'.

179 EXPLORATION — BURMA.

(30) A sDver betel-box-siaped casket ; height : 3|-" ; diameter ; 4".

(Plate XLH, i.)

(31) A small, plain silver casket. Height : V ; diameter : l-J".

(32) A small silver casket with cover, on which is carved a stylized lotus

containing a ball of rock-crj^stal highly polished and of great

clarity. Height : 1^" ; diameter : 2".

(33) A gold casket, of which the body and cover are joined together by

a short gold chain on one side. Height : 2J" ; diameter : 3i".

(34) A gold casket mth a twin Brahmani duck sitting on the cover

Inside it was found another small silver casket filled ■with twelve
gold rings set with stones. Height of outer casket : ; dia-

meter : 3|". (Plate XLII, d).

(35) Five small gold trays, each measuring 2|" in diameter.

It may be observed that the bowls and caskets referred to above
contained, when they were discovered, many small images of Buddha
some of which have been mentioned above, and corns, beads and
other miscellaneous objects to be mentioned below. Some of the
other caskets contained small gold and silver plates engraved with
inscriptions in Pyfi, which probably record the names of donors.

Coins.

(36) Symbolical coins of various sizes, the largest being about the size

of a rupee, and the smallest about one fourth of an inch in dia-
meter. , They are all of silver and number 45 (see Plate XLII, e
and /, for representative specimens).

Gold and Silver plates with inscriptions.

(37) A. manuscript in every way similar to the palm-leaf manuscript so

common in India and Burma but with leaves of gold, twenty in
number, with writing incised on one side. These leaves, within
their two gold covers, were found bound together by a thick
gold wire ■with its ends fastened to the covers sealing wax and
small glass beads (Plate XLII, g). There are two holes in each
leaf and cover, through which the gold wire was passed, to
keep the whole in position and proper order. It was necessary
to cut this wire iu order to free the leaves. Each leaf raeasure.s
6i" in length and about 1^" in breadth, and contains three lines
of ■writing.^ The characters are similar to those of the inscrip-
tions incised round the lower and upper rims of the large silver
stupa described above, and of the same date (vide page 175). The
manuscript is made up of short extracts in Pali from the Abhi-
dliamma and Yimxja 'pilalcas. Plate XLII, li shows the first two
leaves. It is well loiown that, among the Eurldhists, there are

I riio last loaf. However, contains only two, and tlio ln«it hut one, four line5. Each leaf of the monnscript with the
ox:eption of these last two loaves is numbered on the back.

EXPLORATION — BtJKMA,

178

(16) Plates of gold and silver bearing effigies of tire Buddha in low

relief; they number 24 and are of various shapes, ciieular, semi-
elliptical and oval; the largest of them, circular in shape, is 4^'
in diameter.

(17) The Parimrvaoia scene in rehef on a silver plate partially gilt ;

in three fragments. Total height : 5|" ; breadth 2|".

(18) fragments in green glass of a figure of Buddha. Only the head

and one or two fragments belonging to a part of the breast could
be pieced together. Height of head : 2". This is the oldest
example of a statue made of glass so far found in this province.

(19) Pour small images of silver gilt. Two are Buddhas seated Euro-

pean fashion, with the two hands brought before the breast in an
attitude of argument. One of the other two figures appears
to be a monk, seated sideways, rvith the right leg folded in
front of him. The left leg is brought up in a somewhat distorted
position, so that the- knee is level with the hip, the foot resting
on the right foot. The left arm hangs down along the side, the
hand resting on the right calf ; the right arm is missing. The fourth
figure is in the garb of a monk, seated in the laliiakshepa, but
with the left leg hanging down. The left forearm rests on the

knee, and the hand holds a vase ; the right arm is missing. The
height varies from to 2".

(20) A small figure of a Bodhisattva holding in his right hand an object

difficult to make out, but which may be a lotus. Metal ; silver ;

height : 1|",

(21) The figure of a flying deva embossed on a silver plate partly gilded.

2^" in diameter.

(22) One small figure of a devotee. Metal ; gold ; height : 2|-".

(23) A woman standing ; the right arm is missing. Her dress marks her

out as a lady of distinction. Metal : silver ; height : 2^".

(24) A small figure with a horse’s head on a human body (assamuhhl)

holding a sword under his right arm. Height : 2|".

(25) Dvarapalas with thick-set bodies, wearing close-fitting trousers ;

embossed on silver plates. Each is holding a heavy mace. They

are five in number, the largest measuring 7i" in height ; but only
three of them are in a good state of preservation (Plate XLI, b
& c). The different styles in which the hair is made up are
remarkable. The perforated ear-lobes are very distended, touch-
ing the shoulders, and contain ornaments.

Bowls, caskets, etc.

(26) A plain silver bowl with cover; height: 6|-" ; diameter:

(27) A plain silver bowl; cover missing; height; 3"; diameter: 7j".

(28) A plain silver bowl ; cover missing ; height : 2f" ; diameter :

(29) A plain silver bowl ; cover missing ; height : 2|-" ; diameter : 4|

179

EXPLORATION— BTJBMA.

(30) A silver betel-box-sliaped casket ; height ; 3|" ; diameter ; 4".

(Plate Xm, i.)

(31) A small, plain silver casket. Height : i" ; diameter ;

(32) A small silver casket with cover, on which is carved a stylized lotus

containing a ball of rock-crj'stal highly polished and of great
clarity. Height: 1-|"; diameter: 2".

(33) A gold casket, of which the body and cover are joined together by

a short gold chain on one side. Height : 2|" ; diameter : 3i-".

(34) A gold casket ivith a twin Brahmani duck sitting on the cover

Inside it was found another small silver casket fiUed with twelve
gold rings set with stones. Height of outer casket : 24" ; dia-
meter ; 3^". (Plate XLII, d).

(35) Pive small gold trays, each measuring 2|" in diameter.

It may be observed that the bowls and caskets referred to above
contained, when they were discovered, many small images of Buddha
some of which have been mentioned above, and coins, beads and
other miscellaneous objects to be mentioned below. Some of the
other caskets contained small gold and silver plates engraved with
inscriptions in Pyu, which probably record the names of donors.

Coins.

(36) Symbolical coins of various sizes, the largest being about the size

of a rupee, and the smallest about one fourth of an inch in dia-
meter. _ They are all of silver and number 45 (see Plate XLII, e
and /, for representative specimens).

Gold and Silver plates with inscriptions.

(37) k manuscript in every way similar to the palm-leaf manuscript so

common in India and Burma but with leaves of gold, twPnty in
number, with writing incised on one side. These leaves, within
their two gold covers, were found boimd together by a thick
gold wire with its ends fastened to the covers by sealing wax and
small glass beads (Plate XLII, g). There are two holes in each
leaf and cover, through which the gold ^vire was passed, to
keep the whole in position and proper order. It was necessary
to cut this wire in order to free the leaves. Each leaf measures
64" in length and about 1^" in breadth, and contains three lines
of TOting.^ The characters are similar to those of the inscrip-
tions incised roimd the lower and upper rims of the large silver
stupa described above, and of the same date {vide page 176). The
manuscript is made up of short extracts in Pali from the Abhi-
dliamma and Vinaga pitaJcas. Plate XLII, h shows the first two
leaves. It is well knoivn that, among the Euddliists, there are

^ Til? lost loaf, Uowovcr, contains only tn'o, and tbo Last l«it. one, four line?. "Each leaf of tlic manuscript with the
exception of these last two leaves i*; numbered on Iho hack.

EXPLORATIOir — ^BUEMA.

180

four classes of objects of worship, viz., (1) the Buddha’s corporeal
relics, (2) the objects he personally used : robes, stafis, bowls, etc,,
(3) trees, such as the Bo-tree at Bodh Gfaya, and other objects or
places which have been made holy by the presence of the Master,
and (4) the Law or Dhamma Preached by the Buddha as preserved
in the TripitaTtas. This is the reason why, in some cases and in
the absence of other relics, manuscripts are enshrined in pagodas.
This custom is responsible for the discovery of our manuscript
among the other objects, as embodying the Dhamma. The test
will be published in the Epigrapliia Birmanica, From the paleo-
graphical point of view, this manuscript ranks amongst the most
instructive finds yet made in Burma.

(38) Small gold and silver plates with Pyu inscriptions punched on them

in relief. There are 16 of them, but many are only fragments.

(39) A small seal from a signet ring, with three deeply incised letters.

The nature of the stone has nob yet been determined.

Beads ajjd other- ornaments.

(40) Beads, mostly made of thin ’ plates of gold and silver, applied on

to a ball of greyish earth which now easUy crumbles to dust.

(41) Beads of various shapes, colours and sizes, made of diSerent forms

of quartz, carnelian, amethyst, chalcedony, rock-crystal, jade, etc.,
and of glass of different colours. Begarding a particular land of
bead, barrel shaped and six sided, Mr. E, J. Bradshaw of the Geolo-
gical Survey of India, to whom I am indebted for a preliminary

classification of the beads and other mineral objects found in this
relic-chamber, writes. — ‘ This seems to be a piece of beautifully
cut and polished rock-crystal (quartz) of unusual clarity, similar
to the optical quartz used as wedges, etc., in optical instruments.
It is worth noticing that the specimen is barrel-shaped and that
the ‘ flat ’ ends are slightly convex. Such workmanship would be
admirable at the present day.’

(42) Twelve small figures of elephants in impure jade, each with a hole

passing through the head and body to allow them to be strung
and worn roimd the neck. One of them is very small, being
I' in length, while the largest measures If". They are rather
roughly cut and apparently of local workmanship. Chinese work
in jade is infinitely superior; but among the beads are a few
. round ones of the same material, so absolutely perfect that no
Chinaman could improve upon them.

(43) A small figure of a makara, probably in rock-crystal, vath a hole

bored tlirough the head and body. Length ; If".

(44) A small figure of a tortoise, probably in chalcedony, with white

spots on the shell, and a hole through the body. Length: J"

181

EXPLORATION’ — ^BORIU.

(45) Another set (see No. 34 above) of 71 gold and silver rings ; they are

all plain except one, ■which is set ■with three tiny stones.

(46) A ring of rock-crystal.

SIlSCELLANEOTJS OBJECTS,

(47) Four large lotuses made of silver, ■with many layers of petals ; two

of them have their stalks preserved (Plate XL, e). Diameter each ; 7V.

(48) Three lotuses in gold and silver, ■with many layers of petals ; the

one in gold is set •with a stone, probably chalcedony, elliptical in
shape. Each nearly 2" in diameter.

(49) 46 lotuses 'with only one layer of petals ; some are circular and others

square ; they range from If" to 21" in diam. Metal ; gold and silver.

(50) 13 small plates -with floral designs in relief; some of which are gilded.

(51) 33 small gold and silver bells.

(52) One tiny object in silver which looks like a Burmese cane foot-bal

{GMn-lcn).

(53) 9 tiny gold and silver cups ; the largest measures 3" in diameter.

(54) Two thin gold plates ornamented with rows of dots. Breadth each : 2V,

(55) Small silver boats, most of which are broken in several pieces,

only five being in a fair state of preservation. The largest

measures 74" in length.

(56) Gold and silver butterflies.

(67) 6 gold plates mth the head of a lion embossed on them. The
largest is 1|-" in diameter.

(58) Two small figures of deer in gold.

(59) A small Brahmani duck ; metal ; silver gilt.

(60) Two small silver stands, one of which is circular and represents a

lotus-throne. It is 4" in diameter at the bottom, the height being

14" ; at the top is a rectangular opening on which was fixed a
small Buddha image. The other stand is conical, and 2^" in

height ; the base is ornamented with stylized lotuses ; the opening
at the top measures 1" ; use uncertain.

(61) A small ‘ coil of fine gold wire.

(62) Tiny bits of gold, silver, copper, bronze and iron.

(63) Small loose stones ; spinels, sapphires, moonstones, oriental topaz,

agates, amethysts, and jade.

(64) A lump of quartz.

(65) A ball of rock-crystal with a hole for a thread running through the centre.

(66) A conical piece of sagenite finely polished. It is also ‘ commonly

known as venus hair-stone or fleches d’amour. It consists of crys-
taline quartz in which acicular crystals, usually of rutile (oxide
of tatanum) are imbedded.’

(67) A ball of rock-crystal, polished and clear, similar to the one found

inside the casket mentioned in No. 32 above.

(68) One /o/a-shaped earthen vessel with a spout.

EXPLOKATION — ^BtTRMA.

182

Excavations at Kalagawgon.

Excavations on the site in Kalagangon village, at which a fragment of a
Hindu sculpture had been found, disclosed traces of a small brick building, of
which only portions of the foundation walls remain. A few more fragments of
a Hindu sculpture or of perhaps several such sculptures, were also brought to
light, but imfortunately most of them were too small to admit of any certain
identification. On one are the legs, probably of a standing figure, with the
feet resting on a lotus noth its stalk. Another fragment contains a portion of
the body ivith the right arm ; the forearm is bent in front of the breast ; the
hand is held palm upward, with an object in it too much spoiled for recogni-
tion. There are two other fragments ivith portions of legs of standing figures.
On another and better preserved piece is, still intact, the representation of a
linga 14" in height ; an indisputable proof of the existence of Shivaism at
Prome, side by side ivith Vishnuism and Buddliism, the latter being the para-
mount religion and indicating a state of things exactly similar to what we see
in the present day Burma, where Buddhism is pre-eminent but where Siva and
Vishnu temples, erected by Indian settlers, are not uncommon. Among the
bricks .dug up from this site, were some with old Pyu numerals impressed on
them. These belong to about the VEIIth — ^IXth century A.D., and the same
age may probably be assigned to the fragments mentioned above.

Excavations at three other sites at Kalagangon did not yield anything of
interest. One of these was situated outside the village on the east, and the
other two close by the Khin-bha-gon already mentioned. The first disclosed
the remains of a Buddhist stupa in which was buried an earthenware funeral
urn containing charred bones. Beyond traces of a few brick walls, nothing
was found at the other two mounds.

Mounds on the hills to the west oe Old Prome.

During the year under report, excavations were resumed on the range
of hills close to Old Prome on the west. Five small mounds were selected
for the purpose, all situated on a hill Imown as the Kywe-gyaung-g6n. Most of
them yielded terra-cotta votive tablets, specimens of which are shown in Plate
XLII, a, b and e. Figure a is a circular tablet, nearly 3" in diameter, bearing
an effigy of the Buddha in the bhiimisparsa-mtulrd ; the right arm and shoulder
are bare ; the cast of countenance is Indian ; on either side of the nimbus is
a branch of banyan leaves. The Buddha is flanked on either side, on a level
with the shoulders, by a stupa and the space below is filled ivith the Buddhist
creed in Nagari characters. Figure b is smaller in size, being only about 2" in
diameter; here also the Buddha is in the hut it is oi a

different type. The body is very slim, the neck longer than is usual and the face
also somewhat elongated ; the features have worn away and are indistinguishable.
Flanking the Buddha, on either side, is a stupa with a spherical dome resting
on a terrace, surmounted by a T shaped structure crowned ivith three um-
brellas. All available space is filled in with the Buddhist creed in Hagari
characters. Figure c is unfortunately only a fragment. It is a four-armed

183

EXPLOKATION — BURMA.

Eodhisatfeva. Tlie lower part: of the body is seated in the lalitdsana ; the
fore part of the first left arm, half the hand of which has disappeared, is resting
on the left Icnee ; the second arm on this side is broken off at the shoulder.
The hand of the first right arm is brought up against the breast, and holds
an uncertain object. The second right atm hangs down at the side of the body,

the finger tips lightly touching the seat. Near this hand, at the extremity

of the seat, is a small loieeling figure in the namasMra-jtiudrd, or worshipping
attitude, and above it a tiny stupa. In front of the pedestal is inscribed the
Buddhist creed in Nagaii letters. On paleographical groimds and considering
the rather archaic style of the miniature stupas on them, these tablets can be
assigned to the Vlllth or IXth century A. D.; that is to say, they are older
by at least two centuries than any of the tablets found at Pagan and men-
tioned in the first part of this report.

Other mounds in the old city.

Excavations were conducted at nine other mounds situated in different

parts of the old city site, but the finds made there consist mostly of much

defaced terra-cotta votive tablets, or earthenware urns conta inin g fragments of
charred bones, which do not call for any detailed description.

Special mention should, however, be made of a large Bodhisattva sculp-
ture; for it provides additional evidence of the existence at Prome of Maha-
yanism along with Hinayanism. This form of Buddhism completely disappear-
ed from Burma many centmies since. The sculptiue is in fragments, two of
which from the middle of the stone, which would have enabled us to reconsti-
tute the whole figure, could not be found. What remains measures 6' 3" in
height by 4' 2" in breadth and 1' G" in thickness. The figure is too much
defaced to allow of identification. It wears a mitre-shaped head-dress, wrist
lets and anklets, and is seated on a throne with the right knee raised and the
left leg placed on a level with the throne. The left hand rests on the left
knee ; the right hand is missing. The figure seems to be seated in a niche,
representing a temple, capped by a foliated arch adorned with flamboyant
ornaments. In a panel below the tlmone are fom’ guardians, two on each side
of an object which looks liire a salver ; all are seated with one Imee raised, and
are holding in one hand the end of a club placed on the shoulder. Above
and flanking the Bodhisattva are two small croivned figures, probably representing
royal devotees.

EPIGRAPHY.

184

SECTION III-EPIGRAPHY.

SANSKRIT EPIGRAPHY.

By Hirananda Sc^tri ,

Decipherment of Inscriptions.

Last year three Brahmi inscriptions were noticed at Nagarjunikonda in
the Palnad taluk of the Guntur district of the Madras Presidency hy a member
of the office of the Assistant Archaeological Superintendent for Epigraphy at
Madras. Their examination was sufficient to show that the site must be rich
in antiquities and, as it had never been explored, I drew the attention of the
Officiating Director General of Archseology to its importance and the desirabi-
lity of early excavation. Mr. M. Hamid Kuraishi, the Officiating Superin-
tendent of the Southern Circle, was accordingly asked to take up the work and
trial excavations were carried out at three places, with excellent results, among
the epigraphic materials recovered being no less than eighteen inscriptions of
historic interest. Like the three records examined in the preceding year, the
new discoveries belong to the Ikhaku dynasty, which must have held sway
in the Andhra country round the lower Kistna during the 2nd and 3rd cen-
turies of the Christian era. Out of these eighteen inscriptions, fifteen are incised
on marble pillars which stood on the four sides of the Mahachetiya {Mahd-
cliaitya) or Great Stupa mentioned in them ; two are engraved on the pavements
of two 'inamtavas or temples which are now in ruins but appear to have been
apsidal in plan; and one on a broken but long frieze lying on the remains of
a structme towards the west of the Mahachaitya mound. Thus, including the
three former records and excluding fragments, there are twenty-one old Prakrit
inscriptions which have so far been recovered from the site at Nagarjunikonda.
More inscriptions may be expected from the debris of the Great Stupa, es-
pecially on the eastern and northern sides, where only fragments of some of the
pillars have so far been recovered.

The Ilchaku dynasty mentioned in these epigraphs claimed descent from
Ikhalcu {i.c., Ildrhaku, Slrt. Ihshvaku), the well-known progenitor of the solar
race of Ayodhya. Its existence in Southern India was first revealed by the
three Pralcrit inscriptions on shafts of pillars called ayaht-kJiambJta, which were
found by Dr. Burgess in the year 1882 at Jaggayyapeta, 30 miles north-west
of Amaravati.^ The three Jaggayyapeta inscriptions, the contents of which are
nearly identical with those of the inscriptions found from the Mahachetiya
mound at Kagarjunilronda, are dated in the 20th' regnal year of an Ikhalcu
king whose personal name was Modhariputa Sirivirapurisadata. Biihler, when
editing them,^ relegated the reign of long Sirivirapurisadata,^ who was the

> Jas UnrKcss. T/ic Bi/WJ ;«( .Sdipti* of A mnravali and Jaygafyapcla, London, 1 887, pp. 1 lO/.Cf. Liidcrs, list of Brahmi
/wcnpr.-OM, Noi. 1202-1204 [Ep. Jnd. Vol. X, app. pp. 139/)

* /’irf..4nf,VoLXI,pp,25C/.

• Pcreonnl names arc here reproduced in the form in rchich they appear in the inscriptions.

185

EFIGBAPHY-

son of Vasithiputa Siricliatainula, to the 3rd century A. C. Burgess considered
that the characters in ■which these inscriptions are ■written “ belong to about
the third or fourth century A. D., but possibly earlier.”^ He further remarked"
that the “ character of the alphabet in which these documents are engraved
probably belongs to a later period than the original construction of the stupa,”
and added that ‘‘ a few letters found on the capitals of the pilasters surrounding
the base of the stupa arc of a vci}'^ much earlier form ; indeed, they so closely
resemble the Maurj’^a alphabet, that there can be little doubt that the original
structrue belongs to a date considerably before the Chi’istian era.” All the
inscriptions found at Nagarjunilconda, or rather the khambJm on which they
are engraved, seem to be posterior to the Great Stupa ; for the words referring
to this Clietiya “ samma-sambudJiasa dJidtu-vara-parigaliitasa ” indicate that it
must have been in existence when they were set up by the descendants of
the Ikhaku dynasty. 'Who btdlt it and when, we cannot say at present ; for
the records are all silent on these points. One of the inscriptions excavated
this year, viz., the one which is written on the fifth pillar on the soutn side of
the Mahachetiya mound, states that the slab, apparently the one bearing the
record, was put up when the Mahachetiya was being raised {samiitthdpyamdne).
The use of the root sam+vt+sthd is significant and implies that the stupa was
rebuilt in the time of Sirivirapurisadata, when some more buildings like the
‘ Selamam(ava ’ {=Sailamavdapa) mentioned in the long inscription found in
the remains of one of the two temples, were also erected. Perhaps, further
exploration may reveal some clue to solve the questions definitely. We find
that almost all of these records lay great sti’ess on the consecration of the stupa
by the deposit of the dlidtu of the Buddha. Similar remains, we know, were
deposited in the stupa at Bhattiprolu, which lies 4 miles from the right bank of
the main channel of the Estna. The Bhattiprolu deposits, as evidenced by
the inscriptions incised on the reliquaries or caskets foimd there, belong to about
200 B. C. It is likely enough, therefore, tliat this clietiya was originally con-
structed about the same time. Why these out-of-the-way sites were selected
for such holy relics, is not apparent. Perhaps the river Kistna afforded easy
navigation in those days and made them accessible. The site of NagiTr
junikonda must have been held in especial sanctity or it may have been selected
on account of its comparative safety. It was due to the latter circumstance,
perhaps, that the tlicms (monlvs) and tlims (nuns) from Ceylon [Tabapani-
dipa), as one of the two long inscriptions found this year seems to show, selected
the spot for erecting then vihdras and other buildings. So far, it is nob kno\ra
if any special sanctity originally attached to it, unless such sanctity was derived
from its connection vith Nagarjuna — a point which still remains to be proved.
This long inscription shows that the vihdra and the clietiya ■with which it was
connected were located on Siripavata, and that there was a town in its neigh-
bourhood called Vijayapuri ; for it clearly states that a clietiya was caused to
be made on the Siripavata and towards the eastern portion of Vijayapuri in

* The Buidhi’i SUipai of AimTaeali and Jaggaiji/apcta. p. 110.

EPIGEAPHY.

18G

a viliara and on a liillock called Clmladliamagiri. The latter was perhaps
the ancient designation of the liillock now loaown as Nallarallabodu on which
the record was found. Where the town Vijayapuri stood is not Icnown. But
Shipavata (Sanskrit Sriparvata) seems to designate the chain of hills round
Nagarjunikonda. This assumption, if correct, heightens the interest of this
locahty, for it was in a monastery at Sriparvata that Nagarjuna, the reputed
founder of Mahayanism, is said to hare died. Already before this event, the
site had become sacred to Buddhism on account of the deposit of the dhdtu of
the Buddha referred to, and its modern name— Nagarjunikonda, meaning ‘the
hill of Nagarjuna ’ lends further support to the identification proposed.

The Matsya and several other Purdnas speak of a family of the Srlparva-
tlya-Andhrahhrityas, who are said to have ruled fifty-two years (or possibly
100 years)^ and according to the Bhdgavata-Piirdm there were seven kings of this
line {sapt-jlhlilra AndlirabliriUjali). No remains, however, of any old Hindu .shrine
have yet been observed in the vicinity. Still, as a Telugu inscription dated Saka
1413,- which was found last 3 ’ear, implies, there must have stood here in the
loth century an important Siva temple which was adorned with “ golden pin-
nacles.” Possibly the remains on the hill above the Buddhist ruins, where
this inscription is lying, represent the temple in question. This being the case,
the identification of Srisailam ivith Sriparvata which was proposed Burgess®
and other scholars ndll have to be rejected.

The inscriptions so far found at Nagarjunilconda, excepting two, are all
dated between the sixth and the eighteenth regnal j^ears of Idng Sirivirapurisa-
data, those recovered from the Mahachetiya mound being dated in the Cth
year of bis reign. The two exceptions referred to were noticed last jj'ear on a
mound at some distance to the west of the lilahilchetiya mound and are dated
in the tenth j-ear of the reign of Vasithiputa Siribahuvala-chatamula. Taken
together, they indicate that Shivirapurisadata or the ruler spoken of in the
three Jaggayyapeta inscriptions had succeeded liis lather Vasithiputa Sirichata-
mfila and was in his turn succeeded by his son, Vasithiputa Siribahuvala-chata.
mfda. The inscription belonging to the reign of the latter records the donation
of a stele and a viJidm bj- a royal lady of the Ikhrdoi dynasty whose name is
not preserved but wlio is called the consort of the Maharaja of Vanavasa.
The name Vanavasa is apparently a variant of Vanavasi, which in turn is identi-
ciil with the Banavasi of the Indian maps Ip'ng in lat. 14°S3', long. 75°5'.
Both the forms Vanavasa and Vanavasi occrn: in inscriptions, though the Yilcm-
indiibadevacliarila gives the former only. After the close of the Third Council
Tishj-a, the son of Moggali, resolved that the Law of the Buddha should be com-
municated to foreign countries, one of ivhich was Vanavasi, whereto, according to
the j\laMvamsa, Rakshita was sent. In the 2nd centuu}’^ A. D. Ptolemy noticed
it in his Geograph 3 >- CSHI, ch. 1, § 83) as Bavpacn. The name originally seems
to have designated a tract lying to tlie south of North Kanara, and also its

^ PatRiter. D:/naglirs of Ihc Kali Age, pp. 44,40, 72.

* ScM AKrunl Ji^ori on South Indian ^pigraj)7ii/ ior X92G, p. 70, No. 390.

* Buldhst Stupoa of ATnGratatf,€tc,tj}, 7 .

187

EFIGRAPHT.

capital to^vn. In old Kanarese inscriptions it is mentioned as “ Banavasi
Twelve-thousand^” In addition to this information, these records acquaint us
with the names of several more members of the same royal house, some Bud-
dhist monies and other persons. The inscriptions taken from the Mahachetij-a
mound invariably record the dedication of the stele [Icliamhlia), evidently as
remarked above, the stone slabs on which they are incised, at the great Chetiya
(Sld3. cliaitya) which enshrined the sacred corporeal remains {dliatu) of the Lord
Buddha, mostly by the princesses of the Ikliaku dynasty. Of those royal
ladies one named Chantisiri seems to have been verj’’ prominent and most of
these dedications were made by her. She is described as the uterine sister of
King Sirichritarrfila and as the paternal aunt (jnluchha) of Idng Siiivirapmisadata.
She was married to the Mahatalavara Vasithiputa Puriyamkadasiri and
consequently bears the title of Mahatalavari as well. The term talavara (fern.
talavari) is not a Sanskrit word bnt appears to be the Sanskritized form of
some word belonging either to Tamil or to some other Dravidian language.

It occurs in several of these inscriptions, as it does in the fragmentary

Prakrit inscription from Alluru in the Nandigama tuluk of the Kisfcna district,
and in a damaged inscription dug up by 3Ir. Hamid at Ramireddipalli this
year. It is interesting to observe here that, whereas in each case this royal
donatrk, Chantisiri, appears as a devotee of the Buddhist religion, these ins-
criptions. agree in characterising the long Vasithiputa SirichatamiiJa, her
uterine brother, as a follower of Brahmanism and as a performer of the Vedic
sacrifices Agniliotra, Agnishtoma, Vajapeya and Asvamedha and a protege of
Mahasena, the commander of >Siva’s hosts, i.e., Kartilceya, the Indian Mars.
This sort of religious toleration is indeed remarkable and stands in marked
contrast with the perverted zeal of Sasanka, who spared no pains to destroy

Indian Buddhism root and branch.

Now for the contents of these records. So far sixteen inscriptions have

been seemed from the Mahacheti}’a mound, three on the east side, five each
on the south and west sides and three on the north side. Excepting the de-
tails about the family connections of the donor, or rather the donatrix, of these
dedications, the contents of these records are practically identical. Their first
part usually praises the Buddha and mentions the consecration of the Great
Chetiya by the deposit of his dlidhi or corporeal remains. Then follow the
details regarding the famil}'^ connections of the donatrix accompanied by the object
of the grant, which is similar to that of the other Buddhist deyadhamas or pious
gifts, being the welfare of the donor, of his or her relations, and of the universe,
etc., and is followed by the date which is the same in all these inscriptions. No
less than ten of these gifts are dedicated by Mahatalavari Chantisiri. She i.«
spoken of as a very charitable lady, whose beneficence was extended to Samams
{Sramanas), Bam]ia7ias (Brahmans), Kavanas Tnmjas (merchants) and

others. The remaining epigraphs are the records of similar dedications by

1 Por cxnmpk’ .-ico Ep. Inii, Yol. XVI, p. 333. For lurthcr leforcncci sec Dpn, Eifl,, fBomliay Oaziliccr, VoL I
Part II, p. 278, f. n., 2). ’

• .Inniml BepoH on SonUi Iiid!an Epygravluj for tlic yenr 1026, i). DT nnd A. S. R, for 1023-21, p. 93.

28 a

EPIGKAPItY.

188

difEerenfc ladies, one of wlioin seems to Lave been MaLaraLalilca wLo possibly
bailed from Ujjain. Together Avith Chantisiri she gave large donations towards
the restoration of the great Chetiya. As to the rest, we are told that Mahatala-
vaii Adavi Chatisiri was the dan^ter of Vasithiputa Ikhalm Sirichatamula
and sister of Mng Madhariputa Sirivirapurisadata. She was the wife of Maha-
talavara Mahadandanayaka Khandavisakhamoka (?) of the Dhanaka (clan?).
One of the wives of king Sirivirapurisadata was named Mahadevi Va pisirinika
who is described as the young daughter {haliJcd) of Hammasirimnika, another
uterine sister of Vasithiputa Ikhalcu Sirichatamula. The other ■wife of this
ruler, namely, Sirivii-apuiisadata, was called Mahade\u Cha'thisiri and was a
young daughter of Hammasari, the sister of Sirichatamula. Another donatris
mentioned is a Mahatalavari who "was the mother of Mahatalavara Mahasena-
pati Vinhusiri, and vufe of Mahasenapati Mahatalavara Vasithiputa Mahalaimda-
su'i of the Praldya (clan?). The other donatriv spoken of is named Ohula-
chatisirinika, who is described as Mahasenapatini, the whe of Mahasenapati
ilahatalavara Vasithiputa Ehandachalikamanaka (?) of the Hiramnaka (clan ?)
and young daughter (balilcd) of the “ Kulahakas.” It will thus be seen that all
these dedications were made by ladies mostly connected mth the Ildiaku dy-
nasty. The inscriptions found in the maridapas, as well as those found last
year, also record donations by ladies only. The religious preceptors men-
tioned in some of the inscriptions e'vidently inspired these pious deeds. Not a
single inscription has yet been found here which records a' donation or dedica-
tion by any male member of this royal house, though it is significant, that all
the three rulers whose names they have revealed to us, allowed their names to
be associated with those of their female relations. Was this due to their
regard for these ladies or to their religious toleration ?

Of the whole series the earliest inscription is the one standing on a mound
called I-tikaralkbodu, some two furlongs to the north of the Mahachetiya
moimd. It is dated in the second year (bitiya) of the reign of the Idng Siri-
chatamula and records the dedication of a vilidra by Mahade'su Bhatideva, the
wife of Maharaja Jladhariputa Ildiaku Sirivirapurisadata. The inscriptions
found on the Mahachetiya mound are all dated on the tenth day of the sixth
rain}'- season and the sixth regnal )’-ear of Idng Siri-rirapurisadata. Without
going hito further details it may be mentioned here that one of these inscrip-
tions, which is incised on the fifth pillar on the south side of the mound, ac-
quaints us ivith a lady who presumably bore the name of Maharabalika. She
has the title of ^Mahadevi and Bhattarilra and in all probability she hailed
from Ujjain (Ujanilca). The wording relating to her dedication of a sela-
l:hamba or stone pillar for her attainment of bliss and emancipation, is such
as to suggest that Mahatalavari Chantisiri of the ‘ Prukiyas ’ was her fellow or
joint donatrix, since both appear to have contributed a large amount in cUndras and
given 170 Mambas for the vihara connected with the Mahachetiya when the latter
was ‘ being raised, up i.e., presumably restored. This vihara, perhaps, stood
north-west of the great stupa, where its remains are still evidenced by the above
mentioned pillar inscription dated in the second year of king Siriohatamfiia.

189

EPiaUAPHT.

As to the contents of the long inscriptions on the pavements of the two
■niamtavas or temples whose remains were opened this year, we find that the one
written in two lines is dated on the 5th day of the 6th fortnight of the winter
season of the 18th regnal year of Idng Sirivirapurisadata. The date is ex-
pressed both in words and in numerical symbols. It records the constrixction
of a selamamtava or stone temple with four halls at the foot of the Mahachetiya
consecrated by the deposit of the corporeal remains of the Buddha by Chanti-
siri, the uterine sister of the indomitable Vasithiputa Siriohantamula of the
Ikhahu race who performed several Vedic rites lilie the Agnishtoma (Agithoma) ,
Yajapeya and Asvamedha. Like the inscriptions on the pillars of the Maha-
chetiya, this record also describes her as the wife of Jlahatalavara Vasithiputa
‘ Khadasiri ’ of the ‘ Pugiyanas’ ^ and as the mother of Khamdasagaras. It
says further that this dedication was made to secure long life for Idng Iladhari-
puta Ikhaku Sirivirapurisadata, here spoken of as her (C3iantisiri’s) son-in-law,
for her own welfare and for the welfare of both of her families as well as for the
comfort of pious people coming from different countries.

The other epigraph has four lines. The portion containing its date is
somewhat damaged and the year is not clear, except the figure for 10. Pos-
sibly it is 15 or 18. But the other particulars are well-preserved. They are
the sixth fo'rtnight of the winter season and the 13th day of the reign of Icing

Sirivirapurisadata. Here, too, the date is expressed in words as well as in

figures. The inscription is a record of the construction of a cJietiya, a sela-

mai}tava and some other structures. The name of the architect mentioned in
it seems to be Sala-vadhalci (stone-mason) Vidhika who, possibly, worked under
the supervision of the monks (= sthaviras) Chandamulcha, Dhammabhandi and Haga.
The lady who was responsible for the construction of these structures seems
to have been Bodhisiri, an Upasikd or lay votary of the Buddha. The

record gives a long list of the names of this lady’s relations vdth details ; lier
brother being Budhimtaka and her father Kevatagahapati who resided at Sago-
vagama, while Budhanilca was her maternal aunt, and so on. All these persons
are mentioned as having a share in the merit of the pious deed done by the lady
Bodhisiri. It is worthy of remark that this record mentions not only the conti-
guous tracts like Vega (Vengi) and Vanavasa (North Kanara) but China (China)
and other distant regions such as Kasmira (Kashmir), Gandhara and Tamba-
pani as well.

The excavations at Guinmadidurru near Kamireddipalb in the Nandigama taluJc
of the Kistna district also yielded some Prakrit inscriptions for the most part in
a fragmentary state. With one exception, they are written in the Brahmi script of
about the 2nd or 3rd centiuy A. D. Two are worthy of notice. One is incised on
the lower margin of a broken frieze and the other on the pedestal of a Buddha
figure, cut on a marble pillar in bold relief. The former, which is much damaged,
mentions a Mahatalavara Moguya, which reminds us of the Mahatalavara Pukiya
or Pruldya of the Nagarjunilronda records. It appear.s to mention some pari-

^ Pukiya and Prukiya are apparently its ranantf.

190

EPIGRAPHY.'

Idjal-as (Skt. farihrdjal'as) ■'as well as a Idng wliose name was possibly Hatliika.
Apparently the epigraph records the renovation of the Mahachetiya from whose
remains it has been taken out. The other inscription, which is vnitten in a
comparatively late alphabet, may be relegated to about the 8th century A. D.
It records the consecration of the image of the Lord {i.o,, the Buddha) by one
Eahula, a Sramanera {=8ram(ma) who was the disciple of Acharya Dharma-
deva, the favourite &isliya of Acharya Shagalayana.

Of the other inscriptions deciphered during the year foiu- came from the
Peshawar Museum. One of them is dated in Samvat 708, i.e., 661 A. D. and
makes an interesting mention of the Kapisikas or the inhabitants of the Kapisa
kingdom, i.e., North-eastern Afghanistan. The script, however, in which this
record is written does not appear to be as old as the date mentioned in it.

Another inscription, which was sent to me by the Madras Grovernment for

decipherment and opinion, is incised on a copper-plate which was found in

a private house in the Panyam village of the Nand 3 ’'al taluk of the Kurnool
district. This document purports to belong to a king named Vishiiuvardhana
of the Chandra-variisa or Lunar race, who is referred to as the Lord of Patali-
putra and as ruling in Saka 821, i.e., A. D. 899. The inscription does not
speo% the dynasty of the king and the date given does not sjmehronise vnth
that of any of the homonymous kings loiown to history, Hoysa]a or Chalu-
kyan. This fact alone suggests that it is not a genuine record. Possibly the
man who vYote it wanted to identify him vdth the ‘ Guttas ’, who were known
as Faiali^iiravardclMivaras, i.e., the Liege-lords of the excellent town of Patali-
pura, though even in that family (i.e., among the Guttas) we do not find
any ruler of this name. Apart from this fact, the characters of the inscrip-
tion are much too modern for the date given in it. The record purports to
confer the sale proceeds of the fish in the tanlcs Panyamcheruvu, Raticheruvu

and Vad^ugundlacheruvu on the Boyis or palanlcin-bearers who carried in
procession the god Panankesvara on festival days. Another inscription comes
from Kota Umachigi in the Dharwai district, an impression of which was sent
by the President of the Karnatak Historical Association, Dharwar, for examina.
tiou. It belongs to the reign of the Western Chalukya long Tribhuvanamalla
Yikramaditj^a V and is dated in Saka 934, i.e., A. D. 1012. The object of it is
a record the gift of some lands and house-sites in the agrahara Umachigi
made by th» MahdsdmantddMpati DandanarjaTia Kesavaiyaihgalu who was ruling
over Belavalfc. 300 and Puligere 300, with the sanction of “the 'Liege-lord,”
^.e., Tribhuvanamalla Vilrramaditya V, for the maintenance of worship in certain
temples named in it, a sallra and some teachers of different branches of
Sanskrit learning hire N 3 ’asa, Ganita, Astronomy, Prosod 5 ^, etc. Yet another
inscription that deserves mention is the one that was examined for the Dhector
of Archa3olog3’^ in Hyderabad State. It is a bilingual record UTitten in
(comrpt) Sanslcrit and Persian, and is dated in the Samvat year 1699 falhng
m the reign of Sher Shah, the well-known Sur ruler of Northern India who
defeated Humayun and assumed the sovereignty of Delhi in A. D. 1640. Ap-
parently it records the construction of a tank and a clihairi or sepulchre of one

191

EPIGRAPHY-

Miyan I (Yu)saf. The other date given at the beginning of this inscription
seems to belong to the Hijra reckoning, though it is referred to as Saka. It reads
984 mstead of 948, the last two figures having apparently been interchanged.

Collection of Kanakese inscriptions in the Bojibay Presidency.

During the year under review two Assistants in my office, namely Jlessrs.
N. Lnlcshminarayana Rao and R. S. Panchamukhi were sent to the Dharwar
District in the Bombay Presidency to carry on the epigraphical survey that
was started last year. One of them went to the Gadag and the other to the
Ron Taluk of the district. The former visited 64 and the latter 29 viUages
securing 164 and 69 inscriptions respectively. One of them also visited two
villages in the Himguud taluk of the Bijapur District, where he copied 7
Kanarese inscriptions. Thus 240 Kanarese inscriptions were copied in aU. Of
these, two are of the early Western Chalulvyas, twenty of the Rashtralcutas,
one hundred and one of the later Western Chalu]c 3 'as, eighteen of the Kala-
churyas, eleven of the Hoysalas, fifteen of the Yadavas, four of the Sindas
of Yelburga and five of the Irings of Vijayanagara, the rest being unassignable
to any dynasty.

Both the inscriptions of the Western Chalukyas copied during the year
are referable to the reign of Vijayaditya, though neither of them bears any
date. The inscription from Kurtakoti mentions a certain Loketinimmadigal,
who appears to have been a local chief.

The Rashtrakuta dynasty is well represented in this collection. An un-
< dated record from Belhod gives the name of the ruling king as Prabhutavarsha
Jagattuhga. Though the surname Jagattunga was borne by two Rashtrakuta
kings, namely Govinda III and Govinda IV, yet the inscription imder ' reference
may well be assigned, on palieographical grounds, to the earlier one, and in
that case would be the first loioum stone record of that ruler. Of Amogha-
varsha I, who was one of the most powerful rulers of the line, four inscriptions
have been secured. One of them, wliich comes from Soratur, is dated in
Saka 7SS (A. D. 866), and records tlie gift of taxes on ghee which was made
by the Icing’s Malidsdmmta Ahavaditya Kuppayarasa, the governor of the
Puligere-Three-himdred. Devannayj’a was another subordinate of the Icing and
figures as the governor of Belvola-Three-hundred iu two inscriptions. The re-
cords of Alcalavarsha Kiishna II copied during the year reveal to us the names
of two feudatories Mangatorana and Srimanta, of whom the former was ruling
over Belvola-Three-himdied iu A. D. 892, while the latter was the governor
of the same pro%dnce iu A. D. 901. An inscription from Venkatapur belongs to
tbe reign of Amogbavarsha and mentions Sirivanta as the governor of Belvola
and a certain Mayirrmna as the chief of Mulugunda-Twelve. The fact that
Etishna II (Akalavarsha) was the reigning king in A. D. 906 and that Sirivanta
(or Srimanta) was his subordinate will, however, make us surmise that the
name Amogbavarsha occurring in this record is a mistake for Alcillavarsha.
In an epigraph from Asundi, dated Saka 847 (A, D. 925), the king is called
Hityavarsba. Row, we know that it was Govinda lY who was the Rashtra-

EPIGRAPHY. '

192

kuta ruler in that year. It is obvious, therefore, that Nityavarsha must have-
been his binida, as it was of his father Indra III. One of the remaining in-
scriptions of Krishna III noticed this year records some gift to a basati at
Naregal by Paddabbarasi, apparently the queen of Butuga, the famous Ganga
feudatory. The collection contains 101 epigraphs of the Chiiiulcyas of Kalyaiii.
AhavamaUa Taila II, who retrieved the fortunes of the Chalulcya family, is
represented by only one record, wherein Koralagunda of the Siuda family is
stated to have been the chief of Mulugunda-Twelve in Saka 915 (A.. D. 993)..
A Jaina record from Laldmndi of the Saka year 929, though it falls in the reign.
Irivabedauga Satyasraya, names the reigning king as Ahavamalladeva. Now,
AhavamaUa is Icnown to be the surname of TaUa II, the father of Satyasraya.
According to this document, however, it Avould appear that this was the epithet
of the son, i.e., Irivabedanga Satyasraya, also. In another record of this king,
MaMmandahsvara Sobhanarasa, who is familiar to us as the feudatory of
Taila II, is represented as the governor .of Belvola-Three-hundred and Palasige-
Twelve-thousand. One of these inscriptions belongs to the time of Tribhu-
vanamaUa Vikramaditya V and, being dated in the Saka year 934 (A. D. 1012),
would extend his reign by one year, since the latest date hitherto kno-wn for
him Avas A. D. 1011. ^ MaMsdmantddhipati Davanarasa, mentioned in one of
these records, is the name of an unlmoAA'n subordinate of Jayasiihha II Avho
Avas ruling over Belvola-Three-hundred and Puligere-Three-himdred in Saka 950.
Another record copied last year introduces to us for the first time a Brahmin
general of BhuvauaUcamaUa Somesvara II, namely, Daiiidandyaha Jannamayya
of the Karma family. It states that he granted the village named Kallamana- .
paUi situated in Kisulradu-Seventy to the temple of Traipurusha, which was
built by. him at Nidugundi Avith the permission of the Idug who Avas then resid-
ing at his nelevidu Bahkapura in • the Banavase province, i.e., the extreme
south of North Kanara. As usual, the records of YUrramaditya IT, are also
numerous in this collection. Taa^ of them acquaint us Avith Sakalaprakasa-
bha-fct.araka, the preceptor of the Idng. One of these, while stating that he
was administering the toA\-n of Hosavuru, supplies additional information re-
garding certain gi-ants of land made by NakigaAoinda to the temple of Morake-
svaradcAm in the presence of one Hollarasa of the Sinda family and Narashiiha-
Nayaka, the brother-in-law {mayduna) of Sakalaprakasa-bha-fctaraka. Mahdman-
dalesvara Namiyanna of the Kalasena lineage and Jiattagarakida (weaver caste)
figures in two records as the sarvadhihari of Hermadidevarasa, i.e., Perma-
Jagadekamalla II. Somesvara IV, who rcAuved the Chalulcj'a sovereignty after
OA"erthroA\-ing the Kalachmyas, is described in one of the docmnents of thi.i
collection as Kalacliurya-kula-ninnulanam, “ the destroyer of the KalachurA'a
family.” I'D registers a grant of land made by Jakiyaldra, the Avife of Sridhara-
dandanatha, to the god MaUikarjuna of SAmyambhutirtha.

The inscriptions of the Kalachuryas copied this year do not add anything
material to o.ui- knoAA-ledge of them. Of the Hoysajas, Vira-BaUala II is the
onl}' king whose inscriptions, haA'e been secured. A record of his time- dated

* Fleet’s litjn. Kan. JHsts. Table focing p. 248.

193

EPIGRAPHY.

ia Saka 1129 (A. D, 1207) states tkat a grant of land was made by Maha-
pmdMna Childca-Narasingayya, the second son of the long, who was then the
governor of Mulugunda-Twelve to the god Moratesvara, showing thereby that
Balla]a II had more than one son. Otherwise, this prince would not have
been spoken of as yeraianeija hiimdra.

Only three kings of the dynasty of the Yadavas are represented in this
collection, viz., Singhana, Eadshna (Kannara) and Eamachandra. Two inscrip-
tions which relate to Singhana acquaint us with the names of two officers,
Vasudeva-Nayaka and ManMika-piidmalia Khandeyaraya Bhaskara-Nayaka.
The former of these officers is described as the chief counseller of the king and
ruling over Kisukadu-Seventy from its capital Erariibarage, which is identical
with Yelburga in the Nkam’s Dominions. The few records of the princes of
.the feudatory family of the Sindas which were copied last year furnish us
with some important dates. Achugi II, who was a subordinate of the Ohalulcya
emperor VOcramaditya ID! and for whom the only date Icnown was A. D. 1122,^
figures as a MaMmandalesvara in one of them which can be relegated to A. D.
1125-26. Again, for his grandson Yira-Bijjana we have the date Saka 1096
(A. D. 1174), which extends his rule by four years, since the latest date assigned
to him by Dr. Fleet is A. D. 1170.- A record from Harti, which is referable
to the seventh regnal year, Vijaya (equivalent to A. D. 1172), of this prince,
enables us to fix the beginning of his reign in A. D. 1167. It may, therefore,
be assumed that he ruled from A. D. 1167 to A. D, 1174.

The latest inscriptions of the past year’s collection are those of two of
the kings of Vijayanagara, viz., Achyutaraya and Sadasivaraya. Of these a
record of the time of Achyutadevaraya found at Gadag and dated in Saka 1480
(A. D. 1638) is interesting, as it makes mention of Kumara-Vyasa, the famous
Kannada poet. It is the first epigraphical reference to this Jcavi so far known
to us.

Tours of the Government Epigraphist for India.

In the month of February I went to Kagarjunilconda in the Guntur dis-
trict and thence to Gummadidurru in the Kistna district with a view to examine
in situ and copy the several Brahml inscriptions noticed above which had been
excavated by Mr. Hamid, when he was officiating for Mr. Longhurst. On re-
turn from these places I had to visit Elephanta to prepare a Guidebook to
the well Imowm caves lying on that island. The guide published by the Public
"Works Department of the Bombay Government was out of print and the need
of a reliable account of the caves was keenly felt. From Bombay I snatched
a visit to Mathirra to inspect the female figure enshrined at Sonekeda and
study the early Brahml inscription incised on its pedestal.

Publications: Epigraphia Indica.

During the year under report five parts of the Epigraphia Indica, viz.,
part viii of Fol. XIDI, parts v, vi and vii of Vol. XVIII and part i of Vol XTX,

^ Fleet’s Kan, Disi^. p. 574,

* Ihid. p. 57C.

EPIGRAPHY.

194

were passed for final printing and issue. Of these, parts v and vi of Vol. SVIII
alone were actually issued by the press. These two parts comprise eight papers,
of which two were contributed by the late Dr. Hultzsch, two by Eai Bahadur
Daya Earn Sahni, and one each by Drs. Sten Konow, D. E. Bhandarkar, L. D.
Barnett and Eai Bahadur Hiralal. Dr. Barnett’s paper deals with eight Kana-
rese inscriptions whose dates range between 1107 and 1162 A.D. One of these
inscriptions has a Sanskrit prelude and belongs to the reign of Tribhuvana-
malladeva Vikramaditya YI. It chronicles a gift of land to the temple of
Kalasesvara in Kalasavalligeri and extols the Belvala-!!adu, Puli, the Hundred
of Kalasavalligeri, the Saiva divine Siddhe^vara and his disciple Somesvara,
both of whom were Acharyas of the said sanctuary. Another inscription in
this group also belongs to the reign of Yilcramaditya VI, and makes an in-
teresting reference to Eevakanirmadi and Kanhara. Kanhara is the Eashtraldita »>■
Erishna III, and Eevakanirmadi was his elder sister ; she married the Gaiiga
Satyavakya Butuga II, who succeeded to the throne between 933 and 940
A.D, The remaining inscriptions of this group that deserve mention here
belong to the reign of the Kalachurya king. Tribhuvanamalladeva (Bijja|a). One
records the restoration of the decayed temple of Kesava (Vishnu) of N3.gara-
khandi and a gift of land to maintain it, and the other the grant of some lands
for the upkeep of some local establishments as well as for the expenses of the
worship of the Agastyesvara temple. Both of these records celebrate the
excellences of the family of one Dasiraja, whose pedigree they also give.

Of the two inscriptions edited by Eai Bahadur Daya Earn Sahni one comes
from Don Buzuxg and the other from Chhatarpur, the former being dated in
Samvat 1176 and the latter in 1177, both being issued by king Govindachandra,
the Gahadavala king of Kanauj. Like other charters of this ruler, they re-
gister grants of villages to certain Brahmans.

Of the two papers contributed by the late Dr. Hultzsch, one is devoted to
the Vemalurpadu Plates of Ammaraia II. The record on these plates is written
in the Telugu script and Sanslait language. It opens with an historical account
of the ancestors of the Eastern Chalulcya long Ammaraja II, which is nearly
identical with that given in the Maliyapundi grant of that ruler. ^ 'While allud-
ing to the attack made by Vallabha, i.e., the Eashtrakuta king Krishna II,
on Bhima I, it indicates that the latter bore the surname Eitasiddhi and that
Vikramanka, ^,e., Yilcramaditya I, had received the dignity of heir apparent
but had not ascended the throne. The grant referred to in this document was
that of two fields which had been cut ofi from the two villages of Anmananguru
and Andeld, the modern Addanki in the district of Karinarashtra, which Dr.
Hultzsch rightly identified 'with portions of the Ongole taluk of the Guntur
district. Tlie other inscription edited by Dr. Hultzsch was di.scovered in the
village of Kopparam in the Narasaraopet taluk of the Guntur district. It had
already been edited in the Annals of the Bliandarlcar Oriental Institute^ but its
republication in the EpigrapMa Indica was fully justified by the marked im-

* Ep. Ind. Vol. IX, p, 47/.

* Tb\d. Vol IV, p. 43j^.

195

EPIGRAPHY,

provemeuts in the readings and renderings of its test, which Dr. Hultzsch has
been able to make. The former editor of the inscription identified a great
warrior named Prithivi-Duvaraja with Satyasraya Dhruvaraja Indravaraman of
the Goa plates of Saka 532,^ but Dr. Hultzsch seems to be right in identifying
him with Vishnuvardhana I, the younger brother of Pulakesin II and the
founder of the Eastern Chalukya dynasty. The late Mr. Sewell added a post-
script to this article in which he has settled the date of this record as Thursday,
October 10, A.D. 631.

One of the most important contributions of the year was that made by Dr.
D. K. Bhandarkar on the Sanjan plates of Amoghavarsha I of the Saka year 793,
which had been partially noticed in the pages of the Journal of the Bombay
Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, Vol. XX, by his brother the late Professor
Sridhar Ramakrishna Bhandarkar wherein he had discussed two of its verses to
show the contemporaneity of the Eashtrakuta Icing Govinda III ivith the Pra-
tihara ruler Xagabhata, the Kauauj sovereign Chakrayudha, and the Gauda
king Dharmapala. These plates, as Dr. Bhandarkar has remarked, constitute
the first genuine record, hitherto known of the Eashtrakuta king Amogha-
varsha for, though many inscriptions of his time had come to light, none of
them seemed to have directly originated from him, and even the best
known of them, mz., the Konnur stone inscription professed to be a mere copy
of .some copper-plate charter of his, which was prepared about the middle of
the 12th century A.D. The inscription is written in the characters of the
period to which it belongs and in Sanslcrit prose. In his treatment of this
interesting record Dr, Bhandarkar has made improvements on some of the
readings given by Kielhorn in his paper on the Konnur inscription- and thrown
new light on its contents. For instance, he seems to be right in thinking
that Prichchhaka-raja must be another name of Indra-raja, who is mentioned as
the father of Govinda I in the fragmentary Ellora Dasavatar Cave temple inscription.®
He also appears to be right in reading Dharavarshas^taias for Dhardvarsha-
sutas in the Konnur Inscription and KarJcardt prabhuh in place of karlcara-
prablmh, which he rightly suggests must be the same as the Karkaraja occurring
in the Konnur record. This charter describes Amoghavarsha as Paramabhat-
tdraha Mahdrdjadhirdja Paramesvara Prithivlvallabha, the prosperous Valla-
bhanarendracleva, who meditated on the feet of the Paramabhalldraka Mahd-
rdjddhirdja Paramesvara, the prosperous Jagattuhgadeva and- records that in the
Saka year 793, when Amoghavarsha was stajfing at Manyklieta, his capital, he
granted to four Brahmans, whose names are given in the charter, the \Tllage
Jharivallika from the 24 village group adjacent to Sanjana^ apparently identical
with Sanjan, where the plates were discovered, for the purpose of maintaining
the bali, charu, Vaiivadeva, agnihoira and atiihi-iarpana ceremonies. It further
tells us that the Eashtrakutas in the time of Indraraja came first into hostile
contact with the Chalukyas, not of the Deccan but of Gujarat; for the seat of

‘ J. B B. B, A. S. Vol X, p, 305/,

‘ Bp. hid. Vol. VI, p. 29//.

* .4rcA. SixTV, 'f.'en. Ind, Vol, V, p. 87.

29.4

EPIGEAPHY.

196

this Chalukya power is mentioned as Klietaka which is the same as Kliaiia
in North Gujarat. These Chalukyas must, therefore, he the Gujarat branch
of the main dynasty ruling at Badami. In describing Dantidurga, the suc-
cessor of Indraraja, the record informs us that a Gurjara dynasty called
Pratihara was then ruling at Ujjain. There can be little doubt that this
must be the Pratihara dynasty which became supreme after seizing the throne
of Mahodaya. Prom other epigraphic records we already knew that Mahodaya,
or Kanauj, was the capital of this dynasty from the time of Bhoja I onwards.
But we did not Imow for certain where they were ruling before they established
themselves at Kanauj. This grant now makes it certain that their original
seat of power was Ujjain. The Jaina Harivamsa, as pointed out by Dr. Bhan-
darkar, strengthens the inference that the Pratiharas were established at Ujjain
and not at Bhilmal, as was hitherto supposed, before they transferred their capital to
Kanauj. The document further informs us of the exploits of Dhruva (Dhara-
varsha), and his son Govinda III, also called Tribhuvanadhavala. In recount-
ing the expeditions of the latter it mentions that this ruler encountered and
defeated the Pratihara Nagabhata and Chandragupta, the ruler of Sripura or
SirpuT in the Central Provinces and received the submission of two more princes,
namely, Dharma and Chalirayudha. This Dharma is the same as Dhatma-
pala, the Pala king of Bengal and Chakrayudha, the protege of his, who obtained
the sovereignty of Kanauj throirgh him. It further alludes to his conquest of
the Malava, Kosala, Kalihga, Vanga, Pahala and Ocjraka countries and men-
tions a small ruler called Maharaja Sarva, whose principality lay on the banks
of the Narmada at the foot of the Vindhyas, with Sribhavana as its capital.
Other interesting information furnished by the document is to the eSect that
in ancient times an Indian king could temporarily resign his sovereignty and
enjoy the life of a hermit or ascetic as was done more than once by Amogha-
varsha. Leaving aside other details, it may be noticed here that the donor
herein called Vira-Narayana is compared to a Gupta king in point of generosity.
This Gupta king, Professor Bhandarkar surmises to be Skandagupta Vilrra-
maditya of the Imperial Gupta dynasty. In support of his hypothesis he refers
to the Gathasaj>ta4atl of Hala and to the Bhitarl Pillar Inscription alluding
to the victory won by Skandagupta over his enemies, who, in his opinion,
were the kinsmen of the Gupta emperor. But, inasmuch as the Bhitari Pillar
Inscription shows that the enemies referred to were the savage Huns, after
vanquishing whom he went to see his mother, it would be dangerous to accept
this surmise till other evidence is forthcoming to support it.

The four records dealt with by Eai Bahadur Hiralal throw considerable
light on the history of the Bhanja dynasty of Orissa. Three of them were
issued from Vahjulvaka, two by Netribhanjadeva, surnamed Kalyanakalasa, and
one bj Maharaja Vidyudharabhanjadeva, surnamed Amoghakalasa. With the
help of these documents together with some other records of the -family the
Editor has prepared a tentative genealogy of the Bhanjas and shown that the
Bhanja kingdom in ancient days included almost aU the tributary states of
Orissa together with the northern portion of the Ganjam district, covering an

197

EPIGRAPHY.

area of about 16,000 square miles. Special mention is to be made here of a
highly interesting paper by Dr. Sten Konow on the so-called TalAt-i-Bahi
inscription of "the year ,103. The record is Ttritten in the KharoshthT alphabet
of the Saka variety and seems to have originally come from Shahbazgarhi.
Dr. Sten Konow has given us a revised reading of the text and sought to show
in a very convincing way that the year 103 cannot refer to the era instituted
by Azes ; since the word Ayasa, he asserts, eannot be the genitive of the name
Aya (Azes) at all. He further says that everything we know from Indian
tradition points to the conclusion that the Vilci’ama era was a national Indian
era and ancient Indian ideas seem to be traceable in the oldest Vilcrama-dates,
The eras used in Kharoshthi inscriptions, on the other hand, are, he argues,
partly framed after the model of the Macedonian calendar, which is evident
from the occasional use of Macedonian month-names and from the habit of
reckoning the days of the month from full moon to full moon, while the Indian
calendar divided the months into two fortnights. According to him we must
infer that the era or eras used in the Patika plate and in the so-called Ta)^t-i-
Bahi inscription are of foreign origin and, if it is granted that Moga was still
reigning in the year 78 of that era, and we meet with Gudufara in the year 103,
it is difficult to, avoid the inference that both records are to be referred to one
and the same era ; so that there would be only 25 years between the Patika
plate and the so-called Talffit-i-Blhi inscription, or, in other words, between
Moga and Gudufara. What happened, according to his view, was that, ‘Some-
time after the demise of Mithradates II in 88 B.C. a Saka ruler of Seistan made
himself independant, invaded the Indus country and established a new era.
According to the KahkachdryalcailidnaJca, the Jain Kalakacharya applied to the
Saka Yulers of Sagaloila for assistance against king Gardhabilla of Ujjayinl,
who had abducted his sister, and the result was that the Sakas made themselves
masters in Ujjayini where their rule, according to some well-known memorial

stanzas, lasted four years. They were then ousted by Vikramaditya who
established his own era.’ The era thus established was, he thinlrs, the first
secular era of Indian origin, the oldest certain instance of its use being in the

Sbdasa inscription of the year 72. From the fact that the date portion of

this record does not make any mention of the jxiZslio but simply mentions the
ninth day of the month, he infers, that the calendar was partly arranged

according to the principles introduced by the Sakas. He further says that a
new Parthian era was established one year before the date of the Patika plate
by Azes, the first Parthian conqueror of the Kabul countrj’- and the western
Punjab, and that the so-called Ta]ffit-i-Bahi inscription is dated in the 26th
year of that era. That would take us to the time 16 to 20 A.D. which would
be a very likely date for Gudufara who is generally assumed to have come to
the throne in 19 A.D.

Progress in the publication of South-Indian Inscriptions.

The fifth volume of the South Indian Inscriplions {Texts) Series, which
had been passed for final printing in 1925-26, was actually published and issued

EPIGRAPHY.

198

during the year under report. The manuscript of part iv of Vol. Ill of the Old
Series has been sent to the press for being set up and the proofs of. the first
30 pages of it have been examined. To complete Vol. VI of the Texts Series
transcripts of 506 inscriptions, mostly in Telugu characters, were revised and
sent to the press, and the volume is now in various stages of printing. This
brings us to the end of the Madras epigraphical collection for 1899. The
contents of the more important among these records have been noticed in the
Reports on South Indian Epigraphy for the years 1897 to 1899. Mr. K. V,
Subrahmanya Ayyar, who is now editing the texts of these inscriptions, brings
to notice the following few points in connection with them.

‘In the internecine wars that were waged during the reign of the Bahmani
hing Muhammad QuH Qutb Shah, the Hindu Chief, Asvaraya alias Sarvappa, is
one of the principal figures who seems to have been mentioned by Berishta.
VTiat has been recorded by the Muhammadan historians is confirmed and to
some extent enlarged on in a few inscriptions. In the year Saka 1526, corre-
sponding to the cyclic year Krodhana, says a lithic record of Simhachalam,

the chief Eajadhiraja Maharaja BajasrI Asvaraya Sarvappa, sent by Hajarat
Mahamadu Khulli Kutubu Padusaha (Muhammad Quli), captured the three
fortresses Koppalavarilcota, Virakota and Enjerla, drove out Mulomda-Bahuba-
lendra, paid a visit to Sri-Kurmam and, after making a sarvmnmya gift to the
god, Vaishnavas, and Brahmans, proceeded to SLihhadri, where, seeing that the
grants made by former kings for offerings, etc., had fallen into disuse in spite
of their having been once revived by king Mulcundadeva-Maharaja, he gave a
village with all its income to the god and restored to their original grandeur

the services in the temple. The account recorded in this epigraph is fully

corroborated by an inscription found in the Kurmanathasvamin temple at Sri-
Irurmam, where the chief made a sarvamdnya grant of the whole village of
Srilcurmam to the temple,

‘ The inscriptions of Simhachalam further reveal the names of some pro-
minent religious teachers such as Akhandananda-Sripada, Varadagiri-Sripada,
Karaharimuni or Narahari-l5ripada, who appear to have been inspired by the
religious actmties of Naraharitlrtha, the great Madhva teacher, philosopher and
politician of the 13th century A.D. and the direct disciple of Anandatirtha-
pujyapada, who propounded the duaifa-school. The vSimhachalam inscriptions
show that Naraharitlrtha wielded enormous influence in the Andhradesa.’

illSCELLAlfEOUS EpIGRAPHICAL WoRK.

The following sununary of the epigraphical work done in the different
circles of the Archaeological Department, and in some of the museums of
India is based on the reports with which the officers concerned have supplied me.

Frontier Circle . — Sir. Hargreaves supplied to Dr. Sten Konow, in con-
nection with the publication of his volume on the Post-Asokan Kharoshthi
inscriptions, numerous estampages and photographs of the epigraphs in the
Peshawar hluseum as also of others in private collections. For this purpose he
had to undertake a special journey to Bannu to obtain impressions of the inscrip-

199

EPIGKAPHT.

tion on tie pedestal of a Buddha image now in the possession of a Punjabi
regiment stationed there and another to Shahdaiir in the Agror valley to procure
estampages of the rock inscriptions at that place. Captain A. H. Barnes, LA.,
of the Indian Political Department, presented to the Peshawar Museum a new
inscription which was discovered at a place called Khazana about 4 miles
from Mir Ali on the Idak-Spinwam road in the Tochi Agency. To judge from
impressions sent to me a part of this document appears to be in hlongoUan,
but has not yet been deciphered. The rest of it is written in Sanslcrit language
and Sarada alphabet. It appears to be dated in the Sastra year 38, and men-
tions the name of a king which possibly reads Nayanachandra. A portion of
this Sarada inscription appears to be missing.

Eastern Circle . — The only epigraphical • discovery made in the Eastern
Circle during the year was that of two votive terra-cotta tablets bearing the
figure of the Buddha in the bhtmisparsa-mudrd and the BuddMst creed written
in characters of about the sixth century A.D. and a sealing with the Wheel
flanked by two deer in the upper portion and a legend in characters of about
the tenth century. The latter, the Superintendent thinks, was the seal of the
community of monks at the monastery {vtMra) of Dharmapaladeva at Somapura,
which is to be identified with the modem Ompur close to Paharpur temple. The
former, i.e., the tablets, he believes, support the surmise that the sculptures
discovered at Paharpur in the basement of the main temple belong to the late
Gupta period.

hlr. Dikshit supplied to Jlr. Hem Chandra Goswami, President of the Kam-
rup Anusandhan Committee, Gauhati, estampages of two copper-plate inscrip-
tions, one of which is said to be of the Assam king Indra Pala and the other of
Dharma Pala, both recording grants of lands to Brahmans specified in them.
The former, hir. Goswami writes, was found by a ‘ cultivator in a village
called Guakuchi in Kamrup. It consists of three leaves fastened together by
a metallic ring attached to a ladle-shaped seal, in the hollow of which there
is an image of an elephant with a superscription of the king underneath. Ac-
cording to it, Indra Pala was the son of Purandar Pala, who was the son of
Batna Pala and grandson of Brahma Pala. The other plate was found in the
district of hTowgong, Assam, by a cultivator in the course of ploughing. It
describes Dharma Pala as the son of Harsha Pala and grandson of Gopfila.
Incidentally it gives the genealogy of Indra Prda also, which is identical with
the one given in the preceding document.’

Three sets of copper-plate grants and a stone inscription were brought to
Mr. Dilvshit’s notice from the Bombay Presidency. The earliest of these in-
scriptions, he says, are the plates recently discovered at Sadalga in the Chikodi
taluka of Belgaum district, which were issued by the Chalulrya kuig Vinayaditya on
the full moon day of Magha of the Saka year 614, also mentioned as the eleventh
regnal year of the long. The place of the royal encampment was the village
of Masiyya on the southern bank of the Bhaimarathi river, identical with the
Bhima of the present day. The identity of Masiyya with Masnur in Sholapur
district, close to which the Emperor Aurangzeb encamped, might be suggested

EPIGRAPHY.

200

with some diffidence Tiie donees of tlie grant were 51 Brahmans, whose names,
golras and shares are mentioned. The village granted was Kavittage (modern
Kavatgi) in the Bagenadu vkhaya, and was situated on the northern, bank of
the river Krishnavenni (modern Krishna) between the villages of Padusili
(modern Padsalgi) and Jannavata (modern Janvad). The locality of the villages
referred to in the grant is the border of the Belgaum district, Jamldiandi
State and Bijapur district.

Another set of copper-plates, now in the Bharat Itihas Samsodhak Mandal
at Poona, came from the village of Bopgaon in the Poona district. It is a
grant of the Chalu]r)m Idng Vinayfiditya, and is dated on the full moon day of
Chaitra, the Sahlcranti day in the Saka year 640, mentioned as the 22nd
regnal year of the king. The place, of the king’s encampment was Hatampura,
the donee, Sri-Vachchhasvamin (properly Vatsasvamin) and the village grant-
ed, Nirgimdi near Davilagrama in the territory {vislmja) of Samagiri, which
G&nnot he ideati&ed.

The third set of plates was brought from the village of Man in the Poona
district, and refers to the time of Krishnataia I Alralavarsha of the Eashtra-
kuta dynasty. The occasion for the donation was the solar eclipse on the new
moon day of Chaitra in the Saka year 683, Hemalamba-sayawisor (of the
Jovian cycle). The rnllage granted was Bopalchalla in the Punaya (Punaka)
territory, which must have been very close to the spot where the plates were
found, as the river hluila (now Icnorni as Mula), mentioned as the southern
boundary of the village granted, also rung to the south of the village Man.
The discovery of a stone inscription has been reported from Mangalvedha neat
Pandharpur, District Sholapui. From an eye-copy of the inscription it appears
to be a record of at least 17 lines in Maharashtri Prakrit verse and in characters
of the 12th century A,D. The name of one Sankharaja, the younger brother
of another chief, appears in one of the lines.

Burma Circle. — Mons. Chas. Duroiselle has kindly supplied me with the
following summary of the very interesting epigraphical work done in his circle
during the year 1926-27.

“ Among the epigraphical discoveries made in the Burma Circle during
the year under report the most important is a manuscript containing twenty
gold leaves each inscribed on one side, placed within two covers of the same
metal. It was unearthed at TTm awza (Old Prome) in the course of excavations
conducted there during the jeav, and found together Avith many other objects
of a miscellaneous nature inside the relie chamber of an old brick mound.

“ The writing on the leaves is in characters of an early South-Indian
script of the Canara-Telugu type closely resembling those on the Maunggun
plates, which were discovered at a place near Emawza in 1897 and the originals
of which are now in the British Museum, and those on the fragments of a stone
found at Bawbawgyi pagoda, Hmawza, which, on palseographic grounds, have
been assigned to the Y-^Tlth centur}’ A.D.

“ Tlie manuscript contains extracts from the AhTiidhamma and Tinaya
Pilahis, and coustitutes, together with those mentioned above, the earliest proofs

201

EPIGRAPHY.

of Pali Buddliism in Burma. It is expected that the contents of the manu-
script -will, after a careful study, he published ■with illustrations in a volume of
the E^ngrafliia Binnanica. The Ms. begins on the first page ■with an extract
giving the chain of causation {Patichcliasamuppada) and ends on the last page
■uuth ‘ Itipi so bJiagava araJiam sammasamhiidiJio, etc.’ enumerating the qualities
of the Buddha. This manuscript may be assigned to the VI-’TOth century A.D.

“ At the same site ■were unearthed some thin gold and silver plates -u'ith
writing in Pyu in the same characters as those mentioned above, and also a
stupa bearing inscriptions mostly in the same dead language. Por want of a

fuller vocabularj^ than we now possess, these inscriptions have not yet been

properly read. The former were found in caskets and bowls together udth

images of the Buddha and other votive objects, and probabty record the names
of donors of those objects. They contain only one line each, but in most
cases there is another line of inscription below each containing a few letters at
intervals in Brahml characters, as in the case of some lun inscriptions found
also at Hmawza, the object of •R’hich has not yet been ascertained. The

inscriptions on the stupa give the names of the Buddhas and disciples embossed
thereon, and perhaps also the names of the donors of the object. The latter
supply two names which may prove to be very interesting. They are Sri-
Prabhuvarma and Srl-Prabhudevi, and if they turn out to be the titles of the
Icing then reigning at Old Prome and of his queen, they wUl enable us to throw
light on a new dynasty of Icings at Old Prome witli their names ending in
‘varman,’ of wliich the Burmese chroniclers are unaware.

“ The other epigraphical discoveries consist of a few short inscriptions each
incised on the obverse and reverse faces of terra-cotta votive tablets, and around
the pedestals of Buddha images. They are in Pyu, Burmese and Nagari charac-
ters and range in date from about the n-inith to the Xllth century A.D.
The languages in which they are written are Pjm, Taking, Burmese, Pali and
Sanslcrit ; in most cases they consist of the Buddliist creed (in Sanslcrit or
Pali) and of dedicatory records (in Pjm, Taking, Burmese or Pali). The
latter, belonging to about the Xlth century A.D., and mostly discovered at
Pagan in the course of excavations conducted there during the year, are im-
portant in that they corroborate to some extent the statements made in the
Burmese chronicles as to certain events that happened at that time. Such
are the sack of Old Prome and Thaton, the political and religious intercourse
between Burma and Xorth-Eastern India, and the foundation of pagodas and
temples by the then reigning king, Anorata ( 1044 - 1077 ). Again, those belong-
ing to about the Xllth century, especially those in Bmmese, are no less im-
portant for the light they throw on the history of the Burmese language ; for,
sliort as they are, they contain many archaic words and forms and meanings
now long fallen into oblivion.

“Estampages were procured of inscriptions on two stone slabs, both dis-
covered at Pagan. ^ One of them, -uTitten on two sides of the stone, is much
worn and, except for a few words, nothing much can be made out of it. The
other is fragmentary and records the foundation of a temple the name of which

TJJflGKAPHY.

202

is given as ‘ lemyetlma.’ It contains a date, but it cannot be read, being
much -worn. The epigraph is in Burmese, and on palffiograpMcal grounds it
may be assigned to the XH-XIIIth century A.D. This inscription has now
been placed in the Museum, Pagan.”

Southern Circle . — ^As to the epigraphical work done in the Southern
Circle, hlr. Yenkoba Eao reports that 155 villages were visited by him and his
staff, from which 633 inscriptions were copied, but that he received only four
copper plates for examination during the year. A detailed survey of the whole
of the Mayavaram taluk and of some parts of the Kumbhakonam and Kal-
yandrug taluks in the Tanjore and Anantapur Districts has been completed. The
most notable epigraphical discover)’’ was made at Xagarjunilconda, where se-
veral Brahmi inscriptions of the Ikhalm dynasty were unearthed. A resume
of all these documents has been inserted in the beginning of this summary.
Next in importance are three Brahmi label inscriptions engraved at the pillow
end of the stone beds carved ■within a natural cavern on the top of the Undan-
kallu hillock of the Nagamalai chain towards the south of Vilddramangalam
in the hladura district. Similar inscriptions attributable to about the 3rd cen-
tury B.C. had already been copied in several caverns in the Madura and Tinne-
velly districts. The labels at Nagamalai give the names of Yen-Atan, the son
of Andai-Phcan, Ycn-Kuviran and Podilai-Kuviran, who were possibly the occu-
pants of these caverns.

A few records copied in the Cochin State are dated in the reigns of two
Chera Icings, Kodai Eavi and Eajasinga-Perumanadigal. Of these, the former
is Icnown from the inscriptions copied at Tripunitura, Tali and Calicut. The
latter figures for the first time as an independent ruler in a record from Talakka^
and may be identical with the Cheraman Eiijasimha, a vassal of king Eajendra-
Chola, who built the Yishnu temple at Mannarkoil in the Tinnevelly district
in the name of his suzerain. The Yatteluttu script used in the first half of
the inscription, however, does not support this hypothesis since it is earlier
by about two centuries. This inscription refers to an assignment of land
made by the Z7rar of Talailckattur to some merchants, two of whom are said
to have belonged to the Manigramam commimity for founding a market
{pidigai) and to the exemption granted to them from the payment of certain
taxes. Though this record has been found in the compound of a church, there
is nothing in it to show that it refers to concessions made to Christian
merchants in particular. It may be noted, however, that among the boundaries
of the land mentioned in it occur the names Chirupalli and Kala(rai)ppalli,
which according to modem connotation, Mr. Yenkoba Eao says, would denote
churches.

The collection of this year includes two inscriptions of Parantaka and
Eajaraja I, which were found in the Tanjore and Tinnevelly districts. An
inscription from the hamlet of Patfisvaram (Tanjore district) dated in the 7th
year of Parakesari Eajendra-Choja I (1019 A.D.) says that the temple \vith
which it is connected was erected as a memorial shrine {Pallimpodai] for (Eaja-
ruja s) queen PanchavanmSdeviyar. This place is close to PalaiySru also known

203

EPIGRAI’HY-

as Jluqlilionda-Solapuram wMch. was a secondary capital of tlie Chojas. An
inscription from the Mayavaram taluk is dated in the 14th year of Karilcala-
Chola, ‘ who took Madura and Ilam’, and may be assigned to Rajadhiraja II-
Another record from the same taluk lays down rules for the election of mem-
bers to the assembly of the village Kulottungacholan-Taninayaka-chaturvedi-
mahgalam in Eajadhiraja-va]anadn. The election mentioned in this inscription
was held in the 7th year of the reign of a (Chola) Idng Tribhuvanachakravartin
Konerinmaikondan. At the instance of two officers of the Icing the rules regarding
the rights and privileges of members were published. Only those Brah-
mans who were competent, learned, and above forty years of age and who had
not sat in the sahlia for the previous ten years, could stand for the election.
Those who had no relationship with the members of the assembly for the
previous five years had to he chosen and the relations of the then present

members were to be eliminated for the succeeding five years. The people
were protected from undue influence that might be exercised by these members
by the ruling that those who were guilty of corruption and those who molested
the other Brahmans of the town, the Brahman sadhus as well as the agricul-
turist, and had failed to pay their taxes, were punishable according to the
gravity of their offences. A hitherto unkno\vn later Chola chief called Guru-
raja Rudradeva-Chola Maharaja, who must have been ruling, apparently, as
a Vijayanagara subordinate, is brought out by a record from Kumbhakonam

dated in Saka 1470 (1534 A.D.).

The villages in the Eamnad and Tirmevelly districts have yielded a large
number of Pandya epigraphs in addition to five inscriptions of the Tra-

vancore kings Udayamarttandavarman (ebea 1534 A.D.) and his co-regent Ra-
vivarman Kulasekhara. Of these, 10 are in Vatteluttu characters and
belong to the early Pandya Icings Maraujadaiyan, Sadayamaran and Vira-Pan-
dya. The other records are those of the mediaeval Icings Kulasekliara, Simdara-
Pandya and Vira-Pandya. The remaining ones, which range in date from Saka
135C to 1493, relate to the later Pandyas of Tinnevelly who were subordinate
to the Yijayanagara viceroys. An inscription from Tittandatanapuram in
Eamnad dated in the 11th year of king Yira-Pandya (A.D. 1264) is of interest
as it records an agreement by the Aujuvannam, Manigramam, the Siimauta
Pandusali and other residents of the village to lexw certain taxes on the aiticles
of merchandise and to complete from the proceeds the renovation of the

mandajia in front of the local temple which had been left unfinished. One of
these inscriptions states that Kulasekhara {circa A.D. 1268) constructed the
walls of the temple at Tinnevelly from the booty obtained from the Keraja,
Chola, and Hoysala Icings ; while another epigraph, which appears belong
to the same ruler, i.e., Kulasekhara and is dated in his 34th year, records the
informaiion that the temples of Yadaperuiiiko}ul-Udaiyar and Sudilckodutta-
Nachchiyar at l^rlvilliputtiir were to be considered as asylums for the refugees
from the surrounding seven nddna enumerated in it. A curious Tamil recoid from
grlvihiputtiir. which is dated in Saka 1375 (A.D. 1453) and is shown as issued
by the god Eahganatha himself, records the gift of the village Tiruvaran'

EPIGEAFHY.

204

ganallur to tie temple of Sudildcodutta-NUclicMyar, the well-lmo-svii Vaishnava
saint and authoress. Possibly it was engraved in the time of Tirumalirun-
jolaininran, one of the Mavali-Vanadariiya chieftains who ruled near Madura
after the decline of the mediaeval Pandyas. The record contains quotations
of several phrases and expressions from the NdchcMyar-TirumoH or the decade
of hymns which the said holy authoress composed in praise of ‘ her divine lover
Eanganatha.’ A late record from the same place contains some information
about the caste-disputes between the class called Devendra-loidumba and the
Paraiyar in regard to certain social rights.

In the Kalyandrug taluk of the Anantapur district 14 inscriptions were
copied. Two of these were issued during the time of Irungola-Choja-Maharaja
and his son Mallideva-Chola who were ruling from Govindavadi as the sub-
ordinates of the Western Chalukya king Vikramaditya VI. A record from
Kundurpi in the same taluk, dated in Saka 1262, belongs to the Hoysaja
king Vira-PallSla, the son of V5xa.-IIajasihga, who had his headquarters at
Gorasa-mudra. It mentions a Maliasdmanla of the king by name Bommaya-
Nayaka, son of Gahgaya-Nayaka, governing the Nidugala-rajya, and of Hosa-
Hampeya-pattana {i.e., the new town of Hampe), the capital of the Vijayanagara
empire.

Most of the inscriptions secured from the Ganjam district belong to the
period of the Eastern Gahga king Anantavarmadeva Chodagangadeva (A.D.
1073), of whom the latest regnal year given in the records is the 67th. They
reveal the names of some subordinates of Chodaganga and of his relations. A
fragmentary inscription at Eayavaram in the Yisagapatam district, which is
written in archaic Telugu, mentions the temple of ISTarendresvara, which was
probably named after the Eastern Chalukya long' Earendramrigaraia in com-
memoration of one of the famous 108 battles he fought uith his enemies. Of
the later kings of this dynasty an inscription of Vishnuvardhana Vijayaditya,
which comes from the Godavari district, mentions his queen Mailaradevi, who
was the dairghter of Asanti Suraparaju.

Tlrree iuscriptions from the South Kanara district copied in the year reveal
the names of two Alupa longs Virapandya Alupendra (Saka 1184) and Vijaya-
deva Alupendiu who were ruling from Barahakanyapura (Barakur). Evi-
dently they were the ancestors of Soyideva (Saka 1245), who is knowir to ns
from other records of Barakur. Erom a munber of inscriptions of the Vijaya-
nagara longs copied at the same locality it is apparent that the Alupa longs
lost their possession of the Barakum-rajya and that it became a Vijayanagara
■principality with its own governors. Two inscriptions of the Vijayanagara
dynasty seemed from Kokatam in the Cuddappah district, which belong to the
time of king Krishnaraya, supply the information that the ■village had been
granted as a sarvamdnya by the emperor to Iiis court poet Alasani-Peddayah-
garu, son of Alasani Choldcayahgaru. Of <), few inscriptions belonging to the
Mayakas of Tanjore one from Krunbhakonam which is dated in Saka 1551 states
that Govinda-Dikshita, the Pradhani of Eaghimatha-Nayaka, made some grants
to the maiha of Sarahgasvumiyar, the agent of the Periyamatiham there.

205

EPIGRAPHY.

Govinda-Dilffihita, the famous minister who served under the three Najaka
kings Chevvapa, Achyuta and Raghunatha, was, we Imow, a great authority
on Mlmamsd as well as J'cddnta and was the author of several Sanslcrit
works. Another inscription from the same place, which belongs to the time
of Chevvappa, reveals the existence of a temple of the Buddha at the village of
Tiruvilandurai near Kumbhakonam as late as the 16th century. The temple
is said to have been dismantled when a channel was dug, but restored afterwards.

Indian Museum, Calcutta. — The only inscription acquired by the Archaso-
logical section of the Indian ilusemn, Calcutta, during the year under report
is the copper-plate of Subhakara which has already been published by ilr.
R. D. Banerji in the Epigraphia Indical

Luchioiu Museum. — The Curator reports that only one copper-plate inscrip-
tion was added to the epigraphical section of the Provincial Museum at Luck-
now. It is a grant of the Gahadavala Idng Govindachandra of Kanauj and

is dated on the 15th day of the dark half of Phalguna of the (Vilo'ama) Saiiivat

1184. The record is being published by hlr. N. C. Mehta in the Epigraphia
Indica.

Ajmer Museum. — ^Rai Bahadur Gaurisliankar H. Ojha has made two or
three very important epigraphical discoveries this year. He has recovered some
of the missing portions of the well-known Ghosundi inscription of the 2nd
century B.C. and discovered two other very valuable records which are per-
haps the earliest inscriptions yet found in Rajputana. One of the fragments
of the Ghosiin^ inscription now found, supplies the words ‘ Sarvatdtemi Asva-
med/ia ’, which evidently form the end of the first line of the record and enable
the initial letter of its second line to be restored as ga, and the whole expres-
sion as ‘ Sarvatatena Aivamedhaydjind. It is thus apparent that Sarvatilta,

the son of Gojayana and Parasari was the performer of an Asvamedha sacri-

fice. Another fragment of the same inscription containing the word sarve^-
vardbhjdm, Mr. Ojha says, is preser\'ed in the Udayapur Museum, and supplies
the missing poihion of the second line of the same inscription. Of the other
two old inscriptions examined by him, both incised on a sacrificial pillar
standing in a lake at ■ Handsa in the Sahada district of the Udayapur
State, one is of special palasographical value. It is dated on the loth day of
the bright half of Chaitra of the Icrita (passed) year 282 : Krilagordvdgorvvar-
slia.ialayordvydsllayali 200 SO 2 Chaitra . . and records that a shashiirdtra
sacrifice was performed by one Saktigunaguru. There are 6 lines in it which
run from the top to the middle of the pillar but their lower portions are very
much mutilated. The inscription is nuitten in characters of the Srd century
A.D., which resemble those of the Junagadh inscripticn of Mahakshatrapa
Rudradaman. The date is given in words as well as in numeral symbols.
The form of the sjunbol for 200 in the present inscription was unknown up
to this time. The year in which it is dated, belongs to the ilalava-Viirrama
era and corresponds to 225 A.D. The other record is engraved on the same
pillar but is a few months later. The script, however, in ^rhich it is -mritten is

> VoL XV, p.

EPIGEAPHY.

206

similar to that of the preceding inscription. It is dated on the 15th day of
Chaturmasya of the year 282 of the same reckoning. Its purport is identical
with that of the preceding record. Here the date is given only in numerical
symbols and is preceded by the word Irrita, which shows that the year of the re-
cord w'as 'a passed one,’ The remaining 9 records examined in the year range
in date between A,D. 1085 and 1573. Of these the earliest appears to be
the one engraved on a pillar in the Siva temple at Akola in the estate of Kanor
in the Udayapur State, which is dated on the 12th day of the dark half of
Margasira of the Samvat year 1142 (A.D. 1085). The inscription on the pedes-
tal of a Jaina image found at Walicha in the same estate of Kanor is dated'
Sarhvat 1167 (A.D. 1110) and records the setting up of an image of Muni-
suvrata, that is, the image on which the epigraph is incised, by one Asapala,
son of Punjaka of the Naigama family which had migrated from Chitralcuta
(Chitor). The image w'as set up under the advice of [Suvakirti], the successor
of Acharya Sahasrakirti of Kanditata-gachcha. The Ghaghasa inscription,
which is now preserved in the Udayapur Museum and belongs to the time of
Eawal Tejasimha of Mewar, is another record which Mr. Ojha examined in the
year. It is dated Sunday, the first day of the dark half of Karttika of the
Samvat year 1322 (A.D. 1265), and records that Mahajanaratna of the Dindui
family built the well (mp?) where it was originally found. The p-asasti was
composed by Ratnaprabhasfiri, pupil of Bhuvanachandiasuri of the Chaitia-
gachchha but written by his pupil Parsvachandra. It was engraved by the
artist Kelisiinha. The inscription engraved on a pillar of the temple of Mataji
at Dariba about 10 miles from Sunw'ar in the Udayapur State is dated Saturday,
the 10th day of the dark half of Jyeshtha of the Samvat year 1356 (A.D. 1299).
It records the gift of 6 drammas to a temple by Karana and Sohada when
Maharajalnila (Maharawal) Sainarasiiiihadeva, w^hose chief minister was Nimba,
was ruling Medapata, i.e., Mewar. Another inscription on the said pilla^ is
dated Wednesday, i,hc 5th day of the bright half of Magha of the Samvat
year 1359, and record,*, that the same amount, viz., 16 draminas, was presented
to the temple by certain persons w'hen Maharajakida Eatushiiha was the ruler
of Medapata, uith hlohanasiha as his chief mmister. This is the only known
inscription of Eawal Eatusunha. The inscription engraved on a slab in the
temple of Katyanaraiji at Diggi in the Jaipur State belongs to the time of Eana
Sangiamasimha (of Mewar) and is dated on the 13th day of the bright half
of Jyeshtha of the Samvat year 1584 (A.D. 1527). A vernacular inscription

now preserved in the Udayapur hluseum and belonging to the time of Maharana
Pratapasimha of Mewar is dated Monday, the 5th day of the bright half of
Jjeshtha of the Sarhvht year 1630 (A.D. 1573), and chronicles certain grants to
a Brahman mentioned in it. The remaining two records are fragmentary. One
IS dated, in the Samvar year 1556 (A.D. 1499) and belongs to the time of MahS-
rajadliiraia Eana Eilyamalla of Ghitorgarh. It names several Jaina acharyas,
pandits and predecessors of Rajasimha, the minister of the said ruler. The
was composed by Vimala, the pupil of Upadhyaya Sadhuharsha
but written by Sudliu Eajasila and engraved by Sutradhara Chliitar, the

207

EPIGRAPHY.

son of Isar. The other inscription belongs to the Jaina hirti-stamblia at
Chitor, and records that it was erected by Jijaka, son of Sa(Saha) hfaya of the
Bhagerwal caste. Both of these fragments are preserved in the Udayapur
Museum.

MOSLEM EPIGRAPHY.

By Mr. G. I'azdani.

During the year under review a number of the EpigrapJiia Indo-Mos-
deviica was published and another is under compilation containing several
■articles on the inscriptions of the Deccan and the Central Provinces. The
•most important of these records relate to the reign of ^iyathu-’d-Din Tu^laq
and, his illustrious son, Muhammad b. Tu^laq and throw light on the various
•expeditions led to the Deccan during the second and third decades of the 14th
•century. These inscriptions are also important from epigraphic and literary
•points of view, presenting us as they do with authentic specimens of the styles
of uTiting and composition of the period.

This number also contains an article on the Moslem inscriptions of Paithan
■{PratisMidna), which remained a flourishing commercial toivn imtil rhe 17th
century. There are several Nizam ^ahi and Mu^al buildings at the place
-and the inscriptions help us to fix with certainty the dates of these monuments.
The script of these writings is NasJch and the language Persian.

Mr. Hamid Quraishi has contributed to this number two articles, one on
•the inscriptions of Multan and another on those of Aslrgarh (Nimar District.
'C. P.). In the former Mr. Hamid has studied almost all the records of Multan
.and arranged them in their historical and epigraphic sequence. The article
•on Aslrgarh is important as throwing light on the history of the Port. Thus,
•an inscription of the reign of Akbar reads as follows ; —

“ The Port of Asfr was conquered on the 6th of the month of Baihman
in the Ilahi era 4G, corresponding to the 22nd of Rajab, 1009 H.
On the 24th of the same month (Baihman) which corresponded
to the 8th of Sha'ban, His Majesty, the ^aqan, the shadow
of God, Jalalu-d-Din Muhammad Akbar Bad^ah honoured the

place by his presence The composer and

%vriter of this inscription is Muhammad Ma'siim of Bhakkar, son
of Sayyid Safa’i of Tirmiz, related on his mother’s side to Sajyid
Sher, son of. Baba Hasan Abdal of Sabzwar, who is buried at
Qandhar.”

Students of Indian history are familiar with the name of Muhammad
‘Ma'sum ; but it may be interesting to note that his relation to Baba Hasan
.Abdal, upon which he prides himself, is not recorded in any contemporary work.

TNITTSEUMS.

208

SECTION IV.-MUSEUMS.

INDIAN MUSEUM, CALCUTTA.

Btj Rai Bahadur Ramaprasad Chanda.

AJI Sanskrit, Arabic, Persian and other inscriptions were originally
exhibited in the corner room of the main Museum Brdlding to the east of
the Gupta gallery which was, therefore, known as the Inscription Gallery
(Anderson, Catalogue and Hand booh of the Arcliceological Collections in the
Indian Museum, Part II, p. 365). A large collection of carved architectural
pieces belonging to Muhammadan monuments of Gaur and Agra was also

exhibited on a platform in the middle of the same room. In 1921, when the
scheme of reorganisation of the galleries of the Archteological Section, which
has since been executed, was first proposed, the Director General suggested
that one separate room or gallery should be provided for the Moslem antiquities.
In the year under review the Sanslrrit and other non-Moslem inscriptions
have been transferred from the old Inscription gallery to a pair of bays of the
New Hall adjoining the Coin room, the platform in the middle of the gallery
has been removed, and the Arabic and Persian inscriptions, numbering 51, and
the carved architectural pieces from Muhammadan monuments have been
displayed along the walls and given suitable labels. Enamelled and carved
bricks of the Muhammadan period previously exhibited in the New Hall have
been transferred to this newly organised Moslem gallery and are now exhibited
in wall cases. Some of the minor Moslem antiquities including farmans and
old sale deeds have been displayed in a pair of table cases in the centre of the
room.

Antiquities other than coins acquired and registered duriug the year

number 158. Among these the most notable are the sculptures and the
fannans. The collection of later mediajval sculptures from Bihar has been
emiched by four fahly well preserved specimens. One of these (Plate XLIII,a)
is an inscj.'ibed image of the Buddhist, Tara vdth two stupas carved on the
back (17" X 10') from Guneri in the Gaya District. The inscription on the
base of the hnage gives the name of the donor as Kevartaka, son of Bhadra,
and the form of the letters, of the inscription as well as the style of decoration

indicate that it is a work of the ninth century A.D. This image has been

lent for exhibition by the Superintendent of AichEeology, Eastern Circle. To
the same age is to be assigned also the image of the pair, TJma-Mahesvara
(Plate XLin,6), Siva and his wife Uma (3' l"xl' 8"), which agrees in the main
with the description given in the Matsya Purana (260, 11-19). The figure

of IJma, naively loolnng on the face of her consort {hamvahlravalohini), is
lively and charming, and the pose of Siva, who, according to the legend, has
been persuaded by Dma to give up ascetic practices (tapas) and marr}' her,
is full of dignity. The face of the god reflects the spirit of detachment befit-

209

MUSEUMS.

ting one who has long led the life of an ascetic. The Superintendent of Archaeo-
logy, Eastern Circle, has also lent for exhibition a small image of

Buddha from Guneri, wearing a crown and necklace and seated in the earth-
touching attitude. The form of the letters used in inscribing the Buddhist
creed on the base of this image enables us to .assign it approximately to the
9th century A.D. To the next century belongs another Buddha image (2' 5"
Xl' 2") which evidently comes from Bihar. It is of exactly the same lype
but with the addition, of the thunder weapon below the lotus tiurone (Plate
XLIII, c). On the upper part of the back slab to the proper right of the main
figure of Buddha is carved a seated image of Buddha receiving a bowl of honey
offered by a monkey at Vaisali, and to the left another seated figure of Buddha
preaching the first sermon at Sarnath. Below, to the proper right, is a standing
image of Buddha wearing a crown and necklace ; and, to the left, another
standing image of Buddha of the same type taming the elephant Nalagiri,
a miracle performed by Buddha at Bajagriha. The votive inscription on the
base gives the name of the donor as Karmmaditya, and below is engraved
another name, Sri Dharnunavijayadatta^ probably the preceptor of the donor.

To the growing collection of mediseval sculptures from Bengal proper
three typical images have been added during the year. The earliest is a black
basalt image (2' 10"x 1' 2") of the man-lion (Narasimha) incarnation of Vishnu
(Plate XLIII, d) engaged in tearing out the entrails of the demon Hiranya-
kasipu. The style of modelling and decoration indicates that it is a produc-
tion of the later Gupta period (7th or 8th century A.D.). This Narasimha
image was found at Sarishadaha, District 24-Perganas, Bengal, and has been
presented to the Indian Museum by Mr. Kali Das Datta, Zamindar of Majilpur
in the same District. To the liberality of another Zamindar of the same Dis-
trict, Kumar Bhupendra Nath Muldierji of Dttarpara, the Museum owes a pair
of Garuda figures (2' 6J"xl' 10") seated back to back in a semi-lcneeling posture
(Plate XLIII, e). This pair of Garuda figures served as the capital of a column
that stood in front of a temple of Vishnu. The third image from Bengal is a
black basalt figure of the serpent goddess Manasa (1' Gi''xl0") found in the
Birbhum District. She has on her lap her son Astika, a saint in the guise

of a serpent ; to her proper right is seated her husband, the sage Jaratkaru,

and to her left, her brother Vasuki.

Eaja Ram Chandra Deva of Puri has presented three typical sculptures
from Orissa. One of these is a figure (2' 2"xl' 1") of the Varaha (Boar) incar-
nation of Vishnu of grey granite. Figures evidently of gods and goddesses,
including one of a fish, are carved on the body of the Boar. This image pro-
bably dates from the 7th or 8th centur}’’ A.D. The other two sculptures
presented by the Raja are: — a female figure (3' 11" Xl' Ij") at her toilet
looking into a mirror (Plate XLIII, /), and a pair of lovers (o' 3"x2' 2").
Both these sculptures evidently come from Konarak and are assignable to
the 13th century A.D. The Rev. Canon Pearce presented a chlorite image,

which also probably comes from Konarak and is assignable to the same

epoch (13th centiuy A.D.). It is a two-armed image (3' 2?,"xl' 8^") seated

MUSEUMS.

210

in meditation (Plate XLIII, g) Unfortunately botk tke fore-arms Avith
their attributes are lost. But a garland hanging below the knees and
closely resembling the mnamala or the garland of wild flowers of Vishnu,
seems to indicate that it is an image of Vishnu. The back slab of this
image is decorated with a ■ cinquefoil arch, a feature that distinguishes
the famous door lintel with the images of the nine Grahas at Konarak
(Bishen Swarup, Eonarak, Plate XII). The resemblance of this image to
the images of the nine Grahas carved on the Konarak lintel does not stop

with the cinquefoil arch. There is also a very close resemblance in the style of

modelling, in the arrangement of the drapery and in other details.

JEscellaneous antiquities acquired during the year include a votive stupa
(height i9|-") of sandal wood from Tibet (Plate XLIV, fig. 8). The Govern-
ment of Bengal has presented a collection of 80 brass utensils recovered from
Chandra Bil in the Faridpim District, Bengal, and acquired as Treasure Trove.
Jt is difficult to determine the age of these utensils with the materials now
available, but, as Plate XLIV; fig. 9 will show, the collection includes forms
that are no longer common. i

Among Moslem antiquities other than coins acquired during the year
the most important is the collection of Arabic and Persian documents includ-
ing farmans, sanads, 'parwanas, etc., numberiug 37 (see list in Appendix B).
Two of these documents deserve special notice. One is a fativa or edict on

the interpretation of the Muhammadan Law of Divorce compiled by Ibrahim,

son of Ismail, son of Muhammad, son of O’mar, dated the 21 st of Rabi’ I. H. 849
(27th June 1445). The document bears a seal which has been read by Mr.
Yasdani as follows : —

“ Sadr-ul-Islam Sadr-i-Jahan Sultan Bahlol Al’Adil.”

“ Chief of Islam, Chief of the world, Sultan Bahlol, the Just.” '

This Bahlol was no other than Bahlol Lodi who ascended the throne of
Delhi as Sultan in 1448 A.D. He entered the service of Sultan Muhammad
Shah of the Sayyid dynasty of Delhi (1433-1443 A.D.) and distinguished
himself in the wars against Sultan Mahmud of Malwa. Later he revolted
against his master and tried to seize the throne of Delhi. On the death of
Sultan Mnhammad in 1443 A.D. Ins son Alim Shah (Alauddin) succeeded
him. Though Bahlol Lodi swore allegiance to - the latter, he continued to
aspire to the throne and at last succeeded in seizing it (1448 A.D.) Sultan
Alim Shah acquiesced in the usurpation and wrote as follows : —

“ The deceased long, Sultan Muhammad Shah, called you by the name
of son. There is neither frmt nor profit for me in sovereignty ; living in
solitary contentment at Badaon I resign the empire of Delhi to you.”^

The seal in this document shows that Bahlol Lodi, though nominally
holding the office of the Chief Ecclessiastical Officer (Sadr-ul-IsIam Sadr-i-
Jahan), had aheady assumed the title of Sultan in 1445 A.D.

The second document is a‘ despatch of the Emperor Shah Jahan addressed
t o Rashi d Khan, Governor of Khandesh, dated the 25th Ramadan, 1047

> Banking. ilnnialhahu-t-TaKarikh, Vol. I, p. 401.

211

MDSEUMS.

A.H, (7th March, 1639 A.D.), which throws considerable light on the mode of
administration of a Subah of the Mughal empire. The following abstract

of the document has been prepared by Maulavi Shamsuddin Ahmad, Assistant
Curator of the Archa3ological Section of the Indian Musemn : —

“ Farman of AbuT Muzaffar Shihabuddin Muhammad Shah Jahan
Badshah Gazi, the second Lord of the Conjunction.

Faithful Kashid Khan is informed that his two letters, one dated the Sth
Shaban and the other dated the 9th Ramadan, have been submitted to His
Majesty. His Majesty is well aware that he (Rashid Khan) has restored

peace and order in the Subah of Khandesh. His Majesty is now free from
anxiety regarding the Kols dwelling on the Tapti and the Bhils dwelling in
the hill tracts. God AvUling, in a short period he (Rashid Khan) should pre-
pare the draft rent-roll and then proceed to punish the mischief-makers and
the Bhils of the hill tracts of the District Sarai Bahari. Up to date he (Rashid
Khan) has remitted to the Court Rs. 1,22,779 derived from miscellaneous
sources. His Majesty blesses the loyal one (Rashid Khan) who has severely
punished the said mischief-makers. It was at one time reported that the
affairs of the Subah were in a state of confusion. The Shahzada had reported
that the road from Bmhanpur to Kararah was quite unsafe for travellers.
Therefore Rashid Khan was warned by His Majesty. If Rashid Khan con-
siders any of his subordinate officers incompetent, he should nominate to his
post whomsoever he thinks fit and His Majesty ^vill forthwith issue letters of

appointment. His Majesty will duly reward Mirza Khan, the Jagirdar

and Darab Khan, the Faujdar, whose services are conunended by Rashid
Khan.”

In his biography of Rashid Khan, surnamed Ansari, the author of the
Maasir-nl-Umara (Vol. II, p. 230) refers to his suppression of the disturbances
created by the hill tribes in Khandesh.

43 Non-Muhammadan and 78 Muhammadan coins have been added to
the Cabinet during the year (see the Lists in Appendix B). In the non-Muham-
madan group are a few irnique coins hitherto unrepresented in the Cabinet.
From the fifth century B. C. onward the Kabul valley and the Punjab formed
part of the Persian (Achasmenian) empire and Alexander the Great annexed
them along unth other parts of that empire. These provinces nominally con-
tinued mider the Macedonians till Seleucus I of Syria ceded them to Chandra.
gupta Mauiya about 305 B. C. During these three centuries coins issued
by the Great Kings of Persia and there Satraps in the East and afterwards by
Alexander the Great and the hlacedonian Satraps must have been in circula-
tion in the Kabul valley and the Punjab, at any rate until those areas came
into the possession of Chandragupta Maurya. We may even go further
and assume that the Persian Satraps and their Macedonian successors in
the Indian Provinces must have issued coins of their own in imitation of the
Achaemenian and Greek coins. This view is adopted by Barclay Head in
(•■onnection with Greek coins of Athenian and Macedonian types acquired from
Rawalpindi in the Punjab and assignable to the period between Ale.'cander’s

31 A

MUSEUMS.

212

invasion of India in 326 B. C. and tlie adoption of the royal title by Seleucus
in 306 B. C.^ Dr. G. Macdonald, while admitting that the sighi or the silver
coins of the great kings of Persia were in circulation in North-IYestern India,
refuses to believe that there ever was any real demand for the gold darics
of the Persian kings on the ground that the value of gold relatively to silver
was much lower in India than in Persia and that very few darics have yet
been discovered in India.” Dr. Macdonald also refuses to believe that
Macedonian silver tetradrachms .were ever in circulation in India and holds
that the only specimen that emanates from Eawalpindi must have' found
its way in recent times to India from Central Asia.^ A find however of a
tetradrachm and a drachm, of Alexander the Great and a tetradrachm of
Philip III in the Bhir Mound at Taxila in 1924-25 indicates that Macedonian
coins were in circulation around Taxila, and it is going too far to assume that
every double daric and every gold stater in the possession of the coin dealers
of Eawalpindi necessarily comes from beyond the Hindulmsh.

Persian darics, Macedonian coins and even coins^ of the early Seleucid
longs of Syria were hitherto unrepresented in the coin cabinet of the Indian
Museum. But in the year under review three such coins have been purchased
on the recommendation of Pandit B. B. Bidyabinod, Assistant Curator. These are : —

(1) Gold coin {daric] of an unI^no^vIx Satrap of the Persian (Achsemenid)

empire. Weight 131’3 grains.

Ohv, Head of ruler wearing Icyrbasia, hood or cap with three lappets or
flaps, of which those on sides cover the ears. Legend in Aramaic
• characters.

Rev. Quadriga drawn by four galloping horses. Legend in Aramaic

characters. (Plate XLIV, fig. 1.) From Eawalpindi.

A coin exactly of this type Avith the same Aramaic legends is repro- .
duced in Dalton’s Treasures of the Oxus, 2nd edition, p. xxxvi.

(2) Stater of Seleucus I issued before 306 B. C. On the obverse is the

head of Alexander the Great wearing elephant’s skin Avith tusks
and upraised trunk. The jrai-t of the skin tied round the neck
ends in claws like those of a lion and indicates that the artist
who designed the coin was very imperfectly acquainted TOth the
elephant. The elephant head-di-ess on this coin may be compared with
that of the Indo-Bactrian Icing Demetrius I and of Alexander the Great
on the coin of Ptolemy I of Egypt (323-284 B. C.). On the
reverse ■ of this coin, winged Nilce, standing, holds a wreath in
her outstretched right hand and a staff in her left hand ; below
the right hand of Hike in the field, is the head of horned horse
and below the figure of Hike A (Plate XLIV, fig. 2). The head

’ Barclay V. Head. “ TU^ Earliest Gneco-Bactrian and Grasco-Iiidian Coinsi The Nvntismatic Chronicle, lOOG

pp.

' Cnmhridjfe IlUtory oj India, VoL I, p. 343.

^ fbui, p. 3Sy.

‘ /Mrf, B. -435,

213

■ MUSEUMS.

of a horned horse is found on the reverse of some of the gold
staters and silver tetradrachms of Seleucus, on the obverse of
which is the king’s head with bull’s horns.* I propose to recog-
nise in this unique stater a coin of Seleucus' issued before he
assumed the title Basileus in 306 B. 0." This coin was purchased
from a coin-dealer of Gujar Khan in the Punjab.

(3) Gold stater of Antiochus I (B. C. 280-261), long of Syria (Plate
XLIV, fig. 3).

Obv. Head of Antiochus I right, diademed without border.
jReu. [BAjsiAEns on right downwards, [AN]TI0X0[Y] on left downwards ;
Apollo seated left on omphalos looking along arrow held in
right hand, left hand resting on bow. In front, star. Purchased

from the same coin-dealer as No. (2).

In a note Pandit B. B. Bidyabinod, Assistant Curator, draws attention to
four other non-Muhammadan coins : —

(1) A round silver coin of Azilises of mounted king t}^e (Plate XLIV,

fig. 4) not hitherto represented in the Cabinet of the Indian
Museum ; lent ' by the Director General of Archseology in
India.

(2) An imitation gold Gupta coin from Bengal (Plate XLIV, fig. 5)

not hitherto represented in the Cabinet of the Indian Museum ;
lent by the Director General of Archteology in India.

(3) A unique bronze coin found in the Darrang District in Assam with

the later Gupta va on the obverse and blanlc reverse (Plate

XLIV, fig. 6) ; presented by Mr. C. H. Witherington,

(4) A unique cup-shaped silver Indo-Sassanian coin (Plate XLIV, fig. 7)

acquired in the Punjab and presented by j\Ir. James Laing of

Puri.

DELHI FORT MUSEUM.

By Khan Sahib Maitlvi Zafar Hasan.

The Delhi Fort Museum of Archceology continued to attract large numbers
of visitors, including many students of Art and history. The Gallery Assistant
completed the catalogue of corns of the Sultans of Delhi, including acquisitions

up to the year 1925-26, and a manuscript copy of the same was sent to Mr.

Nelson Wright, who is preparing a catalogue of the coins recently acquired
from him, and proposes to incorporate therein such other coins in the Museum
as are not represented in his collection. -For the convenience of the staff

the office and the com room have been fitted with electricity and a new show
case has been provided for the better display of the clothing belonging to

Bahadur Shah, the last Jlughal Emperor, and lus Queen. The exhibits

' Cambridge IliMonj of India, Vol. I, p. 435.

= Alter this note ■woa submitted I found tUat the wmo identiScation had been proposed by G. F. Hill, Catalogue of
Greek Coina in the Itrifinh Maseam, Arabia. -Veeopo/amin, Persia, London, 1922, p. I'Jl, I’latc XXil].

MUSEUMS.

214

acquired during tile year numbered 2,961, viz., 2,661 coins and 30 other objects.
The latter comprised 7 sanads, 14 portraits and paintings, 2 manuscripts

5 pieces of inscribed stones and 2 miscellaneous articles. Out of these the

following deserve special notice : —

Five Persian paintings from the Shahnama. — ^The paintings are on four

leaves (one with illustrations on both sides) from an old copy of the Shahnama

and illustrate a varietj^ of scenes. They are exquisitely executed and in

respect of the choice of colours, details of arms, accoutrements, banners and
dress, and studied proportions of men and animals are excellent specimens
of their land (Plate XLV, a-d).

Portrait of a dervish. — The dervish is seated on the ground reading a book,
a white sash round his knees and back. The colouring is sombre but the

drawing and composition are both good.

Poitrait of Mirza Farruhhfal. — The Mirza is wearing a court dress

of plain white relieved by a gold embroidered sash and a gold hilted
dagger. On the skirt of the coat is an inscription containing the name of

Mirza Farrulchfal. The latter was a son of Humayun born of Mah Chuchak
Begam at Kabul in the year 1555 A.D. (Plate XLVI, a).

Picture of the Darhar of Alcbar ShaJi 11. — The'Darbar is held in the Diwan-
i-Khas, Delhi. The Emperor Alcbar Shah II (1806-37) is seated on the Pea-
cock Throne constructed by him in imitation of the original made by the
Emperor Shahjahan and taken away by Nadir Shah in the year 1738. The
figures of some of the distinguished courtiers bear their names, the most
interesting among them being those of Mirza Abu Zafar afterwards Bahadur
Shah II, Mirza Jahangu- and Mirza Babur, the sons of the emperor, and of

Mr. Seton, the British Resident. The work, which has little artistic merit,

belongs to the period when the art of miniature pamting in India had degen-
erated. At the lower margin of the picture is an inscription recording the

name of the artist as Lutf Ali Khan of Kuncha-i-Raiman (Delhi) (Plate
XLIMI, h). It W’as presented by the jain community of Delhi.

Po) trait of Saja Hindu Bao riding a horse. — This is an engraving from a
painting executed by Miss Eden and published in 1844. The Raja is riding
a horse near the Delhi Fort, wkich is shown as a backgroimd, and his gorgeous
dress and the trappings of the horse signify his exalted position. Hindu-
Rao was a Marhatta nobleman and the brother of Bijai Bai, the wife of Maha-
raja Daulat Eao Scindlaia of Gwalior. He was fond of the society of English-
men among whom he was very popular. He died in 1855 A.D. (Plate
Xmi, a).

Manuscript copy of Muhhtamama. — The book narrates an account of
the holy war waged by ^lukhtar, the Avenger, against the murderers of Imam
Husain, the grandson of the Prophet and the hero of the Karbala tragedy,
which is commemorated by the Muharram festival throughout the
Muslim world. The manuscript which is dated 1056 A. H. (1646 A.D.) is
illustrated with 43 Persian paintings of considerable artistic beauty (Plate
XLVI, h).

215

MUSEUMS.

SilJc embroidered carpet . — This carpet, or rather dado, measures 17' by
5' 6" and is divided into 7 mihrablike panels ornamented with fob’ated designs
embroidered on a silk ground. It is a rare example of late Mughal work
(Plate XL^T;I, c).

Gold enamelled pendant, 2| inches square. The centre on the obverse is
occupied by the figure of Krishna standing on a lotus under a tree, piping
to Eadha,_ who also stands on a lotus opposite the tree. The latter is offering
Krishna a lotus and a garland, while between them stands a diminutive cow.
On the reverse is an elegant design consisting of birds and flowers with a
peacock as the central figure (Plate XLAHII, d and e).

The coins received during the year are as follows : —

{a) Coins presented by various Local Governments and administrations, etc.,
320 (2 gold mohurs, 284 silver rupees and 34 copper coins).

(b) Coins loaned by the Director General of Axchseology, 2,341 (165

gold mohurs, 336 silver rupees and 1,840 copper coins).

Among the coins received from the Director General of Archaeology the
valuable collection purchased from j\Ir. H. E. Nevill, I.C.S., deserves special
mention. It consists of 2,279 coins and includes many unique and rare issues.

TAXILA MUSEUM.

The building of the new Museum at Taxila proceeded apace during the
past year and, so far as the structure itself is concerned, was all but completed,
though it still remains to finish off some of the interior woodwork and fittings
and to instal show-cases and furniture before the collections can be shifted
from the temporary and constricted quarters in which they have hitherto
been housed. The new building, which is the work of Mr. Sullivan, Consulting
Architect to the Punjab Government, promises to be one of the finest of
its kind in the East and will be a notable addition to the amenities of Taxila.
Of simple, dignified design, spacious and well lit, it will enable the rich collec-
tions of antiquities at this important centre to be opened out, arranged and
catalogued on systematic and instructive lines, and will show them off to
infinitely better advantage than has hitherto been feasible. What is no less
important, the new museum, which is to be provided with its own permanent
staff, will be open to the public at all seasons of the year. Visitors, therefore,
can rely on being able to see the antiquities as well as the sites, irrespective
of whether excavations happen to be in progress or not.

As this museum is reserved exclusively for objects recovered from the site
of Taxila, the additions made to its collections during the year under re^dew
are those which have already been described and illustrated in the account of the
excavations in Section II.

PESHAWAR MUSEUM.

By Mv. n, Hargreaves (Honorary Curator).

The number of visitors to the Museum during the year under review was
(35,748, nearly six thousand less than in the pre^dous year, but considerably

MUSEUJIE.

216

in excess of all previous years. Poreign visitors especially seem to appreciate
tins unrivalled collection of Gandliara sculptures.

Recent acquisitions number 587, all save 33 being coins. Two miniature
stupas and two Buddha beads were purchased locally, while sixteen reliefs,
a colossal stucco head of the Buddha, a Sarada inscription and a hoard of 541
Treasure Trove coins tvere sent on loan by the Superintendent, Archaeological
Survey, Frontier Circle. From Sir Aurcl Stein, K.C.I.E., were obtained a frag-
mentar}' stone bowl, possibly part of a relic casket, and four fragmentary
reliefs all recovered in Swat.

Of the coins, nine silver Muhammadan pieces were acquired from the
Gwalior Durbar through the Superintendent, Ai'chseological Section, Indian
Museum, thirteen from the Government of Bengal, and three from the Director
of Industries, Central Provinces.

The coin collection continues to grow and the need of a catalogue is every
year more keenly felt, but the ever increasing official work of the Honorary
Curator necessitating frequent absences from headquarters renders it impossi-
ble for him to undertake the work.

The four seers of Treasure Trove copper Kushan coins discovered in a
mound in the Peshawar District and referred to in last year’s report were

found after cleaning to number 541. Fifty-nine were of Kadphises JI and
four hundred and eighty-two of Kanishka. An analysis of the deities on the
reverse reveals that OKpO appears on 74 coins, OADO on 124, AOPO on
68, IMAO on 45, HANA on 42, MIRO on 73 and the Buddha on three only,
while on 63 coins the reverse is too corroded to be identifiable. It is some-
what surprising that of 482 coins of the great Buddhist Emperor and patron
of the church, coins, too, found far south of the Paropamisus and seemingly

current in India, only three should bear the image of the Buddha. Two of
these coins show a haloed Buddha standing, the other a similar seated figure,
resembling Isos. 9 and 12 respectively on Plate XVIII of Cunningham’s Coins
of the Indo-Segthians. These Buddha coins are a welcome and valuable addi-
tion to the Museum collection.

Tlmty-one books and reports were added to the library, which is now

fairly well equipped with works of reference dealing with the museum ex-

hibits, allied antiquities and local histor}-.

The museum is already so crowded that little space exists for the exhibi-
tion of further acqtiisitions. Stands for three large stucco heads were, however
provided during the year.

The Handbook to the Scutpiures in the Peshawar Museum, published by
the late Dr. Spooner in 1910, has been out of print for some nine years. As
the exhibits had doubled in number since the publication of the Handbook
and as, niorcover, there had been considerable advance in the interpretation
of the reliefs and images in the intervening seventeen years, the re-issue of the
original edition would not have met the present needs of visitors to the Museum.
Moreover, the original plates were no longer traceable. Mr. Hargreaves, the
Honorary' Curator, has therefore taken in hand the preparation of a Revised

217

MUSEUMS.

Handbook. This is now almost complete. Hew plates have been prepared,
and it is toped that the Eevised Handbook will be ready for tbe press in
October 1927.

Attention was directed in the last report to the valuable but inedited
inscriptions in the Museum and endeavours are being made to collect and
publish all possible information concerning them. Some progress in this work
has been made but less success has been achieved than had been anticipated.

Eeference was made last year to Inscription No. 15 published by M.
Mohd. Hamid, Kuraishi, Assistant Superintendent, Archseological Survey,
dated in the year 482 A. H. and the oldest Moslem epigraph yet discovered
in India. ]\Ir. Hamid has been good enough to examine Inscription 11, a
bilingual inscription in Kuhc and Sarada from the Tochi Valley. Its complete
decipherment is yet awaited but it appears to be dated 243 A. H., so that it is
239 years older than Inscription 15 and by far the oldest Muhammadan ins-
cription recovered in India. Mr. Hamid’s complete report will be awaited

with interest.

Captain Barnes, Indian Political Department, presented a bilingual ins-
cription also from the Tochi Valley. This has been referred to the Govern-
ment Epigraphists but nothing definite has been made of the Sarada

portion, while the character of the other part is doubtful, though possibly

Mongolian.

The Museum lawns and gardens are in good order and the fabric of the
brulding in sound condition. The proposals for fencing the Museum grounds

and for providing iron gates at the entrances and a low terrace walling to the
roadways have been accepted by the Local Administration but await execu-
tion for want of funds.

The Museum was closed to the public for twenty two days, the Hall being
required for various public purposes, conferences, meetings and departmental
examinations. This closing of the Museum causes great inconvenience and
much disappointment to visitors whose stay in Peshawar is limited, and parti-
cularly to those from foreign countries who cannot hope to repeat their visit.

The stall have as a whole worked well and the Custodian, Mr. Dilawar
Khan, has displayed his wonted interest, energy and trustworthiness. Visitors
to the Museum have spoken very highly of his knowledge of the collection,
and his unfailing courtesy and readiness to assist their researches.

At present the Superintendent, Archseological Survey, Frontier Circle, acts
as Honorary Curator of the Museum but, in view of recent orders received from
the Government of India, it is not certain whether he can continue to do so.
The question has been referred to the Government -of India for reconsidera-
tion as the position of the Peshawar Museum is exceptional, for while it is
maintained from funds provided by the Local Government, eighty-six per
cent of the sculptures and antiquities are the property of the Central Govern-
ment and were recovered in excavations carried out at the expense of the
Government of India, and under of&cers of the Archaeological Department, or
purchased from funds furnished by the Government of India, so that the

MUSEUMS.

218

Centra] Government is vitally concerned with the safety of the collections.
The Honorary Curator is of opinion that the present connection between
the Peshawar Museum and the Superintendent, Archreological Survey, Frontier
Circle, should he uiaintained as long as possible.

SARNATH MUSEUM.

By Mr. M. S. Vats.

The Superintendent, Archaeological Survey, Hindu and Buddhist
Monuments, Northern Circle, continued to hold charge of the museum as ex-
officio curator. Owing to illness Babu Chhote Lai, the Custodian of the
musemn, was granted leave and a temporary man was placed in charge of
the museum for a couple of months.

Only one antiquity was added to the collection, namely, a mutilated
colossal figure (ht. C' 5"), which was accidently discovered by some Muham-
madans while digging a grave at Arra in the Alaipura IMohalla:, Bari Bazar,
Benares City, and was presented by Mr. V. N. Mehta, the District Magistrate (Plate
XL^H, (?). The sculpture is an extremely well executed alto-relievo of the
Gupta period carved in Chunar sandstone and appears to portray Govardhana-
dhara Krishna. If this interpretation is correct, it is one of the oldest repre-
sentations of that god.

The museum has been improved by the construction of a godown, the
provision of a surface drain and an iron gateway as well os by the renovation
of the garden lawns.

The total expenditure on the maintenance of the museum amounted to
Es. 3,124-9-0.

NALANDA MUSEUM.

J. A. Page.

The only “ IMuseum ” maintained by the Axchajological Department in
the Central Circle is the little collection of minor antiquities recovered during
the course of excavation on the Nalanda site, which is kept temporarily in the
Archroological Best House there. Among the most strilcing of the numerous
finds by which this collection was augmented in the year under review are
the following. A small metal stupa standing 16|- inches high, complete except
for a missing leg of the base and the topmost linial of the surmounting umbrella.
It is divided into 3 tiers, the lowermost being square and containing small
raised panels in the middle of each face, one of them inscribed, each central
panel being flanked by seated figures, apparently Bodhisattvas, among which
may be recognised Avalok'itcsvarn and Vajrapani. In the ne.xt tier, which
h octagonal, the conventional life-scenes of Buddha are portrayed in a series
of panels, from the birth to the nirvana. Above this is the dome-like top,
surmounted by a chaltri of eight discs. Another valuable find was a bronze

219

3IUSET7MS.

image of a BodHsattva Ql incTies Mgli, seated on a lotus flower, tlie right hand
holding a sword and the left a lotus ; a coin is burnt on to the back. A second
bronze figure possibly represents Yajrapani. It is 5| inches high, and is seated
cross-legged on a lotus ; in its hands is a chain with a vajra attached to each
end. An unusual little object in stone takes the form of a flat disc, with a
figure of Kuvera seated in a circle of eight other little Kuveras, all squatting
with legs apart to make room for their paunches. Another admirable little
image is of Avaloldtesvara with necklace, garland, crown, and bracelets of
silver, the remainder of the figure being of bronze. K^or should mention be
omitted of a large metal “ horn of plenty ” and what appears to be part of
a large bell. All the above objects came from Site hTo. 1 and from the Deva-
Pala monastery, where they were found sandwiched in between the burnt
debris of the fallen roof and the verandah floor.

Another interesting find came from the verandah of a contemporary
monastery in Site No. 4. This is a metal image of Tara, 15 inches in height
and complete up to its garlanded umbrella. The image is seated cross-legged
on a lotus and has eighteen arms ; the central pairs of hands being in the
preaching attitude, one other hand in the attitude of protection, and the
remainder holding a symbol ; behind the image is a detachable circular back-
ground inscribed on the reverse.

Other articles recovered on this Site included a number of large “country”
locks, some square and some cylindrical, and often complete with keys. These
were found in the verandahs of Monasteries Nos. 4 and 6, and probably
belonged to the cell doors.

Pieces of vitrified debris adhere to all of these antiquities and they will
have to be very carefully cleaned.

AJMER MUSEUM.

By Mr, B. L, Dhanm.

In the Rajputana Museum a collection of images and other scidptures
was lying in a godown for want of room in the main Museum building. During
the past year two apartments adjoining the inscription room in the South
wing of the Port were added to the existing accommodation and masonry
stands have been constructed in them at a cost of Es. 223 to receive this collec-
tion of images and sculptures.

BURMA MUSEUM.

By Mans, Chas, DiiroiseVe.

In the course of excavations undertaken at Pagan during the year 192G-27
over a thousand terracotta votive tablets, some bearing inscriptions in different
languages: Pali, Sanskrit, Pyu, Taking and Burmese, and sciilptuies consisting
mostly of images of Buddha were discovered. At Prome. the finds made

32 A

MUSEUMS.

220

consisted of votive stupas in gold and silver, inscriptions engraved on gold
and silver plates, images of Buddha, etc., in gold and silver, silver coins, beads
made of jade, crystal, carnelian, agate, etc., and small precious stones. They
comprised also sculptures in stone and burnt clay and terracotta votive tablets.
The objects discovered at Pagan have been placed in the Museum there, but
most of those from Old Prome have been brought away to the Archaeological
Office at Mandalay for examination and further study and for safe custody,
while the heavy objects have been deposited in a temporary shed at Hmawi'.a,
the old Museum there being too small to house them.

No additions were made to the Museum on the Palace platform
at Mandalay.

221

OFFICERS OH SPECIAL OUTT.

SECTION V.

OFFICERS ON SPECIAL DUTY.

Sir Avrel Stein.

During the first two months of the year under report Sir Aurel Stein
was engaged in completing his archeological explorations in Upper Swat,
Buner and the hill tracts adjacent to the Indus Kohistan which are included'
in the territory under tlie Miangul ruler of Swat. The main results of these
explorations have already heeu recorded in his contribution to the Annual
Report of 1925-26. Apart from the survey of numerous Buddliist sites and
the examination on the ground of the topogmpJiia, sacra of a region prominent
in Buddhist lore, those explorations had enabled him to elucidate the essential
facts bearing on Alexander the Great’s campaign on the Indian North-west
Frontier and to locate the chief scenes of the Macedonian exploits, in particular
the much-discussed site of the famous mountain fastness of Aornos.

The preparation of a detailed account of the topographical and anti-
quarian evidence bearing on Alexander’s campaign and on the identification
of those localities occupied Sic Aurel during the first two months after his
return from that expedition. In view of the special interest which the evidence
thus collected and discussed may claim on the part of historical and geogra-
phical students outside India, Sir Aurel Stein was glad to avail himself of the
permission of Government to publish this full account of his investigations
in the Journal of the Royal Geographical Society accompanied by the requisite
sketch maps.

Subsequently he was kept busy until the close of December in completing
the record of the explorations carried out bj^ him on the Russian Pamirs and
in Eastern Persia towards the close of his third Oentral-Asian expedition.
He was also able to prepare finally for the press the Appendices furnished by
numerous collaborators to be included in Innermost Asia — ^his detailed report
on that expedition. The whole publication comprising some 1,100 pages, royal
quarto, of text in turn volumes, together with one volume of plates and another
of maps, has since been passed through the Oxford University Press. Its
issue must, however, await the completion in print of the full Index, the pre-
paration of which under the sanctioned arrangement has been entrusted to a
competent scholar in Oxford, Dr. N. Gardiner.

After disposing of these urgent tasks Sir xburel was free at the beginning
of January to start on an orchceological tour along the WazTristan border and
through the whole length of Northern Baluchistan, which kept Mm fully
occupied until the middle of April, 1927. The object of this tour was a sj^stera-
atic .survey, accompanied where advisable by trial excavations of such ancient
sites in the border regions between India and Iran as are likely to throw light
on the connexion between the prehistoric civilization revealed by the excava-

OFFICERS ON SPECIAL EUTY.

222

tions at Molienjo-daro and elseivhere in tlie lower Indns Yalley and correspond-
ing cnltuxes traced westwards in Persia and Mesopotamia.

The survey was started by the examination of a series of conspicuous
mounds echelonned along the eastern foot of the Waziristan hOls from the
vicinity of Draband to beyond Tank, to which Mr. B. Howell, late Eesident
in Waziristan, had first directed attention. They proved to be composed
wholly of the accumulated debris layers of ancient settlements which in the
course of prolonged occupation had raised the top of the mounds to heights up
to about a hundred feet above the adjacent ground. Erosion, facilitated by
the great aridity of the climate, has caused the surface of these mounds as well
as of those subsequently surveyed in Baluchistan to he thickly covered with
pottery remains from the embedded culture strata. Among them, fragments
of decorated earthenware, painted, incised or ornamented in relief, were found
in great abundance and variety of design.

In colour treatment and in certain of its geometrical patterns the painted
pottery from these sites shows a well-marked affinity to the painted pottery
subsequently collected from sites of the Chalcolithic Period in Northern
Baluchistan and also to that discovered by Sir Aurel Stein in 1916 at desert
sites of the same period in Sistan. On the other hand, the incised and relief-
decorated pieces recall by their motifs ceramic ware found at certain Sistan
sites which can be assigned to historical times preceding Sasanian rule. Having
regard to the upper and lower chronological limits thus indicated and taldng
accoimt also of the fact that no painted pottery of the above land was found at
those sites which can definitely be assigned to the Indo-Scythian period, Sir
Aurel Stein is inclined to assign the remains of these Draband and Tank mounds
to early historical times, or to a period at any rate substantially later than the
Chalcolithic culture.

The very ivilling assistance of the political authorities enabled Sir Aurel
to extend his survey to tribal territory in both Northern and Southern Waziris-
tan. Interesting observations were made in regard to the striking parallel
which the protected mihtary roads recently constructed for the pacification
of that troublesome border present to the Roman Limes systems of the early
Imperial times. The remains of an ancient stronghold examined at Idak were
proved by the evidence of coins and of a ruined Stupa to date from the Indo-
Scythian period. Burther north at Spinwam there was foimd a mound formed
by culture strata of approximately the same epoch as noted around Draband
and Tank. Above this point, where the Kturam River debouches from the
hills, a rapid survey was made near Shahidiin of extensive remains maridng a
fortified site, which from the evidence of its painted pottery can also be assigned
to the last named epoch.

Subsequently, proceeding via Razmak and the outpost of Sauwekai, Sir
Am'el made his way under tribal Warir protection to the Gumal River^
Remains of forts visited in the Spin plain proved to belong to late historical
times. The whole area now comprised in Waaristan, barren as it is, presents
a special interest to the student of the ancient geography of India. The fact

223

OFFICERS ON SPECIAL DUTY.

of its chief rivers, the Kurram and Gumal, as well as the latter’s chief affluent
the Zhob, being mentioned in the famous Nadistuti or River Hjunn of the
Eigveda under their ancient Sanslorit names of Knimu, Gomati and Yavydmli,
makes it appear very probable that this region had for some length of time
been in the occupation of Aryan tribes before they descended from their hills
to the conquest of the Indus valley and the Punjab plains. The description
which Hsiian-tsang, the great Chinese Buddhist pilgrim of the seventh centurj’’
A.D., has left us of the territory of Oliieldang-na corresponding to the present
Waziristan, and the QTqan of early Arab history, clearlj’’ shows that in his
time, centuries before the advent of Pathan tribes, this territory “ under
separate local chiefs but without a supreme ruler,” ” abounding in sheep and
excellent horses ” had abeady a reputation not unlike its present one.

Moving up the Zhob valley,' in Baluchistan territory, Sh Aurel Stein
found a series of ancient mounds awaiting exploration in the vicinity of Port
Sandeman, the headquarters of the Zhob Agency. Among them Peridno-
gliundai, the “ "Witches ’ Mound,” is the most conspicuous, rising to fully 70
feet above the adjacent river bed. Trial excavations carried out here proved
that the debris deposits .of ancient habitations composing the moimd belong
for the most part, if not entirely, to the Chalcobthic Period, as could already
be concluded from the painted potsherds which Dr. F. Ncetbng, late of the
Indian Geological Survey, had collected here in 1898. The abundant remains

of painted potter}^ from this site, whether exposed on the eroded slopes or
excavated, arc, like most of the plain earthenware, of a superior well-levigated
clay and wheel-made. The painted pieces show almost exclusively patterns
executed in black over a dark terracotta ground colour. The motifs composing
the painted patterns, almost all geometrical, are remarkably varied. Through-
out, they show a strildngly close similarity to the motifs prevaibng in
the prehistoric pottery discovered at desert sites of Sistan during Sb Aurel
Stein’s third Central-Asian expedition. Many of these motifs are found in

the prehistoric pottery of Anau, in Transcaspia, and can similarly be paral-
leled also from that found in pre-Sumerian strata of certain Mesopotamian sites.

The trial excavations made at different points of the mound laid bare

remains of habitations built mainly with walls of stamped clay or sun-dried
bricks over rough stone foundations. Among the finds made there the

numerous cinerary urns with ashes and bone fragments from cremated human
bodies claim special interest. They acquaint us with the funeral customs of
the period. A considerable number of smaller painted jars and cups found
ivithin them, in some cases probably holding offerings of foodstuffs, serve to
show the shapes of vessels prevailing in use among the living. Terracotta
figm’ines of animals display a certain artistic sldll, while the comparative fre-
quency with which a hooded female bust of peculiar shape recurs here as well
as at other Chalcolithic sites suggests that the representation of some deity
is intended. Finds of stone ‘ blades ’ and arrowheads were made throughout
the trial excavations, and their association ivith fragments of bronze and small
ornaments, etc., of bone and stone permits us definitely to assign the painted

OFFICERS ON SPECIAL DUTY.

224

ceramic ware of tliis Jinportanfc site to tlie Clialcolitliic Period of preliistoric
civilization.

Painted pottery of exactty tlie same tj^e was plentifully found also at
two smaller mounds in this neighbourhood, those of Eaudanl and Moghul-
gliundai, in the case of the former both the material and the execution of the
designs being somewhat coarser. Finds of worked stones and of bronze frag-
ments (including a neatly worked little jug) make it quite certain that at both
moimds occupation dates from the Chalcolithic Period. Close to Moghul-
ghundai, however, there was discovered an extensive cemetery with interesting
remains dating from historical times. Here the hill side was found studded
with manj’- cairns of rough stones, each containing a few small pieces of calcined
bones, pots of fragments of coarse plain earthenware and occasionally small
personal relics such as iron arrowheads, knives, bronze rings, a silver bangle,
etc. The relief decoration found on one small pot and the figures engraved
on one seal ring prove that these curious cairns cannot be older than the early
centuries of our era.

After surveying several small sites where occupation during the Chalco-
lithic or earty historical period was indicated b}’' pottery debris, Sir Aurel
moved south-east into the Loralai Agency. Among a number of old mounds
and other remains in the Bori Tahsil rapidly examined from Loralai canton-
ment, the once very large mound of Edna-gJiundai, reduced by digging for
manuring earth, deserves passing mention. Among the plentiful painted
pottery covering its slopes or embedded in its ‘ culture strata ’ a good
deal of fine Chalcolithic ware was found, besides pieces of coarser fabric pointing
to continued or renewed occupation, perhaps during early historical times.

Definite evidence of such prolonged occupation at different periods, from
prehistoric down to historical times, was obtained in the course of the excava-
tions carried out at the great mound near I)abar-koL It rises like an isolated
hill in the middle of the open Thai plain to a height of no less than 113 feet
and measures nearly a mile in circumference at its foot. The great mass of
painted pottery found on the slopes and excavated at lower levels displays
unmistakable characteristics of the Chalcolithic type, and finds of cinerary
urns, worked stones and small bronze objects date from the same period. The
discovery in the same layers, some 80 feet above the field level, which yielded
these finds, of a well constructed drain built with burnt bricks indicates the
comparatively advanced stage of civilization reached. Successive strata full
of charred remains could be seen on the sides of the steep ravines with which
erosion has furrowed the slopes. They point to great conflagrations which had
at intervals overtaken the prehistoric settlement. Long after its complete
abandonment convenient positions on the mound had again been taken up for
dwellings during pre-Muhammadan times, and the objects brought to light
here help inter alia to illustrate the great change which the ceramic craft had
undergone in the long interval.

Simultaneously ^vith the trial excavations at the great Dabar-kot mound
it was found possible completely to clear the remains of a ruined Buddhist

225

OFFICERS ON SPECIAL DUTY.

Stupa discovered on a xoclv)^ iMlock some four miles away at tlie entrance of
the Thai plain. Its .relic deposit ndth sma’U gold-set jewels, pearls, heads, etc.,
was -discovered imdisturbed. The surviving 'Giceco-Buddhist carvings of the
base and inscribed potsherds in Kharosthl and Brahmi prove that -this sanc-
tuary, the first Buddhist ruin discovered in Baluchistan, belongs to the
Kushana period. The coarse painted pottery found here has thus become
Rateable.

Among the specimens of painted pottery secured from a considerable
number of ruined mounds in the Duld-Sanjawi sub-division of Loralai those
found at Sur-jangal led to the discovery of a very interesting small settlement
of prehistoric times near the dry riverbed descending from Sanjawi. The
cuttings made through the low mound there yielded not only abundance of
fine ceramic ware of the Chalcolithic type but also a large number of stone
implements, such as flint blades and arrowheads. From the great quantity
of flint cores, chips, etc., found it appears highly probable that the manufac-
ture of these stone implements was being carried on for generations in this
locality, the riverbed close by supphdng the raw materials.

After visiting several small sites of later historical times 'in the hills about
the Zhob river’s headwaters, Sir Aurel Stein subsequently carried out a survey
of the numerous ruined mounds in the Pishin basin. They attest the economic
importance which this large and potentially fertile tract must have claimed at
all times and which also accoimts for its mention in the Zoroastrian scriptures
among the chief territories of ancient Iran. The painted pottery and other
relics collected at those mounds indicate that most of them, though built
up at first by debris deposits of prehistoric settlements, continued to be
occupied during historical times, in some cases, partially at least, down to the
early middle ages. At a few sites, however, such as Kranai above the Surkhab
river, abandonment had evidently been complete since the Chalcolithic
period. At the Sro-hala mound, crowned by the waUs of a ruined fort, it was
of special interest to note the plentiful occurrence of ceramic ware decorated
with ribbings such as Sir Aurel’s explorations in Sistan had sho^vn to be parti-
cularly associated with remains of the Sasanian period. Thus here, too, there
was evidence of that close cultural connexion with Iran which geographical
factors have imposed upon these westernmost border lands of India since
the earliest times.

Sir Aurel Stein’s tour came to its close by the middle of April with a visit
to a reported site across the Khoja Amran range near the Afghan border, and
with a subsequent examuiation of mounds towards Quetta, found to be similar
in character to those of Pishin. The distances which in the course of the
tour had been covered by road, aggregated to a total of close on 1,400
miles.

Mr. F. H. Andren's.

'J'he work of setting up the Central-Asian wall paintings in the temporary
museum at New Delhi was resumed by Mr. Andrews in the last week of October,
1926. Several important paintings brought back by Sir Aurel Stein on his

OFFICERS ON SPECIAL DUTY.

226

second expedition from Miran, Farhad Beg and other Central- Asian sites, which
had been mounted at the British Museum some years ago, were remounted.
This precaution was necessary in some cases owing to their having become
insecure in the wooden frames as a result of shrinkage of the wood and of
vibration on the journey to Delhi from London, and in ad cases because they
were mounted on canvas and wood and were therefore susceptible to attack
by white-ants and the Indian climate. These paintings have now been mounted
on aluminium similarly to the third expedition specimens. There remain now
only a feiv of these second expedition pieces to be remounted.

A large proportion of the asbestos backgrounds in the wall-cases was

fitted and given several coats of paint. This work involved the fixing of
elaborate teak batten framing adapted to the various shapes and sizes of the
paintings, to which the asbestos sheets were carefully screwed after being
accurately cut to shape and the edges next to the paintings bevelled.

Teak framing was designed by Mr. Andrews for the curved segments of
the painted dados from the sites Miran III and V, and the fitting of these was
completed in the West Gallery. The difficult work of mounting the fragments

of a painted dome from the site Toyuk Y1 was also successfully achieved, and

the whole surface, mounted in six equal segments on aluminium frames, was
placed in position in the wooden cella constructed to receive it. It is hoped
to complete the fixing of this during the coming season.

A few of the most friable specimens were found to have suffered from damp,
-and had commenced to disintegrate. To arrest this destruction, Mr. Andrews
undertook certain experiments which seem to promise success. Enquiries as
to methods employed elsewhere to overcome the tendency of ancient mud

plaster to expand aud break up have not met with any very satisfactory results,
.and the methods he has evolved seem to be more efficacious and less detri-
mental to the painted surface than some that have been recommended. The
■susceptible pieces will have to be carefully watched and any recurrence of the
undesirable symptoms at once checked.

During the season, a small collection of modern pictures Avas received
in the museum at the request of the Director General of Archaeology, for trans-
missidn to the Imperial Institute, London. In this connection, a certain amount
of correspondence and account keeping was involved, and the making of cases,
packmg, lettering and despatching engaged some of the time of the small
technical staff consisting of a blacksmith and his mate, tAvo carpenters and a
plasterer.

227

ARCHiEOLOGICAL CHEJnST-

SECTION VI.

ARCHEOLOGICAL CHEMIST.

Mr. Mohd. Sana Vllah.

During the year under revicAv, the Archasological Chemist was engaged
chiefly on tasks arising out of the excavations in the Indus Valley. He spent
about two months at Mohenjo-daro where he treated 3G4 important anti-
quities of various kinds ; and the washing and restoration of pottery and stone
objebts found there was also carried out under his direction and supervision.
Similarly, he was engaged for about a month at Harappa, where he treated
143 antiquities. Besides this work on the two sites referred to, the objects
which- were sent to his laboratory at Dehra Dun from various places for chemical
treatment, numbered 1,868, making a total of 2,375, for the year. These
antiquities, which came mostly from excavations in tlie Punjab and Sindhr
comprised objects of silver, copper, bronze,, steatite, paste, ivory, faience, etc.

The various methods which are employed for the treatment of these
antiquities have already been touched upon in the previous reports ; but it
may be mentioned here that Scott’s alkaline tartarate solution has been found
very efficacious for cleaning completely oxidized copper objects. An observa-
tion of interest made by Mr. Sana Ullah is that the deterioration of copper or
bronze, to which such antiquities are liable when exposed to the atmosphere,
is not necessarily due to the presence of soluble chlorides within the object,
since, in several case.” this ‘ disease ’ has been seriously developed even after
prolonged washing vdth distilled water. The cau.se in such cases, he finds,
lies in the presence of insoluble cuprous chloride, which changes into ataca-
niite under the influence of oxygen and water, which are present m the atmos-
phere. Cupric chloride, which is liberated simultaneously during the reaction,
attacks cuprous oxide oi’ copper, forming more atacamite. It is, therefore,
obvious that to ensure proper preservation against this ‘ disease ’ it is essential
to destroy all traces of cuprous chloride that ma)’- be present in the objects.
This can be accomplished by treatment with solutions of caustic soda, potash,
or potassium cyanide. In our laboratory all copper or bronze antiquities after
necessary cleaning are left in a 10 per cent, solution of caustic soda foi* at
least 12 hours, before final -washing and impregnation. This precaution is
not necessary in the case of those objects which have undergone a reduction
or alkaline tartarate - treatments.

The Archceological Chemist analysed several specimens of various kinds
from tliese excavations and some of the results, which are of interest, are
given below ; —

]\lortar (Mohenjo Daro) : Insoluble in HClAq., 17'30; H-O, 17’30 ;

CO„ 1-10 ; CaO, 25-54 ; SO3, 35'47 ; JlgO. 0-00 : Fe, 0,-f AU 0^, 2-21 ;

AECILSOLOGICAIi CHEMST.

228

Bronze chisel (Mohenjo Daro) : Cn, 86‘22 ; Sn, 12‘38 ; Sb, 0'35 ; Pb,
0-70; Be, 0-35; Total, lOO'OO.

Bronze celt (Harappa) ; Cu, 91*52 ; Sn, 7*85 ; Fe, 0*41 ; Ni, 0*22 ; Pb
& Sn, tr ; Total, lOO'OO.

Copper lance-head (Harappa) : Cu, 97*87 ; Ni,. 0*40 ; Fe, 0*13 ; 0, S,
etc., 1*60; Total, 100*00.

Copper lump (Mohenjo" Daro): Cu, 96*8; Hi, 0*3; Fe, - 0*5; Sn & Pb,
ml ; S, 0*09, 0, 2*31 ; Total, 100*00;

Chisel (Nal) : Cu, 93*06 ; Pb;- 2*14 ; Hi, 4*90 ; Total 100*09.

In April Mr. Sana Ullah visited Talbhat to advise the Superintendent,
northern Circle, Hindu and Buddhist Monuments, regarding the preservation
of the frescoes in the medieval fortress situated there. These frescoes have
been executed on walls plastered with lime but have been much damaged
by vandalism and obscured with smoke, grease and lime-wash. Benzine and
methylated spirit have been recommended to eliminate the dirt and greasy
layer, but the lime-wash can only be removed by careful rubbing and scraping.
The process "will be laborious and the officer concerned will have to decide
whether it is worth while to undertake these operations, considering the quality
and the present condition of these frescoes.

It was reported that the Mutiny Monument ' at Aurangabad (Kheri) was
weathering badly and the Archeological Chemist was asked to recommend
suitable preservative measures. He visited this monument in AprU and re-
commended the paraffin paste treatment ; the decay being due, to the action
of rain water on the limestone and sandstone of which the building is mainly
constructed. In Hovember he paid a visit to the Memorial WeU at Cawnpore
to advise the Secretary of- the Memorial Well Gardens Committee in regard
to the preservation of this monument.

The Director of the Mysore Archaeological Department sought the advice
of the Archaeological Chemist in freeing the monuments and images in that
State from thick layers of lime-wash and grease "with which they are coated
for centuries past. For the former 10 per cent, muriatic acid followed by
thorough washing "with plain water has been recommended. To soften the
grease or paint 10 per cent, warm caustic soda has been suggested to be followed
by thorough washing noth water. Mr. Sana Ullah also cleaned two copper
inscribed plates for Bai Bahadur Hira Lai.

TREASURE TROVE.

. 229

SECTION VII.

TREASURE TROVE,

The following are the cases of Treasure Trove dealt ^vith by the Archaao-
logical Department in the course of the year 1926-27.

Delhi. — (1) Three marble iraages of Jaina Tirthanbaras discovered in the
course of excavations carried out by the Public Works Department in the
Fort of Sher Shah. The remnants only of a few walls were found in the vicinity
of the images and it is not clear whether any Jaina ■ temple originally existed
on the spot or not. The images were all inscribed and dated in Vilrrama
Samvat 1671 (1614-15 A.D.) but were of no iconographical or historic interest.
As the Jaina community of Delhi was very anxious to secure them for worship,
the images were made over to it. In return, the Jains kindly presented an
interesting painting of the Darbar of Akbar Shah II to the Delhi Museum of
Archaeology (Plate XLVII, 6).

Punjab. — (2) 90 silver coins unearthed at the village of Nag Khurd in the
Amritsar District and comprising issues of Auiangzeb, Farrulchsiyar, Muham-
mad Shah, Ahmad Shah, Alamgir II, Shah Alam II and Alimad Shah Durrani.

(3) 200 copper coins of the Emperors Alcbar and Jahangir discovered in
Tehri village, Ferozepore District.

(4) Two earthen vessels containing 2,340 copper pieces of Suri kings and
•of the Emperors Humayun and Alcbar, as weU as two silver 'necklaces of no
particular interest ; discovered in the village of Nandiala Waraich, Gujrauwala
District.

(5) Ten coins from a hillock north-west of Thatta in the Pindigheb Tehsil
of the Attock District. Nine of the coins are punch-marked issues of the
local Taxdan type, 8 being rectangular and 1 circular in shape. The latter
has four symbols on the obverse ; all the others have five, viz., the solar
symbols, cliaitya, bull or rhinoceros, taurine and tree. On the reverse, seven
pieces are struck "with one symbol and the remaining two with two and three
symbols, respectively. The tenth piece is a circular coin of Philoxeiios,
king of the Western Punjab (125 B. C. ?) of the Bust and Horseman
Type.

Western Circle. — (6) 103 silver coins unearthed in a municipal gutter
at Thana and forwarded by the Collector of Thana. They proved to be
ordinary Gadhaiya coins of little value. The Municipality presented them to
the Prince of Wales Museum, Bombay.

(7) 2 silver ornaments, eight silver vala and a silver ring from
Pathar Pimpri in Jamner Taluka of the East Khandesh District. These
articles being of no archseological value were returned to the finder.

(8) 33 gold pavans, weighing about 6 tolas found in the house of one
Budragouda JIudigouda, PatU of the village of Kirsui in the Bagalkot Taluka
of the Bijapur District. All the pieces, excepting two, had been melted before

TEEAST7EE THOVE.

230

they could be attached. The offenders were prosecuted and fined Es. 10 '

each under section 20 of the Treasure Trove Act.

(9) A gi-oup of images and sculptures found by the Shivrajpur Syndicate-
Co., fjtd., while excavating an old well at Tayabpur, a village in the Kapadvanj
'J^alulca of the Kaira District. Some selected specimens were presented to the
Prince of ^Yales Museum of 'Western India.

(10) Three small silver bangles, one small image of Siva and three broken

pieces of images found while remomng earth and debris from the caves at'

Jogesvari in the Bombay Suburban District* The)^ have been recommended
for acquisition.

(11) 2 silver and 14 copper coins and 2 small copper fragments found by

the caretaker on the site of Brahmanabad-Mansura in Sind and received’

through the Collector of Nawabshah. They were sent to the Superintendent,
Indian Museum, Calcutta, for examination.

(12) A group of sculptures found in a mound in the Chliaba Talao in-
the Panch Mahals District. Most interesting among them are three represent-
ing Vishnu, Garuda and a Jain Pandit. The first portrays Vishnu reclining''
flat on the seven hooded Ananta. The broken figure near his feet is
Lakshmi, while the one near his head is Bhumidevi. Brahma is seated on a
lotus above the navel of Vishnu. The demons — Madhu and Kaitabha — are •
standing udth swords and shields to the left of Brahma, and Garuda appears-
at their left. Narada with his vina and Siva seated on a lotus are also recog-
nisable to the right of Brahma. Various other small figures adorn the top-
row. The second image represents Garuda kneeling on his left knee with his
left foot resting on the heads of a pair of Nagas (Plate XLVI, c). The third,,
which bears an indistinct inscription seems to be the effig)’’ of a Jain Pandit,
named Saradat Sidharai (Plate XLVI, c). These and several other sculptures
have been recommended for acquisition under the Treasure Trove Act.

Centeal Circle. — (13) A collection of 48 gold pieces found in Mauza
Berharapore of the Qila Banki Government Estate in the Cuttack District.
47 of the pieces are in thin metal with 4 pieces of a gold necklace and 2 broken
earrings and prove to be religious tokens or largesse mone}^ issued about the
(ith century by the mother of one Sriprasanna, probably a local ruler under'
the Gupta kings. Tliey bear the figure of Garuda in repoussee relief. A
thick gold piece found with them is a coin of Vishnu Gupta (c. 540-560 A.D.),
whose standing image it bears along with a Garuda emblem. The whole
treasure has been recommended to be acquired at a cost of Es. 100 (represent--
ing the metal value jthts one-fifth). It is being temporarily kept in the Patna
iluseum Coin Cabinet.

(14) 15 silver IMuhammadan coins discovered in a Toila jungle in Mauza
Padmalavpur Orissa. They are now with the Curator, Patna Museum, for
examination.

(15) A piece of gold spiral, oA-er 0 tolas in rveight, found on rvaste land’
in The Ivohlan Government State in the Singhbhum District. The Collector'
was asiced to send this to the Curator, Patna Museum, for examination.

231

TEEASUEE TROVE.

Eastern Circle. — (16) 79 old brass and bronze utensils found in Chandra
Eil in the Gopalganj Sub-division of the Faridpur District. These objects
•which were referred to in last year’s report (pp. 170-171), were duly acquired
•nnder the provisions of the Treasure Trove Act and presented to the Indian
Museum for exhibition in the Archseological Section.

(17) A late Gupta gold coin found by a cultivator while tilling his fields
• in the village of Koykhan in the Gopalganj Sub-division of the Faridpur District.

This also was acquired under the Treasure Trove Act and added to the collec-
tion of the Indian Museum coin cabinet.

(18) A find of 22 silver coins in an earthen pot made by one Rupban
Eibi, of the village Khatashia, P. S. Mirzagunj ; reported by the Collector of
'Bakarganj. The coins are of the reign of Emperor Shah Alam of Delhi issued
'in the 19th year of the reign of that Emperor. The treasure has been recom-
mended for acquisition and distribution among the several museums.

Southern Circle. — (19) Copper images of Bhikshatanamurti, Parvati and
' Manikavasagar, found in the village of Ivuriclu, IMayavaram Taluk, Tanjore District.

(20) A copper image of Surya found in the village of Harischandrapuram,
'Kumbakonam Taluk, Tanjore District.

(21) A stone image of Mahavira, the 24th Jaina Tirthankara, found in the
•village of Pdonamalle, Sriperumbudur Taluk, Chingleput District.

(22) 9 Buddhist marble sculptures discovered at Goli village, Palnad
'Taluk, Guntur District, by Professor Jouveau Dubreuil of Pondicherry.
.'Several of the sculpture! illustrate scenes from the life of the Buddha or from

his previous births ; others portray the Buddha seated. One piece represent-
'ing a stupa in relief bears a small inscription at its base.

(23) A set of five copper plates found at Komi village in Chicacole Taluk,
•of the Ganjam district. The plates are strung on a ring, the ends of which

are soldered to the bottom of a circular seal on which is a bull coiichaM iu the
centre, along with a conch, discus, cJiamara, umbrella, moon, sun and other
•symbols. The plates record the gi-ant of the village of Khonna by the Eastern
'Ganga King, Ananthavarman Choda-Gangadeva, to three hundred Brahmin
pandits. The grant is dated Saka 1003, Mina, Krishna Panchami, Sunday
; (probably A.D. 1081, March hlonday). The language is Sanslrrit and the
- alphabet in Nagari characters.

(24) A similar set of five copper plates found in the same village as No. 23.
■'They record the grant of 88 vritiis of land in the village of Tubupu by the

Eastern Ganga king, Anantavarman Choda-Gangadeva to the Brahmins as
‘^•compensation for joining subsequently with the village of Gara Mandapam
Tvhich was originally granted to the Brahmins along -(vith the \Tllage of Khonna
■>by the King’s grand-father, Vajrahasta in Saka 1003. The grant is dated
Uttarayana Saka 1034 (1112-13 A.D.). The language is Sanskrit, and the
•^alphabet is Telugu.

MISC'KIiLANEOUS XOTES.

232

SECTION VIII.

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES AND QUERIES.

Two UKruBUSHED Gakohaea Reliefs.

By Mr. H. Jiargreaves.

Two Gandlirira reliefs of exceptional interest and wliicli are believed to be
unique specimens, have been recently acquired by the Peshawar Museum.

Monk eecer'ing a eoyal visitoe. — The first. No. 81 L of the Museum
collection, is a fragment of a frieze, length 13|", height 6-J", consisting of one
complete panel to the right and traces of another to the left, but with no inter-
vening pilaster. On the panel to the left are traces of a seated monlr and a
folding table suggestive of a feast in the house of some pious layman. (Plate
XIAGII, b.)

The scene to the right is of unusual interest as the protagonist is not the
Buddha. On a low seat, which appears to be a thick- cushion, a monk' is
seated cross-legged with the feet concealed by his sangMti, which also covers
both shoulders. The left arm is hidden in the robe but the right is bent, the
hand resting on the chest. The monk is facing half right towards a princely
figm'e holding a now indistinguishable object in his right hand. Following
him is a servant bearing his master’s turban {t(s7iinslia) and royal umbrella, and
behind him an 'elephant with haudali. A now defaced personage, holding a
large handled water-pot indicative of a donation, stands behind the seated
monlc. Immediately behind the figure with the water-pot and running more or
less parallel rvith^ the left edge of the scene are curious wavj' lines which suggest
a stream of water.

We have, therefore, a royal personage visiting a monk (seemingly seated
by the side of a river) and, judging from the water-pot, possibly about to make
a donation.

That the monk is entitled to very special respect is evidenced bj^ the fact
that the royal visitor has removed his turban before approaching his presence
exactly as did the king Bimbisara, who, when he visited the Buddha, removed the
five signs of his royal rank, viz., the mJinlsJia, umbrella, sword, fan and sandals.

Now, it has long been remarked that the Graeco-Buddhist sculptures are
devoted entirely to illustrating the story of the Buddha and only one excep-
tion to this has ever been recorded, namely the relief No. 2285 of the Lahore
museum, which depicts the parinirvana of Ananda. Sculpture No. 81 L of
the Peshawar Museum is seemingly a second exception and the principal
character is again a monk. Is it in this case again Ananda immediately
anterior to his pamiirvana ?

Nothing is Imown concerning the provenance of the relief, which wa.s sent
ro the Peshawar Museum without any information from the bungalow of the

233

JirSCELLAXEOUS XOTES.

late Mr. E. W. Tomkins, C.I.E., O.B.E., Inspector General of Police, North-
West Erontier Province, Peshawar, where it had apparently been lying for
many years.

The unique relief is published in the hope that scholars in other branches
of Buddhist learning may be able to identify the actors, place and occasion.

Inscribed secular relief of two contending wrestlers. — The second. No.
1938, is a relief 15|^''xl0j''x2|", which is not part of a frieze and not apparently
from a sacred monument. The edges are rounded and in the middle of the
ends the back of the stone has been cut to facilitate handling.

In the centre, in low relief, are two contending wrestlers, the one to the
left somewhat heavier and slightly taUer than his antagonist. Both are naked
save for a loin cloth which forms a belt-lilce roll on the haunch. The taller
wrestler grasps the loin cloth of his opponent with his left hand and with
his right hand catches hold of the left hand of his adversary whose right hand
is hidden. (Plate XLVIII, a.)

The sculpture is undoubtedly of the Gandhara school and the figures
are precisely those of the professional wrestlers of to-day and call to mind the
bravoes hired by Devadatta to murder the Buddha, representations of whom
occur in Grsco-Buddhist sculptures. Except for the two contending
wrestlers, the remainder of the stone is quite plain save in the upper right
corner, where is a neatly cut inscription of four Kharoshthi characters, which
appears to read Minamdrasa, This may be a corrupt form of Menander, and
probably the name of one of the wrestlers.

The works of the Gandhara school have been almost entirely devoted to
religious subjects or to decorative reliefs for the adornment of sacred monu-

ments, so that Graaco-Buddhist is a commonly accepted alternative designa-
tion for these sculptures. The relief in question, however, appears to be a
rare example of one of its products having no religious signification. The
sculpture is said to have come from Lalpura in Afghanistan.

A GOLD COIN OF SaJIUDRAGUPTA OF THE ‘ BATTLE-AXE TYPE.’

By Pandit Madlio Sarup Vats, M.A.

In the year 1915-16 two finds of coins under the Treasure Trove Act

were reported in the Punjab, “The first of these”, writes Mr. R. B, White-

head, “ was a trouvaille of sixty gold coins which came from the village
of Mithathal in the Hissar District of the Punjab. Thirty-three were gold
coins of Samudragupta, and the remaining twenty-seven were pieces of the
later Kushans. They formed part of a lot of 86 gold coins contained in an
earthen vessel which was turned up by the plough. Twenty-six had been melted
down before the remainder were rescued. Tlie find is of particular importance
because Gupta coins have probably never been unearthed so far west before.
They are usually found on the eastern side of the United Provinces.” Dealing
with the more notable coins he mentions “ one very fine piece of Samudra-
gupta’s Battle-axe Type belonging to a variety of which only one previous

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES.

234

specimen is known It was this particulat coin ■wkick tke Daxoglia of tke
Central Museum, Lahore, brought to me for examination. It is an extremely
rare coin of the ‘ Battle-axe type ’ rvith the position of the king and the boy
reversed. The only published example of this variety of the ‘ Battle-axe
type,’ so far as I am aware, is reproduced in Plate XVIII, 10, of Wilson’s
Antiquities and coins from Afghanistan, and of this an old impression exists
in the British Museum. ^ But lYilson’s illustration does not contain the
complete legend as the present specimen does (Plate XXIII, h).

On the obverse is the king to right, nimbate, wearing close-fitting cap,
coat and trousers, earrings, necklace and sword, and holding the battle-axe
(parasu) in his right hand, while the left hand is placed on the left hip. To

the left of the Icing is a bo}^ behind whom is the crescent-topped standard.

Ordinarily the king holds the battle-axe in his left and rests the right hand
on his hip, and the boy stands to his right. Beneath the left arm of the king
is the legend Samudra, and the inscription along the border, which is in the
Prithvi metre reads; ^ Kntdnta-para4u{r)-jjayaty-aj(i)ta-rdja-j(e)l-dj[i)tali’
Except a few vowel marks the legend is quite clear. An orthographical pecu-
liarity is the doubling of ‘ j ’ after ‘ r .’ The inscription is a boast of the king’s
victories after an exceptionally successful career of conquest : ‘ Victorious is
the unconquered conqueror of unconquered kings who wields the axe of
Eritdnta (the god of death).’

The reverse shows the goddess Lakshmi, nimbate, seated facing on a
throne, as in the coins of the “ standard ” type, her feet resting on a lotus. She
has a fillet in her extended right hand, and a lotus in the left. In the left

upper field is the usual monogram, and the inscription Kritdnta-paraAuQi) in

the right field.

The epithet Kritdnia-parahiQi) inscribed on both faces does not occur
in the Allahabad pra^asti, but is found in the inscriptions of Samudragupta’s
successors. Both the Allahabad and some of his successors’ inscriptions describe
him as equal to Antaka, another name of the god of death.

Mediaeval Saiva sculptures from Jagatsukh and Jagesvara.

By Pandit Madlio Sarup Vats, M.A.

Jagatsukh lies about 8 miles north of Nagar, the old capital of Kulu in
the Kangia District. Behind the modern temple of Sandhya Devi is a little
gem of a Siva temple in which there are several sculptures including an
interesting one of Hara-Gauri. This sculpture is an alto-relievo of bold
workmanship, measuring 2i' x li'. Siva is shown in his triple form as
Creator, Preserver and Destroyer, and has four hands. He has Parvati
seated on his left thigh and is riding his vehicle, the Nandi. The fact that
Siva has three heads and is seated on the bull in company with his consort,
lends interest to the sculpture. Bach of the three faces has three eyes. The

* Lahore 2Iustnm Bepori for lOlo-lG, p. 12.

John Allan’s Caialogut of Oupta cotn^, page LXXIII.

235

mSCELLANEOUS NOTES.

proper rigtt one depicts Siva in Ms fierce aspect, witli round, staring eyes,
knitted eyebrows, wide mouth, with side tusks, and a head-dress of skulls
and snakes. The other two faces show his beatific aspects but have the jata~
makuta and the ‘ Tcaranda ? makuta ’ as head-dresses. The upper right hand
holds the Iri&ula, and the lower right the ak^liamdla, •, the upper left hand is
thrown round the waist of Parvati and the lower left holds a bulbous fruit.
Parvati holds the akskamdld in her right hand, but the left is broken. There
is a lotus bud over her left shoulder. She wears the usual karanda-inakuta
and other ornaments. Fljdng in the air are two Gandharvas carrying garlands,
and on either side of the • Nandi a female cliavri bearer. There is no inscrip-
tion on the sculpture, wMch is one of the finest I have seen in the Kulu valley.
On stylistic grounds it may be assigned to the thirteenth or fourteenth century.

At Jagesvaka in the Almora district is a remarkable group of Hindu
temples, which include two pyramidal shrines each adorned >vith a Siva panel
in the centre of its trefoil pediment over the doorway.

The panel on the southern shrine depicts Siva's dance. The god wears
a braided jatdmahita, a necldace, a loin cloth and a girdle. He has four hands ;
one of the right hands holds the trUula, while the other is held up in the
abJiaya pose ; one left holds a cobra, and the other, wMch is thrown across
the body in the daiTidalmsta pose, points down^Yards. On raised seats to his
right and left are Kartilceya and Ganesa. In the lower ground are a seated
male and a female musician, a standing female singer and a seated dwarf hurling
a cobra to smite the Nataraja. Siva’s evening dance in the Himalayas with
a divine chorus is thus described in the Siva Pradosha Stotra :

“ Sarasvati plays ou the vlyd, Indra on the flute, Brahma holds the time-
marking cymbals, Lakshmi begins a song, Yishnu plays on a drum, and all
the gods stand round about.”^

In the sculpture I am describing, the singing figure must be Lakshni and
the female figure playing on the vmd, Sarasvati, while the male figure at the
proper left end of the panel playing on the flute may be identified as Indra
or as Bhringi. The male figure with the cobra may possibly represent the
malignant dwarf, hluyalaka, who according to an episode in the Eoijil Piirdna
ru.shed upon Siva when he visited the Taraka forest accompanied by Yishnu
in the form of a beautiful woman and Adisesha, to confound a multitude of
heretical risliis, followers of the Mhndmsd.

The sculpture in the panel on the northern shrine has been identified for
me by Eai Bahadur Daya Bam Salmi. The central figure seated on a lotus
throne with the 'iirdhva-medhra and holding a staff (danda) in Ms left hand
is undoubtedly Laloifisa or Lakutapanisa, a well-known incarnation of Mahadeva.
Many images and temples of tMs deity have already been discovered in
Eajputana, the Central Provinces, Orissa and Kashmir. The right hand of
Lalculisa in the present sculpture holds a rosary instead of the citron fruit
{7ndl'ulinga). Of the four figures seated on both sides of Lakulisa, the two

^ T. A. Ct<jpmath Itao’s Hindu Iconography, To?. Part T, p. 233.

U A

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES.

236

outer ones ivitli joined hands are obviously worshippers or donors of the
sculpture. It is not, however, so easy to identify the other two. An image
of this deity at Belar in Marwar is flanked by Yama on the right and

Agni on the left, while another figure at Atru in the Kotah State has Brahma

on the right and Vishnu' on the left. The pot-bellied figure on the proper
right of the god in the sculpture under notice may perhaps be identified
as Brahma ; the corresponding figure on the other side has, however, matted
hair {jatd) and cannot be a representation of Vishnu.

Some Temples at the Village of Toka, Ahmednagar District.

By Mr. G. C. Chandra.

Mr. K. V. Joshi, Sardar of the Deccan and Jagirdar of the village

of Toka in the Nevasa Taluka of the Ahniednagar District, has recently brought
some ancient temples and ghats to the notice of Government. The temples,
three in number, enclosed within a compound, stand on the bank of the river
Godavari just at its confluence with the Pravara. There are two entrances

to the compound, one to the east and the other to the west. The east entrance,
which has a Naqqarliana above it, is not much used. The main central
temple, which is dedicated to Siddhe.svara Mahadeva, faces the east. The
two others, to the north and south of it, are dedicated to a devl (goddess) and
Vishnu respectively. The main temple has a very finely decorated maii(lapa
in its front. In the floor of the is a square pit, apparently meant for

the performance of Jioma, which is covered over by a stone slab carved with
the figure of a tortoise. The maiidapa is carried on eight pillars and four
pilasters. The bracket-capitals are adorned with squatting figures. The
pillars stand on low walls which are used as seats and provided with back
rests. On the outside faces of these walls several gods and goddesses are
carved. The garbJiagriJia or shrine has two doors, the one to the south having
been opened out at a later date through what was originally a niche. The
outside walls of the antardla are decorated with Pauranio scenes. The panel
on the north wall shows Indra seated on his couchant elephant in front of a
temple udth its mandapa occupied by a lion, thus showing that it was dedicated
to the Devi. The standard or dJivaja of Indra is carried by a man standing -
in front of the elephant. To the left of this panel a standing winged human
figure with a serpent coiled about its legs, is seen carrying an uprooted tree
on his head with a figure of Vishnu in his left hand, and one of Lakshmi in
his right. The winged figure may, therefore, be identified as Garuda, the
bird vehicle of Vishnu. The panel on the south wall represents six female
figures sending on a flight of steps. The scene appears to represent a marriage-
competition (svgamhara), at which Arjuna is piercing a flying fish in the air
by observing its reflection in the water kept in a big bowl at his feet.

The temples described in this note exhibit the type of Hindu architecture
which was in vogue dur ing the 15th and 16th centuries A.D. during the time

’ .^nntinl Rtpcrri of ihc Archtwlogical Suricti of India. Pnix II, 1DOO*07 (pages 38C— 18C),

237

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES.

of the Nizam Shahi and Adil Shahi, kings of Ahraednagar and Bijapur. After
the great Maratha disaster at Panipat, Nizam Ali destroyed several Hindu
temples of Toba in 1761, and traces of later restoration and additions made
to the temple of Siddhesvara Mahadeva appear to show that this structure
must also have suffered at his hands. An isolated inscription on a wall of the
temple of Yishnu is dated in the Saka year 1615.

The ghats referred to above are five in number and built along the banics
of the Godavari. The two central ones to the north of the temple are
much weather-worn. The others seem to have been repaired and added to
subsequently. Inscriptions of the Saka years 1683 to 1685 are engraved on
them.

Contravention of the Ancient Monujients Preservation Act in the TJniteh

Provinces.

By Khan Sahib Maztlvi Zafar Hasan, B.A.

-4n unfortunate case of vandalism that occurred in the Northern Circle
during the year under report was the demolition of the walls of the outer
court of the Jaunpur Port. The Port is said to have been erected by the
Emperor Piroz Shah, while the court in question was added to it by way of
fortification by Munim Khan, Khan-i-Khanan, the Governor of Jaunpur during
the reign of the Emperor Alrbar. The court consisted of an enclosure
surrounded by battlemented walls, and entered by a gateway ornamented
with tilework. For a long time it had been in occupation by the Police Depart-
ment as a Kotwali, and several small buildings, such as quarters for constables,
stables, etc., were constructed in connexion with it. In 1925 the Kotwali
was removed to other buildings in the town, and the material of the additions
made by the Police Department were sold by them at a public auction. On
news being received of this the Superintendent of Police, Jaimpur, was at
once requested to issue instructions that in the course of dismantling the modern
Police buildings the ancient walls of the Port should not be damaged. These
orders were duly issued and communicated to the purchaser concerned, but
for some reason best known to himself the latter pulled down the walls of the
outer court. At the instance of this Department he was, therefore, prose-
cuted by the Police under Section 16 of the Ancient Monuments Preservation
Act (VII) of 1904. The court, however, held that the walls were not ancient,
but were built by the Police Department in modern times and duly sold by
them. On these grounds the man was acquitted.

Another case of vandalism that occurred during the year was the desecra-
tion of a grave at Pirghaib on the Eidge at Delhi. The grave is in the second
storey of the building and, contrary to Muslim practice, is placed from west
to east. According to a tradition it was constructed in memory of a saint,
who used the apartment in which it is placed as his cliillagah or worshipping
place, and one day suddenly vanished from there. The cenotaph is held in
veneration by the public, and the whole building, which was really a Shikargah

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES.

238

or shooting bos of Firoz Shah, is known after the saint as Piighaib or the
vanished saint. The damage done to the cenotaph and its head pillar was
fortunately not very serious, but as it was a cognizable offence, the local Police
made prompt investigation in the matter. The culprit has not so far been
traced. Steps have been taken to restore the cenotaph and the head pillar,
which win take precisely the same form as the original construction.

239

departmental eodtike notes.

SECTION IX.

DEPARTMENTAL ROUTINE NOTES.

Ancient Monuments Preservation Act and Listing of Monuments.

United Provinces. — Three Muhammadan monuments in the United Pro-
vinces were declared protected during the year under review and 11 monu-
ments were removed from the List of Monuments accepted as a Central charge.
In order to ensure their proper maintenance agreements were executed and
registered with the owners or mutawallis (Trustees) of the following 4 privately
owned monuments : —

1. Dargah of Sayyid Salar Masud at Bahraich.

2. Khalis Mukhlis or Char Ungli Masjid at Jaunpur.

3. Jami Masjid at Sambhal in the District of Moradahad.

4. Shrine of Kahir Shah at Maghar village in the Basti District.

One monument, a mound at Tilmapur in the Benares District, in the
charge of the Superintendent, Hindu and Buddhist Monuments, was notified
as protected.

Punjab (a) Hindu and Buddhist Monuments. — Two monuments were
declared protected under the Ancient Monuments Preservation Act, and the
protected mound “ D ” at Harappa was acquired for excavation purposes.
Steps were also -taken to negotiate agreements in respect of certain privately
owned monuments, but these were not complete before the end of the year.

(h) Muhammadan and British Monuments. — The correction of the list of
Muhammadan and British Monuments engaged the attention of the Superin-
tendent for a considerable time. One monument alone, the Chitti Baoli, on
the old Mughal highway between Hasan Abdal and Attoclc, was declared
protected and accepted as a Central charge. The charge of four British monu-
ments, viz., the Graves of Brigadier-General C. R. Cureton and Lt.-Col.
W. Havelock at Eamnagar in the Gujranwala District, Lord Elgin’s Grave at
Dharamsala in the Kangra District, and the cemetery at Muzaffargarh were
transferred to the Ecclesiastical Department, 11 so-called Kos Minars, of which 6
proved to be old British Telegraph pillars, were removed from the List of
Protected RIonuments. Agreements respecting privately owned monuments
were entered into with the owners of the mosque and tomb of Tahar Khan
Halm, in the Muzaffargarh District, and with the Mutawalli of Wazir Khan’s
Mosque, Lahore. Proposals for agreements are stiU being considered by the
owners of the very important monuments of Multan, of Shamsher Khan’s
Tomb at Batala, Gurdaspur District, and of monuments in the Hissar, Gujran-
wala and Kamal Districts. For the most part, private owners of protected
monuments readily consent to execute agreements imder the Ancient Monu-
ments Preservation Act but for some unknown reason those at Multan have
shown considerable reluctance to do so. This is all the more regrettable as the

DEPARTMENTAL ROUTJNE NOTES. 240

moQumeiits of Multan are of exceptional beauty and arcliitectural interest,
and any ill-advised alterations or additions to them would be lamentable.
Under Section 16 of the Act an o\vner is expressely exempted from any penalties
and he may, therefore, in the absence of an agreement, destroy, injure, alter,
deface or imperil a monument as he chooses.

Delhi. — ^Five Muhammadan monuments were declared protected under the
Ancient Monuments Preservation Act and accepted as a Central Government
charge.

North-West Frontier — The traffic in Gandhara sculptures still continues in spite
of the notification issued under Section 17 (1) of the Ancient Monuments Pre-
servation Act. The Afridis in the vicinity of the Shpola Stupa, as a result of
exploration in the Khyber, have taken to digging on their own account and
selling the finds to visitors on the spot. It is a pity that there is no means of
stopping these haphazard diggings but the Act does not function in tribal
territory.

Bombay Presidency and Sind. — Notifications of protection in respect of
the follownng monuments have been issued : — Temples and gateways at
Banasanbari ; Begum Talao, dam and connecting acqueduct with water towers at
Bijapur ; and monuments at Moro in the Nawabshah District. 14 monuments
w'ere removed from the list of protected monuments, i.e., 9 in the Panch Mahals
District, 1 in the Poona District, 1 in the Bombay Suburban District, 2 in the
Nawabshah District, and 1 in the Ahmedabad District. Out of 39 monu-
ments notified as protected in 1921 in the Panch Mahals District, thirty were
confii'med as such after careful scrutiny. The following 10 monuments have
been removed from the operation of the exception specified in the Schedule of
the Devolution Pules : — Satara 5, Ahmedabad 2, Poona 1, Nasilc 1, Ratnagiri
District 1. Agreements have been entered into Avith the owners of the tombs
of Talpur Mirs at Hyderabad and of the Pandawa’s Wada Masjid at Erandol
in the East Khandesh District.

A mujawar of Bijapur was prosecuted under section 16 of the Ancient
Monuments Preservation Act for disfiguring the gateway of the Padlchan
Masjid and fined Es. 30 by the City Magistrate of the place. The Ahmedabad
Municipality having damaged the stone screen in the inlet of the Kankaria Tank
had to have it repaired under the supervision of the Public Works Department.

Bihar and Orissa. — No monuments in the Bihar and Oris'sa Avere protected
under the Ancient Monuments Preservation Act, during the year under revicAv.
At the instance of the Local Public Works Department, a Contractor of Bihar
was charged under section 16 of the Act for excavating land within 30 yards
of the Bihar Fort, a protected monument. He A\'as convicted and sentenced
to a fine of Es. 5 or, in default, to 2 days simple imprisonment.

The Superintendent completed the List of Monuments in the Bihar and
Orissa Province together AA-ith some 170 illustrations and maps, and the same
has been sent to the press for printing.

Central Provinces and Berar. — Two monuments in the Bhandara District
were proAusionally protected, namely: — the shrine dedicated to Mahadeo at

241

DEPARTJIENTAL ROUTINE NOTES.

Nagra and tlie remains of the circumvallation wall of Pauni Fort. The former
is a simple shrine of the middle mediaeval period iinth sq^uare, colonnaded
mandapa and smaller projecting deul ; the latter, a picturesque length of wall
with chattri-capped bastions raised on a low hill crest flanking the road into
Pauni. The only other monument notified as protected was also in the
Bhandara District ; viz., the remains of two old temples at Padampur, now
merely a collection of massive stones in separate heaps, one just outside and
to the north of the Padampur village and tlie other immediately south of the
adjoining village of Ganeshpim. They are both half buried in the earth, and
are remarkable chief!}’’ for the great size of the stones.

Earlier notifications protecting the follondng 27 monuments were ivith-
drawn by the Central Provinces Government in the Public Works Depart-
ment ; — In the Akola District, the Sipi Mahal at Mangrul ; in the Betul Dis-
trict, the Fort at Shergarh ; in the Bhandara District, the Temple of Chandilca
Devi at Pauni and a small dilapidated temple at Xagra ; in the Bilaspur Dis-
trict, the Madarbada at Ratanpur and the Temple at Bamhu ; in the Chanda
District, the enclosure wall of the Mahadeo Temple at Chanda, the Soraeshwar
Temple at Dadmahalpura, the Maroti Temple in Bhiwapurpeth, Ballarshah’s
Tomb at Ballapiu, the old Temple near Taka Talao at Bhaudak, the Bhadra-
nath Temple at Bhandak, Bhawani’s Cave at Bhandak, the old temple at
Bhatala, the old Fort and ruined Temple at Dawalwada, the Mahadeo Temple
at Dewalwada, the Fort Gateway at Segaon, the old tank at Junona, the
Mahadeo Temple at Waghnakh and the Mahadeo temple at Amdiharba ; in
the Nagpur District, tlie Stone Circles at Wathoda, the site of an old temple
at Naniapuri, the ruins of the Mahratha Fort at Umi’er, the Tank and Mandapa

opposite the Dattatreya Temple at Ramtek, Kalimata’s Temple at Ramtck

and the Fort at Nagardhaii ; and in the Saugor District, the so-called Buddhist
Temple at Gadholi Jawahar.

These notifications were withdrawn either because the monument
concerned proved on being visited by an Arclucological Officer to be not worth
preserving, or because the owner was not willing to enter into an agreement
for its maintenance under Section 6 of the Act.

Eastern Circle . — ^At the instance of the late Superintendent of the Eastern
Circle, eight monuments, all in the Bankura District, were added to the list

of Protected Monuments in Bengal diming the year under review, nanieh': —

Ratneswar temple, at Mauza Jagannathpur, Radha-Damodar temple in Mauza
Ghutgoria, Jain temple at Mauza Pareshnath, a temple site now represented
only by a mound and statue of Simya at Mauza Pareshnath, a temple site now
represented only by a mound at Mauza Sarengarh, a temple site now re-
presented only by a mound with statues of Ganesha and Nandi on it at
Manza Sarengarh, an image of Durga sla)’’ing Mahishasura at Sarengarh.
and a temple site now represented only by a mound with an image of Nandi
on it at Sarengarh. Notifications of protection have been rescinded in respect of
the five following monuments in Bengal : — fort knoum as Tribeiii or Sonakanda,
District Dacca; tomb of Nawab Nasrat Jung and three others in the same

DEPARTMENTAL ROUTINE NOTES.

242

enclosure, namelj, the tomb of Shams-ud-Daullah, Qamar-ud-Daullah and
<J]iazi-ud-Diii Hyder, District Dacca ; tomb of Alau-l-Haq at Pandua, District
Malda ; the shrine (Mosque and Tomb) of Nur Qutb Alam at Pandua, District
Malda and the tomb of Makdum AJrhi Siraj-ud-din at Pirozpur in Gaur, District
Malda. The following 10 monuments not being of a strictly archaiological
character have been transferred to the Commerce Department for future
maintenance (Government of India Notification No. 2373-Edn., dated 6th
December 1926): — Clark’s monument, Sahebganj, Burdwan District; two tombs
in North Park Street Cemetery, Calcutta; tomb of the Rev. Joseph Paget,
Dacca ; tombs of Alexander Gsoma-de-Kbros and General Lloyd, Darjeeling ;
Dutch Cemetery, 3 graves in the English portion and 84 in Dutch portion>
Chinsurah, District Hooghly ; Danish Cemetery, 17 graves, Serampore, Dis-
trict Hooghly ; J ohn Pierce’s Tomb, Midnapore ; old Dutch Cemetery, Kali-
kapur, District Murshidabad ; Station burial ground, Babulbona, District Murshi-
dabad and the old residency burial ground, Kasimbazar, District Murshidabad.

The Superintendent has submitted a corrected list of monuments pro-
tected under the Ancient Monuments Preservation Act in Bengal and Assam.

Madras. — A complete list of protected monuments in the Madras Presi-
dency accepted as Central charges has been submitted by the Superintendent
and 3 new monuments have been added to the list. Tirumalai Naick’s Palace
at Madura was removed from the list of Protected hlonuments and made over
to the Government of Madras for maintenance and use.

Burma Circle. — During the year under review no action was taken under
the Ancient Monuments Preservation Act and no addition was made to the
list of protected monuments in Burma.

Publications.

The following publications were issued by the Department during the year
1926-27.

1. Annual Bejwrt of the Arcliwological Survey of India for 1922-23,

edited by Dr. D. B. Spooner, B.A., Ph.D.

2. Annual lieport of the Arcliwological Survey of India for 1923-24,

edited by Sir John Marshall, Kt., O.I.E., Litt. D. etc.

3. Memoir No. 19. — The Jami Masjid at Badaun and other buildings

in the United Provinces, by Mr. J. F. Blaldston.

4. Memoir No. 22. — An historical Memoir on the Qutb, Delhi, by 3Ir,

J. A. Page, A.R.I.B.A.

5. Jlemoir No. 26. — Txvo statues of Pallava Kings and five Pallava ins-

criptions ill a roch temple at Mahabalipuram, by Rao Bahadur

H. Krishna Sastri, B.A.

6. Memoir bio. 28.— Bhasa and the authorship of Thirteen Trivandrum

Plays, by Mr. Hirananda Sastri, M.A., M.O.L.

7. iMemoir No. 2d.— Specimens of Calligraphy in the Delhi Museum of

Archwology, by Khan Sahib MauM Zafat -Fasan, B.A.

243

DEPART JIENTAL ROUXI>E NOTES.

8. Memoir No. 31. — The Indus Valley in the Vedic Period, by Ear

Babadur Ramaprasad Chanda, B.A.

9. Annual Report on South Indian Epigraphy, for the year ending 31st

March 1925.

10. Catalogue of the Delhi Museum of Archaology, 2nd Edition, by Mr. J.

E. Blakiston.

11. Archreological Survey of India, New Imperial Series, Volume XLIX,

South Indian Inscriptions Texts, Volume V, by Rao Bahadur
H. Krishna Sastri, B.A.

12. Corpus Inscriptionum Indicarum, Volume I, “ Inscriptions of Asoha ”

by Dr. B. Hultzsch, Ph.D.

]3. A Guide to Sanchi, by Sir John Marshall, Kt., C.I.E., Litt. D.,
translated into Urdu by hlaulvi Mohd. Hamid, B.A.

14. Guide to the Buddhist Ruins of Sarnalh, by Rai Bahadur Daya Ram

Sahni, hl.A., 4th Edition.

15. Annual Report of the Superintendent, Archceological Survey, Burma,

for the j'ear 1926.

Photographs.

Director General of Archaeology. — 598 photographs were taken in the
Director General’s office. 200 of them were of excavations, sites and antiquities
at Taxila, while the remaining 398 relate to recent excavations at Mohenjo-
daro. In addition to prints of the above, 1,650 prints received from the Ai'chseo-
logical Superintendents were mounted in the albums kept for reference in the
Central Archseological Library.

Northern Circle, Agra. — 149 photographic negatives were prepared in the-
office of the Superintendent, Muhammadan and British hlonuments. Of these,
107 were in connection with the conservation of ancient monuments at Agra,
Delhi, Kasia and Jaunpore, 17 were of certain new exhibits in the Delhi
Museum, 8 of images at the Mathura and Saruath Museums, and 8 of the plans
of Pathan buildings at Delhi.

Lahore . — ^In the office of the Superintendent, Hindu and Buddhist Monu-
ments 262 negatives were prepared. Of these 212 relate to the excavation sites
and antiquities at Harappa, The remaining 47 negatives were views of monu-
ments at Jagesvara, Champawat, Garhwa, Kasia, Sahet, Sarnath and Kangra
and of antiquities in the Lahore and Sarnath hluseums. Three negatives
(Nos. 3794-97) were transferred to the Superintendent, ArchiBological Survey,
Erontier Circle, as they were prepared for him at his request. 40S prints were
supplied to the public on payment and 4G to Archtnological Officers free of cost.

Frontier Circle. — ^In the Erontier Circle 135 photographs were taken during
the year rmder re\dew, 31 of which were in connection wth the conservation
of the Lahore Eort, and 28 of the antiquities in the Peshaw'ar Museum. Some
30 negatives of inscribed rocks, caskets and other antiquities or of estampages.
were specially prepared for Dr. Sten Konow, who is editing the post-Asokan
Kbaroshthi inscriptions. Tlie remaining negatives were taken as records of the-

DEPABTilENTAL SOUTINE NOTES.

244

condition of tlie monnments inspected by the Superintendent or for purposes
of illustrating conservation and other notes.

Prints costing Es. 59-7-0 were sold to the public including foreign visitors
and archseologists in Europe and America.

Western Circle.— new negatives were prepared in the Western Circle.

Out of the 1,231 prints prepared, 541 were supplied to the Director General

for mounting in his record albums, 210 to Archaeological Superintendents, and
201 were sold to the public.

Central Circle . — 192 photo-negatives were prepared in the Central Circle,
during 1926-27. 166 were of monuments in the Province of Bihar and Orissa
and 26 in the Central Provinces. The Bihar and Orissa photographs included
views of the remains excavated at Nalanda and Bulandibagh (Patahputra),
the prehistoric Jarasandh-ka-Baithak at Eajgir and the Mughal Palace at
Kohtasgarh. In the Central Provinces, photographs of the Imadshahi Mosque
at Fatehkhelda and a number of the Earuqi monuments at Burhanpur were

taken. 276 photographs were supplied to the public and 196 to Archmological

Officers. Estampages of four inscriptions in Bihar and Orissa were made and
sent to the Government Epigraphist for decipherment. A revised hst of photo-
negatives in the Central Circle has been under preparation and will be sent
to the Press for printing shortly.

Jiasleni Circle . — The number of photo-negatives added to the collection
of the Eastern Circle totalled 348. Of this number, as many as 293 related
to the conservation and excavation works at Paharpur, Eajshahi District.
The distribution of the remainder was as follows : — Assam 16, the Kajshahi
Miisemn 6, Dacca District 13, Tribeni in the Hooghly District 8, Banlcura
District 1, Murshidabad District 4, and Malda District 7. It was not possible
for the photographic staff to bring the photo-albums up to date omng to the
large increase of photograpliic work and to their protracted absence from head-
quarters while in camp at Paharpur. 34 photographs were supplied to the
public at a cost of Es. 31, which was duly credited to Government. The
demand for photographs is likely to be heavier hereafter as the list of photo-
negatives corrected up to 31st October 1926 has recently been issued.

Southern Circle. — ^In the Southern Circle 115 photo-negatives were pre-
pared. 502 prints at a cost of Es. 540 were supplied to the public, the sale-
proceeds being credited into the treasury. The photo prints, which are in
good order and kept up to date, were inspected by a number of visitors, mostly-
Educational Officers.

Burma Circle. — 185 new photo-negatives were added to the collection in
the oificc of the Superintendent, Aichceological Survey, Burma. Photographs
were taken of a bronze lotus shrine and two bronze images of seated Buddhas,
the originals of which are in the possession of private individuals at Pagan and
Eyaung-oo, but most of the negatives relate to sites and antiquities discovered
at Pagan and Old Prome.

Indiav d/useuiii.— 81 negatives were taken in the Archteological Section
oi the Indian Museum during the year.

245

DEIV.IITMEXTAL E’JUTIXE >'OTES.

Drawings.

Birector General of Archeology. — In addition to “ L ” area surveyed personally
by i\Ir, E. • Maolcay, three new drawings were prepared of the excavations at
Mohenjo-daro on the scale of lO'-l" and in various colours in order to show the
different strata of buildings. Eor this purpose all the dra^vings prepared in
the previous years had to be revised and new coloured tracings made. Jlr. B.
L. Dhama made a detailed drawing on a large scale of the tank imearthed
last year and 4 other large drawings of the important buildings exposed in
the B section of HR area were prepared by the draftsman. At Taxila, the
drawings consisted of 4 plans and 3 sections of the diggings in the city of
Sickap and at the Kunala Monastery.

Northern Circle, Agra.— The Superintendent, Muhammadan and British
Monuments, reports that the two temporary draftsmen continued the survey
of the ancient monuments at Delhi and prepared measured drawings of 10
buddings. They also inked in the drawings of Humayun’s tomb plotted in
the previous year and traced the survey plan of the old city of Delhi, including
the Lai Kot, Jahanpanah, Tughlaqabad, Addabad and Siri. The Assistant
draftsman prepared a large number of working drawings and tracings in con-
nection with conservation works.

Northern Circle, Lahore. — The two draftsmen attached to the office of the
Superintendent, Hindu and Buddhist Monuments, prepared 5 drawings of the
excavations at Harappa and 5 drawings in colour of the painted pottery
found there.

Frontier Circle. — 41 dra^vings were prepared, the majority of which relate
to the work in the Lahore Fort or to the conservation of monuments. A
survey plan of the outer ^Yall of the Lahore Fort has been made, which should
prove of especial sermce, as hitherto no accurate plan of the whole Fort area
has been avadable.

Western Circle. — Apart from several plans required in connection wdth the
conservation of monuments, only one new dra^ving, namely of the Panchales-
vara or Fatalesvara Caves at Bhamburda, District Poona, was completed.
The titles, scales, etc., of 24 drawings pertaining to the temples on the Satran-
jaya hiU were finished and sent to the Director General. •

Central Circle. — The Superintendent, Aichseological Survey, Central

Circle, reports that the drawings made in 1926-27 were mostly of the monu-
ments at Nalanda, where a record was prepared of the earliest stupas that
form the nucleus of the great stupa moimd. Site 3, showing them in relation
to the later integuments about them. Details of the lower ” facade of the
•outermost integument on the east side of tliis stupa were also recorded before
its removal to expose the earlier structirres inside. In Monastery Site Xo. 1
drawings were made of the sequence of three shrines that occur one over the
other, projecting from the south side of the interior courtyard. Suiwey plans
to the large scale required by the Land Acquisition Officer were preparcfl for

DEPAETJIEXTAL ROUTINE NOTES.

246

tLe puqiose of acquiring land for an approacli road to the Nalanda site across'
the fields, and again for a road to connect with a large tanlc to the west that
had previously been acquired as a dumping place for spoil earth ; and worldng
drawings of an inscribed memorial pillar designed to commemorate the site-
of the old East India Company Factory at Firinghi-Rut, Hariharpur near

Cuttack, were also made and submitted to the Local Government,

Eastern Circle . — Besides attending to tlie conservation and excavation work.
at Paharpur the draftsman completed dratvings of the Paharpur excava-

tions carried on during the year 1926-27 and two draufings of the excavations
executed during the previous jmar were also made. Two incomplete draivings-
relating to the Siddhesvara temple at Bahulara in the Banlaira District, Bengal-
and the Garhgaon palace at Nazira in Sibsagar District, Assam, w^ere com-
pleted during the year.

Southern Circle . — ^During the year under review two new drawings were-

prepared and a few plans and tracings made for office record.

Burma Circle . — Seventeen new dratvings were made, of which two were-

plans of the Bebe and Lemyethna temples at Hmawza, the remainder being,
plans and sections of excavation sites at Hmawza (Old Prome) and Pagan.

Personnel.

During Sir John Marshall’s absence on deputation and leave Mr-

J. F. Blaldston continued to. officiate as Director General and Eai Bahadur
Daya Pam Sahni as Deputy Director General. Eai Bahadur Daya Earn Sahni-
was appointed to the newly created teinporary post of Deputy Director
General for Exploration with efiect from the 11th November, 1926, and the
post of Deputy Director General remained vacant from that date to 28th
Januaiy, 1927, Mr. Blaldston holding the dual charge of Director and Deputy
Director during this period. On Sir John Marshall’s return on the 28th January,.
1927, Mr. Blakiston reverted to the post of Deputy Director General. Mr. E-
J. H. JIackay, was appointed in November to one of the newly created

posts of Assistant Superintendent for Exploration, hir. K. N. Dikshit, Superin-
tendent, Archaeological Survey, Western Circle, was granted leave on

average pay for G weeks with efiect, from the 23rd February, 1926, and an-
extension of 6 months’ leave on medical certificate was also given to him in
continuation, hir. G. G. Chandra, Assistant Superintendent, Western Circle,

officiated for him. On the expirj- of the leave (on 6th October 1926) Mr..

Dikshit was transferred to the Eastern Circle. He took charge of the Eastern
Circle, from the Superintendent, Archteological Section, Indian Museum, Calcutta on
tiie 18th October 1926. Mr. K. D. Banerji, was suspended with efiect from
the 16th August, 1026, and has since been removed from Govt, service ivitli effect
from that date. The Superintendent, Archreological Section, Indian Museum,
Calcutta, held charge of the Eastern Circle in addition to his o-vra duties with
efiect from the above date, till I\Tr. K, N. Dikshit relieved him. There were no-
changc-s in the officer personnel of the Frontier, Burma, Northern (Agra and-
Lahore), or Western Circles nor in the Epigrapliical Branch of the

247

DEPAP.TMENTAL BOUTEJE KOTES.

-Arclifeological Department. Messrs. Duroiselle and G. Venkoba Rao were granted
one year’s extension of service from the 25th June and the 16th May 1927,
respectively. Mr. A. H. Longhurst, Superintendent, Archfeological Survey, Southern
Circle, proceeded on 10 months’ leave from the 1st March, 1926, and was granted
an extension of 2 months and 8 days’ leave in continuation, vnth effect from the
1st January, 1928. Mr. Muhammad Hamid Kuraishi, Assistant Superinten-
dent, Archajological Survey, Central Circle, officiated as Superintendent,
Archffiological Survey, Southern Circle, during his absence. Mr. Kirraishi’s
place in the Central Circle remained vacant and Mr. Page continued to perform
the dual functions of the Superintendent and Assistant Superintendent, Central
'Circle, till the 22nd July, 1926, when he proceeded on leave on average pay for
3 months. Mr. B. L. Dhama, Assistant Superintendent for Central India and
Eajputana, officiated as Superinterrdent during the period of Mr. Page's leave.
Mr. Page retirrned from leave in October as Superintendent in the Central
'Circle, and Mr. Dhama reverted to his original post. On reversiorr Mr. Hamid
returned to the Central Circle as Assistant Superintendent on the 2Sth March,
1928.

SCHOLAESHIPS.

In January, 1926, the Government of India sanctioned the revival of three
■scholarships, viz., (1) for Sanskrit, (2) for Persian and Arabic and (3) for Archi-
tecture, for the training of Indiairs in coimection with exploration.

The follorring scholars were selected by a Committee of three members
consisting of the Director-General of Archreology, the Educational Commis-
sioner with the Government of India and Sir Hari Singh Gour, and were
appointed with the approval of the Government of India with effect from the
■dates specified.

1. Mr. Hargovind Lai Srivastava, M.A., Sanskrit Scholar, 23rd Septem-

ber, 1926.

2. „ Qureshi Mohammad Moneer, B.A., Persian and Arabic Scholar, 15th

September, 1926.

3. „ Shib Charan Mukherji, B.A., Aichitectirral Scholar, 1st Novem-

ber, 1926.

249

APPENDIX.

Additions to Depaetmentad Libraries.

Namo of office.

Books

purchased.

Books

presented.

Total.

Rtsiauks.

Director General ....

200

250

450

Northern Circle—

Muhammadan and British Monuments

Hindu and Buddhist Manumonfca

Trontier Circle

Tfestom Circle .....

In addition to these, 27
periodicals end reports
were received free of
cost.

Central Circle ....

Eastern Circle

Southern Circle . . . , .

Bnrma Circle .....

157

211

•Government Eplgraphist , , .

147

100

247

Assistant Arcliasalogioal Superintendent for Epi-

100

Includea 14 publications

grfvphT» Southern Cirolo.

-Arohawlogieal Chemist

Tooelved in exchange.

Arohosologloal Section, Indian Museum

•

122

MGIPO—M—Hr-O-IG— 23.0.30 -500 .

l’’oR'r; ]5i7innrN'f} Xo. ;)S, with modhun vkiiani>ah. <t. T,ahohk Four: Unr^i^iNCi No. JJH.

■NAiiicaAij : Naganatfi TR7^^^n^‘:

Jot'.KHVAiii: Sciira’TUuiin i*\xf:r.s ovkk i-'oi/RTn ijooa to thk main cavic. ,f. itAJOin: Jar \ sANr>ii-KA-nAiTHAT\ afti'

OJ'- 5TJI ,»NI> OTH STUl’AH NAI*ANJ)A: STUPA SITU JI ; XOUTH STAIIIB UP TO IJTJUMS OF 5TII ANl:

FJIO^I N.-K. STUI'AS, AF-rUlt CONSKIIVATION ; li-POM N.-K.

Plate Vll.

STOl'A aiTH COBN'F.R TO.'.''... ^'.nOWISB WllSr.l.

''p^o™ OF OTH STUPA AND OF 4TH STUPA ' A ^ IT, WITH THU
HEAETIKC op the OTH STUPA SUrPODTlUl (U: -EUTE UATI.IAI

FHOII

ax'*; l1‘ \''.l

a/v :,v''’' ^■i
'. -, ' .I-’-

■;. ’ ''>■■;•-■'.• ■■'■ ' •■: : ' - -

aa3gSi^5^ ai3te--j^--».

Iauuda: Monastery Site >*o. l. Main , .^.yKi.

LATER MONASTERY SHOWING UNDERPIN>''[>'<'^ 1 ".,nr WLl OE

c< w /frur' ’'TEPPED SinE-\\.»LE Ui
CK-HEARTISG IN POSITION; FROM S-M 'AH * ' ^

LAIR IS AN INCORRECT REPAIR RY THE I’UIHJI GBRS
S05TE YEAHS AGO.)

\ - ' • .: —

'• ^aeasda: Mon'asteuy Site No. 1; JIais "’est

TO DevA-PALA levee, showing hack wall 01 ‘ (,„I,;ISAL

SUPPOIlTUn OK COKORF.TE-FAOED UNDEItPlNSINO TO REIHE
OEIHtlS FOUND HEKEATH IT I FPOM WEST.

• , J'lT,' SITE 3; ST.AIB OP 5TH STUPA I KXTEHIOll OF
!U,-,.I.V,'.VLL SIIDWISG DF.COB.ATIVE TBE.WMEST WITH
’ FIOUFES or IIODDHA AND BOUHISITTVA ; ITIOSI E.IST.

' O'.'?
1(7. iT-

■' ■ "''"^.isTFHV Site NoT 1. Main entr.ince ; aftep.
':,ei-on'o''f' ukdei(Pin.':ing with a facino of bough
."ksknt THU oeioinal deehis, .vnd ee-gonstbuotion
STAIE THE.VDS AND RIDE.WAI.LS.

■■■■, ■;. AW . ■ .' — ,• -Sl.

' ' '■*1 I

rfJj ■— —

• _ rsnnr OF M VN SiNGH'S PaLACK : UlOM

/. IIohtasgahh: Main whs - _ Dvrrar Haee'-

S.w. (The high huilding in the centbi. is thi.

c. ^^ALA^fDA: Stupa StTR 3; showing little corner tower rf. NaIjAnda: Stupa Site 8, stair of oth stupa; stucco
OF 4th stupa inside large corner tower of 5th ISTAGE op AYAEOKITESVARA on side "WALL OP STAIR.

stupa; from north.

Plate IX.

o cs
z a

flii: •'ll#

"pf :■

bPfi

1 * 7 , j ^

' -

M <' / N
’'01

‘ iil

■filM
•'r|K

j.ra n';!f!l,ij

|:||i

€i|i

llll

■■' ■ y (f'' y
aiSS

PAHAnrUK: Thk SAMK AB Anovi-l fa) .WTHIt CO.VSKUVATION'. ft. PAH.lHPUIl: GkNRRATj VIKW ok FIltHT

vii«Y *»H - oava-of KtiuoivL

k ^roHENJo-DARo: Hr. Abra, Regtiox li’, House Xo. IX, from West.

h . Mohcnjo-dabo: Hr. Area. Section B. Gold, silver, faience and other beads, from House Xo. VIII.

MoHy:N.Jo-ix\Ho : llu. Area. Vn:\v in Sthkkt 15. *7. Mohrnjo-oaro : Ifn. Area. House No. XLrx, siiowiNCf two

JIOHEXJO-DABO :

PLAS OF L. ABEA

<7. UroHENJO-DABO : L. AHEA. GENEBAL view op THE MOUND, SHOWING THE NOBTHEBN END OP C0LU5INED WALL.

b. JI 0 HEN. 10 -DAHO : L. Abea. View of Steeet 40 feom the nouth.

h. SIOHENJO-DARO : L. ArEA, SHOWISG SECTION 26 OF COLUMNED HALL, FROM NORTH-EAST.

I’fiATr. XIX.

^lOHENJO-DAROt STATUARY FROM L.AREA,

WAr.T.S FROM NOItTH.

a. IlARAPl’A- SEALS AM> SEALINGS OF STEATITE, FAIENCE, ANI> TEPEACOTTA.

b. Hahappa; tiny seals

SEALKGS OF STEATITE AND FAIENCE, FROM EARLIER STRITA.

IlAliAPPA. CLOSllD COPPKll J.VIt NO.

a. Seals pro:iii Hahappa.

h. Coin' of Sajiudiia Geita in
THE Lahore Musi-.cm.

c. Harahpa: a woman kne.vt>ing

RREAC.

c. Harappa ; Paistep trough costaisisg tortciisi; shei.i. axd

}

SMALL VESSELS,

(1 GOPVRH CART FROM HARAPi ‘

/. Vessels ayith flat bottoms, ik situ. 2sd stuatvm at liAiiAri'A

‘S

Plax of Sirkap: Block H.

Plate XXVIll.

,rii^

PATALITOTBA: a. lead EAB ODEAAIEET; f, ,f r. PAII. OF I.OKE MSGLHS; -L ItoD OF TEOnACOTTA SFAU-EEI.r.ODDr.SS : . LEAD AEKEET;
/, INSCIIIBED tot; 5. Toution ov fiOAP-STOsE MATRIX (Gdpta): L Metat. HASD-Micnou; IXSCRIUnD GLASS SEAr,: J 1>RUA SHOM..G
IVOODEN FLOOR JOIXTRD AVITH IROX STRIFS; AXO I'. TF.RBACOTTA FIOGmST. ,X THE ROOT. ASITH KARLORn EXPAXOFR IS RIGHT inR.

Plath \XXII

4 ir^-ri.4 ' f'.. '‘x ■ '■ ■ . ■”

^•“X' ■ .’:'''4-'" - I-'"' ,-V-~ 'i"; ''" -■ — ~ ''- ■

: y :wry::#45-gfefi;x:l - vx-

: r -rf-r- ■"■• X ■ • VJ*' ■ .■ ._..=.--i--- 1- -.-rr •••- = "■. .•- 'H'’.-

-■■'».!‘.;y mV' '4 ■’’ "' • !*-■ • *^^*""*^ ~~ ..„,, oTTftU'TVi'. ICllISlIN.

PAHAUPUR: STO^rrULPTUPE PEPBF.SENTIN« IIAI.AI.AMA

kidlikg Duanwkasuua.

cn-IPTUUK SnOWKO KllSSIINA
b. PAHABPCR: iTOEi. SCLI.rPLHE

PPBOOTIEO THi; TWO APJUN-A TREES.

f >»'>■,

s™.

AND PADHA.

>rii: Stone image ov Aoni

AS.’l ■>•»'■'

V Ml \urri: :

Plati: XXXR

''T-v-V -V'"i

'.^T- ' ,^■ V^V. } • ‘-.-."r. ]

•••', \ •;- >.■'

'• - . *^ •■ ■-' ,■/ :.'v'

'v ' 'li/'j' i '

' „■ . .’. ■ ''.'-"s ^

_,.■; T, VVC;'-' " •

'"'i

'm, •'''’.] • **■■'■?•, •"''.-j'T'. s', • '

•=F.;A.-r

/■ ,K’ 3 ’:, '■ ■

c. Pahabfur: Terracotta plaque repbesestisg
Bodhisattva.

il . Bahawalpur State: Pattan Mi*>‘AnA. Vjnw
FRO^t S-W.

• PJiota-racriTrf j'lr.ttrt »T TlfOSer* rf itie Si;r%o nJ hiils. Cs'nttis

ri.iir. XXXV

GujraoninBKRU: EELiEr Xos. 15 asd 10, llAix Stupa.

d. GUMMUDiDUREf ; PiELir.r Xo. 22 . Hair Sti'Pa.

^^t \\\ /-

L Hjiawza; KniN-B.v'fj i^Found. A r. Hm.vwxa : Khin-Ba’s RFound. A silvisr i.otus found in the relic chamber. /. Hmawza: Khin-Ba’s Mound. A square silver

TERRACOTTA I’LAQUE SHOWING A STUPA AVITH BUDDHA FIGURES IN BEPOUHSB,

liMVW/v Khin J3\.s .Mound Imvods oi J3ui>dhv oi bODu, nidv f.k vnd ii vd iound l\ thi. iu did ch vmdpk e Hmawza . Khin-Ba’s

:Mound a sit.vfr iMAon

(I Tara rrom Guneri Bihar 'Dsia-JIahesvaba, from Bihar. c. Crowned Buddha ln earth -

’ ' TOUCHING ATTITUDE. PROM BIBAR.

tl. ?.l.‘.;;-LION INCARNATION e. GARUDA CAPITAL FROM /. WOMAN AT 17. SEATED VI8HNU WITH TWO ARMS;

OP V.oHNU, FROM BeSOAL. BENKAL. TOILET; PURI, PROBADLT FROM KOKARAK, OhISSA.

Orissa.

Phf«o-ons?rnvi.'rt fcrriQtedai tlieOnicesol llie Survey of India, Calcutta, K.-i,

voitvc slUPv rnoM Tiin t 9 Bkass utcnsids tuo-m Faridi'ur, BcNaAL.

Plate XLVl.

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Annual Report Of The Archaeological Survey Of India 1926-27"

See other formats